Daily Multivitamins Support Healthy Aging, According to New Research

As we age, our ability to keep up with daily tasks — bathing, dressing, climbing stairs, housekeeping — can become harder as our physical and mental abilities tend to decline.

[1]

Maintaining functional health in old age requires a multilayered approach, involving physical activity, cognitive engagement, and proper diet. When it comes to nutrition, a new study suggests that a daily multivitamin may help.

Initial results presented this week at the annual meeting of the American Society for Nutrition (but not yet published in a medical journal) indicate that older adults who took a daily multivitamin had significantly better measures of functional health after three years than those who took a placebo.

[2]

“The findings show that a daily multivitamin may be a simple, low-risk strategy to help older adults maintain cardiovascular-related functional health and quality of life,” says the research author Yanbin Dong, MD, PhD, a cardiologist and the director of the Georgia Prevention Institute of the Medical College of Georgia at Augusta University.

Vitamin Takers Had Better Physical Ability

Dr. Dong and his collaborators reviewed data from more than 16,000 individuals ages 60 and older without major cardiovascular disease at the study’s start. Participants were randomly assigned to take a daily multivitamin, a cocoa extract supplement, both, or neither, with placebos used for the control group and for those taking only one supplement.

To evaluate how their condition progressed over three years, subjects completed an annual questionnaire assessing their ability to complete everyday activities and possible heart failure symptoms, including fatigue, shortness of breath, and swelling of legs, ankles, feet, or belly. The questionnaire uses a 0 to 100 point scale with 0 representing the worst possible symptom burden (how much symptoms affect daily activities) and health status.

[3]

After three years, scientists found that multivitamins improved symptom burden by an average of 0.45 points and a person’s clinical summary score (an average of symptom burden and physical ability scores) by 0.30 points, according to Dong.

A Notable Benefit for Those With Narrowing Arteries

Among participants with carotid stenosis (narrowing of the main blood vessels in the neck that carry blood to the brain), the positive effects of multivitamins were most striking, according to Dong. These patients saw their symptom burden improve by an average of 6.75 points and their clinical summary score improve by 6.01 points.

“This means those who had a history of carotid stenosis and took multivitamin minerals will have a small clinical benefit of improving cardiovascular and functional health over time,” he says.

Dong notes that multivitamins may help the body by correcting common micronutrient insufficiencies and supporting energy production, cell function, vascular health, inflammation control, and muscle performance.

Although details of the complete study are limited so far, the authors also pointed out that cocoa extract did not significantly change functional health scores in the overall population. It did, however, provide a significant benefit in the patients who developed congestive heart failure.

Previous findings have suggested that anti-inflammatory compounds in cocoa extract supplements may have a heart-protective effect.

[4]

Multivitamin Study Results Have Been Mixed

Research findings so far regarding the benefits of multivitamins have been conflicting, says Sarah L. Booth, PhD, the director of the Human Nutrition Research Center on Aging at Tufts University and the senior scientist at the Diet & Aging Brain Sensory Systems directive.

Some prior analysis of data from the same participant group used in this current study found that daily use of multivitamins or cocoa extract was not associated with any benefit in overall cardiovascular disease or cancer prevention.

[5]

On the other hand, some scientific investigation has shown that multivitamins may provide a modest but statistically significant cognitive boost.

[6]

Dr. Booth, who was not involved in the research, adds that a more conclusive interpretation of these latest findings will not be possible until the full paper becomes available.

Furthermore, she indicates that findings related to multivitamins in general can be difficult to decipher because participants’ diets vary.

“Individuals still consume their usual food during these studies, so the multivitamins are adding more nutrients into the diet above and beyond the usual nutrient intake,” she says. “If the participants are already consuming a healthy diet, then adding more nutrients is unlikely to improve that individual’s health trajectory. Those who routinely take multivitamins tend to be individuals with healthier diets, which sometimes contributes to mixed results we see in the randomized clinical trials.”

More needs to be known about participants’ eating habits to understand the effects of taking nutritional supplements, Booth suggests.

In considering the strengths of this study, the authors highlight the large participant population and the high adherence to taking multivitamins over the course of several years. With respect to limitations, most of the patients were “very healthy,” according to Dong. Effects on those more at risk of heart problems are based on more minimal evidence.

The scientists mention that Mars (a leading manufacturer of chocolate) supported the cocoa extract component of the research, and Pfizer and Haleon (a British healthcare company) provided the multivitamins, but sponsors had no role in the study design, analysis, or interpretation.

Can Multivitamins Fill a Nutrition Gap?

Booth stresses that good nutrition for any person begins with healthy foods. Still, some people, for one reason or another, may not be able to achieve a healthy diet, and for them, a multivitamin may be the answer.

Still, “Because dietary supplements are available over the counter, many individuals self-diagnose as having nutrient deficits,” she says. “Decisions to take multivitamins ideally should be in consultation with one’s health provider.”

What It Is and How It Affects Your Health

The gut-brain axis is the two-way communication system connecting the brain and digestive tract through nerves, hormones, immune signals and gut microbes, according to Sameer Berry, MD, a gastroenterologist and a clinical assistant professor of medicine at the NYU Grossman School of Medicine in New York City and the chief medical officer of Oshi Health, which provides multidisciplinary GI healthcare.

“It’s a complex, two-lane highway between our GI system and our brain. For a long time, we thought the gut was just a tube for digesting food, absorbing nutrients and storing and eliminating poop … We’ve learned over the last 20 years that it’s far more complicated than that,” he says.

It involves several components of the body.

  • Enteric Nervous System (ENS) Housed within the GI tract and home to more than 500 million nerve cells (neurons) that help control digestive functioning, this network of nerves is nicknamed the “second brain.”

    [2]

     “There are more nerve cells here than in the spinal cord,” Dr. Berry says.

  • Vagus Nerve Consider the vagus nerve one of the messengers between the ENS and your central nervous system, carrying signals between the two. It helps keep bodily functions running smoothly, including digestion, heart rate, blood pressure, and mood, among others.

    [2]

    [3]

  • Gut Hormones Berry says the gut is the body’s largest endocrine organ and it’s known to produce more than 30 hormones, including glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1), ghrelin, and gastrin, that help control digestion, hunger, and metabolism.

    [4]

  • Gut Microbiome Berry likens this community of microorganisms to a highway patrol, because its makeup helps regulate communication between the gut and brain.

The connection is bidirectional too, Berry says.

[5]

 “The brain sends signals to the gut. It can cause diarrhea, pain, [or] constipation. But the gut also sends signals to our brain, regulating mood, cognition, and cravings for certain foods,” he says.

What to Eat While Taking a GLP-1 for Type 2 Diabetes

What to Eat While Taking a GLP-1

The best foods to eat on a GLP-1 are those that are rich in protein, fiber, and other healthy nutrients. That can look a little different for everyone, though, depending on their dietary preferences and needs.

Take stock of what you’re eating and when for at least the first few months, says Dr. Nasser. That will help you figure out which foods you may need more of and learn how your diet is impacting your blood sugar.

Prioritize Protein-Rich Foods

If you lose weight too quickly, you may shed muscle mass. That’s why it’s important to eat enough protein. “It’s the single most important dietary priority,” says Dr. Obici.

[4]

 When you’re on a GLP-1, though, eating enough protein can be easier said than done; the medication suppresses hunger, which can make that chicken breast look less appealing than appetizing.

Obici recommends consuming 60 to 75 grams of protein a day to preserve lean mass during weight loss. To make sure that you’re getting your fill, try to eat them first in a meal. When possible, opt for protein from plants (beans, lentils, and whole grains), dairy, seafood, and eggs over protein from red and processed meats, says Obici.

Eat Plenty of Fiber

You don’t need to avoid all carbohydrates — just prioritize complex carbs such as beans, lentils, vegetables, berries, and whole grains, which are digested more slowly than simple carbs and help reduce postmeal blood sugar spikes.

[5]

Complex carbs, including nonstarchy vegetables and whole fruit, are rich in fiber, micronutrients, and water, but have relatively few calories — something that’s important when you’re eating fewer total calories overall, says Obici. “Fiber also helps manage GLP-1–associated constipation, adds Obici.

5 Ways to Boost Your Metabolic Health — and Why You Should Care

Metabolic health encompasses more than the speed of your metabolism, or how quickly you burn calories. It’s about how your body uses energy to breathe, move, heal, and function in general, and it plays a large role in your overall health.

Metabolic problems can contribute to health issues including type 2 diabetes, obesity, thyroid diseases, and heart disease. These can come about because of nutrient deficiencies, too many or too few calories, hormone imbalances, enzyme issues, medications or substances, and a host of other factors.

[1]

“Maintaining good metabolic health is therefore critical for overall long-term health and cardiometabolic disease prevention,” says Vallari Kothari, MD, an endocrinologist at Montefiore Einstein in New York City.

[2]

Here are five ways to improve your metabolic health.

1. Fill Your Diet With Protein and Fiber

When consumed in food, protein has a higher thermic effect than other macronutrients, which means the body requires more energy to digest and metabolize it. The body burns 20 to 30 percent of protein calories as part of the digestion process, compared with 5 to 10 percent for carbohydrates and 0 to 3 percent for fats.

[3]

A protein-rich diet also builds muscle, a metabolically active tissue. That means it helps raise the body’s resting metabolic rate so it burns more calories at rest.

[4]

Soluble fiber, found in foods such as apples, bananas, and oats, also can benefit the metabolism by slowing digestion and keeping blood sugar in check.

[5]

One review found fiber can improve insulin sensitivity among people with type 2 diabetes.

[6]

Insulin resistance is a marker of metabolic dysfunction, so improving this improves your metabolic health overall, says Silvana Obici, MD, the chief of the division of endocrinology at Stony Brook Medicine and the medical director of the Stony Brook University Hospital Diabetes Center in Center Moriches and Lake Grove, New York.

Fecal Transplant Helped Adults With Insomnia Sleep Better, a Small Trial Shows

When you can’t sleep, you might try counting sheep, taking melatonin, or even doing breathing exercises. A new trial examined a more novel solution: a fecal transplant.

[1]

The research, published in the Journal of Internal Medicine, found that fecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) helped adults with chronic insomnia sleep longer and wake up less frequently after falling asleep, and these improvements lasted for up to six months.

The findings “provide clinical evidence that the gut microbiota may be a modifiable component of the biological systems regulating human sleep,” according to study authors Zhe Wang and Yanping Bao, who responded to Everyday Health by email. Wang works with the Institute of Brain Science and Brain-Inspired Research at the Shandong First Medical University in Jinan, China. Bao works with the National Institute on Drug Dependence at Peking University in Beijing.

The findings “also support the gut-brain axis as a potentially important therapeutic target in chronic insomnia,” they say.

Fecal Transplants Improved Sleep Efficiency

For the trial, researchers recruited 80 adults in China with chronic insomnia. Participants were first given a short course of antibiotics to reduce existing gut bacteria. Then, half received an FMT capsule and the other half received a placebo. The trial was randomized and double-blind, meaning neither researchers nor participants knew who received the treatment or the dummy pill.

Healthy donors with no sleep disorders or psychiatric symptoms provided the material for the capsules.

A month after receiving the FMT or placebo, participants came to a sleep lab so researchers could record:

  • How long participants slept
  • How frequently they woke up
  • Sleep efficiency, or the percentage of time someone spent asleep

For adults who received a fecal transplant capsule, sleep efficiency increased from about 79 percent before treatment to 93 percent after one month. The placebo group’s sleep efficiency showed little change, going from about 85 percent to 87 percent.

Compared with the placebo group, those who received FMT spent about 42 fewer minutes awake after falling asleep. The treatment group continued to show improvements for up to six months, according to self-reported questionnaires.

The study has some limitations: 80 participants is a modest sample size, and the results need to be replicated in larger and more diverse populations, Wang and Bao say. “We do not yet know which specific microorganisms or microbial functions produced the benefits, whether different donor preparations would have similar effects, or how long the improvements may persist.”

How Gut Health Affects Sleep

About a third of adults have at least one symptom of chronic insomnia, which refers to trouble falling or staying asleep at least three nights a week for three months or longer. The latest study suggests that fecal transplants could improve these symptoms, but more research is needed.

[2]

[1]

“We know that there is cross-talk between the gut and the brain, so it makes sense that having a healthier gut microbiome could be connected to overall brain function and to sleep,” says Erica Jansen, MPH, PhD, an assistant professor of nutritional sciences who studies the health impact of diet and sleep at the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor. Dr. Jansen was not involved with the study.

[3]

Some bacteria, including Lactobacillus and Bifidobacterium, may improve sleep through enhanced serotonin production. Sleep deprivation can also reduce beneficial bacteria. Studies suggest probiotics, prebiotics, and fecal transplants could offer therapeutic potential.

[4]

We also know that other digestive-related processes and symptoms can impact sleep,” Jansen says. For instance, acid reflux or gastrointestinal issues near bedtime can make it hard to fall and stay asleep.

The current study was designed to evaluate the clinical efficacy of fecal transplant, not to establish the precise biological mechanism, Wang and Bao say. Further research is needed to identify the specific microorganisms and pathways that might be responsible for improved sleep.

What to Eat to Improve Sleep

Research shows balanced diets can improve sleep quality and make it easier to fall asleep, Jansen says, especially those that include:

[5]

  • Fruits (especially berries, kiwifruit, and bananas)
  • Vegetables,
  • Oatmeal
  • Fatty fish
  • Dairy

These sleep-supporting foods provide melatonin, tryptophan, antioxidants, and other essential nutrients linked to better sleep, she explains.

Other sources of these nutrients include:

  • Turkey
  • Eggs
  • Chicken
  • Peanuts
  • Tart cherries
  • Spinach
  • Sweet potatoes

“It’s better to aim for balance than to focus on any one particular food,” Jansen says.

She also recommends avoiding foods high in saturated fat, sugar, and refined carbohydrates, like desserts, as well as alcohol and caffeine.

When you eat matters, too. “Not eating heavy meals too close to bedtime and aiming for consistency in timing of eating from day-to-day is beneficial for sleep.”

Find the Right Structural Heart Specialist for Aortic Valve Stenosis

How to Request a Structural Heart Evaluation

If your aortic valve stenosis is severe, as determined by an echocardiogram, your primary care physician or general cardiologist should refer you for a structural heart evaluation, says Gilbert Hin-Lung Tang, MD, the surgical and academic director of the structural heart program at the Mount Sinai Health System in New York City. “The issue is that severity can be underestimated or overestimated, because echo reports vary widely depending on how the images are acquired and measurements are made,” he says, adding that you may have severe disease even if an echocardiogram suggests otherwise.

In this case, you may want to ask for a second opinion. “And if a patient is having symptoms, it should also be evaluated by a structural heart specialist,” Dr. Eleid says. “I think patients should advocate for themselves.” Know that seeking a second opinion or requesting a consultation with a specialist is common, and your healthcare provider may even encourage you to do so.

[5]

Before requesting a referral, prepare a timeline of your symptoms if you’re experiencing any, noting when they started, how they’ve changed, and what makes them better or worse. Be ready to explain what prompted the visit and why you’re seeking specialized care.

[6]

If the idea of bringing this topic up with your provider feels uncomfortable, consider sending a message through your patient portal first, explaining your concerns and noting that you’d like to discuss a referral or second opinion. They will likely ask to set up an in-person or telehealth visit to answer your questions before giving you a referral. For this visit, consider bringing a loved one with you to provide emotional support.

[7]

There are other ways to find a specialist on your own, such as asking family or friends for recommendations, connecting with patient advocacy groups, searching through online directories, contacting nearby medical centers or hospitals, or checking with your insurance provider.

[8]

 Also note that depending on your specific insurance plan, you may be able to reach out to a specialist directly, without a referral.

[6]

“Nowadays, most people have a lot of information available on the internet and can research on their own, so they have the freedom to do that,” Dr. Tang says. “If they want a second opinion, especially in a more underserved or remote area, there are always options to do a telehealth visit or other means to get more information.”

1.6 Million Dozen Eggs Recalled in 6 States Due to Salmonella Risk

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced a recall of 1.59 million dozen white and brown eggs after routine monitoring found they may be contaminated with salmonella, a type of bacteria that can cause serious stomach illness and may be fatal in vulnerable groups. The agency said so far there have been no reports of illness tied to this recall.

[1]

The distributor, Midwest Poultry Services, said all recalled eggs have. These eggs were available for purchase at the following locations:

  • Kroger stores in Texas and Louisiana
  • Brookshire Grocery stores in Texas, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, and Mississippi
  • Other smaller retail outlets

The eggs came in half-dozen and dozen-size cartons, 18-, 20- 24-, 30-, and 60-count packages, and larger bulk packages. Recalled eggs can be identified by the following details:

  • A Best By/Sell By date between July 20 and August 17, 2026
  • An identifying code number printed on the left or right sides of the carton, codes P-1950 or 0840962, with a Julian Date between 157 and 184.

A detailed list of recalled products can be found on the FDA’s website.

[1]

If you have recalled eggs, do not eat them. Throw them away or return them to the store for a refund. To lower your risk of illness, clean any surfaces that may have come into contact with recalled eggs with hot, soapy water.

[2]

How Can Salmonella Make You Sick?

Salmonella is a type of bacteria that can cause food poisoning. Infections caused by salmonella can be serious and potentially deadly for vulnerable groups, including young children, seniors, and those with weakened immune systems.

[3]

Symptoms of salmonella infection can start anywhere from six hours to six days after eating contaminated food. These symptoms include:

[4]

  • Fever
  • Headache
  • Diarrhea (which may be bloody)
  • Stomach cramps
  • Nausea and vomiting

Food poisoning caused by salmonella usually lasts four to seven days. Dehydration is the biggest concern; drink plenty of clear fluids while you recover.

In severe cases, infection can spread from the intestines to the blood, which could lead to life-threatening complications without prompt treatment.

Most cases of salmonella poisoning get better on their own, but if you have a weakened immune system, or if your symptoms are severe, you should seek medical care.

New Targeted Therapies for IgA Nephropathy: Key Insights

Atacicept (Trutakna) is a targeted therapy for IgAN that received FDA approval in July 2026.

[33]

 This approval was granted based on the drug’s ability to reduce protein in the urine, and its continued approval will depend on future studies confirming that it also protects kidney function over the long term, says Diaz.

How Atacicept Works

Like sibeprenlimab, atacicept helps reduce the production of abnormal IgA antibodies that damage the kidneys. But atacicept blocks two cytokines (proteins that immune cells use to send signals to each other) that help produce abnormal IgA antibodies: APRIL and B-cell activating factor.

[33]

 By blocking both proteins, atacicept helps reduce the amount of these harmful antibodies being made, which lowers proteinuria and helps protect the kidneys from further damage, says Diaz.In a clinical trial, adults taking atacicept had about a 46 percent reduction in proteinuria after nine months, compared with roughly 7 percent in those taking a placebo.

[34]

 Study participants continued standard supportive care, such as ACE inhibitors or ARBs, and about half were also taking SGLT2 inhibitors.

[35]

Atacicept is a once-weekly injection that you can administer yourself at home.

[34]

Who Is Eligible for Atacicept?

Atacicept is approved for adults with biopsy-confirmed IgAN who are at risk for disease progression, says Diaz.

In the clinical trial that led to FDA approval, participants had persistent proteinuria of at least 1 gram over 24 hours despite optimized supportive care.

[35]

They also had an estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR), a measure of how well the kidneys filter waste from the blood, of at least 30 mL/min/1.73 m², she says. Some people in the study were taking an SGLT2 inhibitor or a mineralocorticoid receptor antagonist along with an ACE inhibitor or ARB.

[35]

Your nephrologist will consider your proteinuria, kidney function, overall health, and risk of disease progression to determine whether atacicept is a good treatment for you.

You should also complete any recommended vaccinations before starting treatment and avoid live vaccines while receiving atacicept, since the medication can weaken your response to the vaccine and increase infection risk.

[35]

Common Side Effects

Side effects commonly reported during the clinical trial included:

[35]

  • Injection-site reactions
  • Upper respiratory infections

Because atacicept affects the immune system, it can increase your risk of infections.

[35]

Tell your nephrologist if you have an active infection before starting treatment, and let them know right away if you develop signs of an infection, such as a fever or chills, while taking the medication.

Living Arrangement Options for Early-Stage Alzheimer’s

If your current home does not feel like the best long-term fit, moving does not have to mean giving up independence. Some people with early-stage Alzheimer’s choose a setting that offers less upkeep, more social contact, or easier access to future care.

Options may include:

Independent Living or Retirement Housing This may work for people in the early stage of Alzheimer’s who can still live independently but want a smaller space, less maintenance, or help with transportation, meals, or social activities.

Continuing Care Retirement Communities Also called life plan communities, these residences may offer independent living, assisted living, and nursing care on the same campus, so a person can move in while independent and have access to more support later if needs change.

[3]

Assisted Living Facilities Assisted living facilities may provide housing, meals, personal care, and supportive services. Some communities offer dementia-specific care, but services vary, so it is important to ask what support is available.

[4]

Coliving or Sharing a Home Some people move closer to family, choose a roommate, live with a trusted friend, or look for an intentional community to reduce isolation and share daily life.

When considering these options, Rughwani recommends starting with what matters most to the person with Alzheimer’s: independence, privacy, social time, proximity to family, access to healthcare, and how much help they are willing to accept.

Cost is also central. “Even though someone might want something a certain way, that is not necessarily what they may be able to afford,” says Rughwani.

Before choosing one of these housing options, visit more than once if you can, including at different times of day. Things to pay attention to and consider when making your decision include:

[4]

  • Staffing, including how many employees are trained in working with people with dementia
  • Daily activities and social life
  • Transportation options
  • What meals are provided and typical menu options
  • Available outdoor space and other common areas
  • Monthly fees, what they include, and which services cost extra

7 Daily Rituals for Managing Perimenopause Symptoms

7. Sleep Preparation

Hot flashes and night sweats — along with rumination about all of life’s demands — are not a recipe for a great night’s sleep. A consistent evening routine can do more than help you relax; it can also help rebuild a positive association with bedtime.

“One challenge I often see is that people begin to dread bedtime because they anticipate another difficult night of sleep,” says Kupper. “Over time, the bed can become associated with frustration, worry, and wakefulness rather than rest.”

While there is no perfect bedtime routine, following the same sequence of calming activities each night that begins before your head hits the pillow can make bedtime feel less abrupt and encourage healthier sleep habits over time.

These habits can include:

[10]

  • Establish a set bedtime.
  • Shut down or stow away electronics.
  • Take a warm bath.
  • Listen to music or read a book.
  • Keep your bedroom temperature between 65 and 68 degrees.

Rather than trying to overhaul your lifestyle overnight, start with one or two rituals that address your biggest challenges. For example, if poor sleep is your primary concern, focus on a bedtime routine. If stress feels overwhelming, begin with a daily breathing practice. The best ritual is one you’ll actually do consistently.

“Having more structure, predictability, and a daily self-enrichment practice is key to maintaining joy and quality of life during the menopausal transition,” says Dr. Ramas.

Since perimenopausal symptoms change over time, assess your routine on a regular basis. You may find that rituals that feel helpful during one stage may become less important later. And if you’re continuing to struggle during perimenopause, set up an appointment to see your doctor.

Healthy BBQ Upgrades to Reduce Cancer Risk This Summer

Sitting on the deck watching my dad barbecue homemade kebabs and Indian spiced corn on the cob is one of my fondest childhood memories. My mom and grandmother would be cooking in the kitchen, with my whole family over to enjoy the delicious food and company.

Summer barbecues are on my list of life’s simple pleasures because they bring together food, laughter, good company, summer weather, and maybe even a bonfire after sunset — but food is usually the centerpiece of these summer get-togethers.

As a lifestyle medicine physician, I believe our health and the meaningful habits we create around it should make our lives better, not limit them. That means we shouldn’t have to eliminate our favorite cultural and family traditions to support our long-term well-being. Instead, we can make a few intentional upgrades that add more nutrition, flavor, and cancer-protective foods to the table.

This is important because typical barbecue foods include red and processed meats in addition to refined-grain breads, desserts, sugary drinks, and alcohol — none of which are healthful, and some of which are directly linked to an increased risk of various cancers, particularly colorectal, breast, and prostate.

[1]

My goal as always is to empower you, so I’m not saying that you should stop barbecuing. But what I am saying is that there are some simple upgrades that can help you enjoy all the summer flavors while also supporting your health. One of my favorite lifestyle medicine strategies is to focus on adding before subtracting.

Here are some of my favorite healthy summer barbecue upgrades.

Make Colorful Grilled Veggie Kebabs

Grilled vegetables bring bright colors, texture, and flavor to any barbecue spread. My favorites are colored bell peppers, mushrooms, zucchini, and red onion. They all grill beautifully while adding fiber, vitamins, minerals, and cancer-protective antioxidants. Other must haves include corn on the cob and grilled pineapple slices.

The good news? Fruits and veggies don’t form the cancer-causing compounds you get with grilled meats because they lack the creatine found in muscle tissue.

[2]

[3]

They also help naturally crowd out some of the less nutritious options.

Add a Plant-Based Burger or Protein Option

Swap out traditional burgers for plant-based burgers made of black beans, lentils, chickpeas, or soy. These burgers provide plant protein along with fiber and all the beneficial plant compounds. Or add tofu cubes with your favorite marinade to your veggie kebabs if you don’t feel like having a burger.

Plant-forward dietary patterns are consistently associated with a lower risk of death from cancer and are associated with overall better health outcomes.

[4]

Upgrade Your Bun

Choose whole-grain buns instead of refined white buns as a simple way to add fiber and nutrients to your meal. Fiber is one of the nutrients most Americans fall short on, and whole grains are a good source.

Get Creative With the Sides

Traditional barbecue sides include mac and cheese, potatoes, or white-pasta salads. Make your sides more colorful by adding a summer quinoa salad, vinegar-based coleslaw, roasted sweet potatoes, fruit plate, or gazpacho.

Add in your favorite beans, fresh herbs, and citrus for extra plant protein and flavor. Keep as much of the edible fruit and veggie skins on to boost fiber content.

Make Hydration More Fun

Make a pitcher of fruit- and herb-infused water or sparkling mocktails featuring seasonal fruit to stay hydrated on hot summer days. This is a great swap for sugary drinks and alcohol. My favorite combinations include berries, citrus, mint, and basil.

If You Are Grilling Meat

If you are grilling meat, here are a few simple strategies to reduce carcinogen formation.

[5]

  • Use antioxidant-rich marinades made of herbs, spices, citrus, and vinegar before grilling. Acidic marinades with citrus and vinegar may reduce the formation of cancer-causing compounds.
  • Choose poultry and fish over red meat, and limit processed meats. When grilling red meat, choose leaner cuts and cut off visible fat.
  • Minimize prolonged exposure to high heat by precooking meat through alternative cooking methods like braising, steaming, baking, or microwaving. Flip food frequently, avoid intentionally charring, and cut off any charred areas before eating.

As a mom and lifestyle medicine physician, I care about reducing cancer risk as much as I care about creating joy-filled magic moments with my family. So, as with everything else, summer barbecues aren’t about perfection — they are about meaningful connections. Adding in a few intentional healthy upgrades can help you enjoy the family traditions you love while also protecting your long-term health down the road.

Should You Get a Second Opinion for Atopic Dermatitis?

Atopic dermatitis is a treatable condition, but for some people, it can take some trial and error before finding a healthcare provider experienced enough to support them.

“Eczema care has changed dramatically in the last several years, so a dermatologist who treats a lot of it will know the full range of options, rather than just the basics,” says Aderonke Obayomi MD, MPH, a board-certified dermatologist and assistant professor of dermatology at Mount Sinai in New York City.

If you don’t feel like you’re getting the care you need, it might be time to get a second opinion or find another provider altogether. Here are some reasons to pursue it.

You Can’t Come Off Topical Steroids

If your doctor is continually rotating you through topical steroids or you flare up again as soon as you come off a topical steroid, you should seek a second opinion, says Shira Y. Wieder, MD, a board-certified dermatologist at Montefiore Einstein Advanced Care and assistant professor of dermatology at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine in the Bronx, New York.

Long-term topical steroid use comes with risks such as thinning skin, spider veins, and patches of lighter skin, especially on darker skin, says Dr. Obayomi.

[1]

Topical steroids should only be used for a couple of weeks, and if your doctor isn’t following that routine guidance, it might be reason to look for someone else, says Dr. Wieder. There are other options at your disposal.

Your Doctor Is Overreliant on Oral Steroids

Like topical steroids, oral steroids have their place, but they aren’t a long-term maintenance medication for atopic dermatitis. Over time, they can cause complications such as diabetes, fractures, heart issues, and weight gain.

[2]

“For more stubborn cases, there are treatments that address the root immune drivers, so you’re not leaning on steroids indefinitely,” says Obayomi.

You Keep Getting Skin Infections

If atopic dermatitis is not under control (even with medications), you’re left vulnerable to staph infections, other viruses, and fungal overgrowth.

[3]

“Skin that keeps getting infected is a sign the barrier and the inflammation aren’t well managed,” says Obayomi. “When eczema is well controlled, those repeated infections tend to settle down, so a pattern of them is worth a fresh set of eyes.”

You Haven’t Discussed Some of the Newer Treatment Options

“For a long time, the toolkit was mostly moisturizers and steroid creams. Now there are targeted biologics and pills that work on the specific immune signals behind eczema,” says Obayomi. “And knowing when to reach for them and which one fits which person takes real experience.”

Those additional treatments can include prescription medications that work on immune cells, including biologics, Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitors, and neurokinin 1 (NK1) receptor antagonists.

[4]

But you might not know about these if your doctor hasn’t brought them up.

Ask your current healthcare provider about your range of potential treatment options, or consider getting a second opinion. “Not everyone needs [the newer drugs], but anyone with more significant disease deserves to know they exist,” says Obayomi.

You Frequently Feel ‘Rushed’

Your appointment may only be scheduled for 15 minutes. For some people, that simply isn’t enough time. “Eczema is a long-game condition, and it affects sleep, mood, and daily life, so you need someone with the time to actually hear how it’s showing up for you,” says Obayomi. “Consistently feeling brushed off is a real reason to look elsewhere.”

Start by bringing this up with your current healthcare provider by saying you’d really like to spend some time talking about X, Y, and Z. “If you’re not getting what you’re looking for, then you can look to speak to another doctor,” says Wieder.

Your Symptoms Aren’t Better, Despite Following the Treatment Plan

If you’ve been following your treatment plan and still aren’t finding relief, you may need a more specialized doctor who can tailor medication to your circumstances.

“If you’re doing everything asked of you, and your skin still isn’t meaningfully better after a fair trial, the plan needs to change,“ says Obayomi, “not just get repeated. ‘Better’ should mean clearer skin, far less itch, and getting your life back, not simply a little less bad than before.”

“Better” can vary from person to person, though, says Wieder. Some people may want to take a biologic to prevent flares altogether, for instance, while others would prefer to stay on a topical medication and treat an occasional flare. These are personal choices that you should be able to talk through with a specialist.

“They should give you the options, tell you the pros and cons, and then make a decision together with you,” says Wieder.

Your Doctor Seems Unaware of How Atopic Dermatitis Appears in People of Color

Often, providers are trained to look for eczema as redness. But in darker skin tones, atopic dermatitis can appear as “purple, gray, or ashy instead, and eczema can cluster around the hair follicles as little bumps,” says Obayomi. “When a [healthcare] provider isn’t used to seeing that, the severity gets underestimated, and the treatment ends up too light for what’s actually going on.”

[5]

“For people of color especially,” she adds, ”finding someone who understands how eczema and its aftermath show up in your skin can be the difference between years of frustration and finally getting somewhere.”

Your Treatment Plan Doesn’t Address Marks Left Behind by Eczema

It’s not uncommon for dark spots to remain on the skin after a flare-up subsides, because the skin cells can produce extra pigment in response to inflammation.

[6]

 “For a lot of people, especially people of color, the leftover dark spots are as distressing as the flare itself, and they deserve to be part of the conversation once the underlying eczema is calm,” says Obayomi.

Ultimately, seeking a second opinion is a way to advocate for your own best care. It’s not being difficult or disloyal. “You don’t have to settle for simply managing eczema anymore,” says Obayomi.

“Skin that’s clear or nearly clear, with minimal itch and nights you can actually sleep through, is a realistic goal for most people — not wishful thinking,” says Obayomi. “Asking for a second opinion is advocating for skin that genuinely feels and looks better.”

Retatrutide Helped Adults With Diabetes or Heart Disease Lose Up to 20 Percent of Their Weight, Study Finds

The experimental drug retatrutide delivered another round of impressive weight loss and blood sugar management results, according to phase 3 clinical trials results shared by drugmaker Eli Lilly. The latest trials demonstrated weight loss of up to nearly 23 percent of starting body weight — positioning retatrutide as perhaps the most powerful weight loss drug yet developed for adults with heart disease or type 2 diabetes. The company said it plans to submit the drug for FDA approval in early 2027.

[1]

The new clinical trials were funded by Eli Lilly, and the results have not yet been published in a peer-reviewed journal.

“This medication could become one of the most effective pharmacologic options we have for obesity,” says Christine Bonarrigo, PharmD, a weight management pharmacist at Tufts Medical Center in Boston. “However, it’s important to remember that the goal isn’t simply weight loss. It’s reducing obesity-related disease and improving long-term health.”

Results from an earlier retatrutide trial, TRIUMPH-1 — which helped some adults lose as much as 30 percent of their starting body weight — have got people talking, says Mir Ali, MD, the medical director of MemorialCare Surgical Weight Loss Center at Orange Coast Medical Center in Fountain Valley, California. “Even though it’s not yet FDA-approved, some patients are aware of retatrutide and are already asking about it.”

Retatrutide Works Differently Than Other GLP-1s

Retatrutide is different from FDA-approved GLP-1 medications like semaglutide (Wegovy, Ozempic) and tirzepatide (Zepbound, Mounjaro). This is a triple-agonist medication that acts on three different hormone receptors in the body: glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1), gastric inhibitory polypeptide (GIP), and glucagon (GCG), Dr. Ali explains. As a result, it’s been dubbed a “triple G” medication.

Semaglutide works on one receptor (GLP-1) while tirzepatide works on two receptors (GLP-1 and GIP).

Like semaglutide and tirzepatide, retatrutide is taken once a week via injection. It reduces appetite and slows digestion to support weight loss, says Ali.

“There’s no one medication that works for every person, which is why finding more medications that may be beneficial to treat a range of health conditions is always ideal,” he adds.

Adults With Type 2 Diabetes Lost Almost 20 Percent of Their Weight on Retatrutide

Lilly released findings from two separate phase 3 clinical trials on Thursday, the first being TRIUMPH-2, which included about 1,150 adults who were overweight or had obesity and type 2 diabetes.

[1]

Participants were randomized to receive a placebo (dummy medication) or retatrutide in doses of 4, 9, or 12 milligrams (mg). The 80-week trial was double-blinded, meaning neither the participants nor the researchers knew which treatment the participants received.

People assigned to receive higher doses started at 2 mg and increased the amount incrementally every four weeks until reaching the target dose (this step-up dosing is called titration).

At the end of the 80-week trial, the average results showed:

  • Participants on a 4 mg dose lost 29.8 pounds (lb), or about 12.7 percent of their starting body weight.
  • Those on a 9 mg dose lost 45.4 lb, about 19.1 percent of starting weight.
  • Those on a 12 mg dose lost 49.6 lb, about 20.8 percent of starting weight.

The participants also saw 1.6 percent average drop in A1C levels, a measurement that estimates average blood sugar levels over the previous two to three months.

“People with type 2 diabetes have historically lost less weight on obesity medications than those without diabetes,” Dr. Bonarrigo says. “Even in that population, retatrutide demonstrated nearly 21 percent average weight loss at the highest dose, which is remarkable.”

Retatrutide Also Delivered Significant Results for People With Severe Obesity and Heart Disease

The other trial, TRIUMPH-3, included nearly 2,000 adults with severe obesity (defined as a BMI of 40 or higher) and cardiovascular disease; some participants also had type 2 diabetes.

Researchers randomly assigned trial members to receive a placebo or 9 or 12 mg doses of retatrutide. Like TRIUMPH-2, this trial was also double-blind. Participants who received retatrutide also started at 2 mg and titrated up to their target dose.

At the end of the 80-week trial, the average results showed:

  • Adults taking a 9 mg dose lost 52.7 lb, about 21.6 percent of their starting weight.
  • Those on a 12 mg dose lost 55.8 lb, about 22.6 percent of starting weight.

During the study period, there were 27 major adverse cardiovascular events, including heart attack and stroke, among people who received retatrutide, compared with 23 events in the placebo group.

Participants taking the highest dose of retatrutide saw, on average, the following health improvements: these average reductions in cardiovascular disease risk factors:

  • 37 percent reduction in triglycerides, or fats in the blood
  • 16.5 percent reduction in non-HDL “bad” cholesterol
  • 9.3 mmHg reduction in systolic blood pressure, the pressure in the arteries when the heart beats
  • 7.5-inch reduction in waist circumference
  • 51.2 percent reduction in high-sensitivity C-reactive protein, a measurement of inflammation in the body

Side Effects Led More Than 1 in 10 Participants to Drop Out

Side-effect rates differed between the two trials. In the diabetes TRIUMPH-2 trial, reported side effects included:

  • Diarrhea (around 27 to 34 percent of participants, depending on the dose)
  • Nausea (14 to 28 percent)
  • Constipation (14 to 17 percent)
  • Decreased appetite (6 to 17 percent)
  • Vomiting (6 to 16 percent)

In the TRIUMPH-3 trial for adults with severe obesity and heart disease, participants reported:

  • Diarrhea (around 24 to 30 percent of participants, depending on the dose)
  • Nausea (22 percent)
  • Constipation (16 to 18 percent)
  • Decreased appetite (14 to 15 percent)
  • Hyperglycemia, or high blood sugar (3 to 4 percent)

The high rates of diarrhea surprised Ali. “We don’t usually see that much diarrhea with the GLP-1 medications,” he says. “Their main side effects are usually nausea and vomiting.”

In TRIUMPH-2, up to 11.6 percent of participants using retatrutide stopped the drug before the end of the trial due to side effects, compared with 4.9 percent of the placebo group. In TRIUMPH-3, up to 13.5 percent of participants using retatrutide stopped early, compared with 4.8 percent taking a placebo. By comparison, 4.9 percent of participants taking retatrutide dropped out of the TRIUMPH-1 trial.

“Most of the time, patients drop out because of side effects,” Ali says. “These side effects may be prohibitive, but it’s hard to say. Everybody responds differently.”

7 Things You Should Never Do Before a Dentist Appointment

Regular dentist appointments are about more than just clean teeth — they’re one of your best defenses against serious health issues like gum disease, cavities, and oral cancer.

[1]

But how you prepare beforehand matters just as much as showing up.

Certain habits in the hours leading up to your visit can interfere with your dentist’s ability to accurately assess your oral health, and even affect the quality of care you receive. Here’s what to avoid before your next appointment.

1. Don’t Brush and Floss Excessively

If it’s been a while since you’ve seen the dentist, you may try to erase evidence of tooth-damaging habits like smoking and eating sugary snacks. “Many patients brush and floss vigorously in the minutes before a dental visit, hoping to arrive with their teeth at their best,” says Murray Pratt, the principal dentist and clinical director of Forever Dental and Skin in Surrey, England. But that’s not a good idea.

Aggressively brushing teeth at the last minute can leave the gums inflamed and irritated, increasing the likelihood of bleeding during the exam, Dr. Pratt explains. “It can also make it harder for the dentist to see what’s going on underneath,” he says.

2. Don’t Hide Medication Use

Your dentist needs a complete picture of every medication you take, whether prescription or over-the-counter.

[2]

Many common medications affect oral health or your ability to heal after dental procedures. For example, calcium channel blockers, a type of blood pressure medication, can cause gum overgrowth.

[3]

Meanwhile, birth control pills can increase your risk for dry socket, a painful complication of tooth extractions.

[4]

That’s why it’s essential to update your dentist on any changes since your last visit. “If you started any new prescription, such as a blood thinner, bone drug, or weight loss shots since I last saw you, I need to know before I touch anything,” says Ambereen Fatima, DDS, the lead dentist and owner of Innova Smiles in Marlborough, Massachusetts.

Pain relievers deserve special mention. Dental anxiety is often fueled by fear of pain and discomfort.

[5]

So, you may be tempted to pop a pain reliever before your appointment. But these medications can mask pain for four to eight hours, making it harder for your dentist to pinpoint the source of your discomfort.

[6]

Note what time you took the medication, because your dentist will want to know. “If you took ibuprofen so you could function, fine, but tell me, and point to where it was screaming before the pill kicked in. Otherwise, the tooth goes quiet and I’m stuck guessing which one dragged you in here,” Dr. Fatima says.

3. Don’t Consume (Too Much) Caffeine

If you’re anxious about the dentist, caffeine may make you more stressed. Caffeine stimulates your central nervous system, which triggers the “fight-or-flight” stress response. This increases your heart rate and blood pressure and makes you jittery — common symptoms of anxiety.

[7]

In general, it’s best to avoid caffeine three to four hours before your appointment. But if you must have some, keep the amount under 400 milligrams (mg), which is the level linked to increased anxiety. For perspective, a 12-ounce (oz) cup of coffee contains about 247 mg of caffeine, while black tea has about 71 mg.

[7]

4. Don’t Eat Acidic Foods or Drinks

Acidic substances wear away tooth enamel (the outer layer that protects the surface of teeth) over time. As enamel erodes, teeth become more sensitive and prone to pain. If you’ve just consumed something acidic, your teeth may be more susceptible to discomfort or damage from dental tools.

[8]

Acidic foods and beverages include:

[9]

It takes your saliva roughly one hour to neutralize the acid in food, so avoid consuming anything acidic at least an hour prior to your appointment. If you forget to do this, rinsing your mouth with water immediately after eating or drinking may help wash away the acids.

[8]

5. Don’t Drink Alcohol

Pratt cautions against drinking alcohol the night before a dental appointment. “Alcohol thins the blood, which can increase bleeding during routine cleanings,” he explains.

Alcohol can also leave the body dehydrated. “This causes dry mouth and makes the gums more sensitive,” Pratt says.

Drinking alcohol the night before your appointment can also adversely affect the oral environment and pH balance of the oral microbiome, says Arthur Glosman, DDS , a cosmetic dentist in Beverly Hills, California. The oral microbiome is the community of bacteria, fungi, and other microbes that naturally live in your mouth.

Over time, an unbalanced, unhealthy oral microbiome can increase levels of harmful bacteria, and accelerate tooth decay. This can result in added work for your dentist, and additional discomfort for you.

[10]

6. Don’t Consume Foods or Beverages That Stain Teeth

Avoid consuming dark-colored foods and drinks if you’re getting teeth whitening or matching for veneers at your appointment. Dark-colored drinks such as coffee, tea, and red wine can temporarily stain tooth enamel, making it harder for your dentist to assess your teeth’s true color, Dr. Glosman explains.

Other teeth-staining foods to avoid include berries, cherries, and soy sauce.

[11]

7. Don’t Withhold Important Information

“A common mistake patients make is not flagging an issue early enough in the visit for the dentist to address it properly,” Pratt says. You might hope your dentist will spot the problem without your input, but staying quiet about something like tooth pain can leave too little time to explore it thoroughly — and may even mean coming back for a second appointment.

“Many times patients avoid telling the dentist the truth about their symptoms, because they’re embarrassed. They don’t mention bleeding gums, bad breath, cold sores, or jaw pain,” Glosman says. Yet these are exactly the details that help your dentist catch underlying problems and decide how best to treat you.

7 Health Benefits of Cabbage

3. Cabbage Could Promote Recovery From COVID-19

If a bout of COVID-19 has you feeling unwell, you might want to consider trying a soothing cabbage soup as part of your recovery toolkit. A study published in the European Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology found that consumption of cabbage and fermented vegetables mitigated the effects of severe COVID-19. The study’s authors theorized that cabbage’s antioxidant compounds may improve insulin resistance and reduce damage to the lungs and blood vessels — two severe side effects of the virus.

[9]

Napa cabbage and Taiwanese cabbage are Chou’s top choices for a comforting soup when you’re sick. “These two varieties work especially well in soups and stews when added in the last five minutes of cooking,” she says. To reap the antiviral benefits of cabbage and fermentation, try kimchi as a side dish for a noodle bowl or eggs.

4. Cabbage Helps With Blood Clotting and Bone Health

Vitamin K may not be the most buzzworthy nutrient, but it sure does come with some important benefits. As the National Institutes of Health explains, vitamin K is responsible for important functions like helping your blood clot properly and supporting healthy bones. The good news is that cabbage is an excellent source of the nutrient, with 53 micrograms (mcg) of vitamin K per cup.

[10]

But there is one caveat. Vitamin K is fat-soluble, so when preparing cabbage, be sure to include a source of dietary fat to ensure absorption. According to Amanda Terillo, RDN, a farmer and dietitian who is based in Barboursville, Virginia, this shouldn’t be too difficult. “Many foods that you would cook with cabbage will naturally have fat, such as beef and fatty fish,” she says. “Other ways to include fats could be adding avocado to tacos with cabbage, using oil-based salad dressings in your cabbage salad, and using a good-quality mayonnaise to make coleslaw.”

It’s important to note that some medications can interact with vitamin K, such as antibiotics or anticoagulants. If you take these medications, it’s a good idea to speak with your healthcare provider or dietitian before implementing more cabbage in your diet.

5. Cabbage Is Generally Good for Digestion

As a good source of fiber, cabbage could minimize digestive woes like diarrhea and constipation. The veggie’s insoluble fiber is a particular hero of digestive help because it adds bulk to stool and promotes regular bowel movements.

[11]

 For some people, however, sulfuric compounds in cabbage cause gas and bloating. In these cases, you may need to experiment to determine your level of tolerance to the veggie.

[12]

For a one-two punch for digestive health, consider adding fermented cabbage (aka kimchi) to meals and snacks. “Kimchi contains the Lactobacillus bacterium,” Chou says. “These lactic acid bacteria have probiotics with health-promoting properties that can help improve our digestion and support the gut microbiome by creating a diverse mixture of healthful microbes in the intestines.”

And the research agrees. Evidence suggests that eating foods fermented with Lactobacillus could improve the gut’s response to stress and overcome gut dysbiosis (the imbalance of gut microbes that can lead to inflammation).

[13]

6. Cabbage Is High in Vitamin C

You might associate vitamin C with citrus fruits like oranges and lemons, but don’t discount cabbage for a boost, too. While we now know that vitamin C can support the fight against cancer, it’s also good for other aspects of your health.

Eating foods high in vitamin C, like cabbage, can improve your skin by promoting collagen production.

[14]

 Some research also suggests that eating foods high in vitamin C can defend against UV damage from the sun and reduce signs of skin aging.

[15]

The health benefits of vitamin C don’t stop there. “Vitamin C also aids in wound healing, helps improve the immune system, reduces the severity of certain periodontal diseases, and helps absorb iron, another important mineral for the body,” says Terillo. “Iron can come from heme (animal) or nonheme (nonanimal) sources, though heme iron is absorbed the best.” To get the most out of heme iron and vitamin C, Terillo suggests making cabbage as a side dish to lamb or another red meat roast, or making a sardine sandwich with chopped cabbage on top.

7. Cabbage Boosts Heart Health

There’s a strong link between your heart health and inflammation. So, it’s no surprise that antioxidant-rich cabbage is a heart-healthy food. Aside from cyanidin in red cabbage helping relax your blood vessels and supporting blood pressure, cabbage also has other benefits for your heart. One study found that the nutrients from cruciferous veggies like cabbage can help prevent the formation of blood clots, which in turn may reduce the risk of heart attack and pulmonary embolism.

[16]

7 Healthy Cabbage Recipes to Try Tonight

Cruciferous vegetables like broccoli, kale, Brussels sprouts, and cauliflower get a lot of attention from nutrition pros, but in this famous family tree, cabbage often goes overlooked, despite sharing similar health benefits. Many of those perks come from glucosinolates, sulfur-based compounds that give cabbage and its relatives their characteristic pungent odor, bitter taste, and anticancer properties.

[1]

Glucosinolates include bioactive compounds that have anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties, which protect the body against cell damage that may cause cancer or other diseases.

[2]

Cabbage health benefits don’t stop there. Red, white, and green cabbage can help regulate blood sugar, which may especially benefit people with type 2 diabetes.

[3]

 The leafy vegetable can support a healthy heart, thanks to plant compounds called sterols, which can help regulate cholesterol levels.

[4]

 Fiber in cabbage can also support healthy digestion and bowel regularity.

[5]

Cabbage is low in calories and rich in fiber, vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants. One cup of shredded cabbage provides 18 calories, 2 grams of dietary fiber, and almost 1 gram of protein. It’s also an excellent source of vitamins K and C, folate, and potassium.

[6]

If you’ve only ever had (and disliked) cabbage in soups or sauerkraut, consider giving it another try. It makes a great foundation for kimchi, slaws, and salads, and its sturdy leaves can replace carbs in sandwiches and tacos. The tasty and creative recipes below will make you wonder why cabbage isn’t the most sought-after vegetable in the produce department.

All Everyday Health recipes meet expert-developed nutrient goals, considering several dietary guidelines. Learn more about the methodology used to develop and tag each of the recipes on this list.

Ozempic and Other GLP-1 Drugs for Alcoholism: Do They Work?

Research on GLP-1 drugs for AUD and other substance use issues has gained momentum in recent years.

“This is a time of cautious optimism in the field,” says Joseph P. Schacht, PhD, an associate professor of psychiatry and substance dependence at the University of Colorado School of Medicine Anschutz Medical Campus in Aurora. “Several small clinical trials have found that GLP-1 RAs, compared with placebo, reduced alcohol use,” he adds.

Some of the most compelling research:

  • One study, published in July 2026 in BMJ Open, compared the effects of GLP-1s with approved AUD drugs. For people with obesity, researchers found GLP-1 users had a 65 percent lower risk of alcohol-related hospitalization than those taking AUD medications.

    [4]

  • In a study published in JAMA Psychiatry in February 2025 that included 48 patients with AUD, researchers found low-dose weekly injections of semaglutide significantly reduced alcohol cravings and nicotine use compared with placebo.

    [5]

  • In a large Swedish study published in JAMA Psychiatry in November 2024, scientists found that people who were taking the GLP-1 drugs semaglutide or liraglutide were less likely to be hospitalized for AUD.

    [6]

  • Early research has suggested that GLP-1s may also reduce cravings for other addictive substances, like cocaine.

    [7]

”While these and other studies are encouraging, they’re still considered preliminary,” says Dr. Schacht. “Specific measures like safety, effectiveness, and dosing for AUD still need to be tested and confirmed. Ultimately, we need more data from larger clinical trials of these medications. Fortunately, multiple academic and industry trials should have results in the next one to two years.”

Atopic Dermatitis & ADHD-Like Symptoms in Kids: What to Know

The intense itching and other skin symptoms that come with atopic dermatitis can cause kids to stay up all night scratching, interfering with their ability to get a good night’s sleep.

During the day, this can manifest as hyperactivity, rather than sleepiness, interfering with their ability to concentrate or sit still for long periods.

The itchy, flaky skin that comes with atopic dermatitis can also interfere with a child’s ability to focus during the day. They may be distracted by the intense discomfort and feel compelled to scratch their eczema patches.

“It’s important to distinguish between ADHD and behaviors that resemble ADHD,” says Dr. Levine. “Eczema cannot ‘cause’ ADHD. However, children with moderate-to-severe eczema often experience intense itching, especially at night, which can significantly disrupt their sleep. Poor sleep affects attention, concentration, emotional regulation, and impulse control during the day.”

Plus, their focus on eczema symptoms can take their attention away from school and other tasks. “When a child is constantly thinking about how uncomfortable their skin feels or trying to resist the urge to scratch, it’s much harder to pay attention in school, complete homework, or stay engaged in activities,” says Levine.

Atopic dermatitis can also take a mental or emotional toll on kids, with skin symptoms and a lack of sleep causing distress, depression, or anxiety.

“Children with visible eczema may feel embarrassed or self-conscious, worry about being teased, or become frustrated by frequent flares and the daily treatment routine,” says Levine. Those mental health issues can further affect their concentration.

5 Skin Infections That Worsen Atopic Dermatitis

A flare and a skin infection can sometimes look similar. Both can cause redness, swelling, and itching or discomfort. “Because there may be overlap between the two and discriminating the difference can be difficult, it is recommended to see a board-certified dermatologist for evaluation and treatment,” Dr. Camp says.

If you have an infection, your dermatologist can figure out the underlying cause and the best way to treat it. If it’s a flare, you can talk about ways to better manage your eczema — which will help you feel better and reduce your risk for future flares and infections.

“Eczema that is well controlled maintains the ability of the skin barrier to protect the body from infections by microorganisms,” Camp says.

Getting control starts with knowing what to look for.

Staph Aureus

Atopic dermatitis can make you prone to having the bacterium Staphylococcus aureus, or staph, living on your skin. Experts don’t fully understand why, but it could have to do with a weakened skin barrier, which makes it easier for bacteria like staph to thrive.

[2]

While staph bacteria usually isn’t harmful — and is commonly carried in the nose and on the surface of the skin — it can cause an infection if the skin is already damaged; in fact, it’s one of the most common causes of eczema-related skin infections.

[3]

[2]

If you’re affected, your skin might appear red, swollen, or have honey-colored crusting or oozing, as well as feel painful and warm to the touch.

[4]

Staph skin infections can be treated with topical or oral antibiotics. It’s important to seek treatment quickly, because these infections can become serious or even life-threatening.

[5]

Furuncles

Sometimes called boils, furuncles are infections that occur when bacteria enter hair follicles on your skin. These infections are relatively common in people with eczema and can form on eczema patches or plaques.

[4]

Furuncles look like big pimples. They might be red or yellowish and feel warm or tender to the touch. Sometimes they’ll go away on their own, but you can speed up the process by applying a warm compress to the area for 10 minutes several times a day.

[4]

Avoid popping or squeezing the furuncle, which can cause the infection to spread.

[6]

See your dermatologist if your furuncle doesn’t clear up within two weeks or keeps getting bigger. They can drain it at their office and prescribe antibiotics to help the infection heal.

[6]

Eczema Herpeticum

Eczema herpeticum, which is caused by the herpes simplex virus (HSV-1 or HSV-2), affects around 3 percent of people with eczema.

[4]

This infection usually shows up as small, painful, fluid-filled blisters on an eczema patch on the face, neck, or upper torso. Over time, the blisters can start to spread and become pitted or crusty.

[4]

Eczema herpeticum must be treated with antiviral medications. Like Staphylococcus aureus, the infection can turn serious or even life-threatening without treatment.

[7]

Malassezia

Malassezia is a type of fungus that normally lives on the skin. But overgrowths of malassezia can cause fungal infections, particularly among people with eczema.

[8]

A malassezia infection causes red, itchy bumps. It’s not serious, but it can be uncomfortable and stubborn. While the infection can be treated with topical or antifungal medications or shampoos, some people find that their symptoms come back after their treatment stops.

[9]

Talk to your doctor; you may need to continue using certain treatments to prevent the symptoms from returning.

[10]

Molloscum

This viral skin infection causes small, itchy, flesh-colored bumps on the face, torso, arms, or legs. While it’s more common in young children than adults, studies estimate that people with eczema are about 13 percent more prone to the infection.

[11]

Molloscum infections can clear up on their own, but it can take up to two years before the symptoms subside. What’s more, it’s highly contagious, and scratching the bumps can cause the infection to spread across the body. Your dermatologist might recommend topical medications or removing the bumps by scraping, freezing, or laser treatments.

[12]

Denied Coverage for an Atopic Dermatitis Medication? Here’s What to Do

You still have options, even if the medication is denied. The first step is filing an internal appeal, where you ask your insurance company to conduct a full and fair review of its decision.

[5]

 Start by calling your insurance company to find out exactly why you received a rejection.

“Many times, it’s for a simple reason, such as missing documentation showing that other medications were tried and failed or the provider forgetting to include the official diagnosis with the prescription,” says Skirrow.

Once you know why you were denied, you and your doctor can submit the information your insurance company needs, along with a letter making the case for your appeal. (You can find helpful sample appeal letters on the Patient Advocate Foundation website.) Insurance companies have 30 days to respond to most appeals.

[6]

If your doctor believes you need urgent care, the reply window is 72 hours.

[5]

There’s a good chance your insurance company will reverse the decision, as long as the internal appeal was submitted correctly and addressed the reasons coverage was denied the first time, Skirrow says. Up to 80 percent of initial prior authorization denials are overturned, one recent report showed.

[7]

If your internal appeal is denied, you can also pursue an external review. That’s where an independent third party — not your insurance company — reviews your case and decides whether the medication should be covered.

[8]

The process for external reviews varies by state. “Because of this, it’s important to review the applicable state- or plan-specific guidance and follow the required steps when submitting a request,” says Skirrow.

If all of your appeal options have been exhausted and the medication is still denied, pharmaceutical company patient assistant programs can help you avoid paying the full cost of treatment out of pocket.

“If applying for one of these programs, it is important to keep documentation of the insurance denial and any appeal attempts, as this information is often required as part of the application process,” says Skirrow.

Why Cold Sores Are Dangerous for Kids With Atopic Dermatitis

Atopic dermatitis causes a breakdown of the skin barrier, making people with the condition especially vulnerable to HSV-1 infections.

[3]

“Healthy skin acts as a protective barrier that helps keep viruses, bacteria, and other irritants out,” says Jody A. Levine, MD, a pediatric dermatologist in New York City. “In children with atopic dermatitis, that barrier is disrupted, leaving tiny cracks in the skin that make it easier for germs to enter.”

Though a cold sore can also be harmful to adults with moderate-to-severe eczema, children with the same type of atopic dermatitis are even more at risk when exposed to HSV-1.

That’s partly because children have developing immune systems and thinner skin barriers than adults, so they’re already at a higher risk of catching viruses and getting infections.

“If a child with eczema is exposed to HSV-1, the virus can spread rapidly through areas where the skin barrier is damaged,” says Dr. Levine. “Instead of remaining confined to a small cold sore on the lip, it can infect large areas of skin.”

What’s more, the skin’s immune defenses tend to be less effective in kids with atopic dermatitis than in children without the condition, making it even more difficult for them to fight off infections.

[4]

In short, “Children with moderate-to-severe eczema are at the greatest risk, because they have more extensive barrier disruption,” says Levine.

7 Eating Tips for Healthier Skin

4. Pick Lean Animal and Plant Proteins

Certain proteins can be a valuable source of essential fatty acids. Cold-water fish such as salmon, tuna, and sardines are among the richest food sources of omega-3 fatty acids. For instance, 3 ounces (oz) of cooked Atlantic salmon can provide more than the recommended daily minimum of omega-3s for adults.

[1]

Plant-based proteins are another helpful source of nutrients that can promote and maintain skin health, according to research. One review of dermatology research notes that plant-based diets are connected with better skin health. The review authors recommend almonds as a good source of omega-3 fatty acids for skin health.

[8]

 Additional plant-based proteins to add to your plate include chia seeds, walnuts, edamame, refried beans, and kidney beans.

[1]

Filling your plate with lean proteins that are also rich in the omega-3s docosahexaenoic acid and eicosapentaenoic acid can improve skin inflammation and dryness, and may be especially helpful for those with psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, and erythema (redness caused by infection or medications), according to the dermatology review.

[8]

5. Add Zinc-Rich Foods

Because of their zinc content, oysters are a good food for healthy skin, says Murad. “Zinc is not only an essential component for collagen production and healing, it’s a powerful anti-inflammatory,” he says. Zinc may also reduce acne, redness, and irritation; promote healing; and deflect UV rays, according to landmark research.

[9]

Inflammation is how the body communicates to our immune system to jump into action if we’re injured, but it can also cause flare-ups in our skin that come in the form of swelling, pain, and redness.

[10]

 Zeichner says that foods rich in vitamin A and zinc — like fortified cereal, beans, spinach, and oysters — can help reduce inflammation, making them among the best foods for healthy skin.

6. Drink (Water, That Is) to Your Skin’s Health

Yes, water is good for your skin, but you don’t have to go overboard. The goal is to avoid dehydration. (Hint: If you’re thirsty, you’re already dehydrated.) “If you’re dehydrated, your skin and mucous membranes will become dry, cracked, and crepey,” Dr. Wu says.

How much water you need varies based on your age, gender, and other factors such as pregnancy, but the general guidelines for healthy adults are to aim for between 92 and 124 oz daily.

[11]

Make sure that you consume enough caffeine-free fluids, such as soups, juices, and herbal teas, to avoid dehydration. If you’re not a regular water drinker, aim to sip one glass of water (or other caffeine-free liquid) with each meal and another glass between meals. Research has shown that unsweetened green tea in particular is beneficial because it contains antioxidants that fight free radicals, which are likely a major cause of aging and cancer.

[12]

7. Limit Processed Sugar, Carbs, and Alcohol

When thinking about the best foods and diets for healthy skin, keep in mind that some options don’t play well with skin care. Your sweet tooth in particular can really sour your complexion. Sugar and refined carbohydrates such as sodas, white bread, and pastries can contribute to premature wrinkles and aging skin, according to a study.

[13]

“Consuming large amounts of sugar and refined carbohydrates can directly harm skin elasticity because these foods trigger inflammation and contribute to the breakdown of collagen and elastic fibers,” Murad says.

Once sugars and carbs enter the body, they’re converted into glucose, creating advanced glycation end products that attach to healthy proteins and interfere with the production of collagen and elastin — thus leading to skin that’s less firm and resilient.

[14]

Alcohol can have a similar effect. According to research, alcohol can overwhelm your body’s antioxidant defense system, causing redness, wrinkles, and dry skin. It can also alter the environment of your skin’s surface, which can increase inflammation and worsen skin infections.

[15]

Zeichner recommends avoiding processed sugars and flour as much as possible, instead choosing natural grains and eating foods sweetened with honey or other natural sweeteners. Experts also agree that in general it’s best to drink little or no alcohol.

The Truth About Anorexia Nervosa: 5 Myths and 5 Facts

2. Myth: Anorexia Is an Obsession With Thinness That Can Be Stopped Although people with anorexia do desire to be thin, having anorexia is not something they simply choose. “People do not just ‘catch’ an eating disorder for a period of time,” says Kronengold, adding that it’s unlikely that an eating disorder like anorexia can be “stopped as desired.” Anorexia nervosa is not merely a desire for thinness; there is an obsessive component to it, as well as an inability to see one’s body as it truly is, that makes this eating disorder much more complicated.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762984a2f0cc-fbae-484c-bed2-cd20bf0414f1 “Anorexia is a bio-psycho-social disease, which means that genetic, biological, environmental, and social elements all play a role, ” says Mehler. He also notes that eating disorders may run in families. Events like physical illnesses, childhood bullying, and other life stressors, or conditions like major depression, anxiety, social phobia, or obsessive-compulsive disorder, may raise the risk of developing anorexia as well, says Mehler.
10. Fact: Early Treatment Equals Better Recovery Outcomes The earlier the treatment, the greater the chances of recovery — and it’s never too early to start.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c8fdb979-ed67-426d-8b23-b1003e0b2310 Without professional treatment, eating disorder behaviors are likely to get worse and cause greater health consequences, says Ekern, adding that earlier treatment can lead to longer-term recovery. And the later someone begins treatment, the less responsive they may be to treatment, says Mehler. If you’re worried that someone you care about may have an eating disorder, it’s important to share your concerns early on, rather than wait until they meet specific physical or emotional criteria, says Kronengold.
7. Myth: You Need to Be Considered ‘Underweight’ to Have an Eating Disorder or Symptoms of Anorexia A doctor may diagnose someone with “atypical anorexia” when there are significant symptoms of anorexia present but the individual is not underweight.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762960a8907b-8594-44a5-bde1-c62bc474e4d2 Unfortunately, due to the misconception that people must be thin to have the disorder, those who meet several of the criteria for anorexia but do not experience significant weight loss or have a low body mass index often go undiagnosed, Kronengold says. “Given the rampant weight stigma surrounding this illness, many people suffering from ‘atypical anorexia’ fail to recognize they have a severe eating disorder or may be less likely to be diagnosed due to cultural prejudice against fatness,” she says.
6. Myth: People With Anorexia Are Purposely Starving Themselves It’s true that folks who are struggling with anorexia may deny their hunger, not eat or drink enough, and experience an intense fear of gaining weight, says Kronengold. But the eating disorder is less about food itself and more about the person’s physical and mental health, including the unique risk factors that contributed to them developing anorexia symptoms and whether they have any other health conditions that could play a role, such as depression or anxiety.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629d2d92ece-9197-49f2-9776-6fb7a8f0ab48 And although not taking in enough calories to meet the body’s needs is a well-known symptom of anorexia, it’s not the only one. People with anorexia may also binge eat, exercise excessively, and purge either by vomiting or by taking laxatives, says Kronengold.
9. Myth: You Can Get Over Anorexia if You ‘Eat Normally’ Even though anorexia nervosa is associated with not eating enough calories to sustain the body’s functions, having the disorder isn’t about food or whether you’re “eating normally.”e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629001f7e6b-fe02-46cb-8229-ff33640fcb27 In a proper recovery plan, Kronengold says, it’s essential to address the eating disorder symptoms and medical consequences, as well as all the external forces that contribute to or maintain the eating disorder.
4. Myth: Anorexia Only Affects Straight, Young, White Women Stereotypes and misconceptions about who develops eating disorders can often lead to delays in treatment. In truth, people of any age, racial or ethnic background, body weight, and gender identity can develop an eating disorder like anorexia.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298f5cdd4a-c529-4667-a4a4-a701e91a8465 “Although anorexia is more common in females, researchers and clinicians are becoming aware of a growing number of males and nonbinary individuals who are seeking help for anorexia nervosa,” says Mehler. Populations that are also at risk of eating disorders but may not fit traditional stereotypes include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762938355214-e0d8-400d-9879-8b5db308b96b Athletes People in the LGBTQ+ community People with disabilities, including those with chronic illnesses or mental health conditions People of color People with larger bodies Veterans Children and older adults The neurodiverse community, including autistic people, those with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and people with intellectual disabilitiese60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629936c5999-0222-4602-8708-958747eb989c
Anorexia nervosa is an eating disorder that many people have heard about but don’t fully understand. It’s no wonder: Stereotypes about anorexia abound, making it difficult to know what’s true or false about the condition. As a result, you may not see early warning signs in yourself or those you care about.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976290960469e-70da-4fd4-8fbd-050f4474424a Knowing the truth about anorexia can save lives. When people with anorexia and related eating disorders don’t grasp the severity of their illness, they may not seek help, says Philip Mehler, MD , the founder and executive medical director of the ACUTE Center for Eating Disorders and Severe Malnutrition in Denver. “It is critical to pursue early intervention strategies, such as education and screening, to prevent chronic malnutrition, long-term health complications, and death,” Dr. Mehler says. So, what’s the real story? Here are 10 things you should know about anorexia.
8. Fact: Recovery Is Possible The road to healing isn’t always easy, but recovery is possible. “Healing from an eating disorder is a journey. Don’t give up,” says Jacquelyn Ekern, founder of Eating Disorder Hope . Older research has suggested that about half of people with anorexia nervosa make a full recovery . However, a more recent research review was unable to list the percentage of people who recover; its authors noted that there is a lack of agreement around the definitions of “recovery,” “remission,” or “relapse” when it comes to eating disorder studies.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976295eab84c4-5046-46ae-a79d-09f33f170696e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629b86258c9-5390-4e04-88a2-cca9ff78bc14 Some people might be hesitant to seek help because they fear stigmatization, believe that their problem isn’t that bad, or think they can recover on their own, says Kronengold. “It is important to decide that you are worth it and deserve to heal from your eating disorder and live a fulfilling and healthy life,” says Ekern. And it’s important to remember that no one’s recovery journey is perfect. “Many have recovered, but they likely had a few slips and challenges along the way,” Ekern says.
3. Fact: Dieting Can Lead to Eating Disorders Giving weight loss a go is very common among Americans. According to one study that used three years’ worth of data from a national survey, nearly half of people ages 16 and older had tried to lose weight within the previous 12 months.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629fccbde61-5210-4906-b6fe-151a0fe145b6 Though not all weight loss is inherently harmful, dieting can be dangerous even under so-called “normal” circumstances. One study found that females who “moderately” adhered to a diet were five times more likely to develop an eating disorder than those who didn’t diet, and those who severely restricted their food intake were 18 times more likely.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762911f931e4-b49f-4725-a09e-423916478a8f
5. Fact: Anorexia Causes Serious Medical Complications “Anorexia can affect every organ system in the body,” says Mehler, adding that not eating enough calories or healthy nutrients can cause heart failure, long-term digestive issues, hormonal issues, and other health consequences like severe dehydration and kidney failure. Other anorexia-associated health issues that can happen over time include growing lanugo, or fine, downy hair all over the body, as well as loss of bone density , low blood pressure, infertility, and brain damage.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298328ed28-6692-4968-8c2e-ddf9d4c12087 Additionally, eating disorders are known to have the second highest mortality rate of all mental health disorders, surpassed only by opioid use disorder, Kronengold says. This is not only due to the physical health risks of limiting food intake but also because anorexia is a risk factor for suicide. About one-fourth to one-third of people with anorexia, bulimia, or binge eating disorder have thought about suicide , and people with anorexia are 18 times more likely to die by suicide than those without an eating disorder.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629eb4947a4-5ef8-4aca-9a87-fb7c43985683
1. Fact: Anorexia Can Be Caused by Many Things Anorexia is a complex mental health condition caused by many factors working together that all play a role of some kind, says Chelsea Kronengold, a former associate director of communications at the National Eating Disorders Association . Common risk factors for anorexia nervosa include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762973b6c61a-262a-4493-955b-0b716e161f39 Family history Dieting history Past weight bullying Life transitions, such as the end of a relationship, loss or illness of a loved one, or a new home, school, or job Keep in mind that two people with the same eating disorder can have very different causes, symptoms, perspectives, and experiences, says Kronengold. “While it can be helpful to identify the root of one’s eating disorder , or as much as they can uncover, recovery is still possible without being able to pinpoint the entire cause, especially in terms of physical and behavioral recovery,” she says.
Resources We Trust

The Connection Between Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis and Reflux

The Stomach-Lung Connection

“There has long been a debate around the relationship between GERD and IPF,” says Corey Kershaw, MD, a pulmonary and critical care physician and a professor of internal medicine at UT Southwestern Medical School in Dallas. “Specifically, is there merely an association, or is there truly a cause and effect relationship?”

Some research suggests that GERD may increase your risk for IPF, a chronic condition in which lung tissue becomes thick and stiff.

[2]

 “The concept that GERD can harm the lungs comes from the plausible theory that repeated aspiration of gastric contents causes direct injury to the lung cells,” says Dr. Kershaw. “The injury then repairs abnormally, resulting in a cascading process that results in lung fibrosis.”GERD can cause what’s known as microaspiration: when tiny amounts of stomach content, including acid and digestive enzymes, travel up your esophagus and get inhaled into your lungs.

[3]

 “This acts as a source of chronic, repetitive micro-injury — exactly the type of insult believed to drive the progressive scarring in IPF,” says Jamie Garfield, MD, a medical spokesperson for the American Lung Association. “The relationship appears to work in both directions, in that stomach contents that reflux upward can injure the lungs, while the stiff, scarred lungs of IPF alter pressure gradients across the diaphragm in ways that may worsen reflux.”Not everyone with reflux experiences its more commonly recognized symptoms, such as heartburn and upper abdominal pain. That’s sometimes called “silent” reflux.

[4]

“This gives the false reassurance that they don’t need treatment for GERD, though they might still have the complication of the ongoing lung inflammation,” says Dr. Kenaa. She says people with silent reflux may experience coughing:

  • After a heavy meal
  • After eating food with a high acid content
  • While lying flat
  • While sleeping

Kershaw says you may need to see both a pulmonologist and a gastroenterologist to get to the bottom of your symptoms.

Swimming Eases Chronic Low Back Pain, Study Shows

Nearly 1 in 10 adults worldwide live with chronic low back pain, leading some doctors to declare the trend a “global epidemic.”

[1]

Living with this kind of ongoing pain can make people nervous about exercising or moving their bodies, for fear it will make their discomfort worse.Now new research suggests that a weekly swimming routine can lead to noticeable improvements in pain and disability caused by this common condition.

[2]

“Swimming is a commonly recommended exercise for low back pain, but it had almost no evidence to support its recommendation,” says the lead study author, Deborah Wareham, a researcher at the Spinal Pain Research Centre at Macquarie University in Sydney, Australia. For adults living with chronic low back pain, she says, the findings show that “Anyone considering swimming can be more confident with choosing it.”

The Study Combined Swimming With Education to Ease Fears About Back Pain

For the study, researchers recruited 76 adults ages 26 to 74 who had low back pain lasting at least 12 weeks. At the study start, participants self-reported how low back problems affected their life, including disability level, pain, daily functioning, and fear of exercise. Participants answered the same questionnaires five times over the following year.

As a control group, half the participants received one or two sessions with a physiotherapist to learn about back pain, including key concepts like:

  • Pain does not always equal harm.
  • The back is made for movement.
  • Flare-ups are likely.
  • The best management is to keep moving.

The other half received eight weeks of personalized swimming instruction and four educational sessions with a physiotherapist.

The educational component wasn’t random. “Combining education and exercise has been beneficial in previous research,” Wareham says. “Education can help people understand the benefits of exercise and reduce their fears, and then the swimming helps them experience the benefits.”

Adults in the swimming group weren’t regular swimmers when the study started, but they could swim about 25 yards and felt confident in the water. The program was adjusted to each person’s swimming ability and fitness level. The goal was for participants to be able to swim for 30 to 45 minutes, three times per week, by the end of their swimming lessons.

Swimming Cut Reported Low Back Pain Disability in Half

At the end of the eight weeks, researchers found that adults in the swimming group reported a 50 percent drop in disability levels compared with before they started swimming. Compared with the education-only group, the swimmers scored an average of 2.5 points, or 30 percent lower, on the disability scale.

The researchers also found that swimmers reported lower pain intensity, less functional limitation, and less fear of movement than the control group — although the difference between the two groups decreased over time. While the trial itself lasted just eight weeks, the swimmers reported continued back pain improvement when researchers followed up at 26 weeks and 52 weeks. Again, though, the differences between the two groups decreased over time.

How Swimming Might Ease Chronic Back Pain

Swimming offers several benefits for people with low back pain. One is that water helps to reduce force on the spine, says Nancy R. Kirsch, DPT, PhD, the chair of rehabilitation and movement sciences at Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey, who wasn’t involved with the new study. “Buoyancy supports body weight, allowing people to move with less compression on the spine and less pain than they might experience on land,” she says.

Swimming also works the muscles that support the trunk, says Mark Slabaugh, MD, a sports medicine orthopedic surgeon at the Orthopaedic Specialty Hospital at Mercy in Baltimore also not involved in the Australian research. “Swimming is a good core-strengthening exercise that also contributes to more stability of the spine and allows individuals to focus on improving lower body function,” he says.

Strokes like freestyle help keep the back in an extended position, Dr. Slabaugh says. “This has been shown to help decrease pressure on the spinal cord and the exiting nerves,” which may help to reduce pain, he explains.

But movement in general has been linked to a drop in low back pain, Dr. Kirsch points out. “Exercise reduces pain and disability in chronic low back pain,” she says.

Finally, swimming may feel like a “safer” form of movement for people with low back pain who may be worried about the impact of exercise on their discomfort, according to Kirsch. Wareham echoes that, noting that some participants said they liked that swimming was a low-impact, non-weight-bearing exercise option. “For some people, it helped them feel like they could do more exercise than in other exercise types,” she says.

The Study Has a Few Strengths and Limitations

The study had more than a 95 percent follow-up rate, which allowed the researchers to track the participants over time. The researchers also got regular feedback from participants on how they were feeling.

But the trial was relatively small, and most participants were women. The participants were also more likely to be physically active and to have some level of past swimming experience, making it unclear if this intervention would be as helpful for people who were less physically fit or skilled at swimming.

It’s difficult to know how much of the impact on pain and disability in the swimming group was tied to the extra health coaching sessions, too.

The Best Way to Start Swimming for Low Back Pain, According to Doctors

Doctors agree that swimming is a good option to consider if you have low back pain. A key factor in this study was that each program was tailored to the individual and got progressively more challenging. “Similarly, starting slow and within a comfortable range for yourself, and then slowly increasing the distance or intensity would be a good start,” Wareham says.

Slabaugh points out that the biggest obstacle to a swimming routine is access to a pool. He suggests looking into a community fitness center with a pool, if you’re able.

“Swimming should start with one lap, followed by a short resting period, and then increasing the number of laps as their aerobic capacity improves,” Slabaugh says. “Within two to three weeks, swimmers should be able to swim for 20 to 30 minutes. Don’t worry about the distance; it is the duration that is important.”

Kirsch suggests choosing a stroke that feels comfortable and doesn’t aggravate your symptoms. Over several weeks, try to build up to 30 to 45 minutes per session, three times a week. “Anticipate some soreness, but not severe pain,” Kirsch says. “Pick swimming activities you enjoy, so you will continue.”

Phantom Itch in Atopic Dermatitis: Causes and Treatment

The experts we spoke with also recommend:

[7]

  • Keeping fingernails short
  • Covering the itchy area with comfortable clothing, bandages, or cool compresses
  • Wearing loose-fitting clothing made from soft, breathable fabrics
  • Taking lukewarm rather than hot showers
  • Keeping your bedroom cool at night
  • Consistently moisturizing with a thick, fragrance-free cream to protect the skin barrier
  • Running a humidifier, especially during the winter when indoor heat dries the air

Medications can include mild topical steroids such as hydrocortisone or anti-itch creams containing menthol or pramoxine.

[8]

 Wieder recommends keeping these cooling creams in the fridge so when you apply them, they deliver even more relief.

You might also need treatment for the inflammation simmering beneath your skin. “The most important move is to treat the eczema itself, because chasing the itch on its own won’t get you far,” Obayomi says. Medications might include systemic drugs such as oral immunosuppressants, biologics, or JAK inhibitors.

The interconnected nature of inflammatory and neuropathic itchiness has also brought about new treatment options. Sometimes the treatments aimed at tamping down atopic dermatitis can also soothe a phantom itch, even if no other symptoms are present.

“There are now biologics and targeted pills that shut down the exact immune signals behind eczema,” Obayomi says. Your dermatologist might recommend various prescription medications that work on immune cells.

[3]

Remember that even though you may not see any signs of atopic dermatitis, your itchiness is valid. “Phantom itch is real,” says Obayomi. “It is not in your head, even when your skin looks perfectly clear. That validation matters for everyone, and it matters even more for patients of color, where a flare can be harder to spot and easier to wave off.”

Talk to a trusted healthcare provider sooner rather than later. “If the itch is running your life, that’s a good reason to see a dermatologist who treats a lot of eczema and won’t stop at ‘It looks fine,’” Obayomi says.

How to Anticipate and Manage Bipolar Mood Episodes

2. Nurture and Grow Your Support System

The support of family and friends is key to staying well with bipolar disorder.

Research has found that people with bipolar disorder who have more social support report better mental health. The authors of one study suggest that this may be because support can lessen the severity of symptoms, while receiving empathy and understanding can help people cope with life better, and that others’ support can even counteract someone’s negative thought spirals and help them avoid major mood episodes.

[5]

[6]

Deepen your bonds by reaching out to people you already trust and enjoy spending time with, says Emily Carol, PhD, the clinical director of the support, treatment, and resilience program at McLean Hospital, a psychiatric hospital in Belmont, Massachusetts.

You might start by telling friends and family how much you appreciate them and making it a point to stay in touch with phone calls, texts, and emails. Share as much as is comfortable about your diagnosis, treatment plan, and how you’re feeling right now. Foster openness by asking your loved ones to share how they feel, not just about your news but about what’s happening in their lives, too.

One very important tip: When friends and family offer to help, let them, and try to be specific about what you need. For example, ask them to learn more about bipolar disorder by reading articles and books. Or maybe you’d like them to be more active in your treatment by checking in with you every day or helping you set up reminders for taking your medication. “Support can look different for different people,” says Dr. Carol.

Also, consider joining a support group for people with bipolar disorder. Meeting regularly with others who know firsthand what you’re going through can make you feel less alone and make it easier to address problems and find solutions quickly. Organizations like the Depression and Bipolar Support Alliance offer online support groups.

Life with bipolar disorder isn’t always easy. Surround yourself with people who you know care about you and want to help, which can alleviate some stress and thus help prevent relapses of bipolar symptoms.

[7]

Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL) Treatment Options

Monoclonal Antibodies

Monoclonal antibodies are synthetic or lab-made versions of antibodies that live in your immune system. Generally, monoclonal antibodies work by attaching to proteins on the surface of cancer cells to help the immune system identify and destroy the cancer. The antibodies are administered as an injection or by IV and can be given along with targeted therapy or chemo.

[6]

Monoclonal antibodies for chronic lymphocytic leukemia that focus on a protein called CD20 include obinutuzumab (Gazyva), ofatumumab (Arzerra), and rituximab (Rituxan).

[6]

These immunotherapy drugs can cause mild side effects, such as:

  • Chills
  • Constipation
  • Fatigue
  • Fever
  • Headache
  • Injection-site reactions
  • Nausea

Sometimes, they can trigger more serious symptoms, such as:

  • A racing heart
  • Chest pain
  • Coughing
  • Dizziness
  • Infection
  • Swelling of the face and tongue
  • Trouble breathing

Additionally, these medicines can lead to tumor lysis syndrome, stroke, severe infections, reactivation of a hepatitis B infection (if you’ve previously had one), or progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (a rare, serious viral infection that damages the brain).

[6]

CAR T-Cell Therapy

With chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T-cell therapy, your immune cells, called T cells, are removed from your blood. The T cells are then altered in a lab by adding special receptors on their surface. Then the newly engineered T cells are reinfused into the body. Once in the blood, these new T cells multiply and seek out and destroy cancer cells.

[6]

Lisocabtagene maraleucel (Breyanzi) is currently the only CAR T-cell therapy available for chronic lymphocytic leukemia. It’s used to treat adults who have cancer that is still growing or has come back.

[6]

CAR T-cell therapy can cause serious side effects, such as:

[6]

  • Cytokine release syndrome, which is a potentially life-threatening condition that happens when the immune system overreacts and causes symptoms such as breathing problems, chills, diarrhea, fever, headache, nausea, and weakness
  • Low blood cell counts
  • Serious neurological issues, such as changes in consciousness, confusion, seizures, tremors, and trouble speaking
  • Severe infections
  • A weakened immune system

5 Questions Doctors Ask When Screening for Depression

What Happens During a Depression Screening?

Depression screenings are given in a variety of healthcare settings, such as a primary care doctor’s office, a psychiatric clinic, or a therapy office. Wherever you usually receive healthcare treatment is potentially the same place where you will also be screened for depression.

[2]

“Depression screenings can be performed by your primary care provider, a licensed therapist, social worker, professional counselor, psychiatrist, psychologist, or psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner,” says Ackerman.

The term “screening” may sound scary and a little intimidating, but a depression screening simply involves answering a set of questions, either on paper or out loud to a healthcare provider in a private setting.

[2]

There are a few different evidence-based scales (or sets of questions) used to assess people for depressive symptoms, such as the Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9), Beck Depression Inventory (BDI), or the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAM-D). While these questionnaires are available online, they’re meant to be administered and interpreted by a mental health professional.

[3]

They’re all used to diagnose depression and to determine the severity of symptoms, so they can be used interchangeably depending on the preference of your healthcare provider. Each scale focuses on a few main themes.

[3]

“The questions during a depression screening may vary but typically focus on a person’s mood, energy level, sleep patterns, appetite, focus, and thoughts of self-harm or suicide,” says Brent Nelson, MD , an adult interventional psychiatrist and chief innovation and optimization officer at PrairieCare in St. Paul, Minnesota.

The questions are often provided in a self-report format with a numerical scale to help identify the severity of each symptom, says Ackerman. Here’s is one example from the PHQ-9:

[4]

“Over the last 2 weeks, how often have you been bothered by any of the following problems?”

  • Little interest or pleasure in doing things

It asks you to choose from the following answers:

  • not at all (0)
  • several days (1)
  • more than half the days (2)
  • nearly every day (3)

“The scores are added up at the end to determine if you have depression and how severe it is,” says Ackerman.

5 Top Makeup Tips for Atopic Dermatitis

1. Start by Moisturizing

Moisturizing regularly is one of the most important things you can do when managing atopic dermatitis. Doing so protects your skin barrier and keeps symptoms like dry, itchy skin at bay.

[2]

Here’s how to apply moisturizer properly as the foundation to your skin-care regimen:

[2]

  • Wash your hands with cleanser and water.
  • Rub moisturizer between your hands to soften it.
  • Apply to your face and body with your palm, using downward strokes.
  • Use more than you think you need, and let it absorb.

You may need to reapply moisturizer throughout the day. “I’m always carrying creams. My bag is prepped with my mini skin-care first aid kit fit to serve any occasion and ensure that I can always prioritize fun with comfort,” says Katie Mackie, who shares her journey with atopic dermatitis on her Instagram accounts, @mackies_moments and @itch_n_bitch.

2. Choose Eczema-Friendly Products

When you have a disrupted skin barrier because of atopic dermatitis, you’re more likely to react to products that come into contact with your skin.

[2]

“When it comes to atopic dermatitis and makeup, less is more,” says Steven Daveluy, MD, an associate professor and the program director of the department of dermatology at Wayne State University School of Medicine in Detroit. “Fewer ingredients means fewer chances to trigger your atopic dermatitis.”

It can be hard to know which types of skin-care and makeup products to try. You can ask your doctor if they have any recommendations. But it can also help to focus your search on products that have the National Eczema Association’s Seal of Acceptance, which was created to make it easier to find skin-care products that are safe for the sensitive skin of people with eczema. To obtain the seal, products must be free of 18 allergens and irritants, specified by the organization, that can worsen atopic dermatitis symptoms or trigger a flare.

“Read carefully through the ingredients and any other information on any product you’re going to apply to the skin to ensure it doesn’t contain ingredients that you might react to,” says Wan. At the very least, she says, you’ll want to choose products that are labeled fragrance-free and hypoallergenic.

Be careful of products labeled unscented, since they can still contain fragrances to mask scents, says Dr. Daveluy.

He also warns that those with atopic dermatitis should be cautious with shimmery makeup. “The thing that makes it shimmer is tiny flakes of metal — often nickel, since it’s cheap,” Daveluy says. “Nickel is the most common skin allergy, other than poison ivy.”

When the U.S. Food and Drug Administration tested cosmetics for heavy metals, including nickel, it found that any products with them typically contained very small amounts that were not deemed to pose a health risk for the general public. That said, “If metal, like costume jewelry, watch bands, belt buckles, and the snap on your jeans gives you a rash, then avoid shimmery makeup products,” he says.

[3]

Choosing the right products can be especially important for people with darker complexions. “A lot of individuals who have darker skin often have much more pigmentation or discoloration as a result of eczema,” Wan says. “So it’s probably even more important for those individuals to make sure they’re picking gentle products that are not going to further irritate the skin, which then can lead to additional discoloration.”

3. Patch Test First

Before using a new makeup product on your face, Wan recommends testing it out on an area like your inner forearm to give you a sense of how your skin might respond to it. “If you don’t react or have much irritation after a day or two, that suggests you could probably tolerate it elsewhere as well,” she says.

4. Clean Your Makeup Brushes Regularly

Makeup brushes collect product residue along with dirt and oil from your skin. As a result, they become a breeding ground for bacteria, which can aggravate sensitive skin.

[4]

It’s a good idea to wash your makeup brushes every 7 to 10 days with warm water and gentle shampoo or brush cleaner (soap will dry out natural-fiber brushes), and rinse them until the water runs clear. But some people opt to forego makeup brushes altogether and simply apply and blend products with their fingers (after washing their hands first).

[4]

Another good rule of thumb? Don’t share makeup brushes with others.

[4]

5. Skip Makeup During an Atopic Dermatitis Flare

“If you have an active flare, be very cautious about putting products directly onto affected skin,” says Wan. “It’s more important to treat the inflammation from that flare first before you apply anything else to it.” Once your flare subsides, it’s safe to start using makeup again.

The Unexpected Health Benefits of Celibacy

If you’re unintentionally celibate — meaning you want to have sex but can’t find a partner — then abstinence can negatively impact self-esteem and mental health, Grines says.

Becoming celibate just because you see a TikTok trend might not be a good move, either. “Celibacy should be a choice and something to be curious about, not a prescription you hand out to everyone on the street,” Grines adds.

Make sure to reflect on why you want to be celibate: Have you had harmful sex that you need to process? Celibacy could help. Do you feel ashamed or like you just don’t deserve to have good sex? That should be worked through, perhaps with a sex therapist, Grines says.

Another consideration is making sure you meet your touch needs, as humans are wired for physical connection, Herzog says. “It doesn’t have to be sexual. It could be hugs with friends and family or getting a regular massage.”

Finally, while celibacy has benefits, enjoyable and consensual sex can also reduce stress, release dopamine, and enhance relationship satisfaction. So if you’re celibate, check in with yourself periodically to make sure it’s still empowering, not restrictive, Nelson says.

Whether you choose to be celibate or not, know that you’re not the only one responsible for improving your sexual experiences, Grines says. “Our culture needs to shift so that opting out isn’t the only path to feeling respected. We need better sex education, partners who prioritize pleasure, and dating norms that don’t put the entire burden of managing desire on women,” she says.

New Heart Disease Risk Calculator Could Change Your Ideal LDL Cholesterol Goal

Updated cholesterol guidelines may give some adults a different answer to an important question: How likely am I to have a heart attack or stroke?

When researchers recalculated cardiovascular risk using a newer tool called PREVENT, about 1 in 5 adults landed in a different risk category. Women and people with diabetes were more likely to move into a higher risk category, while men, Black adults, and current smokers more often moved into a lower one.

[1]

While the shift doesn’t mean high cholesterol has suddenly become more or less dangerous for these groups, it could change what treatments your doctor recommends, says Eric J. Brandt, MD, director of preventive cardiology and an assistant professor at the University of Michigan Medical School in Ann Arbor, who wasn’t involved in creating the new tool.

“When someone moves from one category to another, then this may change the recommended approach to prevention,” says Dr. Brandt.

Why the Old Heart Risk Calculator Needed an Update

Doctors use cardiovascular risk calculators to estimate a person’s chances of having a heart attack, stroke, or another problem caused by plaque buildup in the arteries. That score can help guide decisions about cholesterol-lowering medication.

The calculator used for more than a decade was based on five groups of people recruited from the 1940s through the 1980s. Later studies suggested the calculator overestimated risk in some groups, including men and Black adults, and did not characterize risk as accurately in other populations.

[1]

“The advantage of the new tool is that the data used to estimate the effect of each variable represent a more modern population that’s larger and more diverse,” says Brandt.

The 2026 cholesterol guidelines replace the older calculator with the PREVENT tool, which:

  • Was developed using data from 46 larger, more contemporary, and more diverse studies
  • Is race-agnostic, meaning race is not entered into the calculation
  • Includes additional health information, such as kidney function and body mass index
  • Can estimate both 10- and 30-year cardiovascular risk for adults ages 30 to 79

About 1 in 5 Adults Got a Different Risk Estimate

The new analysis, published in JAMA, included health information from nearly 25,000 U.S. adults aged 40 to 79 without known heart disease. Researchers calculated each person’s 10-year risk using both the old calculator and the PREVENT tool.

Comparing the results, they found:

  • About 79 percent of adults stayed in the same risk category.
  • About 14 percent moved into a lower-risk category.
  • About 7 percent moved into a higher-risk category.

Women and adults with diabetes were the groups most likely to move up. Specifically:

  • About 20 percent of adults with diabetes moved into a higher-risk category, while 8 percent moved down.
  • About 11 percent of women moved up, while 5 percent moved down.

Factors Behind the Shifts

Men, non-Hispanic Black adults, and current smokers were more likely to move into lower-risk groups. Because previous studies found that the old calculator tended to overestimate risk in these populations, the downward shifts may reflect better calibration, rather than a reduction in the dangers of smoking, high blood pressure, or high cholesterol, says lead author Allison Peng, MD, a cardiovascular disease fellow at Johns Hopkins Medicine in Baltimore.

The study authors are less certain why the upward shifts happened. For people with diabetes, the difference may reflect changes in the health of the American population since the older calculator was developed, says Dr. Peng. For example, more adults today have heart disease risk factors, and more people are living with multiple co-occurring health conditions, she explains.

It’s not clear why women moved upward more often, says Peng. The new guidelines recommend that doctors consider risk enhancers such as pregnancy complications and early menopause when a woman’s initial score does not provide a clear answer about treatment, but those aren’t included in the new PREVENT calculation.

A Different Risk Score Could Change Your Care

A different category can affect whether a doctor recommends medication, additional testing, or continued monitoring.

“[The new tool] helps with shared decision-making with the patient,” says Nishant Shah, MD, an associate professor of medicine and researcher at the Duke University School of Medicine in Durham, North Carolina, who wasn’t part of this new analysis. “It sets the stage for the conversation on where the patient stands in terms of risk from a population standpoint.”

Under the new guidelines, cholesterol-lowering medication is generally recommended when the estimated 10-year risk is 5 percent or higher. Doctors and patients may consider medication when the risk is between 3 and 5 percent, depending on other factors such as family history and other medical conditions, and the individual’s preferences, Brandt says.

Additional tests may also be performed to estimate risk, including a coronary artery calcium scan, which looks for plaque in the heart’s arteries, or a lipoprotein(a) blood test, which can add information about inherited cardiovascular risk. Dr. Shah recommends that adults have lipoprotein(a) checked at least once in their lives.

Your LDL Cholesterol Goal Depends on Your Overall Risk

PREVENT estimates the likelihood of a major cardiovascular event, but the guidelines also provide LDL “bad” cholesterol goals to aim for once treatment is started.

According to Shah, the main targets are:

  • Below 100 milligrams per deciliter (mg/dL) for people at lower risk.
  • Below 70 mg/dL for people at high risk.
  • Below 55 mg/dL for people with heart disease who are at very high risk of another event.

People in borderline or intermediate categories may need additional assessment before a doctor decides how low their LDL should go, he says.

Many adults currently have LDL levels that are too high, according to the new goals. An accompanying editorial reported that about 32 percent of adults trying to prevent a first heart attack or stroke had high LDL cholesterol. That rose to nearly 83 percent among those at the highest risk, and almost 80 percent of adults with established heart disease had inadequately controlled cholesterol levels.

[2]

Strengths and Limitations of the Study

A key strength was the large, nationally representative sample, which allowed researchers to estimate how the new approach could affect different demographic and health groups.

But the study examined how people moved between risk categories. It didn’t follow them to determine whether PREVENT predicted actual heart attacks and strokes more accurately than the old tool. Researchers also couldn’t explain why particular groups moved up or down, and the analysis included only adults ages 40 to 79, even though PREVENT can be used beginning at age 30.

What to Ask Your Doctor About Your Cholesterol Risk

“It is always a good idea to be proactive rather than reactive when it comes to cardiovascular health,” Shah says.

He suggests asking your doctor:

  • Is my cardiovascular risk being managed as well as it could be?
  • What should my individual LDL cholesterol goal be?
  • How can I reach that goal, and do I need additional testing to define my risk more accurately?

TAVR Recovery Timeline

Week 1: Getting Settled at Home

During the first week after returning home from your procedure, expect to experience mild pain at the incision site and some fatigue. If you live alone, you may want to arrange for someone to stay with you during this week to help with everyday tasks like cooking or housework.

[8]

“When we close the artery with sutures, it takes up to a week to heal,” Tang says. “The sutures are applied onto the artery and not visible on the outside. If it breaks open, you can develop a large hematoma [pool of blood at the incision site], which then may need to be surgically repaired.”

To prevent bleeding and hematoma, avoid straining during bowel movements for the first three to four days. And for the first week, avoid playing sports or engaging in strenuous activity like lifting, pushing, and pulling.

[9]

You can do regular activities like showering, walking around, and taking the stairs, Tang says, “but don’t lift anything heavy, like taking out trash or carrying groceries.”

While you heal, do not drive or have sexual intercourse until your provider says it’s safe.

[9]

Incision Care

It’s normal to experience bruising, itchiness, or mild pain at your incision site while it heals.

[10]

You can remove the dressing over the incision after a couple of days, Dr. Eleid says. “But there isn’t too much other care that’s needed because the incision is very small,” he notes.Wash the incision site with mild soap and warm water at least once a day while you shower, and use a small adhesive bandage to protect the wound and keep it clean and dry between washes. Hold off on bathing, soaking, or swimming until you’re completely healed. Make sure to avoid rubbing or irritating the area. Don’t use powders, creams, lotions, or ointments on the incision and wear loose underwear and clothing.

[9]

If pain is interfering with your rest or movements, take pain medications as recommended by your provider.

[4]

You may notice a soft lump at your catheter site. This is normal, but if it suddenly grows larger or firmer, you may have bleeding that could become a hematoma. In this case, lie down and have someone press firmly above the site for 15 minutes. If the bleeding stops (it doesn’t continue to grow or become firmer), remain lying down for at least two hours. If the bleeding doesn’t stop, call 911 rather than drive to the hospital.

[8]

Managing Fatigue

Fatigue is a common symptom of aortic valve stenosis. You may feel unusually tired after TAVR, too, but this doesn’t mean your replacement valve is faulty.

[11]

“Fatigue is normal for the first couple of days, just from lying in bed for the procedure and the sedation,” Eleid says. “But, generally, that’s mild.”You may continue to feel tired as your body heals, but be patient — trying to rush through your healing process won’t do you any good. Consider taking at least two weeks off from work to give your body time to get back to normal.

[4]

To combat fatigue, structure your days around rest and light activity like short walks to build your stamina. Start small and gradually increase your activity level and walking trips over time.

[9]

Airport and Business Dinner Tips

Finding Type 2 Diabetes-Friendly Options in the Airport

“Traveling can wreak havoc with your diet, when healthy options may not be as handy or readily available,” says Kim. At the airport, check nutrition labels on snacks and look online before your trip to find healthy food options in your terminal.

[4]

[5]

“In most cases, these eateries have the nutritional information available for their menu items, and trying to keep the carbohydrate count to lower than 60 grams per meal can be a reasonable goal to meet, even while traveling,” says Kim.

But keep in mind that people with diabetes still need carbohydrates in their diet, says Trudy LeBeau, RDN, a registered dietitian with an advanced specialty in diabetes at LCMC Health in Mandeville, Louisiana. “Choose carbohydrates that are whole grain, high fiber, and contain protein.”

Focus on Fiber and Protein

“When possible, look for less processed options that contain protein, fiber, and healthy fats,” says LeBeau, who recommends these snack choices:

  • Boiled eggs
  • Unsalted nuts
  • Hummus with carrots or celery
  • Apple slices
  • Peanut butter
  • Low-sugar Greek yogurt

“These options will keep you full longer and have less impact on your blood glucose,” says LeBeau. If you grab a salad, be careful how much dressing you use, and check the added sugar content on the dressing label, says LeBeau.

While salted foods don’t cause blood sugar spikes, too much salt in your diet can impact your blood pressure. People with diabetes are at higher risk of high blood pressure, so it’s a good idea to look for low-sodium choices, like unsalted nuts.

[6]

Most airports offer healthier choices like these, says Kalyn True, RDN, a registered dietitian at Memorial Hermann Health System in Houston, who recommends looking for “protein packs” with low-fat cheeses, turkey, and whole-grain crackers or fruits. “Some of the kiosks have apple slices or other fresh fruits available for purchase as well,” says True.

Identify Hidden Sugars

Check all snacks and drinks for hidden sugars by reading nutrition labels and checking sugar content, says LeBeau. “These snack items will increase your blood glucose and overall decrease your energy, making you feel tired and sluggish.”

Anything with added sugars totaling 5 percent or less is considered a low source of added sugar, and a good guideline for making food choices on the go.

[7]

Our experts recommend avoiding or minimizing these common snack or drink options:

  • Sweet treats: Pastries, muffins, cookies, chips, candy, glazed nuts, granola bars, and candy bars
  • Ultra-processed foods: Fast-food style pizzas, fast-food burgers, and hot dogs
  • Sugary beverages: Sodas, juices, fruit smoothies, syrup-filled coffees, mixed drinks, sweet wine

“Besides the blood sugar aspect, they are also not generally filling for the long term,” says True. Usually after eating these things, you’ll be hungry again in an hour or two, says True.

Here are some common foods you’ll want to skip, and some that are ideal for traveling with diabetes:

[8]

[9]

[10]

[2]

At-Home and OTC Age Spot Remedies: What Really Works?

OTC Remedies for Age Spots: What the Research Shows

Many OTC topical products have been shown to interrupt the process that creates dark spots in the skin.

[2]

 Here’s what dermatologists recommend.

Vitamin C

Ascorbic acid (vitamin C) is naturally present in skin. “Vitamin C is one of the most powerful ingredients for brightening skin and evening skin tone,” says Whitney Bowe, MD, a New York City–based dermatologist with Advanced Dermatology, PC, who has formulated cosmetic products. Vitamin C blocks the process that creates melanin, which helps prevent age spots from forming, she explains. It works by inhibiting tyrosinase, an enzyme required to produce melanin.

[8]

Retinoids

Retinoids are a derivative of vitamin A that come in several forms. Over the counter, you’ll typically find them as retinol. All retinoids work by speeding up skin-cell turnover, which can help with dark spots.

[10]

 But retinoids also work directly on the process that creates discoloration in the skin, Dr. Bowe explains. Like vitamin C, retinoids also inhibit tyrosinase. They also encourage the skin to shed its outer cells, helping break up the clumps of pigment that show up as dark spots.

[11]

One downside of retinoids is they often cause dryness, irritation, itching, burning, and redness. To limit irritation, ease in gradually by applying it just once every three nights at first, then increasing frequency as your skin adjusts. Applying a moisturizer on top can also help, making it easier to stay consistent over time.

[12]

Alpha-Hydroxy Acids (AHAs)

Alpha-hydroxy acids (AHAs) are a group of acids — including glycolic, lactic, and mandelic acids — that are common in anti-aging skin-care products.

[13]

“Alpha-hydroxy acids accelerate cell turnover, encouraging the skin to shed its hyperpigmented surface cells faster and replace them with newer, less discolored ones,” Anolik says. “They don’t suppress melanin production directly — they just help clear the evidence,” he adds.

Glycolic acid is the most potent AHA, while lactic acid penetrates more slowly into the skin and has hydrating properties, says Anolik. If you have sensitive skin, lactic acid is a gentler choice. For darker skin tones, mandelic acid may be the best option. “It’s the gentlest of the group and has been specifically studied for hyperpigmentation in darker skin tones, where the risk of postinflammatory hyperpigmentation is a bigger concern,” Anolik says.

[14]

Niacinamide

This vitamin B3 derivative takes a different approach to fading discoloration. “This ingredient works by essentially standing in the way of the pigment transfer process,” Anolik explains. “It doesn’t stop melanin from being made; it stops it from being delivered. Think of it as a traffic blocker,” he says.

One older study found that a 4 percent niacinamide moisturizer significantly reduced hyperpigmentation after eight weeks of use. But the study was small — including just 27 people with hyperpigmentation — and research overall remains limited.

[15]

When looking for a product, choose those with a 4 to 5 percent concentration of niacinamide (this should be listed on the label). This is the concentration that’s most effective, per research, Anolik says.

[16]

The Best Fruits for Kidney Health, According to a Dietitian

Your kidneys are vital organs that filter your blood, remove waste and excess fluid, and help regulate your blood pressure by balancing the electrolytes in your body.

[1]

When you eat or drink, your kidneys remove excess nutrients that your body doesn’t need. But if your kidneys aren’t functioning optimally, these nutrients and minerals can build up in your blood and cause damage.

[2]

If you eat too much sodium (salt), for instance, the body holds onto more fluid than it needs, which makes your kidneys (and your heart) have to work harder to eliminate it.

[2]

Excessive protein, potassium, and phosphorus can likewise be taxing on your kidneys.

[2]

[3]

Enter fruit: These delicious plants contain valuable antioxidants and a high water content, which can help reduce kidney inflammation and promote better fluid balance. Research shows that antioxidants can also help reduce the risk of kidney failure by slowing the decline in estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) — how well your kidneys filter blood — in people with chronic kidney disease.

[4]

“Dietary patterns rich in fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and other minimally processed plant foods are associated with a lower risk of developing chronic kidney disease and a slower decline in kidney function,” says Johannah Katz, RD, a registered dietitian in Orlando, Florida.

[5]

If you’re looking to nourish your kidneys, these are the best fruits to focus on.

1. Berries

“Blueberries, strawberries, raspberries, and blackberries provide vitamin C, fiber, and colorful polyphenols such as anthocyanins,” says Katz. “These compounds have antioxidant and anti-inflammatory activity, although we do not yet have strong clinical trials proving that eating berries directly improves kidney function,” she adds.

Blueberries, in particular, are low in potassium, sodium, and phosphorus.

[6]

[7]

 The National Kidney Foundation defines food low in potassium as anything that contains 100 milligrams (mg) or less per serving; a medium amount would be 101 to 200 mg.

[8]

One cup of blueberries (140 grams) provides just 120 mg of potassium, less than 2 mg of sodium, and 18.2 mg of phosphorus.

[7]

 Strawberries are also excellent for kidney health, being high in vitamin C and fiber and moderately low in potassium, sodium, and phosphorus. A half-cup serving of strawberries has 161 mg potassium, 23 mg of phosphorus, and less than 2 mg of sodium.

[9]

2. Apples

Apples are another good choice for kidney health because they’re packed with fiber, which can help lower cholesterol. That’s important because high cholesterol levels can raise the risk of chronic kidney disease.

[10]

“Apples provide soluble fiber, including pectin, which can support cholesterol, blood sugar regulation, and digestive health. Those cardiometabolic benefits are relevant because hypertension and diabetes are major drivers of kidney disease,” Katz says.

Apples are also low in sodium and phosphorus, and they have a moderate amount of potassium.

[11]

3. Red and Purple Grapes

When you’re looking for a bite-size treat to curb your sweet cravings, reach for some grapes. These juicy fruits get their red or purple pigment from flavonoids, compounds that help lower blood pressure and have anti-inflammatory effects.

[12]

[13]

“Grapes have a high water content and contain flavonoids and other polyphenols concentrated largely in their skins. These compounds may help counter oxidative stress,” says Katz. However, “Claims that grapes ‘cleanse’ or detoxify the kidneys are not supported,” she says.

Some research shows that flavonoids from grapes and other fruits and vegetables have anti-inflammatory and anti-hypertensive effects that can help prevent renal fibrosis, the formation of scar tissue in the kidneys, which happens with chronic kidney disease. However, more research is needed to confirm these benefits.

[14]

4. Pineapple

Pineapples are naturally sweet and juicy, and they can help you quench your thirst on a hot day. They are also low in sodium and phosphorus, providing less than 2.4 mg and 5 mg, respectively, in a two-thirds-cup serving.

[15]

“Pineapple provides water, vitamin C, manganese, and natural sweetness, while generally containing less potassium than many other tropical fruits. This can make it a useful choice for someone who has been advised to follow a lower-potassium diet,” Katz says.

Does Using a Glucose Monitor if You Don’t Have Diabetes Have Health Benefits?

Continuous glucose monitors (CGMs) are a standard tool for people with diabetes. But as part of a recent wellness trend, people with no sign of the disease have been using the devices and sharing their results and tips from their experiences on TikTok.

Wearing a CGM gives people with type 1 and type 2 diabetes a convenient way to check their blood sugar level, says Omodamola Aje, MD, a board-certified endocrinologist at Berkshire Medical Center in Pittsfield, Massachusetts. The device adheres to the skin and collects blood sugar measurements once a minute. But she has noticed more people using glucose monitors when they don’t have diabetes.

Some may be trying to improve their glucose patterns to avoid diabetes. In addition, wellness influencers have promoted CGMs to strengthen mental and physical performance and to motivate healthy behavioral changes like eating healthier foods and exercising more.

[1]

“The question of whether people without diabetes should wear a CGM sits right at the intersection of endocrinology and the wellness trend, and the honest answer isn’t simply yes or no,” Dr. Aje says.

If you don’t have diabetes but want to use a glucose monitor, here are some things to consider.

1. It’s Unclear if Tracking Glucose Levels Improves Health

“The data on CGM use in nondiabetic populations is still evolving,” Aje says. “Right now, the evidence [of benefits] is not strong at all.”

For example, a meta-analysis of 23 studies showed that people without diabetes who wore a CGM didn’t experience blood sugar stabilization. This balance is important because if blood sugar is consistently too high, it can negatively impact your pancreas, heart, and arteries, says Maya Feller, RD, the founder and lead dietitian at Maya Feller Nutrition, which is based in New York City (she was not involved in the study).

While some people in the analysis made positive short-term dietary changes when wearing a CGM, the studies didn’t address whether people sustained these changes over the long term.

[2]

“In the right patient population — someone with lupus or on steroids — wearing a CGM can help them see how their daily habits impact blood sugar,” Aje says. Lupus and steroids both impact blood sugar, so these people can analyze how their food, medications, and sleeping patterns change their blood sugar, for example, and then start eating healthier foods, she says.

Typically, Aje says, people without diabetes should only wear the device for 10 to 14 days at a time to avoid skin irritation or malfunctions (people with diabetes should also change the device frequently, depending on the brand’s recommendations).

[3]

A few months later, the person might wear it again for the same length of time. “But for the vast majority, even gestational diabetes patients, there aren’t strong indications to use a CGM,” she says.

2. CGMs Can Lead to Information Overload

If you don’t have diabetes, CGMs can create a mountain of notifications that are hard to interpret.

“CGMs aren’t things we prescribe indiscriminately,” Aje says. A primary care or other physician, dietitian, or endocrinologist should educate you about the device before you use it.

They should also tell you what qualifies as a healthy blood sugar range, says Feller, since not understanding the flood of information you receive can lead to unhealthy behaviors. For example, if you’re concerned that your blood sugar is too low, you might eat sugary snacks you normally wouldn’t eat, Feller says. Or you might starve yourself because you think your blood sugar is too high.

Even if you understand the CGM’s data, you should stop using it if the information becomes more overwhelming than beneficial, Feller says.

3. CGMs Can Be Prone to Errors and Misreadings

CGMs make mistakes, Aje says. A reading “can be 30 to 40 points different from what your real blood sugar is.”

A review of 22 studies evaluating the accuracy of CGMs found that none of the devices met international accuracy standards when measuring hypoglycemia (low blood sugar dropping below 71 mg/dL).

[4]

These inaccurate readings can be harmful. People with diabetes who are prescribed a CGM have access to a physician to interpret readings, but when you buy a CGM over the counter, you might get stressed out by erroneous readings, Aje says.

4. Data From CGMs Can Cause Health Anxiety

If you don’t have diabetes, wearing a CGM can worsen health anxiety over a normal response, Aje says.

“If you haven’t eaten in four to five hours, your blood sugar can go down to 65, which is completely normal for a person without diabetes,” she says. “But people can think they’re in a hypoglycemic crisis and then have a candy bar or drink a soda that they don’t need.”

Fixating on CGM readings can also make you worry that you have a disorder or need unwarranted, expensive tests, Aje says. “It’s just a negative spiral.”

Biohackers — people trying to extend their longevity, in this case by keeping their blood sugar as stable as possible — might struggle with that spiral, Feller says. “For folks focused on optimizing to age 110, this can put them into a tizzy.”

This distress has an impact. Research has found that health anxiety is associated with poorer quality of life, particularly for women.

[5]

To avoid this, some people just shouldn’t use a CGM, Feller says. If you have a history of eating disorders, hyperfocus on tracking results, or have orthorexia (an obsession with healthy eating and restrictive behaviors), a CGM would be harmful, she says.

5. For the Right Person, a CGM Could Be Helpful

However, some people could benefit from using a CGM for a short amount of time.

For Lauren Chambers, a health and wellness content creator who doesn’t have diabetes, wearing a CGM helped her body adjust following the birth of her first child.

“After I had my first kid, I wanted to avoid bounce-back ideology, but my body was feeling sluggish and not like before,” Chambers says. “So the glucose monitor was a way to learn about what was going on instead of focusing on the scale.”

She consulted her functional medicine doctor before wearing the CGM. For the first few days, she ate whatever she wanted and wrote down what caused blood sugar spikes.

“Then I did research to see, okay, a banana is fine and oatmeal is fine. But I could try pairing them with protein, like Greek yogurt,” she says. After the change, she saw fewer spikes and felt better.

“The tangible evidence for why I was feeling blah was helpful in my new mom life, where feeling blah could be anything,” Chambers says.

Wearing a CGM monitor may also be beneficial if any of the following apply to you, according to Feller.

  • You have prediabetes.
  • You’re on the border of having prediabetes, and your blood sugar is trending up over time.
  • You’re insulin-resistant.
  • You’re a middle-aged woman undergoing hormonal changes that make it harder to protect against blood sugar elevation.
  • You can think about blood sugar from a metabolic perspective, not a weight perspective. This means focusing on how your body uses food to create energy, not monitoring blood sugar spikes with the sole goal of losing weight.

In these cases, a CGM could lead to useful behavioral changes. “If you consistently run low in blood sugar and want to go for a run, maybe you’ll have a carb-rich snack so that when you move your body, you don’t go even lower,” Feller says.

Or if your blood sugar is higher than normal after a meal, you can go on a walk to move excess sugar from your bloodstream into cells, where they produce energy, she says.

6 Common Pitfalls That Make Major Depressive Disorder Worse

1. Believing Depression Is a Personal or Moral Failure

One of the most harmful myths about MDD is that it reflects a lack of willpower, resilience, or personal strength. In reality, depression is a medical condition that affects how the brain regulates mood, thoughts, energy, and behavior. Genetics, brain chemistry, stressful life events, trauma, and physical health conditions can all play a role in its development.

[1]

Blaming yourself for having depression can increase feelings of shame and make it harder to reach out for help. Like other health conditions, depression is not something you can simply snap out of. But with the right combination of treatment, support, and self-care, many people experience significant improvement.

[1]

2. Not Taking Care of Your Body

Fatigue and lack of energy are common symptoms of MDD.

[2]

 If you have this condition, you may find it difficult to even get out of bed, let alone attend to your hygiene, nutrition, and exercise needs. But paying attention to those very things, while not a cure for depression, can help you feel a lot better.

“One of the most crucial mistakes is not taking care of yourself or practicing proper self-care,” says Zishan Khan, MD, a psychiatrist with Mindpath Health in Frisco, Texas, who treats people with depression. “If you are not sensitive to what your body needs and push it past its limits, it can very well worsen your depressive symptoms.”

Several self-care strategies could help, he adds:

  • Try to eat a nutrient-dense diet. One review found that people with depression who followed a Mediterranean-style diet rich in fruits, vegetables, whole grains, legumes, nuts, and fish experienced significant improvements in depressive symptoms compared with those who did not follow a nutritious diet.

    [3]

  • Aim to exercise most days of the week. Staying active for at least 30 minutes a day, three to five days a week, could substantially improve MDD symptoms.

    [4]

     Anything from jogging or biking to gardening counts. Find something that you enjoy and brings you pleasure, so it’s easier to be consistent.

  • Plan to practice good sleep hygiene. Research shows that poor sleep timing, duration, and quality can have a negative impact on mental health.

    [5]

     To promote a good night’s sleep, be sure to go to bed and wake up around the same times each day; keep your bedroom cool, dark, and quiet; and avoid alcohol and nicotine close to bedtime.

    [6]

If you’re having trouble making self-care a regular part of your routine, be sure to reach out to your mental health provider, who can help you make a plan that’s manageable for you.

3. Judging Yourself for How You’re Feeling

It’s not uncommon for people with MDD to be hard on themselves for how depression affects them and their ability to function.

[2]

But judging yourself for having depression or struggling with symptoms can make life with the condition even harder.

“Because having depression still carries a cultural stigma, it’s not surprising that someone with depression might judge themselves for having thoughts or feelings related to being depressed,” says Alice Hua, PhD, a clinical psychologist and assistant director at the University of California San Francisco Medical Student Well-Being Program.

It might help to reflect on any self-critical thoughts you’re having and reframe them in a more helpful way, Dr. Hua suggests.

For instance, she adds, try to limit any thoughts beginning with “I must,” “I have to,” or “I should” — such as “I should be feeling better” or “I have to start exercising” — because those thoughts reinforce self-judgment of depressive symptoms. Instead, try reframing those thoughts as empowering ones that start with “I want to” or “I plan to” — such as “I want to feel better” or “I plan to start exercising.”

How to Lower Your Risk

Vaccines

If you’ve wondered whether to get vaccinations after a CLL diagnosis, the answer is yes. Vaccines can help protect you from serious infections that your immune system may have a harder time fighting because of CLL.

[9]

But the types of vaccines you should receive and when you need to get them may look a little different.

Commonly Recommended Vaccines During CLL Treatment

Cancer care teams often recommend inactivated or recombinant vaccines, which don’t contain a live virus. These include the following:

[10]

Prasad says that, depending on your age, vaccination history, and other risk factors, your oncologist may also recommend the following:

Which Vaccines Are Not Recommended During CLL Treatment?

Live vaccines (those that contain a weakened form of the virus) are not recommended for people with CLL.

[11]

Swenson notes that live vaccines carry a small risk of causing the very infection they’re designed to prevent in someone with a weakened immune system.Examples of live vaccines include the following:

[10]

  • The older live shingles vaccine Zostavax
  • The measles, mumps, and rubella vaccine
  • The yellow fever vaccine
  • The nasal spray flu vaccine (FluMist), which also contains a weakened form of the virus, although the injectable flu shot is safe for people with CLL

When to Get Vaccinated

Ideally, you’ll receive any recommended vaccines before starting CLL treatment.

[11]

Prasad recommends getting vaccinated two to four weeks before treatment begins.Vaccines work by prompting your immune system to make protective antibodies that can recognize and fight a virus or bacteria before you encounter them in everyday life.

[12]

During CLL treatment, your immune system may produce a weaker antibody response. This means the vaccine may not offer as much protection as it would in those who aren’t receiving CLL treatment, Graff says.

[9]

Getting vaccinated before starting treatment gives your immune system the best chance to develop such protection.

[11]

If you’ve already started CLL treatment, don’t assume you’ve missed your opportunity for vaccination. Ask your healthcare team about the best time to get vaccinated. The best timing for you often depends on a few factors, including the type of treatment you’re having.

[11]

Up to 5 Daily Cups of Coffee May Boost Heart Health

For coffee drinkers worried about any potential health risks from the caffeine in their brew, a scientific review offers encouraging news.

A new scientific statement published this week by the American Heart Association shows that drinking up to 5 cups of caffeinated coffee a day (or about 400 milligrams of caffeine) is not only safe, but may also provide cardiovascular benefits.

[1]

Drinking caffeinated coffee without added sugars, flavors, or cream was linked to a lower risk of heart failure, heart disease, stroke, and type 2 diabetes.

“When it comes to consuming caffeine, one size does not fit all — individuals metabolize caffeine at very different rates,” says lead statement author Greg Marcus, MD, a specialist in the treatment of arrhythmias and the associate chief of cardiology for research at the University of California, San Francisco Health.

“But for people who enjoy coffee and have not noticed any problems from the caffeine, this review should be reassuring as it shows moderate coffee consumption might even be beneficial from a cardiovascular standpoint.”

In the review, Dr. Marcus and researchers also cautioned that drinking more than 400 milligrams of caffeine (like what you might get from energy drinks) may increase the risk of developing high blood pressure and irregular heart rhythm (arrhythmia).

Positives of Coffee Outweigh the Negatives

In the past, there was a concern that coffee might be harmful because caffeine can temporarily raise blood pressure and increase heart rate, says Alan Rozanski, MD, director of nuclear cardiology at Mount Sinai St. Lukes in New York City. “Large prospective studies and several randomized trials have largely overturned those earlier concerns.”

“The overall pattern is remarkably consistent: People who drink coffee regularly tend to have better cardiovascular outcomes than nondrinkers, with the greatest benefit generally occurring at moderate levels of consumption,” Dr. Rozanski says.

This latest paper showed several heart health benefits of coffee and caffeine drinking, including:

  • Lower Heart Disease and Stroke Risk Drinking 2 to 4 cups of caffeinated coffee per day was linked to a lower risk of heart disease, heart failure, and stroke. However, drinking more than 4 cups of caffeinated coffee a day may increase the risk of heart failure.

    [2]

  • No Effect on Heart Rhythm Self-reported information from study participants suggests that drinking 1 to 3 cups of caffeinated coffee per day did not increase the risk of atrial fibrillation, or abnormal heart rhythm.

    [3]

The statement notes that the long-term effects of regular caffeine consumption on blood pressure remain unclear and are likely minimal, though the risk may increase with high intake.

[4]

 However, energy drinks containing high levels of caffeine have been shown to significantly raise both systolic and diastolic blood pressure in healthy adults.

[5]

Why Might Coffee Be Good for You?

According to the review, many of the health benefits from coffee appear to come from the whole beverage, not just the caffeine. Marcus believes that while caffeine can briefly spike blood pressure, this may be offset by regular intake.

One way it benefits the heart is that it helps regulate sodium levels in the body. “Coffee drinkers may see their blood pressure go down because of its diuretic effect,” meaning it helps remove salt through the urine, says Marcus.

Sodium causes the body to hold extra water. This increases the amount of fluid and pressure within blood vessels, making the heart work harder.

[6]

Coffee also contains hundreds of compounds (such as polyphenols, chlorogenic acids, diterpenes, and trigonelline) that reduce oxidative stress. Cell damage from oxidative stress is a large part of what drives atherosclerosis, the narrowing and hardening of the arteries due to plaque buildup, says John P. Higgins, MD, a sports cardiologist with McGovern Medical School at the University of Texas Health Science Center in Houston.

“These bioactive compounds may lower inflammation and improve vascular health,” says Dr. Higgins, who was not involved in this investigation.

Some research indicates that these compounds may even improve the body’s response to insulin and support a healthier metabolism.

[7]

Finally, the caffeine in coffee may also motivate some people to get up and get moving, and more exercise can improve heart health. Marcus points to research showing that consuming coffee was associated with more than 1,000 additional steps per day.

[8]

Limitations of the Review

The authors of this report note that most studies on caffeine are observational, meaning they can show that drinking coffee and health benefits occur together, but they can’t prove that coffee truly causes these benefits.

Also, many studies do not account for the role of other ingredients commonly added to coffee, such as milk, cream, flavored syrups, or sugar.

Overall, this research explains what’s currently known about the benefits of drinking coffee and identifies areas that need further research. The authors do not make treatment recommendations.

Marcus adds that some studies have suggested that information on decaffeinated coffee is limited. Some research suggests that decaf may provide some heart benefits as well, although its effects are less known, as “the great majority of research, especially in large populations, focuses on caffeinated coffee.”

Expert Dos and Don’ts

Based on evidence so far, our health experts offer the following advice about drinking coffee and caffeine:

Coffee Dos

  • Enjoy coffee in moderation as part of an overall healthy lifestyle, says Rozanski.
  • Minimize adding sugar, flavored syrups, and heavy creamers. “These can turn coffee into a calorie-dense dessert,” says Higgins.
  • Drink filtered coffee. Unfiltered coffee (French press, espresso, or Turkish coffee) contains compounds called diterpenes, which may raise cholesterol levels, Marcus says.
  • Pay attention to your body’s response. People can respond very differently to caffeine based on various factors, such as age, medications, underlying health conditions, genetics, and how quickly their bodies metabolize it.

Coffee Don’ts

  • Don’t drink coffee to a level where you experience anxiety, heart palpitations, or difficulty sleeping, says Rozanski.
  • Coffee cannot replace a good night’s rest. Don’t lean on coffee to mask chronic sleep deprivation. “Poor sleep itself raises cardiovascular risk. Avoid late-day intake if it disrupts sleep,” says Higgins.
  • Don’t consume energy drinks. Energy drinks or shots can contain 3 to 4 times more caffeine than regular caffeinated coffee, according to the statement.

Energy drinks, bars, gels, and caffeine-based supplements often contain additional ingredients that may increase caffeine absorption, accelerate its effects, raise blood pressure, and increase the risk of cardiovascular harm.

Foods to Avoid and Smart Swaps for Wellness

Common Triggers and Smart Swaps

Certain foods and eating habits can make it harder to manage weight, energy levels, and other menopause-related symptoms. These expert-approved swaps offer a simple way to improve the nutritional quality of your meals.

Swap Refined Grains for Whole Grains

Whether it’s quinoa for white rice, chickpea pasta for traditional pasta, or rye toast for white, adding more whole grains — and the fiber that comes along with it — to your diet “helps balance blood sugar, prevent mood dips, and provide long-lasting energy,” says Lyssie Lakatos, RDN, a cofounder of The Nutrition Twins in New York City along with her sister Tammy Lakatos Shames, RDN.

The dietary fiber found in whole grains can also help improve cholesterol and reduce your risk of obesity and heart disease, which you might be worrying about as you approach menopause.

[2]

Swap Deli Meats for Grilled or Pan-Seared Chicken

Protein becomes especially important during midlife, since hormonal changes associated with menopause can accelerate muscle loss and affect body composition.

[3]

 But not all animal proteins are created equal. “Fresh chicken is lower in sodium and fat than most deli meats,” says Rust. “A high-fat diet is associated with heart disease and some forms of cancer, and a high-sodium diet can elevate blood pressure.”The decline in estrogen during perimenopause can increase your risk of insulin resistance, hypertension, high cholesterol, and accumulation of visceral fat.

[4]

 A low-fat, low-sodium diet can help reduce these risks.

Swap Skipping Meals for Veggie-Forward Meals

If you skip lunch or dinner you can end up running on empty, increasing the likelihood of energy dips, intense hunger, and overeating later in the day. Balanced, veggie-forward meals can help support steadier energy and make it easier to get the nutrients your body needs during menopause, including calcium, vitamin K, and magnesium that help build stronger bones, says Rust.

[5]

Consider adding leafy greens, broccoli, or asparagus to your meal, to name a few.

[5]

Swap Wine for Sparkling Water

Alcohol can be kryptonite for a good night’s rest, which may already be in short supply during the hot flash and night sweats stage of life.

[6]

 “As estrogen levels decline, we simply don’t process alcohol the way we used to, which can worsen hot flashes and make weight gain easier,” says Lakatos Shames. “Sparkling water with berries in a beautiful wine glass still feels like a special treat, but it saves you from the empty calories and blood sugar dips that lead to sleep disruptions and anxiety.”

Swap Sugary Sweet Treats for Fruit

Candy is high in added sugar and offers little nutritional value, which can contribute to blood sugar spikes and crashes that may leave you feeling tired, irritable, or craving more sweets.

[7]

[8]

 Fruit can satisfy a sweet tooth while providing fiber, vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants.

[9]

 “If you have a sweet tooth, keep berries, grapes, watermelon cubes, or frozen fruit on hand for a sweet treat mid-day,” says Rust.

How I Got in the Best Shape of My Life at Age 70

The Next Step: Inspiring Others

Given how much fitness transformed his life, Owen now wants to inspire others to get moving, too. In addition to writing his book on fitness for older adults, he regularly gives fireside chats, and he’s produced three documentaries. The latest, Virtuous Circle: A Roadmap for Living Better Longer, is about how adopting one healthy habit, like strength training, can lead to others, like eating more nutritious foods, improving sleep, and managing stress.

Indeed, research shows that regular exercise can meaningfully improve sleep quality.

[5]

Scientists have also found that physical activity builds resilience to stress.

[6]

And one recent study found that people who exercised more tended to eat more fruits, vegetables, fish, and legumes.

[7]

As remarkable as Owen’s story might seem, Rogers emphasizes that he’s not an anomaly. “We know that people in their seventies, eighties, and nineties can gain muscle and cardiovascular fitness. Just because you’re starting older doesn’t mean it’s not possible,” she says.

Even if you use a wheelchair or have visual or auditory impairment, there are many accessible ways to improve your fitness, Rogers says.

She advises anyone with cardiovascular, metabolic, or kidney disease; symptoms like chest pain, dizziness, or breathing problems; or concerns about their bones (like severe osteoporosis or past spine fractures) to first get an evaluation from their primary care physician. Then start exercising slowly, as Owen did.

If you can afford it, Rogers recommends working with a personal trainer or physical therapist who can give feedback on your form. Above all, listen to your body. “If you need an extra rest day, that’s okay,” she says.

Many people ask Owen for his secret to fitness. His answer? Having fun. “It doesn’t matter what it is,” he says. “It could be hiking with friends; it could be doing tai chi or yoga or Pilates; it could be pickleball. Just find what works for you.”

He’s convinced that anyone who embraces an active lifestyle won’t regret it. “Once you see how good it makes you feel, I promise you’ll never go back to your old self,” he says.

Exercises for Metastatic Breast Cancer

Types of Exercise for Metastatic Breast Cancer

A wide variety of exercises offer health benefits for people with metastatic breast cancer.

“In general, I encourage patients to think about exercise as a combination of aerobic activity, strength training, flexibility work, and mindful movement,” Dr. Wei says. “The right mix depends on a person’s diagnosis, symptoms, treatment plan, and fitness level, but most people can benefit from incorporating some form of each.”

Aerobic Activity

Aerobic activity, sometimes referred to as cardio, is any type of physical activity that increases your heart rate.

[2]

According to a research review of 45 studies involving more than 4,000 participants, aerobic activity has been found to have the following health benefits for people with breast cancer:

[3]

  • Increased metabolism
  • Improved blood circulation
  • Increased immunity
  • Reduced symptoms, including fatigue, anxiety, and depression
  • Improved quality of life

Walking is often one of the easiest and most accessible forms of cardiovascular exercise, says Wei.

Guidelines call for people living with cancer to build up to at least 150 to 300 minutes of moderate-intensity aerobic activity, such as walking, or 75 to 150 minutes of vigorous-intensity activity (or a combination of the two) per week.

[4]

“The goal is to start with 10 to 15 minutes of walking three or four days a week and building gradually,” says Jessica Scott, PhD, the director of the exercise oncology program and an associate attending at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center in New York City.

Other forms of aerobic activity include:

[5]

  • Jogging
  • Swimming
  • Cycling
  • Running
  • Dancing
  • Gardening
  • Jumping rope
  • Playing sports

Your surgeon may temporarily restrict activities such as swimming immediately after surgery until incisions are fully healed, says Nasim Chowdhury, MD, the medical director of cancer rehabilitation at Weill Cornell Medicine and an attending physician at NewYork-Presbyterian in New York City. “However, patients should not be fearful of returning to exercise once medically cleared,” he says. “Remaining active is one of the most important things that patients can do for their long-term health.”

Strength Training

Strength training can help counteract the muscle loss and weakness that can occur with metastatic breast cancer and its treatment, Wei says.

Studies show that strength training supports bone health, helps prevent and manage breast cancer-related lymphedema, improves cancer-related fatigue, and increases quality of life.

[6]

Dr. Chowdhury says that for individuals receiving hormone therapy, resistance training becomes especially important because some treatments can contribute to bone loss and osteoporosis.

Wei suggests starting with simple strength-training exercises such as going from sitting in a chair to standing, wall push-ups, body-weight squats, and resistance-band exercises. “Many patients don’t need a gym membership or heavy weights to benefit,” she says. “In general, I encourage strength training two or three times per week, with adjustments as needed based on a person’s symptoms, recovery, and physical abilities.”

Stretching

Stretching can be especially important for people who have had surgery or radiation, which may contribute to tightness and reduced range of motion in the chest, shoulders, and arms, Wei says. “Gentle stretching can help improve flexibility, comfort, posture, and everyday function,” she says.

Wei recommends easy movements like shoulder rolls, chest stretches, and wall walks.

“I generally advise patients to stretch after their muscles are warmed up and to focus on gentle movement and deep breathing, rather than pushing through pain,” Wei says. “If a particular stretch causes significant discomfort, it’s worth discussing with a rehabilitation specialist.”

Mindful Movement Practices

Research has consistently shown that there are significant benefits to mindful movement practices like yoga for people with breast cancer, including improved sleep, boosted mood, and help with relief from symptoms like fatigue, nausea, and anxiety.

[7]

Similarly, tai chi, an ancient Chinese exercise that focuses on gentle, flowing movements along with deep breathing, has been shown to reduce symptoms of depression, anxiety, and fatigue in people with breast cancer.

[8]

Yoga and tai chi may be particularly beneficial for balance, coordination, and fall prevention, Chowdhury says. “This can be especially valuable for individuals experiencing balance impairments from chemotherapy-induced nerve problems,” he says.

Iceberg Lettuce Recalled in 27 States — Should You Worry?

The cyclosporiasis outbreak that has sickened thousands of people across the United States has gotten confusing.

On Friday, July 17, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) announced that traceback investigations strongly suggested a source for the ongoing Michigan outbreak: iceberg lettuce served at Taco Bell and supplied by Taylor Farms de Mexico.

[1]

Based on those findings, Taylor Farms announced a voluntary recall of all its iceberg lettuce products sourced from central Mexico, which had been distributed across 27 U.S. states.

[2]

On Saturday, the FDA said a sample of iceberg lettuce from Taylor Farms tested positive for Cyclospora — seemingly confirming that the outbreak source had been found. But in an agency update on July 19, the FDA said the result was a “false positive.”

[1]

“Due to the complexity in detection of Cyclospora, FDA laboratory experts re-reviewed the sample results and have concluded that the finding does not represent true amplification and should be considered a false positive,” an updated statement from the FDA says.

The agency said it continues to work with Taylor Farms “to ensure product implicated in this outbreak has been removed from the market” before stressing that “as of July 19, 2026, there are no confirmed positive sample results for product testing for Cyclospora.”

All this is leaving consumers understandably confused. “People in large numbers are really sick across more than half of the states,” says Darin Detwiler, PhD, the author of the book Food Safety: Past, Present, and Predictions and a professor at Northeastern University in Boston.

“Consumers understand that science takes time. What they don’t understand is why the story seems to change from one day to the next.”

Here’s what food safety experts want people to keep in mind as the outbreak investigation unfolds.

Which Iceberg Lettuce Has Been Recalled?

Taylor Farms recalled iceberg lettuce distributed in the following states.

[2]

  • Alabama, Arkansas, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Massachusetts, Maryland, Michigan, Missouri, Mississippi, North Carolina, New Hampshire, New Jersey, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, and Wisconsin

The recall lists brand codes, not actual names, making it hard to know where affected lettuce was sold and served. All but one were listed as food service brands.

The FDA confirmed that the following lettuce sold at Walmart, under its house brand Marketside, was included in the recall:

  • 12-oz and 24-oz Iceberg Salad with Best If Used By dates 7/18/2026 to 8/3/2026
  • 8-oz and 16-oz Shredded Lettuce with Best if Used By dates 7/18/2026 to 8/3/2026

Taylor Farms said recalled products were limited to iceberg lettuce grown and processed in central Mexico. “All other Taylor Farms products, including all Taylor Farms branded products currently available, are not involved in the recall.”

[3]

Cyclospora Testing Isn’t as Easy as It Sounds, Food Safety Experts Say

Kalmia E. Kniel, PhD, is a professor and the chair of microbial food safety at the University of Delaware in Newark, where she tests food samples in her lab for the presence of Cyclospora. “Testing for Cyclospora in food and environmental samples is extremely difficult,” she says.

Dr. Kniel compares looking for Cyclospora in shredded lettuce to finding a needle in a haystack. “Iceberg lettuce has all kinds of chemicals that we value, along with chlorophyll. All of these can cause problems when you’re trying to amplify a piece of DNA that belongs to Cyclospora,” she says.

Typically, there is only a small number of Cyclospora in a sample, and they can be sporadic, Kniel explains. Researchers will then try to make more of the sample of the parasite that they find, but they’re trying to detect it among “background noise” from all of the other elements in the lettuce.

“When there is more background noise, it can be interpreted as a false positive,” she says. Detwiler also stresses that it’s difficult to accurately test for the presence of Cyclospora in food.

Food Safety Experts Recommend Being Cautious About Iceberg Lettuce

Food safety experts acknowledge that this is confusing. “We know for a fact that a lot of people got sick,” Detwiler says. “But we also know that things we thought we knew, we don’t really know.”

Until there’s more clarity, food safety experts suggest avoiding bagged lettuce and purchasing your iceberg lettuce from farmers’ markets. “Farmers’ markets are still a great way to go, especially one that is direct from the farm,” Kniel says. “We don’t have any reason at this point to believe that a whole head of iceberg lettuce has been involved or implicated at this point.”

Detwiler agrees that purchasing your iceberg lettuce from farmers’ markets is a good idea, “as long as it was truly grown locally.”

Given the confusion and delays in federal-level reporting on the outbreak, Detwiler suggests paying close attention to updates from your state health department. “If you’re paying attention to your state-level information, you’re going to have a little more accurate and timely information,” he says.

What Is Cyclosporiasis?

Cyclosporiasis is an intestinal illness caused by the microscopic parasite Cyclospora. It’s spread through the fecal-oral route, meaning human poop contaminates food, and once eaten, that food makes people sick. The biggest source of cyclosporiasis outbreaks in the United States have historically been fresh produce.

[4]

Cyclosporiasis can cause a range of symptoms, including:

[4]

  • Loud, watery, explosive diarrhea
  • Loss of appetite
  • Bloating
  • Extreme fatigue
  • Low-grade fever
  • Stomach cramps
  • Nausea
  • Vomiting

If left untreated, cyclosporiasis symptoms can come and go for weeks.

How to Afford COPD Medications on a Fixed Income: A Guide for Seniors

Exploring Financial Assistance Programs

Another option for making COPD medications more affordable includes financial assistance and discount programs, which can vary from nonprofit organizations to manufacturer savings programs. Some states and local senior centers offer an ombudsman or other aide to find programs like these and complete an application.

Government Support

Medicare’s Extra Help program, also called the Low-Income Subsidy, helps seniors with limited income pay for Medicare Part D premiums, deductibles, and coinsurances. You can apply for Extra Help anytime before or after you enroll in Part D, and an application can be done online, by phone, or in person at your local Social Security office.

[5]

Eligibility requirements for Extra Help include a cap on income (which includes wages earned as well as sources such as Social Security benefits and pensions) of $23,940 for an individual in 2026. The resource limit refers to money in checking and savings accounts, retirement accounts, and other assets, and is set at $18,090 for an individual in 2026. If you qualify for Extra Help, you’ll pay up to $5.10 for generic drugs and $12.65 for brand-name drugs.

[6]

Charitable Copay Grants

There are many nonprofit organizations working to reduce prescription drug costs. Courtney suggests starting with the PAN Foundation Fund Finder, a tool that allows you to check your eligibility among 200 patient assistance funds from nine charitable organizations.

[7]

Even if no patient assistance grants are available based on your specific situation and needs, the finder lets you enter your information and be notified as soon as a new opportunity becomes available, says Courtney.

Manufacturer Savings Programs

Many pharmaceutical companies have programs for when your health insurance policy doesn’t cover the cost of your medication. Eligible individuals typically include those with a commercial insurance policy, Medicare, Medicaid, or no insurance at all.

Known as savings programs, copay cards, patient assistance programs, or coupons, manufacturer programs generally have eligibility requirements based on insurance status, income, and the specific medication. Those who qualify get a coupon or other paperwork to take to their pharmacy. After your health insurance pays its portion of the medication’s cost (if any), the program pays part or all of the remaining copay or coinsurance. Pharmaceutical companies typically place a monthly or annual cap on how much they will cover each year. Once you reach that cost, you’ll be responsible for the remaining amount.

Pharmacy Savings Programs

Depending on eligibility, you could save money on medications by using pharmacy programs, which are free to use, says Courtney. Some resources include:

[8]

  • SingleCare This discount card can be used by anyone, regardless of financial need or insurance coverage. This organization partners with pharmacies nationwide to negotiate discounts on certain prescriptions.
  • Medicine Assistance Tool This search engine, launched by the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, focuses on patient assistance resources.
  • NeedyMeds A national nonprofit, NeedyMeds maintains a website listing prescription assistance programs and has a telephone help line.
  • RxAssist Run by pharmaceutical companies, this online resource center has a comprehensive directory of patient assistance programs.

Doing this type of research can sometimes feel overwhelming, says Courtney. But talking with your healthcare provider’s office may help you select an option that fits your needs, since many healthcare providers offer financial navigator services.

Men Should Never Ignore These 9 Symptoms

1. Feeling Tired All the Time

Fatigue is more persistent than simply feeling tired. It affects you physically as well as mentally, and isn’t solved by sleeping more. A variety of underlying factors can cause fatigue, ranging from missing nutrients in your diet to chronic disease.

[2]

“Persistent fatigue can be a sign of worsening glucose control, which can lead to type 2 diabetes,” says Sergio Guiteau, MD, a preventive medicine researcher and physician who is double board-certified in primary care and sports medicine, and the medical director of South Florida Advanced Rejuvenation in Miramar. If blood sugar issues continue undiagnosed and untreated for too long, the symptoms can worsen, become difficult to treat, and may even become permanent, he says.

Craig Bober, DO, a family medicine doctor at Inspira Medical Group Primary Care Mantua in Sewell, New Jersey, recommends seeing your primary care doctor for fatigue that lasts longer than a week and isn’t accompanied by other symptoms. “If other symptoms occur, such as shortness of breath, swelling, fevers, bleeding, or new unexplained symptoms, urgent care or emergency room evaluation may be beneficial sooner,” he adds.

For men, fatigue — along with other symptoms like urinary changes, blood in the urine, persistent lower back pain, and unexplained weight loss — can be warning signs of prostate cancer and should be evaluated, Dr. Benjamin says. “Routine [prostate] screenings beginning for average risk men at age 50 are crucial, because prostate cancer can also develop without symptoms in its early stages,” he adds.

How to Beat Summer Burnout: 5 Tips for Coping

5 Tips for Coping if Your Summer Is Burning You Out

You can still have a great, fulfilling summer — and feel as if you’ve done it all (without actually doing it all) — by following a few tips to find a better balance:

1. Create a Summer Value Statement

Living according to your values can help you make choices that contribute to greater happiness and balance. In fact, people who regularly affirm their values tend to have less stress, better resilience, and higher emotional well-being, according to one international study.

[2]

A value statement is something that outlines the personal or family qualities that you want to live by.

To write one, Cutlip says: “Think about what you personally would like to embrace this summer.”

That might be alone time learning about yourself and your own needs, time spent with your kids, or even diving into a project that could really move the needle on your career. Whatever it is, it’s the right answer. Make it your value statement by thinking about the ways you want to behave in the summer. “I want to spend more time with my kids,” or “I want to be more playful and adventurous,” or “I want to be more mindful and self-caring” are all examples of summer value statements, Cutlip says. Pick one that speaks to you.

Then, when invitations or obligations arise, you can make your decision based on your value statement. “That way, no matter what your summer looks like, you can know that you’ve had a grounding value that you held true to,” she says.

2. Embrace Flexibility

One of the traps we humans fall into is defaulting to black-and-white thinking. You either go to the backyard get-together or don’t, for example. But there’s actually a continuum of choices around your participation in something, Kaiser says.

For example, if your neighbor is having a BBQ, you can go over for one cocktail (or mocktail) and then head out. Part-time attendance can give you all the perks of going with more personal downtime built in, if you need it. “Ask yourself, ‘What will serve me best in showing up how I want to be?’” Kaiser suggests.

3. Schedule Some Time to Do Less

If you’ve been going nonstop and are stressed out as a result, it’s okay to scale back this week (if possible). Kaiser recommends listing everything you have coming up in the week (or month, if you want to take a longer-term view) and then asking yourself what you can cut — or what’s easy to cut.

Also, make time for things that energize you, Kaiser says. For example, she says, maybe you need time to sit down and read or watch reality TV today. Maybe you need to go for a run and get out your anxious thoughts. Or maybe you can plan to work from home the day after a big event. You might even want to consider taking a mental health day (or just an afternoon) to focus on self-care. Research shows that taking time off can significantly reduce stress and burnout, while improving well-being and quality of life, with these effects lasting even after people return to work. One study suggests that although weeklong or longer getaways are most beneficial, shorter stints of three to six days can also make a big difference, and even one-to-three-day breaks are helpful.

[3]

4. Focus on One Thing at a Time

Multitasking sounds like a way to fit everything in, but it often fuels unproductivity and inattention. It can even temporarily increase stress levels.

[4]

You may find that you’re not actually getting things done or enjoying whatever you’re doing at the moment, and you may even be making yourself feel worse. Some examples: Working at the pool or beach, or trying to schedule appointments while taking your kids to the park.

“You cannot prioritize one thing without deprioritizing others. It’s just a simple fact, yet we act as if everything can be prioritized at the same time,” Cutlip says. Splitting your focus isn’t sustainable or effective, and it’s a fast track to feeling overwhelmed and burned out, she adds.

The remedy: Focus on one thing at a time. For instance, she says, if you’re in work mode, do that. If you’re with your family, stop working and give them your attention.

5. Check in With Yourself — Often

It’s okay if your summer feels as if it’s gotten away from you — there’s still time (no matter what point of the season you’re in) for a redirect. Cutlip recommends routinely tuning in to yourself and making small, manageable adjustments so that you don’t become disconnected.

When you feel frazzled or overwhelmed, that’s a good time to stop and ask yourself what you need. Do you need more time for R & R? More time to spend on something you find enjoyable? Less time spent running around for the kids’ schedules? Fewer events on your calendar? From there, you can take steps in that direction. “Try to get in the regular practice of scanning yourself and seeing what you need to help make summer a much more enjoyable time of year,” Cutlip says.

If your burnout isn’t budging with the things you’re trying at home, or if you feel too overwhelmed to try addressing it, something more might be happening, Kaiser says. If you’re having severe and persistent symptoms, like low mood, insomnia, irritability, appetite changes, fatigue, or loss of interest or pleasure in hobbies or activities, you may be experiencing seasonal affective disorder (SAD). This type of depression usually occurs in the winter, but it can also happen in the warmer, more light-filled months.

[5]

In either case, it’s a good idea to reach out to your primary care provider or a mental health professional, such as a counselor or therapist, for support.

The 3 Best Tinnitus Remedies — and 6 to Avoid

Whooshing, ringing, buzzing, pulsing, humming, beating, roaring: If you hear noises like these when there is no actual sound source, you might be one of the approximately 10 percent of Americans with tinnitus.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ad9bc262-3456-4673-affb-8c46e14f7e5a
Can Tinnitus Be Cured? Remedies That Work There is no cure for tinnitus — most people have to incorporate lifestyle changes to soften or live with the ear ringing. The following strategies won’t completely relieve it, but they may offer some relief.
When to See a Doctor for Tinnitus When to Call a Doctor If you have pulsatile tinnitus or if your tinnitus is in only one ear, get evaluated by your doctor. It could be indicative of an underlying condition, including impacted earwax.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976294c1e4040-87c2-4997-9724-4f2fc2392f45 Pulsatile tinnitus might also reflect hearing loss.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629579dc496-aa97-4a45-9ae1-924f77a9bdb3 “The brain is used to getting a certain amount of noise input,” Kari says. “When that input decreases due to hearing loss, the brain makes up its own sensations.” In that case, hearing aids will often help.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762961371ccc-9d19-4f5e-b368-86e05a9b542d If you have subjective tinnitus, ask your doctor about new treatment protocols like neuromonics, a brain retraining therapy that involves wearing a sound machine programmed to match the rhythm of your tinnitus.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291817837e-faab-4ab6-a937-6f06e7f99778 “This multimodality treatment teaches your brain not to care about the ringing by habituating it to the sound,” Kari says. Although it works, she adds it’s pretty intensive, not covered by insurance, and very few hearing centers offer it. Tinnitus can also come and go; recovery is not linear. “If you go through a period where you are stressed and not sleeping well, you might notice it flares. Once you are feeling better, the tinnitus should improve,” Kari says. If your tinnitus comes on suddenly or is accompanied by dizziness and vertigo, it’s best to seek medical treatment to figure out the underlying cause.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ef2d98c1-5591-4e60-a328-5d633c5ffbc7
What Doesn’t Help Tinnitus What Doesn’t Work Research has been mixed on other purported tinnitus solutions. The following have no solid evidence to back them up. 1. Avoiding Certain Foods There’s little scientific evidence to show that certain foods worsen tinnitus. But you can try experimenting with your diet to see whether it helps — each person’s case is different.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629cd036fe9-9f63-4c93-835c-e4bb4743b60b Kari says that for some people, caffeine and alcohol exacerbate tinnitus, so limiting both may help. 2. Ear Drops Ear drops may help with earwax buildup, “but if you have tinnitus, the problem is usually much deeper than the middle ear and often the brain is involved as well,” Kari says. In other words, ear drops won’t likely do anything, she adds. 3. Jaw or Neck Exercises Some people with temporomandibular joint (TMJ) dysfunction also have tinnitus. “We don’t have a good explanation for why this happens, but some people with TMJ experience pressure, discomfort, and ringing in their ears,” says Kari.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976297c140f50-b4db-49e6-972b-3ac735e42856 “Still, even if your tinnitus is caused by TMJ, jaw or neck exercises aren’t likely to help.” 4. Lipo Flavonoid Lipo Flavonoid is a supplement containing antioxidants derived from fruits and vegetables that may have neuroprotective benefits. Some people claim it can help nerves within the ear, thereby relieving tinnitus, but research has largely debunked this.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976294469fa1f-97af-4c6c-bb25-84692d90f570 “When people ask about Lipo Flavonoid, I usually shrug,” Kari says. She adds that you are better off getting antioxidants through fruits and vegetables in your diet. 5. Vitamins Vitamins D, B1, B2 (aka riboflavin), and B12 are often hailed as tinnitus cures. More research is needed, but a small study found that 51 percent of people with tinnitus had a vitamin D deficiency , compared with 22 percent in a control group.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629621fcdf1-d12f-437f-b6f4-e5ef0834c3f7 Still, there may be no correlation. “I have never seen vitamin deficiency as a contributing factor for tinnitus,” Kari says. “You can check with your primary care doctor to see if you have any deficiencies, but I would not self-treat with vitamins, because they can lead to toxicity and have negative side effects.” 6. Vicks VapoRub According to Kari, there is a myth that Vicks VapoRub — a salve that contains menthol — alleviates tinnitus, but she says there is no evidence it works, and, in fact, it can be dangerous. “I have not heard this to be effective, and I would be careful because applying it in your ears can lead to toxic effects,” Kari says.
What Is Tinnitus? What Tinnitus Is “Although we don’t fully understand tinnitus, we think it’s a brain issue rather than simply an ear problem,” says Elina Kari, MD , a neurotologist and an assistant professor of surgery at UC San Diego Health. (A neurotologist specializes in treating neurological disorders of the ear.) “The hearing pathway starts with the ear and goes up to your brain stem. And the dorsal cochlear nucleus, located on the brain stem, has been implicated in tinnitus.” There are two different kinds of tinnitus: subjective and pulsatile. More than 99 percent of people with tinnitus have subjective, where they “hear a constant high-pitched noise, like a whir or crickets,” says Dr. Kari. This type has no cause. Pulsatile tinnitus has specific known causes, such as anemia, high blood pressure, or an ear infection. “Those with pulsatile tinnitus hear a clicking sound associated with the contraction of muscles or a pulsing like your heartbeat,” Kari says. Most people experience tinnitus in both ears. The noise can be constant or intermittent. And “while it is extremely common, only a minority of people [find it debilitating],” Kari says. The best solution is to ignore it and learn to live with it, she adds. If that sounds easier said than done, we have three at-home tinnitus remedies that can bring relief — and six that probably won’t.
1. Add Background Noise The fastest and simplest way to relieve tinnitus is to avoid silence. Turn on music, the TV, a fan, or a white noise machine to distract you from the ringing in your ears.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f2710a2d-172c-4aa4-a655-718b66a89f50 “You can even get earplugs that emit a low level of white noise,” Kari says 2. Try Meditation or Therapy Research has found that certain therapeutic approaches, such as mindfulness-based cognitive therapy for tinnitus, can be helpful in managing symptoms.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762922c7b9ba-59bd-4e10-8714-456a7a0a90a2 Kari is also a fan of 10-minute daily guided meditations from apps like Calm or Headspace. “Some people think they need to empty their minds to meditate, which can be stressful if you have tinnitus,” Kari says. “But guided meditation helps manage tinnitus — as well as improving your mood and sleep, and promoting a general state of well-being.” 3. Get Enough Sleep Tinnitus can affect your ability to rest. But sleep loss may worsen tinnitus, Kari says.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629395eeae5-c870-4f79-8eea-a094aba1763e Focusing on improving your sleep quality by using white noise machines or meditating at bedtime can help you fall and stay asleep.
Resources We Trust Mayo Clinic: TinnitusAmerican Tinnitus Association: Find Your Healthcare ProviderNational Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders: TinnitusAARP: New Treatment for Tinnitus Can Give Relief to Those Who Suffer From Ringing in the EarsNYU Langone Health: Types of Tinnitus

6 Ways to Neutralize Spicy Food in the Stomach and Settle Indigestion

The best way to avoid this discomfort is to steer clear of spicy foods, especially two to three hours before going to bed, Skeans says. But if you don’t want to give them up completely, some remedies can help you to weather the heat.

Here are six tips to curb an upset stomach from spicy food.

1. Medication

Over-the-counter (OTC) drugs are some of the most effective soothers of occasional spice-induced heartburn or stomach pain. Which type you take depends on whether you want fast-acting relief or something that takes some time to kick in but keeps you comfortable for a bit longer.

“OTC options like Tums and Maalox work relatively quickly to neutralize gastric acid, which contributes to stomach discomfort and GERD,” says Rita Knotts, MD, a gastroenterologist at NYU Langone Health in New York City. The effects of these calcium-carbonate-based meds can wear off quickly, though, within 30 to 60 minutes — meaning you may need to take another dose to stay comfortable until the spicy food leaves your stomach.

OTC histamine receptor antagonists like famotidine (Pepcid AC) and cimetidine (Tagamet HB) offer relief for up to 12 hours by decreasing the level of acid in your stomach.

[2]

They take a little longer to kick in, Dr. Knotts says.Proton pump inhibitors (PPIs) are a better choice for managing recurring heartburn symptoms. As well as blocking the production of acid in the stomach, PPIs help the tissue in the esophagus heal by preventing repeated exposure to acidic stomach fluids.

[2]

They’re available OTC or by prescription, but you should discuss the pros and cons of PPIs with your doctor first, Knotts says.

2. Nonfat Milk

Dairy has a well-earned reputation for being able to cool your mouth during a fiery meal; this is because its proteins break down capsaicin.

[3]

 A glass of milk may help settle your stomach afterward, too, Knotts says.

Just be sure to sip nonfat milk. “The higher fat content [of whole or low-fat milk] can worsen reflux,” she says.

3. Water

Water might not ease the burn in your mouth

[3]

but it could help your stomach feel more comfortable. “Water can help dilute stomach acid contents and wash refluxed acids out of the esophagus,” says Skeans.

Resist the urge to guzzle water, though. Drinking a lot of water at once can leave your stomach feeling uncomfortably full, Knotts says.

4. Chewing Gum

A stick of sugar-free gum might help you reduce heartburn after eating spicy food, although research is limited and more studies are needed to confirm these findings. A small study found that chewing sugar-free gum for 30 minutes after eating reduced heartburn in people who regularly experienced acid reflux.

[4]

That might be because chewing gum boosts your mouth’s production of saliva. “Saliva contains bicarbonate, which neutralizes stomach acid. And the increased frequency of swallowing allows the bottom of the esophagus to clear refluxed contents more quickly,” Skeans says.

5. Ginger

Ginger chews, capsules, and teas are popular herbal stomach soothers, particularly when it comes to nausea.

[5]

 But ginger might also help with general feelings of indigestion. “It’s demonstrated some effect in the treatment of what we call dyspepsia, which is fullness after eating, abdominal pain, or discomfort,” Knotts says.You may want to steer clear if your main symptom is heartburn, though. Some forms of ginger have the potential to cause reflux or make it worse.

[6]

6. Iberogast

An herbal extract made from plants including angelica root, chamomile, and licorice, Iberogast is a stomach soother more common in Europe than the United States. But research suggests that it could be effective: a review concluded that Iberogast may relieve a wide range of gastrointestinal symptoms.

[7]

 “For those mostly with stomach upset, it’s been shown to help,” Skeans says.

Blood Test May One Day Help Predict Cognitive Decline Before Symptoms Begin

A simple blood test might be able to estimate an older adult’s risk of developing cognitive impairment years before memory or thinking symptoms appear, a new study suggests.

[1]

Two hallmark brain changes of Alzheimer’s disease are amyloid plaques and tau tangles, abnormal protein buildups that are closely tied to the disease process.

[2]

Until recently, doctors usually needed expensive brain scans or spinal fluid tests to confirm whether Alzheimer’s-related changes were present in the brain. Blood tests that measure Alzheimer’s biomarkers are now beginning to change that picture, particularly in specialty care settings for people who already have cognitive symptoms.

In the new study, healthy adults with the highest levels of tau in their blood were also more likely to develop cognitive impairment over the next five years — suggesting these tests may one day be able to screen for future risk.

“This is an exciting study because it represents another step toward precision medicine in Alzheimer’s disease,” says Kaitlin Seibert, MD, a behavioral neurologist at Cleveland Clinic’s Center for Brain Health in Ohio, who wasn’t involved in the study.

Healthy Adults With This Biomarker Had Higher 5-Year Risk of Later Alzheimer’s Diagnosis

The study included about 2,700 cognitively unimpaired older adults from six long-term studies in North America, Japan, and Australia. Participants had blood tests at the beginning of the study to measure p-tau217, a biomarker of Alzheimer’s disease. They also received PET scans to measure amyloid, which can clump into plaques between brain cells, disrupting how they function and contributing to the brain changes seen in Alzheimer’s disease.

[1]

[2]

Over the next five years or so, nearly 480 participants developed cognitive impairment or dementia. Researchers calculated that higher p-tau217 levels at the beginning of the study were consistently linked with greater risk, even after adjusting for amyloid buildup.

The five-year risk estimates for cognitive decline were:

  • 12 percent for people with low p-tau217 levels
  • 15 percent for people with intermediate levels
  • 24 percent for people with high levels
  • 38 percent for people with very high levels

The study also estimated the 10-year risk, which reached 78 percent in the very-high p-tau217 group. But the authors cautioned that the 10-year numbers are less certain, because only 5 percent of participants were followed that long.

“The main takeaway of our work is that very high levels of plasma p-tau217 can provide meaningful information about future risk of cognitive impairment in older adults who show no signs of memory or cognitive issues,” says first author Rachel Buckley, PhD, an associate professor of neurology at Harvard Medical School in Boston.

Why This Could Matter for Alzheimer’s Prevention Research

Current guidance from the Alzheimer’s Association focuses on using these tests as part of a diagnostic workup for suspected Alzheimer’s disease in specialized care, not as a screening tool for healthy adults.

[3]

“While clinicians are beginning to use blood tests to help diagnose Alzheimer’s disease after memory problems begin, this research takes the next step by asking whether these same tests can estimate who is most likely to develop cognitive problems years before symptoms even appear,” says Dr. Seibert.

The findings are promising because they may help researchers get closer to individualized risk estimates: not just whether Alzheimer’s-related brain changes are present, but how likely someone may be to develop cognitive problems over the next several years.

That distinction matters for prevention trials. If researchers are testing whether an early treatment can delay or prevent symptoms, they need to enroll people who are more likely to develop cognitive impairment during the study period. A blood test could be a more practical way to identify people than relying solely on brain scans or spinal fluid tests.

“This study reflects the remarkable momentum in Alzheimer’s disease research. As prevention trials in preclinical Alzheimer’s disease gain momentum, the field is shifting from reacting to Alzheimer’s disease after symptoms develop toward identifying the disease earlier, when future treatments may have the greatest opportunity to make a difference,” says Seibert.

Why the Test Isn’t Ready for Healthy Adults

The authors caution that the findings shouldn’t be interpreted as support for routine p-tau217 screening in people without cognitive impairment symptoms. The reason is simple: There is no clear medical action for a cognitively healthy person who learns they have elevated p-tau217.

[4]

“While it may be tempting to try to estimate someone’s biological risk, we don’t yet have enough evidence that widespread screening improves health or changes what we recommend for most people,” says Seibert. As prevention therapies continue to develop, that recommendation could change, she adds.

The results also aren’t ready to predict one person’s future. The low, intermediate, high, and very high categories were created for research, but clinically useful cutoffs for cognitively healthy adults still need to be established. The models also couldn’t fully account for vascular disease, risk of death, or other brain conditions that can contribute to cognitive impairment.

“Advances like this often begin in the research setting, require careful validation in clinical practice, and ultimately depend on healthcare systems being able to implement them safely and equitably for everyone who may benefit,” says Siebert.

Questions Still Remain

While this is an exciting and important first step, moving from research to everyday clinical care takes time, says Seibert.

“We still need to understand how other medical conditions affect these blood tests. For example, kidney disease can influence biomarker levels, meaning the same result may not mean the same thing for every patient,” she says.

There also needs to be longer-term studies to better understand what an elevated p-tau217 level means over 10 or even 20 years, since most people in this study were followed for about five years, says Seibert.

“Another intriguing finding was that men appeared more likely than women to develop cognitive impairment during the study,” Siebert says. “That observation deserves further investigation before we know whether it reflects true biological differences.”

Proteins such as p-tau217 are an important piece of the Alzheimer’s puzzle, but they are not the whole picture, she says. “Alzheimer’s disease is complex, and blood biomarkers will ultimately be one part of a comprehensive approach to prevention, diagnosis, and treatment,” says Seibert.

What Is Fixed-Duration CLL Treatment and How Does It Work?

Fixed-duration treatment typically combines various medications that attack leukemia cells in different ways. The treatment aims to reduce the number of cancer cells as much as possible, sometimes to levels undetectable by highly sensitive testing. Then, you can potentially stop treatment as long as remission lasts, says Kovacsovics.

Stopping treatment after a fixed period may not mean it’s any less effective than continuous treatment for CLL. A large study found that, over around three years, fixed-duration therapy using venetoclax-based combinations controlled CLL just as effectively as continuous targeted therapy in people with previously untreated CLL.

[4]

While the field is developing, cancer specialists currently recommend two fixed-duration regimens for CLL.

BCL-2 Inhibitors + Monoclonal Antibodies

The most common fixed-duration regimen for people receiving their first CLL treatment combines the targeted medication venetoclax (Venclexta) with the monoclonal antibody obinutuzumab (Gazyva), Kovacsovics says.This treatment combination typically lasts 12 months.

[15]

 The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved it in May 2019.

[15]

Venetoclax blocks B-cell lymphoma 2 (BCL-2), a protein that helps CLL cells stay alive. Without that protein, the leukemia cells die.

[16]

 People take venetoclax as a daily pill for the full year.

[12]

Obinutuzumab attaches to a protein called CD20 on the surface of CLL cells, helping your immune system to recognize and destroy the cancer cells.

[17]

 Doctors administer obinutuzumab by infusion through a vein, known as intravenous (IV) infusion, during the first six months only.

[12]

If CLL comes back after treatment, your cancer care team may combine venetoclax with another monoclonal antibody called rituximab (Rituxan) instead of obinutuzumab, says Kovacsovics. Rituximab works similarly to obinutuzumab by binding to CD20 on CLL cells and helping the immune system destroy them.

[18]

 This regimen typically lasts 24 months, with healthcare professionals administering rituximab by IV during the first six months and the individual taking venetoclax daily throughout the planned course of treatment.

[12]

Next-Gen Doublets (BCL-2 + BTK Inhibitors)

Another fixed-duration option combines venetoclax with acalabrutinib (Calquence), a Bruton tyrosine kinase (BTK) inhibitor, says Burke.

Acalabrutinib blocks BTK, a protein that helps cancer cells grow.

[19]

 Together with venetoclax, which targets BCL-2, these drugs attack the disease through different mechanisms. You’d take both medications by mouth.

[20]

 Treatment runs for 14 months, with acalabrutinib taken twice daily, and venetoclax added in the third month.

[21]

The FDA approved this combination treatment in February 2026 for people with previously untreated CLL whose CLL cells don’t have del(17p) or a TP53 mutation.

[20]

The approval was based on results from a clinical trial involving 867 people showing that those who received acalabrutinib plus venetoclax were no less likely to be alive with their CLL under control at three years compared with those who received long-term chemotherapy.

[22]

Researchers continue to study new fixed-duration combinations and different ways to use existing medications to treat CLL.

[23]

 That work could lead to even more treatment options in the years ahead.

8 Micro Habits That Can Actually Boost Brain Health

Many habits that are good for your brain — like eating a healthy diet, having a strong social network, and exercising regularly — can feel overwhelming if you don’t have much free time or know where to start.

Enter micro habits. These quick, simple changes to your daily routine are easy to pick up and can have a big impact on keeping your mind sharp. Micro habits can also be easier to maintain long-term than total overhauls, says Yu Chen, PhD, MPH, an epidemiology professor at the New York University Grossman School of Medicine in New York City.

“A five-minute walk, a healthier food choice, or a daily conversation may seem small, but these behaviors can accumulate over time and may lead to broader lifestyle improvements,” Dr. Chen says. “Micro habits are not a substitute for larger changes, but they provide realistic steps toward healthier aging.”

And it’s never too late to start. Thanks to neuroplasticity — the brain’s ability to constantly evolve in response to new experiences — you can work on better brain health at any point in life. The following are eight micro habits experts recommend to have a healthier brain for life.

1. Catch Up With Friends

Work and other obligations can make it hard to find time for friends, but doing so can have big benefits for your brain.

One study found that adults with the most close friends and social activities also had the highest scores on cognitive tests, while those with the fewest friends and activities had the lowest scores.

[1]

Other studies have linked social isolation and loneliness to reduced memory and thinking skills, as well as faster rates of age-related cognitive decline and an increased risk of dementia.

[2]

You don’t have to go to dinner or plan a hike — even connecting with a friend for 15 minutes a day can be beneficial, says Eva Feldman, MD, PhD, a neurology professor at the University of Michigan Medical School in Ann Arbor.

“Daily connection is critical for brain health,” Dr. Feldman says. So pick up the phone or schedule a meetup, even if it’s only for a quick chat over coffee.

2. Get a Little More Sleep

If you’re someone who regularly struggles to get enough sleep, another micro habit to try is going to bed just 15 minutes earlier, Feldman suggests. “Good sleep is essential for brain health, and poor sleep is so common,” Feldman says.

Sleep needs vary depending on factors like your age and sleep quality, but most adults need seven to nine hours a night on average.

[3]

In one study, scientists examined brain scans from over 40,000 cognitively healthy adults. They found that people who got less than seven hours of sleep nightly were more likely to show signs of structural changes in the brain linked to cognitive decline, compared with those who got seven to nine hours of sleep.

[4]

One caveat: The researchers also found that people who regularly got more than nine hours of sleep a night were more likely to have structural changes similar to those seen in sleep deprivation. So, if you already get plenty of shuteye, this micro habit may not be for you.

[4]

3. Add One Healthy Thing to Your Plate

If your eating habits need a tune-up, don’t stress about trying to fix everything at once. Instead of making massive changes — like eliminating anything altogether — Feldman says it’s best to start small. For example, you might add one serving of a healthy food to one meal a day, or swap a not-so-healthy snack (like chips) with something more nutritious (like almonds). Then, gradually add more healthy foods to your routine. Most people find that this is a good first step toward adopting a healthier diet overall, Feldman notes.

Both plans emphasize fruits and vegetables, nuts and seeds, beans and legumes, and fish. They also include some poultry and lean dairy but limit red meats, ultra-processed foods and added sugars.

4. Have a Cup or Two of Coffee or Tea

You may have a lower risk of cognitive decline or dementia when you drink two or three cups of coffee a day, or one to two cups of tea — as long as it’s caffeinated. That’s the conclusion of one study of more than 131,000 cognitively healthy adults.

[6]

Scientists found people who drank the most caffeinated coffee — about 2 ½ cups a day — had an 18 percent lower risk of developing dementia after an average follow-up period of 37 years than people who consumed little or no caffeinated coffee. The results for one or two cups of tea were similar, but decaf didn’t appear to have this protective effect.

To get the best results from this micro habit, stick to black coffee and plain tea and steer clear of milk and sugar, says Glen Finney, MD, a neurology professor and director of the memory and cognition program at Geisinger Health in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania.

“These drinks — but not the dairy and sweeteners — have been shown to reduce risk of dementia,” Dr. Finney says, adding that coffee may also help protect against strokes.

[7]

Also, be sure to drink your caffeinated beverage of choice in moderation. Too much caffeine can have negative effects on your brain and overall health, increasing the risk of issues like insomnia, dehydration, anxiety, and high blood pressure.

[7]

Most healthy adults can safely have up to 400 milligrams a day, but your tolerance may be lower depending on factors like your genetics, body weight, and overall health status.

[8]

5. Try a Mocktail or a Spritzer

If a happy-hour cocktail or wine with dinner is part of your regular routine, switching even some of these drinks to alcohol-free alternatives is a great micro habit to adopt for better brain health, Feldman says. Any amount of alcohol carries risk, but the odds get worse with each additional drink.

[9]

In one study, researchers found that 50-year-olds who increased their average intake from one alcoholic unit (about ½ pint of beer) to two units (1 pint of beer or a glass of wine) experienced brain changes equivalent to aging by two years. People of the same age who increased their consumption from two to three alcohol units a day had brain changes equivalent to aging three and-a-half years. The research doesn’t prove cause and effect, but scientists say there’s reason to think alcohol could be a contributing factor, including its role in triggering inflammation.

[10]

“Reducing alcohol intake helps brain health and sleep,” Feldman notes. That could mean trying a lower-alcohol drink (like a wine spritzer), a mocktail, or a nonalcoholic beer. Or, if you usually have one glass of wine a night, try having half a glass instead.

You can also try Dry January or just periodically taking a few weeks off of alcohol. Even one week can make a difference, helping you to sleep better and think more clearly.

[11]

6. Move Right After Meals

No matter what you eat and drink, Feldman suggests taking a short walk as soon as you leave the table. Even a 10-minute stroll can help improve your metabolism and circulation, both of which can positively impact brain health, she says.

In fact, a small experiment that randomly assigned healthy young adults to either no walking or a 10- or 30-minute walk immediately after eating found that walking significantly reduced blood sugar, with similar effects after 10 or 30 minutes. Over time, repeated blood sugar spikes after meals can damage blood vessels and brain tissue, contributing to cognitive decline and increased dementia risk.

[12]

7. Try Exercise Snacks

This micro habit is one you can do anytime, anywhere to break up long periods of sedentary activity (like sitting at a desk). Exercise snacks — or short bursts of physical activity — can be as short as a minute, and may have short- and long-term benefits for your brain.

In a small study of sedentary but healthy office workers, brief bouts of vigorous activity — like running on the spot for one minute — immediately improved people’s cognitive performance. Additionally, participants who did three one-minute vigorous exercise snacks daily, four times a week, for four weeks performed significantly better on cognitive tests at the end of the experiment than those who maintained their usual routines.

[13]

Another study found that middle-aged and older adults who got at least 35 minutes of moderate-to-vigorous exercise each week had a 41 percent lower risk of dementia compared with those who didn’t exercise.

[14]

Over time, regular physical activity — whether it’s in short stints or longer sessions — can support a healthier brain because it helps improve blood sugar, circulation, and metabolic health, Chen explains.

And don’t worry if running in place isn’t your thing — anything that gets your heart pumping can help, including a brisk walk, jumping jacks, strength training, or stair climbing. Feldman recommends starting small with two moderate five-minute exercise snacks per day and gradually increasing the amount. “For a desk job, I suggest 10 sit-to-stand squats, using the stairs instead of the elevator, or parking far away in the parking lot.” If you can, aim for these snacks to add up to 150 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise weekly — the minimum recommended amount for most healthy adults.

[15]

8. Learn Something New

Any activity that forces your brain to work in new ways or learn something new can also be a great micro habit to pick up, says Martin Sliwinski, PhD, a professor and director of the Center for Healthy Aging and the Geroscience and Dementia Prevention Consortium at Pennsylvania State University in University Park. And it’s never too late to start.

One study of older adults with mild cognitive impairment found that participants who engaged in a variety of brain-stimulating activities for brief periods a few days a week — such as reading, playing games, or doing puzzles — had a significantly slower progression of cognitive decline than those who didn’t.

[16]

“Challenge yourself with activities that push you beyond your cognitive comfort zone,” Dr. Sliwinski says. “The brain benefits when we continue to learn, adapt, and tackle new challenges throughout life.”

To get the most brain-boosting benefit, Sliwinski suggests integrating this micro habit (or any) with others. For example, while a walk is good, a walk with a friend is great, he says.

“You could even discuss a book, current events, or a topic that’s new to both of you, adding cognitive stimulation,” he suggests.

Lettuce from Taco Bell May Be Responsible for Explosive Diarrhea Outbreak in Michigan — but Questions Remain

Public health officials may finally have an answer to what’s behind the cases of an explosive diarrhea outbreak in the United States — or a partial answer, at least.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) announced Thursday that shredded lettuce from Taco Bell may be responsible for a cyclosporiasis outbreak in Michigan, where state officials have reported more than 5,000 cases as of July 17, and nearby Indiana, Kentucky, Ohio, and West Virginia.

[1]

[2]

But 34 states in total have reported confirmed and suspected cyclosporiasis cases, per CDC surveillance. A source for these additional cases remains a mystery.

[3]

“CDC is also investigating other outbreaks and illnesses of cyclosporiasis nationally that are unrelated to this outbreak,” the agency said in a statement.

[1]

The federal agency has confirmed 1,645 cases of cyclosporiasis nationwide, but case counts are likely much higher, as many people will get ill and recover without getting medical care.

[3]

Cyclosporiasis can cause loud, explosive, and watery diarrhea that can last for weeks without proper treatment.

[4]

Now that one potential source has been identified, should you continue taking precautions to avoid getting sick, aside from avoiding shredded lettuce at Taco Bell? Food safety experts explain.

Don’t Let Your Guard Down, Food Safety Experts Say

“Until an outbreak has been declared to be over, and all information has been obtained and determined, we are currently working under speculations,” says Darin Detwiler, PhD, the author of the book Food Safety: Past, Present, and Predictions and a professor at Northeastern University in Boston.

Wade Syers, a doctor of social science and an extension specialist for food safety at Michigan State University in East Lansing, agrees. “All we know for sure is that there is a known risk associated with the identified Taco Bell lettuce exposure. But there may be other sources that have not been identified yet,” he says.

Microscopic Cyclospora parasites tend to stick to produce with a bumpy or uneven surface, says Dr. Detwiler. The following fruits and vegetables have been linked to cyclosporiasis outbreaks in the past:

[4]

  • Basil
  • Bagged salads and salad mixes
  • Cilantro
  • Mesclun lettuce
  • Parsley
  • Raspberries
  • Snow peas
  • Sweet peas

To protect yourself against illness, Dr. Detwiler stresses the importance of properly washing lettuce and produce. He also urges people to be cautious about ordering lettuce in restaurants right now.

If you have a compromised immune system, Detwiler suggests being especially cautious about leafy greens.

Taco Bell Is No Longer Serving the Affected Lettuce

Taco Bell said in a statement Thursday that the chain has “taken immediate action” to remove potentially impacted lettuce from its restaurants “out of an abundance of caution.” The impacted lettuce has been “indefinitely removed” from Taco Bell’s supply chain nationwide and will be replaced within 24 hours in select states, per the statement.

[5]

While public health officials have not publicly named Taco Bell’s lettuce supplier, The Washington Post identified the company as Taylor Farms, of California.

[6]

In a statement to CNN, Taylor Farms said, “While the FDA traceback is indicating a specific independent farm, which represents less than 1 percent of the U.S.’s iceberg lettuce supply, as the potential source of the outbreak, we have removed all iceberg lettuce from the region indefinitely.”

[7]

Taylor Farms doesn’t only supply shredded lettuce to Taco Bell. The brand offers bagged salads, packaged vegetable trays, and vegetable kits sold in grocery stores.

[8]

However, the company told CNN none of its other products were impacted, and that none of its branded salad kits contain iceberg lettuce.

[7]

GLP-1s, Obesity, Emotional Eating, and Binge Eating

GLP-1s are not currently approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as a binge eating disorder treatment. They are, however, prescribed off-label as an anti-binge drug.

[7]

Eating disorders in general are complex and may be influenced by a variety of factors, including genetics, brain biology, cultural and social ideals, and underlying mental health conditions.

[8]

Binge eating disorder is a more serious condition than emotional eating. While emotional eating often ebbs and flows as a source of stress relief, binge eating involves rapid, large meals with a loss of control, often followed by episodes of intense shame.

[9]

GLP-1 medication can’t help symptoms caused by all of these factors, but they may have an effect in certain patients by addressing some of the biological causes of hunger.

“For some people with binge-type eating disorders, these medications appear to mitigate some of the biological roots of disordered eating,” says Kim Dennis, MD, founder of the therapy practice SunCloud Health in Chicago and member of the National Association of Anorexia Nervosa and Associated Disorders’ Scientific Advisory Board.

One systematic review of five studies involving 182 participants found that GLP-1s were associated with significant reductions in Binge Eating Scale scores, suggesting an improvement in binge eating behaviors.

[10]

However, because of this medication’s limitations in terms of treating the emotional aspects of eating, it won’t address trauma or body image distortions, for example, if those issues are at the root of a person’s eating disorder, Dr. Dennis adds.

“Further evidence will be needed before we can see the complete picture, but they show promise as, at the minimum, an adjunct to current therapy,” says Esposito.

How to Exercise at Work With Type 2 Diabetes

1. Walk a Few Laps Around Your Office

To start, take a walk around your office space. If possible, go outside and stroll around your building.

[1]

Your walks don’t have to last too long. In one small study, participants who took 3-minute walks every 30 minutes throughout the day lowered their blood sugar by 17.5 percent.

[4]

“[Another] study showed that if people went for a short walk after eating, their blood sugar levels rose and fell more gradually, and their insulin levels were more stable,” says Ashley Katzenback, DPT, a physical therapist in private practice in Plymouth, Massachusetts.

[5]

2. Take a 10-Minute Walk After Lunch

Walk for 10 minutes right after any meal or snack, says Katzenback. Blood sugar spikes after eating can boost your HbA1C levels, but getting active can lessen those effects.

[6]

“If you are unable to walk immediately after, another equally effective option is to walk for 30 minutes, 30 minutes after your meal,” says Katzenback.

3. Take the Scenic Route

As you walk to work from your car, or make a cup of coffee in the break room or visit the toilet, you can add length to each journey. “Park farther away from your building entrance or get off public transportation one stop early if feasible,” says Marko.

Marko also suggests getting off the elevator one floor early and taking the stairs the rest of the way.

[2]

If you need to make copies or go to the bathroom, take an extra lap around the office before going back to your desk, says Marko.

4. March in Place at Your Desk

Marching in place or stepping up on a step are great exercise options for small spaces.

[2]

If you don’t want to attract attention by doing these at your desk, you can sneak away to a stairwell or even do them in a bathroom stall. On the other hand, you can lead the charge and invite your coworkers to join you in movement breaks.

5. Try Seated Soleus Push-Ups

Seated soleus push-ups (SPUs) sound complicated, but you can do them while you sit at your desk or in a meeting.

Here’s how to do one:

[7]

  1. Sit in a chair and place both feet flat on the floor.
  2. Raise your heel, keeping the ball of your foot down.
  3. Relax and lower your heel.
  4. Repeat.

One study review found that doing SPUs after a meal can lower your blood sugar by up to 52 percent.

[8]

“The results of the study are really quite remarkable because previously we suspected you needed to walk to stabilize post-meal blood sugar,” says Katzenback. “But this study concluded that simple interventions that can be performed while seated are more than enough to do the trick.”

Katzenback recommends doing three minutes of SPUs every 30 minutes throughout the day.

6. Do Push-Ups Against a Break Room Wall

Standing wall push-ups can be another good way to move at work, says Bogowith.

Here’s how to do these exercises.

[9]

  1. Stand facing a wall (a few feet away).
  2. Place your hands against the wall at about chest level.
  3. Lean forward, bending your elbows.
  4. Pause and hold when your head gets close to the wall, keeping your body straight.
  5. Push away from the wall until your arms are straight again.
  6. Repeat as many times as you can.

You can make this exercise easier, if needed, by moving your feet closer to the wall.

[9]

Or make it more challenging by leaning against a countertop instead of the wall.

7. Use Mini-Squats in Tight Spaces

Mini-squats work well to strengthen your legs in a small office space, says Bogowith. These modified squats strengthen your core and support the sugar-managing benefits of movement.

[10]

To do a mini-squat, follow these steps:

[11]

[12]

  1. Stand up straight with your feet apart (about shoulder-width).
  2. Bend your knees and move your hips back slightly as if you are about to sit. A mini-squat doesn’t lower your body as far as a traditional squat.
  3. Hold this almost-sitting position while keeping your back straight and tightening your core and thigh muscles.
  4. Rise back up into a standing position.
  5. Repeat 10 to 15 times.

Make sure to keep your knees from pushing out over your toes to avoid injury.

[12]

8. Stand Up, Sit Down, Repeat

The simple act of sitting and standing uses muscles.

[13]

“Stand up and sit down 5 to 10 times every time you go to use the restroom,” says Marko.For best results, get in and out of your chair without using your arms.

[14]

9. Do Leg Kicks While You Wait

While waiting for coffee to brew, water to boil, or food to cook in the break room, do 20 standing side leg kicks or back leg kicks, says Marko.

Here’s how to do a standing side leg kick.

[15]

  1. Stand straight, starting with your feet together.
  2. Place your hands on your hips or use one hand to hold onto a counter or chair.
  3. Lift one leg out to the side as far as you can and hold it there for a few seconds. Your hips should stay in place during this movement.
  4. Lower your leg slowly.
  5. Repeat 8 to 12 times
  6. Switch to the other leg and repeat steps 1 to 5.

Standing back leg kicks follow the same steps, except you lift each leg behind you, instead of to the side.

[16]

If you want more ideas for simple exercises to do at the office, ask your healthcare provider for suggestions or a referral to a physical therapist.

Why It May Be Harder to Manage Bipolar Disorder During Summer — and Tips to Cope

Although manic or hypomanic episodes can’t always be prevented, there are ways to lower your odds of having one, including in the summertime. Experts recommend that you stick to these strategies to reduce your risk of mania during the summer.

1. Set a Predictable Summer Routine — and Stick to It

Summertime can pose unique challenges in terms of keeping a consistent routine, due to vacations and changes in school or work schedules, says Lowe-Simmons, and these challenges can impact mood and emotional stability.

“Probably the most important thing is to continue to maintain a schedule; get a regular amount of sleep; stay on medications; and engage in therapy,” says Howard R. Weeks, MD, chief medical officer for Behavioral Health Solutions in Henderson, Nevada.

Setting a consistent daily routine, especially for sleep, wake, and meal times, as well as exercise, is known to help people with bipolar disorder keep their moods stable.

[9]

Some tips to help you maintain a regular summertime routine, according to Lowe-Simmons:

  • Make sure any summer activities you plan align with your usual routine. Try your best to prioritize your routine, and plan any other events around your routine to avoid interruptions to it.
  • Nice weather gets people outside more often. If you find yourself with more opportunities to socialize and enjoy the great outdoors, do what brings you joy. But do make sure your days and weeks aren’t too packed with activities, so that you don’t feel overstimulated. Set reminders on your phone for the most crucial parts of your routine, including mealtimes, sleep and wake times, and exercise.

2. Stay on Track With Sleep

Heat and changes in routine from summer travel or other activities can make getting enough sleep difficult. But a lack of sleep can trigger manic episodes, whereas getting enough sleep each night can reduce your risk of future episodes. That’s why it’s so important to stick to a set sleep routine, even during the summer, says Lowe-Simmons.

[10]

In the long run, practicing good sleep hygiene (healthy habits that promote sleep) can make it easier for you to get enough shut-eye each night. With that in mind, here are some tips for getting better sleep:

[11]

  • Try to go to bed and wake up at the same time each day. If possible, stick to this even if you’re on a summer trip.
  • Turn off the TV and put your phone down. Exposure to light in the two hours before bed can disturb your sleep, so get into the habit of shutting down screen time, to give yourself the best chance at a night of deep, restful sleep.

    [10]

  • Make sure your room is completely dark at bedtime. Aside from electronic sources of light, the longer hours of daylight in the summer can make it harder for you to fall asleep. Items like blackout curtains and eye masks can help.
  • Keep your room quiet. Noise can make it difficult for you to get restful sleep. If loud, late-night summer events in your area like fireworks shows or parties are keeping you up at night, consider using a fan or a noise machine to drown out the noise.
  • Turn down the thermostat (or set up a fan). This is especially important during the dog days of summer. When you sleep, your core body temperature drops. Keeping your bedroom cool can aid your body’s natural response to sleep.

3. Keep Taking Your Medications, Even When You Feel Well

“Medication is one of the most effective strategies for [preventing] mania during the summertime,” says Lowe-Simmons. “Meet with your prescribing physician or psychiatrist prior to the summer season to be proactive and ensure that you are on the right medication regimen.”

Even if your mood is stable, it’s important to keep taking your meds as usual. Most mood stabilizers (medications used to treat bipolar disorder) only work as intended when taken as prescribed.

[12]

Going off your meds could cause serious problems, such as withdrawal or worsened bipolar symptoms, especially if you stop them abruptly. Always talk to your doctor before making changes to your treatments.

[9]

4. Don’t Miss Your Therapy Sessions

Psychotherapy is a key part of treatment year-round for people with bipolar disorder, but it can be especially helpful leading up to summertime. That’s because it can help you learn to identify and manage triggers for manic episodes, such as the changing seasons, says Lowe-Simmons.

But changes in schedules can make it difficult to see your therapist regularly, due to the increase in summertime activities and fluctuations in work and school schedules. Lowe-Simmons suggests these tips for maintaining your therapy appointments during the busy summer season:

  • Be flexible with appointment times. If changes to work or school schedules interfere with your usual appointment times, talk to your therapist about shifting your appointments to another time of day.
  • Let your therapist know early if you’ll be away on vacation. If you know that you have an upcoming vacation, for instance, that will interfere with your therapy schedule, call your therapist as soon as you can to adjust your appointment times. This way, your therapist is more likely to have room in their schedule to accommodate your time away.
  • Plan ahead if your therapist will be away. Even if your therapist takes time off, you still need to attend therapy with whoever fills in for them in the meantime, if they have someone lined up to do so. If you won’t be able to contact your therapist once they’re away, ask them to connect you with someone to call in case of emergency before they leave, if they haven’t done so already.
  • Consider virtual therapy. If you’re unable to reschedule an in-person appointment, ask your therapist if you can meet with them virtually instead. This may allow you to attend your therapy sessions from wherever you are, even if you’re already on vacation, though many states require that the client be physically present in the state where the therapist is licensed.

    [13]

5. Have a Plan to Keep Stress in Check

Summertime can bring about stressors you might not feel at other times of the year, including an increased commitment to activities that could disrupt your usual routine, such as vacations, school being out for the summer, or changes in work schedules, says Lowe-Simmons.

Your summertime schedule may feel fuller and more hectic than usual, which can lead to stress. But ramped up stress levels are often bad news for people with bipolar disorder, as they can trigger manic and hypomanic episodes.

[14]

That’s why it’s so important to have go-to relaxation strategies for managing stress, such as yoga or meditation, for instance. Some people also find that exercise helps lower their stress levels. Taking a relaxing walk, for example, could also ease stress for you.

[15]

Also, try blocking out small breaks for yourself throughout the day that allow you to step back from daily life stresses. “Be mindful and create moments throughout your day to just be, moments when you are not busy doing anything,” says Lowe-Simmons.

6. Avoid Drugs and Alcohol

Drugs and alcohol can trigger mood episodes. They can also worsen bipolar symptoms and make them more likely to return. And if you do have a manic or hypomanic episode, these substances can make you even more prone to the risky behavior and poor decisions that typically accompany an episode.

[15]

This may be challenging for some people during the summer. Many summer activities, such as vacations, parties, and concerts, often involve drinking. As research shows, drinking is more common during the summer than other times of year.

[16]

Spending your time with people who understand why you need to avoid drugs and alcohol and who can support you in that decision can be extremely helpful in successfully doing so.

Lowe-Simmons suggests being open and honest with those in your support system. You don’t have to avoid summer activities, but you should be aware of your individual needs, and talk with your support system to ensure that you have what you need to manage your health.

5 Daily Habits for Managing Sleep Apnea

Treatment for sleep apnea focuses mainly on what happens between bedtime and the morning alarm — how quickly you fall asleep, whether you can sleep through the night, and how refreshed you are upon waking. But what you do during the day can be just as important for managing this condition.

[1]

“Maintaining a regular routine can help improve daytime alertness, energy levels, and adherence to sleep apnea therapy,” says Madeleine Basist, MD, a pulmonologist at Northwell Health Lenox Hill Hospital in New York City. These practices shouldn’t replace medical care. But even small tweaks to your daily habits, like changing your dinnertime or going for a short walk every day, can have a significant effect, she says.

Here are five tips to consider as you start building your routine.

1. Limit Food and Drink Before Bedtime

Modifying when you eat and drink can help improve sleep quality overall and can reduce sleep apnea symptoms, says the pulmonologist and sleep medicine specialist Sarathi Bhattacharyya, MD, the medical director of MemorialCare Sleep Disorders Center at Long Beach Medical Center in California.

”Allow three to four hours between the day‘s final meal and bedtime,” he says. Research suggests this habit may have other benefits as well, with study participants showing better blood pressure, heart rate, and blood-sugar control when they stopped eating about three hours before bed.

[2]

“Also helpful is to avoid drinking liquids before bedtime as well, at least a few hours before you go to sleep,” says Dr. Bhattacharyya. “Too much liquid, particularly just before bed, can lead to having to urinate during the night, and that disrupts sleep.”

Particularly crucial is limiting alcohol before bed, says Dr. Basist, noting that alcohol relaxes the muscles of the upper airway, which can worsen snoring and sleep apnea.

[3]

2. Get Morning Sunlight

Waking up at the same time each day is helpful for maintaining sleep quality, and it’s useful to pair that with getting some sunlight as soon as you’re able in the morning, says Chafen Hart, MD, a sleep medicine specialist at National Jewish Health in Denver.

”This can have a meaningful effect on activity level and mood, and it can even improve your sleep later that night,” she says.

That’s because research suggests morning sunlight exposure can influence sleep regulation and sleep quality, due to the way it helps reset the body’s internal clock.

[4]

This internal clock, also known as circadian rhythm, maintains a number of functions, including alertness, hunger, body temperature, and more. Sunlight is the primary signal that sets the right regulating processes in motion, Dr. Hart says.

[5]

3. Move More Often

Cardiovascular exercise during the day can increase deep, non-REM (rapid eye movement) sleep at night, says Hart. This is the type of sleep typically characterized by stable and regular breathing, which she says is essential for managing sleep apnea.

”In addition, exercise can produce weight loss or weight stabilization, which can help better manage sleep apnea,” she says. That‘s important, since excess weight has been shown to worsen apnea symptoms and make treatment more challenging.

[6]

4. Kick Off the Day with Joy

Dealing with sleep apnea can be stressful, which is why it‘s important to find ways throughout the day to cultivate calm — such as deep-breathing exercises, doing a short yoga sequence, or adopting a mindfulness practice.

[7]

But you can also have just one small habit in the morning that doesn‘t take much effort, Hart says. A meaningful and joyful habit that you look forward to doing can go a long way to set the tone for the day ahead, and the bedtime at the end of it.

”Schedule in an activity you truly love, especially in the morning,” she says. ”Maybe that‘s sitting in the sun with a really nice coffee, or reading a chapter of a good book, or going on a walk.”

5. Build in Social Time

Another way to alleviate stress and get more relaxation in general — which will help with sleep apnea, says Hart — is to connect with others. Connecting with friends and family can help you feel supported and heard and lighten your mental load.

[7]

Having a strong social community may even impact how effectively you use your CPAP machine, research suggests. A small study looking at people with obstructive sleep apnea found those with the most positive social interactions had higher levels of CPAP adherence.

[8]

How to Build a Routine That Sticks

While the habits above, and others that are beneficial, can be useful for managing sleep apnea, it‘s important to build a routine that works well for you, rather than one feels like an overwhelming to-do list, says Basist.

”Start with small, achievable goals rather than trying to make multiple changes at one,” she says. That way, you can understand what habits make a difference and build on those.

Consider keeping a journal of factors like whether you feel refreshed when you wake up, if your daytime sleepiness is improving, and how your mood and energy levels are affected from day to day. With that information, you can begin to build more habits into your routine and stick to them, since you’ll be experiencing the benefits.

The Takeaway

  • Although sleep apnea treatment focuses on sleep quality and duration, what you do during the day also matters for managing the condition effectively.
  • Daily habits can make a big difference for improving sleep overall, which can be a boon for sleep apnea and other factors, like energy levels and mood.
  • Some habits to consider include getting morning sunlight, moving dinnertime earlier, and getting more physical activity.

Summer Treats for People With IBD: 4 to Try

2. Fancy Mocktails

Many summer events often involve alcoholic beverages, including craft beers, wine, and cocktails. This can make it easy to overindulge, says Rudolph Bedford, MD, a gastroenterologist at Providence Saint John’s Health Center in Santa Monica, California.

However, alcohol can irritate the intestinal lining and increase IBD symptoms. Research suggests that alcohol use may cause flares, make symptoms harder to control, and have negative interactions with medications.

[3]

“Although you might be feeling a sense of celebration and want an alcoholic drink to go along with that, this really is an area where you need to be vigilant, because it can raise the risk of [a flare],” says Dr. Bedford. That doesn’t mean you need to skip alcohol altogether, but it’s helpful to pay attention to how much you’re drinking and how it’s affecting you.

One way to cut back is by creating a few mocktail options that look like fancy drinks but don’t include alcohol. Drinking mocktails instead of cocktails, especially if they have healthy ingredients, can promote hydration, says Castro. That’s crucial in the summer for everyone, including those with IBD, she says.

Some helpful ingredients for those with IBD include any herbs or fruits that you know you can tolerate well, says Castro. Some other examples of ingredients that might work for you, she says, include:

  • Nonalcoholic liqueur or mixers
  • Coconut water
  • Herbs like basil, rosemary, and mint
  • Cranberry juice
  • Tonic water
  • Chilled espresso
  • Nondairy milks

FDA Approves New High Cholesterol Pill, Offering an Alternative to Expensive Injections

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved a new daily pill to treat high cholesterol in adults. Lipfendra (enlicitide), from drugmaker Merck, is the first oral medication in its class, known as PCSK9 inhibitors.

[1]

In conjunction with diet and exercise, PCSK9 inhibitors can help adults get their LDL “bad” cholesterol down when statins, the most common cholesterol-lowering drug class, aren’t effective enough. But until now, PCSK9 inhibitors were only available as expensive injections taken every two weeks.

“This is a major breakthrough in lipid management,” says Yu-Ming Ni, MD, a board-certified cardiologist and lipidologist at MemorialCare Heart and Vascular Institute at Orange Coast Medical Center in Fountain Valley, California. Lipids include HDL “good” cholesterol, LDL “bad” cholesterol, and triglycerides.

In addition to being more convenient as a daily pill, Lipfendra will also be more affordable than other medications in its class: It will cost about half the amount of similar injectable medications, according to a spokesperson from Merck.

Lipfendra Led to Significant Reductions in LDL ‘Bad’ Cholesterol

Lipfendra’s FDA approval is based on two phase 3 clinical trials. For the first trial, researchers recruited about 2,900 adults with high cholesterol, or hypercholesterolemia, who were already taking statins. About two-thirds of participants received Lipfendra, and the rest received a placebo (dummy pill).

After 24 weeks, people who took Lipfendra saw a 57 percent drop in LDL “bad” cholesterol. Those who took a placebo saw LDL levels increase by 3 percent.

[2]

The second trial recruited about 300 participants with familial hypercholesterolemia, a genetically inherited form of high cholesterol that isn’t caused by poor diet. Participants were randomly assigned to take one of the following once a day:

[3]

  • 10 milligrams (mg) of Lipfendra
  • 20 mg of Lipfendra
  • 180 mg of bempedoic acid (a nonstatin drug used to lower cholesterol)
  • 180 mg of bempedoic acid plus 10 milligrams of Lipfendra

After 56 days, participants who took 20 mg of Lipfendra saw LDL cholesterol decrease by 65 percent. Those who took only bempedoic acid saw a 6.3 percent drop.

How Lipfendra Works

High cholesterol raises the risk of heart disease, which remains the leading cause of death in the United States.

[4]

Statins are a common first-line treatment for high cholesterol, and work by reducing the liver’s production of cholesterol, says Jeffrey Berger, MD, director of the Center for the Prevention of Cardiovascular Disease at NYU Langone Heart in New York City. Other cholesterol-lowering medications, like ezetimibe, work by reducing cholesterol absorption in the intestine.

Lipfendra belongs to a class of medications known as proprotein convertase subtilisin kexin type 9 (PCSK9) inhibitors. These medications decrease LDL cholesterol levels through a different mechanism, by blocking the PCSK9 protein.

[5]

Until now, existing medications in this class have been injectable treatments. “Overall, I’ve been very happy with this drug class. It’s been very effective for lowering cholesterol,” Dr. Ni says. “But a lot of patients tire out from giving themselves shots year after year.”

Side Effects of Lipfendra Were Similar to Those Experienced With Placebo

In clinical trials, adults taking Lipfendra experienced the same side effects at about the same rate as those who took a placebo. The most common side effects were:

  • Diarrhea, in 7 percent of Lipfendra users versus 2 percent of placebo users
  • Dizziness, in 9 percent of Lipfendra users versus 4 percent of placebo users

Lipfendra Will Be Available Within ‘Weeks’

The list price for Lipfendra will be $10.50 per day, or $315 for a 30-day supply, according to a Merck spokesperson. However, the out-of-pocket costs will likely be lower for many patients, regardless of insurance. (By comparison, many injectable medications in this class cost $500 to $600.)

Merck will offer a coupon program to reduce out-of-pocket costs for Lipfendra, and the company plans to introduce a direct-to-patient program. The spokesperson said the medication should be available within weeks.

Pancreatic Cancer Vaccine Shows Promise in Early Trial

Early-stage clinical results are offering hope that there may one day be a vaccine for people with an inherited risk for pancreatic cancer — one of the leading drivers of cancer death in the United States.

[1]

“Pancreatic cancer is very, very challenging, with a poor five-year survival rate of 13 percent,” says the trial investigator Neeha Zaidi, MD, an associate professor of oncology at the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine’s Sidney Kimmel Comprehensive Cancer Center in Baltimore. “Most of the time, people don’t have symptoms until it’s quite advanced,” she says. Once the cancer has reached later stages, treatment options are limited.

The goal of the new vaccine is to stop the cancer before it starts, Dr. Zaidi explains. While the clinical trial results are early, no participants given the vaccine developed pancreatic cancer, despite being at high risk for the disease.

“This is the type of innovation that is urgently needed in people at high risk of pancreatic cancer,” says Peter Hosein, MD, an associate director for clinical research at Sylvester Comprehensive Cancer Center’s Pancreatic Cancer Research Institute in Miami, who was not involved in developing the new vaccine.

Pancreatic Cancer Vaccine Targets Specific Genetic Mutations

Researchers designed the vaccine to prevent pancreatic ductal adenocarcinoma, the most common and aggressive form of pancreatic cancer. About 10 percent of cases are linked with a genetic predisposition. The disease starts with lesions and neoplasms, or precancerous cysts. But even if these cysts are removed with surgery, the chance they’ll come back is up to 80 percent. These lesions can also be microscopic and difficult to detect.

The vaccine is meant to target mutations related to the cancer. More than 90 percent of pancreatic ductal adenocarcinomas occur because of mutations in the KRAS gene. The vaccine, called the mKRAS-VAX, targets six of the most common KRAS mutations found in pancreatic ductal adenocarcinomas and in most pancreatic precancerous lesions.

[1]

In the phase 1 clinical trial, researchers administered the vaccine to 20 high-risk adults with evidence of a pancreatic lesion or cyst. Participants received vaccine doses at weeks 1, 3, and 5, followed by a booster dose at week 13. They also did blood tests and follow-up visits to monitor their immune system.

The researchers found that the vaccine stimulated a molecule that can turn off the mutated KRAS genes that can lead to pancreatic cancer. The vaccine also activated the immune system’s T cells, white blood cells that detect cancerous lesions, in 90 percent of participants. The researchers still detected this response in participants’ blood two years after vaccination.

After a follow-up of about 16.5 months, none of the participants had developed pancreatic cancer. Vaccinated participants had cysts that shrank or disappeared at a higher rate, about 38 percent, than those of an unvaccinated group that saw cyst reductions of around 6.8 percent.

The Results Are Very Preliminary and Come With Caveats

This was a small clinical trial, and the follow-up period was short. The researchers also relied on blood tests to measure immune changes, but didn’t analyze precancerous tissue.

Still, this phase 1 trial was designed to test safety and determine whether the vaccine sparked an immune response in humans. It passed both those tests, Zaidi says. She points out that the trial found the vaccine to be “incredibly safe,” with patients only experiencing typical vaccine side effects, such as injection site reactions and flu-like symptoms.

“We need larger studies that are designed to look at certain endpoints,” Zaidi says. “But we needed to start somewhere.”

Findings Provide Hope to Patients and Cancer Researchers

Pancreatic cancer is a difficult disease to have, Dr. Hosein says. “Once diagnosed, it is generally resistant to treatment, and patients often decline rapidly,” he says.

While Hosein says some progress has been made in treating people considered high risk, that’s largely due to regular screenings. “The holy grail in these patients is to intercept cancer and prevent it from happening in the first place,” he says.

The vaccine is a “promising strategy” to prevent pancreatic cancer, according to Jaekyung Cheon, MD, an oncologist in the gastroenterology oncology program at Moffitt Cancer Center in Tampa, Florida, who was not involved in the vaccine’s development. “These findings are encouraging because most pancreatic cancer research has focused on treating advanced disease, whereas this study explores a preventive approach for high-risk individuals,” she says.

What Happens Next

The vaccine is currently being tested in a different group of high-risk adults. This group will receive the vaccine before having surgery to remove precancerous lesions. Researchers will analyze the lesions to determine whether the vaccine-generated T cells actually infiltrate the risky tissues, Zaidi says.

Daily Rituals for Managing Mild Cognitive Impairment (MCI)

1. Morning Anchor Routine

A strong morning routine can set the emotional and cognitive tone for the entire day, providing a foundation or “anchor,” says Dr. Trinh. Everyone’s routine will be different, but tasks within the first 30 minutes might include:

  • Waking at the same time each day
  • Making the bed
  • Getting morning light through a window or by stepping outside
  • Drinking a glass of water
  • Doing some brief physical activity, such as stretches
  • Making coffee
  • Taking medications if prescribed for morning
  • Sitting in the same chair for a few minutes of mindfulness or meditation
  • Reviewing the day‘s schedule or events on your calendar

”The key is to make the routine predictable,” Trinh says. ”You can write down those steps on a note that‘s next to the coffeemaker or on the refrigerator, so you don’t have to rely on memory alone. For many older adults, especially women who may be used to caring for others, this morning ritual can become a daily act of self-trust and independence.”

2. Mindful Movement

Movement is vital medicine for the brain, says Theodore Strange, MD, a geriatric medicine specialist and chair of medicine at Northwell Staten Island University Hospital in New York.

”Physical activity increases blood flow to the brain’s memory center and stimulates the release of growth factors that protect brain cells,” Dr. Strange says. “Consistent cardiovascular exercise has been clinically shown to slow down the rate of cognitive decline in adults with MCI.”

Exercise also improves balance, flexibility, and core strength, reducing the risk of falls and ensuring you can comfortably perform household tasks independently, he says.

Physical activity may include structured group classes or personal training at a gym, but you can also get notable benefits with 30 minutes of moderate exercise at home each day, says Strange. That can include gardening, a brisk neighborhood walk, a chair yoga routine done with a video, and housekeeping tasks. You can also break up that 30 minutes into different time blocks; for example, stretching for 5 minutes when you first wake up, taking a 15-minute walk after lunch, and doing yoga for 10 minutes before bed.

3. Command Center Update

A common source of frustration for those with MCI or early-stage Alzheimer’s is feeling disorganized, and unable to locate items and information, says Trinh. He suggests creating a ”command center” where everything that’s vital belongs, and making sure those things stay there. That might include:

  • Wall calendar with appointments and events clearly written
  • Medication organizer
  • List of contacts, including family, friends, neighbors, and healthcare providers
  • Whiteboard with notes about the day and what’s ahead
  • Notebook for logging thoughts, conversations, and other important information
  • Basket or bowl with keys, wallet, and reading glasses
  • Phone charger

”Having everything in one place that is designated for that purpose eliminates the daily frustration of misplaced items,” says Strange. ”That removes stress and provides an immediate sense of environmental control.”

4. Social Connection

Strong relationships with friends, family, and community members can benefit your brain health. ”Staying connected through calling a friend, sharing a meal, or working on a hobby with someone else provides stability and empowerment,” Trinh says. Research finds that social connections can help slow the progression of cognitive decline and enhance overall well-being.

[1]

You’ll get bonus points if you combine social connection with physical activity, says Dara Houp, PsyD, a clinical psychologist at Pathways Psychological Services in New York City. Consider making a daily walking date with a friend, or pairing up for gardening or a chair yoga class.

”Research consistently supports that physical exercise slows cognitive decline, improves neuroplasticity, and reduces brain inflammation,” says Dr. Houp. ”Exercise also indirectly affects cognitive impairment, as it reduces frequently correlated symptoms such as depression and anxiety. Spending time with others can amplify this effect.”

5. Evening Wind-Down

Going to bed and waking up at the same time each day is one of the most effective nonmedical interventions for managing early-stage cognitive impairment, says Strange.

”During deep sleep, the brain’s lymph system clears out cellular debris, including beta-amyloid plaques associated with Alzheimer’s disease,” he says. ”Irregular schedules disrupt this deep-cleaning cycle. Staying on a rigid sleep schedule helps mitigate late-afternoon confusion, irritability, and restlessness by keeping the body’s circadian rhythm stable.”

Having an evening wind-down routine that begins between 30 minutes to an hour before bed can train your brain and body to maintain a consistent sleep schedule, he says. That makes it easier to fall asleep and stay asleep.

How to Build a Ritual Routine That Sticks

Daily rituals shouldn’t be a dreary to-do list but a freeing way to feel more confident. Try out different options and note what helps you, says Erica Dawson, PhD, a psychologist and specialist in clinical neuropsychology at The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center in Columbus. Beneficial rituals should feel supportive, reduce frustration, and help you enjoy your day.

”Focus on habits that take the guesswork out of necessary daily tasks, and write down as much as you can,” Dr. Dawson says. ”Prioritize relationships, sleep, movement, and consistency. Remember that taking good care of your health and well-being is one of the few things in your control when it comes to navigating cognitive decline.”

Tracking Aortic Valve Stenosis Symptoms

The slow, progressive nature of aortic valve stenosis can make it challenging to track without diagnostic tools.

“The only way to actually track valve disease progression is with an echocardiogram every few months to reassess severity or decline in heart function,” Tang says. “There’s really no other way to see the progression.”

But day-to-day symptom tracking adds useful data between scans, especially if frequent echocardiograms aren’t possible.

“What I always recommend is just having a regular exercise routine that patients continue over a long period of time,” says Mackram F. Eleid, MD, an interventional cardiologist with Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota. “They have something that they’re used to doing that they can look back on and say, ‘You know, something is different.’”

This routine can be as simple as regularly walking, climbing stairs, or engaging in low-impact or low-intensity exercises like yoga or water aerobics.

“The ones that are tricky are the patients who are very sedentary and have been that way for many years,” Dr. Eleid says. “In that case, it’s very difficult in terms of tracking things.”

The following tips can help you monitor symptoms and uncover patterns to discuss with your doctor.

Keep a Symptom Journal

A daily symptom journal or diary is one of the simplest ways to detect any worsening heart-related issues. You can use online symptom trackers for aortic valve stenosis or heart health, or create your own with pen and paper. Every day, log:

[2]

  • The date
  • The symptom and its severity (mild/moderate/severe, or on a 1–5 scale)
  • What activity you were doing, including whether it stopped you or made you take a break
  • The time it occurred
  • How long the symptom lasted

This information will show your provider how your health has changed over time.

“A lot of people will say, ‘I have some symptoms, but I’m doing fine,’” Tang says. “But when we ask how they did 6 to 12 months ago, they were doing a lot more — walking, running, swimming, climbing stairs, twice as much. Now they’re not able to do that, or there are other subtle symptoms, like needing a nap when they didn’t before. Those are markers of disease progression.”

Consider Wearable Tech (Smartwatches)

Smartwatches and fitness trackers can measure several factors related to heart health, including:

[3]

  • Resting heart rate
  • Heart rate during exertion
  • Heart rhythm
  • Physical activity (steps taken, distance moved, calories burned)
  • Sleep quality
  • Blood oxygen

Depending on the model, these devices can often be set up to provide you with daily or immediate notifications about these measurements. Logging them alongside your symptoms can show, for example, how fatigue or breathlessness may affect steps or whether your resting heart rate is creeping up over time (showing how much harder your heart is working to pump blood).

Wearables can also flag palpitations indicative of atrial fibrillation.

[3]

“That’s usually a sign that the heart is stressed, even without feeling anything or having chest pressure,” Tang says. “Symptoms might be completely absent otherwise, but developing palpitations or atrial fibrillation becomes a marker of disease progression in aortic stenosis and other valvular heart diseases.”Keep in mind that wearables’ accuracy can be affected by factors like skin tone, body temperature, and fit.

[3]

Use a Pulse Oximeter

A pulse oximeter is a small device you clip onto your fingertip. It uses light to measure both your heart rate and blood oxygen level. While these devices are normally used at hospitals and doctor’s offices, you can purchase one to use at home.

[4]

When breathlessness hits, clip it on and jot down the numbers it shows, along with the time and what you were doing. A normal oxygen level is generally between 95 and 100 percent. Contact your healthcare provider if your oxygen saturation reads 92 percent or lower. Seek medical help immediately if it reads 88 percent or lower, as this signals your body isn’t getting enough oxygen.

[4]

Note that cold skin, dark nail polish, and poor circulation can skew results (warming up your hands before retesting can help).

[4]

According to Tang, wearable tech and pulse oximeters can add useful data to your symptom journal, but he recommends not relying on them solely since many factors can throw off readings.

Vitamin D and Depression: Can It Help?

Should You Take a Vitamin D Supplement for Depression?

The National Institutes of Health’s Office of Dietary Supplements recommends that adults ages 19 to 70 get 15 micrograms (600 international units, or IU) of vitamin D daily. (You may be getting this amount already if you take a multivitamin.) But before you take anything, be sure to speak with your doctor.

[4]

It’s possible to get too much vitamin D from supplements, and very high levels in your blood can cause nausea, muscle weakness, confusion, loss of appetite, excessive urination and thirst, and kidney stones, among other symptoms. Extremely high levels can cause the kidneys to fail or lead to death. You can’t get too much of the nutrient from sun exposure, however; your body limits how much of the vitamin it produces.

[4]

“I like for people to get a blood test to see where they are before making a recommendation about supplementation,” says Moore.

If you do need extra vitamin D, either D2 (ergocalciferol) or D3 (cholecalciferol) will work. You may need 1,000 to 2,000 IU daily, though this will depend on the results of your blood test, what season it is, and how much sun exposure you get.

[7]

(Vitamin D2 is derived from plants, whereas vitamin D3 is synthesized from animal sources.)

[8]

In cases of extreme deficiency, your doctor may give you vitamin D injections to bring your levels up.

[9]

Start by getting more D from sunlight and fortified foods, such as milk alternatives and cereals, if you can. “In order for vitamin D to be well absorbed, it needs to be taken with a source of fat,” Moore says.

When it comes to increasing your time in the sun, it’s best to ask your doctor how many minutes you’ll need. That’s because a number of factors come into play, including your skin tone, where you live, the time of day you’re going outside, and the time of the year.

While using sunscreen, which is crucial for preventing skin cancer, may seem counterintuitive when you’re trying to get the ultraviolet B (UVB) rays needed to produce vitamin D, one small study found that sunscreen applied at less-than-ideal (and closer to real-life) concentrations didn’t inhibit vitamin D production in the body. And other studies on real-life conditions found that regular sunscreen users didn’t have significantly reduced vitamin D levels.

[10]

[11]

Managing LEMS Constipation: Causes, Treatment, and Prevention

“Treating LEMS itself may help constipation,” says Dib. Taking amifampridine (Firdapse) or pyridostigmine (Mestinon) as prescribed matters, because both medicines work in ways that increase acetylcholine, a chemical messenger that helps nerves communicate with muscles, including those in the gastrointestinal tract.

  • Amifampridine helps nerves release more acetylcholine. Its digestive side effects may include nausea, diarrhea, or cramping, though constipation has rarely been reported, Dib says.
  • Pyridostigmine helps acetylcholine stay active longer. Because cholinesterase inhibitors such as pyridostigmine can increase colon movement, it may help bowel motility in some people with autonomic constipation, Dib says.

Navigating Laxatives Safely

If diet, fluids, changes in daily routine, and LEMS treatment are not enough, Dib recommends a stepwise plan for trying laxatives:

Osmotic Laxatives Polyethylene glycol, such as Miralax, pulls water into the colon so stool is softer and easier to pass. Dib considers osmotic laxatives a first medication step when lifestyle changes are not enough.

However, she notes that you may need to pay extra attention to staying hydrated and possibly have your electrolyte levels monitored when taking polyethylene glycol, especially if you have LEMS-related dizziness, blood pressure changes, or other autonomic symptoms.

[5]

Stool Softeners Docusate sodium can help soften stool and reduce straining, but it may not be enough if the main problem is that the colon is moving too slowly. Ask your doctor whether it should be paired with another option, such as a mild stimulant.

Stimulant Laxatives Senna and bisacodyl make the colon contract and can be effective, but Dib recommends using them as short-term or rescue options under medical guidance.

Stimulant laxatives should not be used if stool may be stuck or the bowel may be blocked, Dib says. In that situation, forcing the colon to contract can be harmful.

Can Living Alone Make You Feel Depressed?

5 Ways to Lower Your Risk of Depression if You Live Alone

If you live alone, there are many good ways to stay connected with the world around you, which can lessen feelings of sadness or loneliness before they lead to depression.

1. Seek Treatment and Support for Depression if You Need To

Feeling sad and living alone doesn’t automatically mean you have depression. But if you do feel sad, lonely, or depressed, it’s a good idea to reach out for help.

“While the depressive symptoms of living alone can disappear, it is important to take these signs as a warning sign and seek professional help,” says De Los Santos. She notes that a psychologist or licensed therapist can help you understand your feelings about loneliness, and find ways to cope with them.

If you do have depression, it’s important to get treatment for it. The most common and effective treatments for depression are psychotherapy, which involves meeting with a mental health professional, and medications, like antidepressants.

[9]

Hettler notes that online mental health resources may help you find care more quickly, or for a reduced cost. Before choosing a practitioner online, Hettler recommends reading reviews for each one and scheduling introductory calls with a few of them to figure out the best match for you. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Service Administration has an online directory you can use to find mental health support, as well as a hotline to call in times of crisis: 800-662-HELP (4357).

Hettler also recommends support groups as a way to meet people going through similar difficulties. The Depression and Bipolar Support Alliance, for instance, offers in-person and online support groups for people with mood disorders like depression.

2. Spend Time With People You Love

When you can, spend time with your favorite people. “Most social connections develop from in-person shared activities,” says Dr. Mezulis. This is why it’s so common for people to develop close relationships with coworkers, for instance. When we see them at the office again and again, we spend hours making small talk about hobbies and shared interests. Spending time together will deepen your current relationships.

3. Spend Time Outside the Home, if You’re Able To

It’s important to get out of your home regularly if you can, especially if you work from home, and spend time in new environments, De Los Santos says. Frequent, meaningful social interactions appear to protect against daily depressed mood and loneliness, according to research.

[10]

That said, not everyone can get out of the house as often as they’d like. This can be especially true for people with chronic illnesses, other disabilities, older adults with limited mobility, or people who rely on caregivers.

Spending virtual time with friends can be worthwhile too. One study of about 1,100 people found that, for young and middle-aged adults, the number of online social interactions was associated with decreased loneliness. Another study of about 500 people found that more frequent social interaction online with close (but not intermediate or distant) contacts was associated with less loneliness; people with the highest levels of depression saw the biggest impact. Another paper, which combined two studies of about 1,200 people, found that voice calls, group calls, and virtual messaging were most associated with increased social connection from afar.

[11]

[12]

[13]

4. Find Friends Through New Hobbies

Mezulis suggests taking stock of what you like to do. Do you get value out of engaging in physical activity with others? Whether it’s a run club, biking club, swim club, pickleball club, or dancing, an online search can help you find activities you like in your area. Meetup — a platform for hosting in-person and virtual activities — is a popular option.

She also suggests volunteering your time at a local nonprofit whose mission or values align with your own. Research shows that volunteering reduces feelings of depression and loneliness. Specifically, people reap those benefits when they volunteer for 100 to 200 hours a year, which works out to an average of about two to four hours per week. A faith community, local library, medical center, or animal shelter can probably use your help, and in return you may learn new skills and meet new people, says Mezulis.

[14]

Don’t beat yourself up if you have a hard time finding an activity you like or meeting new people at first. “It takes a long time to meet and connect with people, and even longer to find and build the kinds of meaningful social relationships that most of us crave,” says Mezulis. “Start small and be patient.”

5. Take Care of Yourself

Certain self-care activities have been shown to boost mental well-being in general, as well as help people with depression feel better. If you’re feeling sad or depressed, these steps won’t necessarily make depression go away or prevent it altogether, but they may help you better cope with your feelings.

[9]

Regular Exercise Exercise causes your body to release feel-good brain chemicals that have a positive effect on mood and well-being. These effects were long attributed to chemicals called endorphins, but now scientists believe a more likely possibility is that other compounds called endocannabinoids are responsible. And depending on where you work out, it can also give you the chance to interact with other people.

[15]

Nutritious Diet No diet can cure depression, but eating well can help you feel better. The Mediterranean diet, a pattern of eating that is rich in foods like fruits, vegetables, whole grains, beans, nuts, fish, and olive oil is linked to decreased symptoms of depression.

[16]

High-Quality Sleep Sleep is important for anyone’s well-being, and people with depression are no exception. Good sleep hygiene — habits and surroundings that promote healthy sleep — can make a difference. This includes waking up and going to bed at the same times each day; keeping your bedroom dark, quiet, and cool; and ending screen time two hours before bed, for instance.

[17]

[18]

What You Need to Know

What Achieving uMRD Means for Your Prognosis

Achieving uMRD is a reliable sign that treatment worked as well as it could, and it indicates a much lower risk of the leukemia becoming active again, says McCloskey. While other factors, such as genetic biomarkers, age, and overall health, also influence your prognosis, here’s why doctors consider uMRD such a significant milestone.

[9]

Longer Progression-Free Survival

One meaningful way doctors measure treatment success is through progression-free survival (PFS). This refers to the time a person lives without the disease worsening — in essence, how long they spend feeling well without needing additional treatment.

[10]

People who achieve uMRD typically have a longer PFS than those with detectable MRD, says Cloe, even if pathologists can only detect leukemia cells with highly sensitive MRD tests.

That’s because when treatment reduces the number of leukemia cells to levels so low that even highly sensitive tests can’t detect them, disease-worsening cell growth in any remaining cells generally takes significantly longer, says McCloskey.

In fact, in one large analysis of nearly 2,800 people with CLL, about 92 percent of people who achieved uMRD were living without disease progression at two years, compared with about 75 percent of those who had not achieved uMRD.

[3]

Guidance for Treatment Decisions

Achieving uMRD has become a primary goal of modern, fixed-duration therapies.

[11]

Unlike continuous therapies, which a person takes indefinitely to control CLL, fixed-duration treatments are taken for a set period and then stopped.

[12]

For many people, achieving uMRD gives a care team confidence that treatment has worked well enough to safely stop fixed-duration treatments as planned, says McCloskey.

After achieving uMRD on fixed-duration CLL treatment, many people can enjoy a treatment-free period without the ongoing side effects, costs, and routine of taking daily medication.

[13]

Monitoring remains vital after finishing fixed-duration treatment and achieving uMRD. For people on fixed-duration therapies, a cancer care team will typically check MRD every three to six months during active treatment.

[14]

Testing might take place every 6 to 12 months once therapy stops, as this can help your cancer care team detect any early signs of returning (or relapsing) CLL before symptoms develop, says McCloskey. He adds that people on continuous therapies don’t usually undergo routine MRD testing.

Preventive Care in Early-Stage Alzheimer’s: What’s Needed, What’s Not

Preventive Care That Should Continue After an Alzheimer’s Diagnosis

Early-stage Alzheimer’s is a time to plan, not to give up, says Chin.

“The diagnosis gives us a new lens through which to view the person’s overall health. We still care about blood pressure, diabetes, cholesterol, vaccines, cancer prevention, dental care, and vision and hearing, but we may change how we prioritize them,” he says.

Chin says the “million-dollar question” to consider when deciding what preventive care should continue is will this care help the person feel better, function better, avoid hospitalization, remain safe, or maintain independence?

Several kinds of preventive care remain especially important because they can affect day-to-day function, says Chin. They include:

Heart and Metabolic Care Managing blood pressure, diabetes, cholesterol, heart disease, and other metabolic health issues can help reduce the risk of stroke, heart attack, kidney problems, and other complications that may worsen function or lead to hospitalization.

Vaccines Staying up to date on recommended vaccines — including flu, COVID-19, pneumococcal, shingles, RSV when appropriate, and tetanus boosters — can help prevent infections that may trigger delirium, weakness, hospitalization, or a sudden loss of independence.

Vision and Hearing Care Hearing and vision loss can make it harder to communicate, follow conversations, stay socially connected, and safely move through daily life. Sensory loss can also make cognitive symptoms seem worse, says Chin.

Dental Care Dental pain, infection, trouble chewing, and poor nutrition can affect mood, behavior, comfort, and quality of life. Regular dental care can also help prevent problems that may become harder to treat as Alzheimer’s progresses.

Fall Prevention This can include checking for dizziness or low blood pressure, assessing gait and balance, encouraging safe strength and balance exercises, and making the home safer.

Mental Health and Sleep Care Depression, anxiety, poor sleep, and sleep apnea symptoms can all affect thinking, mood, and daily function. Chin says mental health remains a priority because it is central to quality of life and may contribute to cognitive and functional decline.

Medication Reviews Some medicines can worsen confusion, sedation, dizziness, constipation, or fall risk. Reviewing prescriptions, over-the-counter drugs, and supplements is one of the most practical ways to prevent avoidable problems.

[1]

Some safety conversations may not sound like traditional preventive care, but they can be among the most important, says Chin. These include conversations about driving, medications with potentially problematic side effects, cooking safety, financial safety, firearms if present, home safety, and caregiver stress.

“These are not always thought of as ‘preventive care,’ but they are among the most important ways we prevent crises,” he says.

How to Travel With Confidence When Your Child Has a Peanut Allergy

It’s never pleasant to visualize worst-case scenarios, but doing that can help you understand how you would manage an emergency in an unfamiliar location, particularly internationally, says Anna Nowak-Wegrzyn, MD, PhD, director of the division of pediatric allergy and immunology at Hassenfeld Children‘s Hospital at NYU Langone in New York City.

In addition to packing emergency medications like epinephrine and oral antihistamines, a bronchodilator medication, like those used as asthma inhalers, may be helpful if your child has breathing issues with peanut exposure, says Dr. Nowak-Wegrzyn.

Research in advance where emergency services are located close to where you’re staying, and what the options are for driving or calling an ambulance if needed. Have your home health team’s contact info handy, as well as any necessary medical paperwork, says Nowak-Wegrzyn. Travel insurance can be useful as well, especially because it can cover emergency transport back home (or to equivalent local facilities) when you’re abroad.

[4]

”Also, if your child has a common comorbidity like asthma, allergic rhinitis, or eczema, make sure to take medications for these conditions, because traveling increases the likelihood of these conditions worsening, due to changes in humidity, different climates, and other factors,” she says. Whether your child has a co-occurring condition or not, having a discussion with their doctor about best traveling strategies can help you plan more thoroughly.

Although traveling with a child who has a peanut allergy can take more planning than simply choosing a destination and jetting off, it’s often worth the effort. Traveling can help children in numerous ways, including growing their communication and interpersonal skills, increasing emotional intelligence, and creating family memories.

[5]

”People with food allergies can safely travel and enjoy exploring new destinations,” says Nowak-Wegrzyn. ”It just takes preparation and being aware of the potential risks.”

What Is IgA Nephropathy?

Complications Complications of IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) IgA nephropathy damages the kidneys and causes blood and protein to leak into the urine. Over time, it can lead to complications like these. Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD) The risk is higher in people who have another condition that harms the kidneys, such as diabetes or high blood pressure.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c10a59a7-fed6-4113-88b9-9ba0d6eac331 Nephrotic Syndrome Damage to the kidneys’ filters causes a group of problems, such as high protein in the urine, high cholesterol, and swelling.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a7adca85-200d-495a-84b1-4275d4c21235 High Blood Pressure Damaged kidneys don’t control blood pressure as effectively as healthy kidneys.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ffe459a2-7bdb-4e38-9485-86dddaa73531 Cardiovascular Disease People with IgAN have high blood pressure and high cholesterol, which increase their risk for a heart attack, stroke, and heart failure.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629fc4aabaa-36b7-41a3-801e-84acd05f00fb Kidney Failure These organs can become so damaged that they can no longer filter the blood.
Treatment Treatment and Medication Options for IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) There’s no cure for IgAN. Treatments reduce protein in the urine, slow kidney damage, relieve symptoms, and prevent complications.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629da8e4f52-71d9-4617-b423-fd180a446b54 A doctor’s recommendations will depend on the extent of your kidney damage and what other health conditions you have.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976292c255105-6b1a-4bb7-984d-62b89f89b63d Medication Options These are some of the medicines used to treat IgAN. Blood Pressure Medicines Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors or angiotensin II receptor blockers (ARBs) are usually the first treatments doctors prescribe. These medicines lower blood pressure, reduce urinary protein levels, and slow the progression of IgAN.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a82f31e0-c4a6-4163-be27-72b425cc29e0 Sodium-Glucose Cotransporter 2 (SGLT2) Inhibitors This class of medications was developed for diabetes, but they also treat IgAN. SGLT2 inhibitors reduce protein in the urine and slow the disease.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298ec9ca9b-ad84-40ef-b5c3-bdacf074eb01 Endothelin Receptor [Type A] Antagonists (ERAs) This is a new type of medicine for IgAN. Atrasentan (Vanrafia) and sparsentan (Filspari) widen blood vessels in the kidneys. They reduce the amount of protein lost in the urine and preserve kidney function.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976290600b91e-9c5f-465e-be4f-5955295d6692 Corticosteroids (Steroids) These calm the immune system so it produces less IgA and reduce the amount of protein in the urine. Taking a steroid medicine for six to nine months can slow disease progression. Doctors don’t recommend staying on the medicine for longer because of serious side effects like high blood sugar, infections, and weak bones. The newer targeted-release steroid budesonide (Tarpeyo) has fewer side effects.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976296c4bdc07-1695-44ec-a424-276e3cb60159 Complement Factor B Inhibitor This type of drug targets a specific part of the immune system to reduce protein levels in the urine and slow disease progression. Iptacopan (Fabhalta) is the only drug approved in this class.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291e954db6-cf8d-4432-9439-2ff3b56e6749 Monoclonal Antibody A four-weekly injected medication called sibeprenlimab-szsl (Voyxact) is one of the more recently approved treatments for IgAN.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762974171e9e-68ed-42ba-b73f-cb092428f89f Sibeprenlimab-szsl targets and blocks a protein called a proliferation-inducing ligand (APRIL) that normally drives the production of IgA antibodies in certain immune cells. This reduces the amount of IgA being produced, which, in turn, reduces kidney inflammation and the amount of protein in urine.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976294ec0091d-48ac-49b1-9c48-54c4d68742fc Surgery Surgery is not a standard treatment for IgA nephropathy, but tonsillectomy and kidney transplants may occur for certain people. Tonsillectomy The tonsils produce some of the body’s IgA, and IgA levels often decrease after tonsil removal. Some studies, most of which took place in Asia, found that tonsillectomy slowed the progression of IgA nephropathy. Because more rigorously designed studies haven’t confirmed these findings, doctors don’t recommend tonsillectomy for most people with IgAN.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c9058a4d-0194-49fb-9c22-dd1c86ad3e37 But this surgery may be helpful alongside steroids for children with severe IgAN.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629262cd31f-a951-44dd-aae0-eb001e49193c Kidney Transplant IgA nephropathy is a progressive disease. Up to half of people with this condition develop kidney failure within 10 years after diagnosis.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976290b0e6207-58dd-4e8d-a308-d611054c0888 A kidney transplant is an option, but the disease can come back in a transplanted kidney. One study found that nearly 1 in 4 people had a recurrence of IgAN within 15 years after their kidney transplant.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976299e422ed4-af13-4540-8e32-c1e28f6fe2db
Symptoms Signs and Symptoms of IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) Symptoms of IgA nephropathy (IgAN) can take years to become noticeable.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762947e231ee-8950-4a97-9d10-2513fc6072ba The main symptom is blood in the urine, which looks brown, red, or cola-colored. This blood leaks into the urine from damaged blood vessels in the kidneys.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762980d9960f-a561-437f-b7ae-9cc166f62de3 Other common symptoms and signs include the following:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629998952a2-5515-4e87-8d7e-8012ce1ee919 Foamy urine (a sign of too much protein in the urine) Swelling in the face, belly, legs, and ankles Pain on the sides of the lower back Rash High blood pressuree60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f066ad02-5413-4f64-8ebb-dd1ed51a3fbc Tirednesse60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762938e750c4-7fdd-4fca-bdb2-ee9317dad88c Weaknesse60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762914c2ac2e-3107-4ddb-b24b-0e84f666fbcc
Diagnosis How Is IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) Diagnosed? The diagnosis starts with a physical exam. A kidney specialist (nephrologist) will ask about symptoms like blood in the urine, swelling, and foamy urine. They’ll also take a blood pressure reading, since high blood pressure is a common sign of IgAN.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762931b69c80-a75c-4e03-b0bd-fc740541dcfd These lab tests check for signs of kidney damage and kidney function.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291c880071-ab81-42a3-91da-c1568d50b2b3 Urinalysis helps doctors identify blood and protein in the urine. Urine tests detect protein and the waste product creatinine in the urine. Blood tests check creatinine levels and measure the estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR), which shows how well your kidneys are filtering blood. A kidney biopsy confirms the diagnosis. For this test, the doctor removes a small piece of the kidney. A lab examines the sample using a special magnifying glass or a technique called immunofluorescence to determine whether the kidney tissue contains IgA deposits.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976297a31591d-4409-4218-ba1a-cb34774c6403
Support Support for People With IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) IgA Nephropathy Foundation This is the only organization that’s solely dedicated to helping people with IgAN and their caregivers. The IgA Nephropathy Foundation funds research to find a cure for this condition. It also offers information and a variety of support services.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298ced69a5-c63d-4cc0-887c-749eafbd86e5 National Kidney Foundation The National Kidney Foundation is working to stop preventable types of kidney disease. People with IgAN and their caregivers can find information about treatments, resources, and clinical trials on the organization’s website.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f57e1c6e-e2f7-4080-b551-241f75aed957
Types Types of IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) Doctors divide IgAN into three types, based on the cause and where in the kidneys the antibodies collect. Primary IgA Nephropathy This is the most common type. It starts in the kidneys, and no other condition causes it. In primary IgAN, the body produces too much galactose-deficient IgA1 (Gd-IgA1), a type of IgA. In response, the immune system produces antibodies that attach to Gd-IgA1. When the attached antibodies and Gd-IgA1 deposit in the kidneys, the immune system releases chemicals that inflame and irritate the kidneys’ filters.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629118f008c-8f41-4832-a116-d9f65d8d6002 Secondary IgA Nephropathy This type starts when a condition, such as liver disease or another autoimmune disease, prevents the body from clearing IgA. People with this type have symptoms of both IgAN and the underlying condition.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762951a2ffb1-e419-4b2c-9946-634f71a697d6 IGA-Associated Nephropathy In this group of diseases, IgAN affects the kidneys and other organs. One common form is IgA vasculitis , formerly known as Henoch-Schönlein purpura. IgA builds up in small blood vessels in the kidneys and other parts of the body. People with IgA vasculitis sometimes have damage to their gastrointestinal tract, joints, and kidneys.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762967e443db-d7af-40cb-ae43-0114d0fd9b74
IgA nephropathy (IgAN, or Berger’s disease) is an autoimmune disease that causes immunoglobulin A (IgA) antibodies to build up in the kidneys. Antibodies are proteins that the immune system makes to protect the body against bacteria and viruses. But a buildup of IgA antibodies damages the glomeruli, or vessels in the kidneys that filter blood, causing them to leak blood and protein into the urine.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f8b5fe31-2766-4488-be1b-f7aa75914756 This condition progresses differently in each person who has it. Some people with IgAN live for many years without any problems. Others develop complications like high blood pressure , chronic kidney disease , or kidney failure.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298b348d90-eb81-4f4a-8436-8d73811d5e86 IgAN has no cure, but treatment aims to slow the progression of kidney disease and improve quality of life by managing symptoms.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c144ac4d-2fc8-4f63-a200-15be0aa82bed
Prognosis IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) Prognosis IgAN is a lifelong, progressive disease. Eventually, it can lead to kidney failure, which is life-threatening.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a9f76e93-3a57-4875-ace2-aa3f5f74d47b Up to half of people with this condition develop kidney failure within 10 years after they’re diagnosed.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762991b1076a-7510-43da-8b07-1519c988a2f0 Every person with IgAN experiences a different disease progression. Some people respond well to treatment and notice that their symptoms improve. Others progress to kidney failure in a few years.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762938c595a1-943d-424f-846d-c15ed11eba64 High levels of protein in your urine increases the risk of kidney failure within 10 years, according to research.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629321072f9-0548-451d-a777-c705d22809ae Once you have kidney failure, you’ll need dialysis or a kidney transplant.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629523c3039-09bc-4f21-9fa7-a35986bf6808 IgA nephropathy isn’t curable, but treatments can extend your lifespan and improve your quality of life. The right treatment plan will help protect your kidneys and slow the disease.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976290e9a150f-d915-4124-8e15-8c9d560063a8
Resources We Trust
Lifestyle Lifestyle Changes for IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) Staying generally healthy will also protect your kidneys, lower your blood pressure, and support the management of other medical conditions.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291dbf91ce-ee5f-4aed-9dea-aa9719544fe4 Your doctor may recommend the following lifestyle changes to manage IgAN and prevent it from getting worse. Make Changes to Your Diet Try to follow a balanced diet. Your doctor or a registered dietitian can help you choose a nutritious mix of foods. A few dietary changes are important for IgAN. Limit sodium to 2,000 milligrams (about 1 teaspoon) or less per day. Salt raises blood pressure and increases the amount of protein released in urine.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762917e03f2c-e098-4135-9987-e866c817352b Reduce protein in your diet. You need some protein to keep your body functioning optimally, but too much can be hard on damaged kidneys.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976295f69ee3d-add8-4c24-a9f4-a16ad5570327 Avoid alcohol or limit drinking. Alcohol can raise your blood pressure. It also interacts with some blood pressure medicines in ways that can cause your pressure to rise too high or drop too low.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762934307e9a-9f3e-40eb-bdde-16731c0b2749 Avoid Tobacco Smoke Smoking is generally harmful to your body, with links to cancer , heart disease, and other conditions. Tobacco smoke can speed up IgAN kidney damage. This, in turn, increases your risk for kidney failure. If you’ve had trouble quitting , ask your doctor about medications and other tools to help you stop smoking.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762980ca201f-d476-4c1c-b73c-697375d25a70 Take Care With Medicines That Harm the Kidneys Some medicines protect the kidneys, while others can cause further damage. These are a few drugs to limit or avoid:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ebc1466b-e724-4295-9a18-163439640aed Blood Thinners apixaban (Eliquis), dabigatran (Pradaxa), rivaroxaban (Xarelto), and warfarin (Coumadin) Diabetes Drugs glyburide (Diabeta, Glynase), glimepiride (Amarl), insulin, and metformin (Glucophage) Heartburn Medicines proton pump inhibitors (PPIs) like esomeprazole (Nexium), lansoprazole (Prevacid), and omeprazole (Prilosec) and H2 blockers like cimetidine (Tagamet) and famotidine (Pepcid) Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs) ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin), naproxen sodium (Aleve), and aspirin Other Medications certain antibiotics, antifungal drugs, and antiviral drugs Many medications remain safe for people with long-term kidney problems at a lower dose or with less frequent use. Speak to your doctor about the right medication and dosage for your eGFR and medical needs.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976295b70a903-7900-4948-9d8d-7c2bc0bdd220
Causes Causes and Risk Factors of IgA Nephropathy (IgAN) Primary IgA nephropathy (IgAN) occurs when an abnormal immune response causes immunoglobulin A (IgA) to deposit in the glomeruli. The condition often starts after a cold or other respiratory infection. As the immune system fights off the virus or bacteria that caused the infection, it makes too much IgA. The extra IgA travels through the blood and gets stuck in the kidneys’ filters, causing inflammation and damage.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762941895fc8-ff3c-4220-b01b-f70cf176795e IgAN isn’t an infection. Instead, it results from a problem with the immune system. In fewer than 10 percent of people with primary IgAN, genetic changes cause the immune problem, but in the remaining 90 percent, no obvious cause is apparent.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976294d317bf0-eb9b-41c2-8369-e47c46b3c06a Secondary IgAN occurs when another condition causes excessive IgA to build up in the blood. Diseases linked to this form of IgAN include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c63f4ac6-7a10-4477-8919-cce701472365 Liver diseases such as cirrhosis Autoimmune diseases such as Sjögren’s syndrome , spondyloarthritis , lupus , and an inflammatory blood vessel condition called Behçet’s disease Celiac disease Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) Psoriasis Viral infections like COVID-19 , HIV , and hepatitis B The following factors may increase your risk for IgAN: A family history of IgAN or IgA vasculitise60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976297d50b147-55d9-4bfd-91ee-db7cdad6a597 Male sex; IgA nephropathy affects twice as many males as females in Europe and North Americae60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762970749bf2-3f38-446b-b3ee-f325c4a76243 A history of celiac disease, IBD, hepatitis, cirrhosis, or HIVe60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291529966f-1222-4428-b107-516c7c43cb83 Age between 10 and 40e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629afcd6f95-0202-4813-b0d7-6ae5002b50f0 Asian, Pacific Islander, or white race or ethnicity e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f693f6a2-8c06-4e97-b644-7a3f94948326
Clinical Trials Researchers are studying new treatments for IgAN in clinical trials. They’re investigating different combinations of medicines and learning how certain drugs affect specific groups of people. Joining a study of an investigational drug could give you a chance to try a new therapy before it’s available to the public.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629d79618de-16e7-4090-85e3-b169fbf4ac61

Safety, Potential Physical and Mental Health Benefits, and More

When it comes to physical activity for bronchiectasis, there are a number of things you can try. Consider the following types of exercise to start.

Walking or Cycling

Walking and cycling are good places to start because you can control the duration and intensity, says Marjorie Cullinan, a registered respiratory therapist and registered pulmonary function technologist at the Yale New Haven Hospital in Connecticut, where she specializes in working with patients with conditions like bronchiectasis and cystic fibrosis.

If you’re new to exercise, start with about 10 minutes of walking and work up to 30 minutes per session. A treadmill can help you adjust speed and incline too, Cullinan says.

“We recommend things like intervals where you walk quickly for one minute, then walk slowly for one minute. You can push yourself a little bit then allow yourself a minute of recovery,” she says.

The key is to take deep breaths and make sure you’re challenging the lungs. You shouldn’t be at the point where you’re gasping — you should still be able to speak in complete sentences while pushing your heart, lungs, and muscles a bit harder, she says.

Cycling on a stationary bike, getting on a StairMaster or taking an incline walk can also be beneficial, according to Panagis Galiatsatos, MD, a pulmonary and critical care medicine physician at Johns Hopkins Medicine and a medical spokesperson for the American Lung Association.

“The best exercises are going to be anything that really pushes the thigh muscles because that sends more blood to the lungs and helps the lungs better adapt,” Dr. Galiatsatos says.

Strength Training

Strength training (aka resistance training) can help you preserve muscle mass, stay functional, and make everyday tasks easier, says Christina Hunt, the senior director of education and care delivery at the Bronchiectasis and NTM Association and a Richmond, Virginia–based registered respiratory therapist.

Hunt says the goal isn’t to get into bodybuilding, but to improve your quality of life. “We’re hoping that exercise will translate well into [your] lifestyle … it isn’t ‘How much can you lift?’ it’s ‘Can you carry your laundry basket up a set of stairs to your bedroom?’” she says.

Cullinan recommends trying lower-body movements that use your own body weight to build strength, such as step-ups or squats, sit-to-stand exercises from a chair, and climbing stairs. Upper-body exercises can include lifting light weights, using resistance bands, or gym machines that can help strengthen the chest wall and upper-body muscles involved in breathing.

She suggests starting with 10 repetitions, focusing on form, before working up to three sets of 10.

“You don’t even realize how much you’re taking deep breaths in your exertion of moving weight. It’s really helpful to do [these exercises],” Cullinan says.

Resistance training will help your body strengthen after a long illness, Hunt says. “Having a body that is fit may help compensate for lower lung function. In my career, I’ve seen endless examples of how those with strong bodies have been able to compensate when their lungs didn’t work well,” she says.

Talk to your doctor before beginning a strength training program to make sure your plans are safe, or if you’re unsure of how to start. They can suggest specific exercises that match your needs and abilities.

[2]

Mobility and Chest-Opening Stretches

Stretching can be especially helpful for posture and chest expansion. Cullinan says that in respiratory care, the focus is on chest wall mobility, which means keeping the muscles around the chest open and flexible enough to support deeper breathing.

“We — not just in the bronchiectasis population — spend a lot of time seated and at a desk, where we pull our shoulders forward,” Cullinan says. “We’re in an arched position over our keyboards, and it’s really important to stretch the chest wall muscles for breathing.”

Start with simple posture work, such as rolling the shoulders back and sitting with your head and your chest over your hips. The goal is to stretch the chest wall open so you can take deep breaths, she says.

Chest-opening stretches also include:

  • Rolled towel stretch: Lie on your back with a rolled towel placed under your upper back to gently open the chest
  • Doorway stretch: Stand in a doorway with one hand or forearm on the door frame, then gently turn your body away to stretch the chest and shoulder
  • Arm circles: Slowly move one arm up over your head, then around in a circle to loosen the shoulder and chest
  • Corner stretch: Stand facing a corner with each hand on one wall, then gently lean forward to open the chest

You’ll notice an improved posture can make a difference in breathing, she says. “When we have someone sit up straight with their shoulders back, there’s so much more ability to move air in and out of the lungs,” Cullinan says.

And unlike more strenuous exercise, chest mobility work can be easily incorporated into your day. “If somebody could do daily stretches of their chest because it doesn’t require work … that would be optimal,” she says.

It’s also restorative, relaxing, and soothing as you’re opening the body up in gentle stretching, Cullinan says.

Follow Exercise With Breathing and Airway Clearance

Think of exercise as setting the stage for airway clearance, Cullinan says. Movement encourages deeper breathing, which can help loosen mucus. Following exercise, do huff coughing or other breathing techniques, which may then help move that mucus out more effectively.

“You already did the deep breathing, and you’re at a perfect point, either mid-exercise or at the end, to do breathing exercises. It’s like your lungs are warmed up, you’re getting that air in there, and then you can get the mucus out so it’s not bothering you at other points in your day,” she says.

Galiatsatos says some people may need to approach this in stages, if mucus makes exercise difficult at first. Do as much exercise as you can, pause to clear mucus, and then return to the rest of your routine if you feel able.

“Many patients with bronchiectasis, after they’ve exercised, always discuss how the phlegm and sputum comes out with more ease,” he says.

How to Clean Salad Greens to Lower Your Risk of Food Poisoning (and When to Blanch)

With cyclosporiasis and “explosive diarrhea” making headlines, many people are wondering how to lower their risk of getting sick. While health officials have not yet identified the source of the current outbreak, fresh produce items — including cilantro, basil, raspberries, and leafy greens — have been linked to previous Cyclospora outbreaks.

[1]

Edible greens are especially susceptible to contamination because they grow close to the ground, where they may be exposed to contaminated soil, irrigation water, and wild-animal poop. They’re also typically eaten raw, meaning harmful germs aren’t eliminated through cooking.

[2]

“Leafy greens have been related to foodborne outbreaks because they are consumed without a process that can kill microorganisms after they are harvested from the field,” says Francisco Diez-Gonzalez, PhD, the director of the Center for Food Safety and a professor of food science and technology at the University of Georgia in Griffin.

While no cleaning method can completely eliminate every single harmful germ, experts say proper selection, washing, storage — and for some hearty greens, blanching — can help reduce your risk of foodborne illness.

Step-by-Step Guide to Washing Salad Greens Safely

All leafy greens should be washed before they’re eaten raw or cooked to help reduce surface contamination. For most salad greens — including arugula, romaine, leaf lettuce, and spinach — experts recommend the following steps.

[3]

Step 1: Prepare your space. Before handling your greens, wash your hands, countertops, cutting boards, and knives with hot soapy water to help prevent cross-contamination.

Step 2: Soak and swish, then rinse under running water. If your greens are especially dirty or gritty, place them in a clean bowl of cold water and gently swish them to loosen particles. Lift the leaves out of the water, then rinse each leaf thoroughly under cool running water to remove any remaining dirt, debris, and microorganisms from the surface.

Step 3: Dry thoroughly. Remove as much excess moisture as possible using a clean salad spinner or fresh paper towels. This helps clear any remaining dirt and microbes and also slows spoilage during storage.

“The overall process of washing reduces about 90 percent of the microbes associated with the surface of leaves, and drying with paper towels helps complete this reduction,” says Dr. Diez-Gonzalez.

[4]

How to Blanch Leafy Greens

If you’re planning to cook or freeze hearty leafy greens, blanching can provide an extra layer of food safety beyond washing alone. Blanching can reduce foodborne bacteria, including E. coli and salmonella, that are highly susceptible to heat.

[5]

“Blanching is normally done as a precursor to freezing,” says Martin Bucknavage, a senior food safety and quality specialist at Penn State University in State College. “It sets the color and destroys the enzymes that would cause the product to turn to mush during freezing and thawing,” he says. Blanching also destroys germs, “so it does have a sanitary function,” he adds.

Blanching a simple two-step process:

[5]

Step 1. Briefly immerse vegetables in boiling water.

Step 2. Immediately transfer to an ice bath to stop the cooking process.

Experts note that blanching works best for sturdy greens that can withstand brief cooking, such as spinach, kale, Swiss chard, and collard greens. “It is not normally recommended for leafy greens such as [delicate] lettuce because of the damaging effect of heat on the crispiness and flavor,” says Diez-Gonzalez.

What Doesn’t Work to Reduce Food Poisoning Risk

Plenty of home remedies promise to remove germs from leafy greens, but food safety experts say many of them offer little benefit — and some may even increase your risk.

  • Skip vinegar, baking soda, and DIY produce washes. There isn’t enough evidence to recommend these methods over thoroughly rinsing produce under cool running water. “Baking soda is largely ineffective to increase the effectiveness of washing with plain water,” Diez-Gonzalez says.

    [6]

  • Don’t use soap, bleach, or household cleaners. Fresh produce can absorb residues from these products, which shouldn’t be eaten and may cause illness. “These chemicals will be picked up in the leaf structure and will be there when consumed. Just not a good idea,” says Bucknavage.

    [6]

  • Don’t rewash “triple-washed” greens. Rewashing these items won’t make them safer and could actually introduce new bacteria through cross-contamination. “It really will not provide any further reduction, and will just add more moisture to the product — reducing storage time,” Bucknavage says.

    [7]

How to Safely Select and Store Salad Greens

Minimizing contamination starts before you bring your produce home. Experts recommend these simple tips.

  • Choose fresh, undamaged greens. Look for leafy greens that are crisp, brightly colored, and free of excessive bruising, sliminess, or signs of decay, Bucknavage says. Damaged leaves spoil more quickly, creating more opportunities for bacteria to grow.

    [2]

  • Keep produce separate from raw meat. Cross-contamination is one of the easiest ways for harmful bacteria to spread.

    [8]

     Keep leafy greens away from raw meat, poultry, and seafood in your shopping cart and grocery bags, Bucknavage says.

  • You don’t need to avoid bagged salads — but do inspect them carefully. Although bagged greens have occasionally been linked to foodborne illness outbreaks, experts don’t recommend avoiding them altogether. Instead, choose bags that are refrigerated, cold to the touch, and free of excess moisture, damaged packaging, or expired “use by” dates.

    [9]

     “If you’re concerned and want control over washing your own produce, buy the unprocessed product and wash it yourself,” Bucknavage says.

  • Don’t judge safety by where produce was grown. Both domestic and imported produce must meet food safety standards, so a product’s country of origin is not on its own a reliable indicator of safety.

    [10]

    “Some types of both domestic and imported produce have been implicated in foodborne disease outbreaks, but there is no conclusive evidence that indicates that one is safer than the other,” Diez-Gonzalez says. Instead, he recommends paying attention to public health advisories and avoiding products that have been recalled.

If an outbreak is linked to a specific food, experts say it’s reasonable make informed decisions about temporarily avoiding that product — particularly if you’re pregnant, over 65, immunocompromised, or have another condition that increases your risk of severe foodborne illness.

[11]

“If you are in one of the harder hit regions of an outbreak, I would consider avoiding the items that the state has identified as a likely source — especially for those who are most at risk,” Bucknavage says. “If you are overly worried or are at risk due to health issues, consider switching away from the type of product being investigated until you feel more comfortable.”

What a Skin Cancer Doctor Would Never Do

Even though it’s the most commonly diagnosed cancer worldwide, skin cancer is often misunderstood.

[1]

Many people are unsure which habits can truly protect their skin. And with so much advice online, that’s not surprising. A few minutes on social media can expose you to countless skin-care tips and sun-safety claims, some of which may be misleading.

[2]

Yet, “a lot of skin cancer is preventable, and even more of it is catchable early once you know what to look for,” says Aderonke Obayomi, MD, a board-certified dermatologist and an assistant professor of dermatology at Mount Sinai in New York. So we asked skin cancer specialists to share the things they would never do when it comes to skin health and sun protection, and what they want us to know.

1. They Won’t Skip Sunscreen When It’s Cloudy

If there’s one habit skin cancer doctors are unwilling to compromise on, it’s daily sunscreen use, and that applies even when it isn’t sunny or hot.

[3]

Shoshana Marmon, MD, PhD, an assistant professor of dermatology at New York Medical College in Valhalla, New York, says she would never skip sunscreen on cloudy days or during the winter. That’s because ultraviolet (UV) radiation, the invisible rays from the sun that can damage skin cells, can penetrate clouds and reflect off surfaces like snow, water, and pavement.

[4]

This means your skin can still be exposed to UV rays even when the sun doesn’t feel particularly strong.Because UV rays are present year-round, they can contribute to premature aging, stubborn dark spots, and melasma (a condition that causes patches of darker skin, particularly on the face).

[5]

Much of the damage happens slowly, often for years before you can see it, says Dr. Obayomi.

2. They Won’t Miss Certain Body Parts When Applying Sunscreen

Even people who are diligent about using sunscreen can leave certain areas unprotected. “[Skin cancer doctors] would not forget commonly missed areas, such as the ears, scalp, lips, neck, hands, and tops of the feet,” says Dr. Marmon. These are also areas where sun damage and skin cancers frequently occur.

[7]

Common sunscreen mistakes include applying too little and not reapplying often enough, she says. To get the protection listed on the label, most adults need about one ounce of sunscreen — roughly enough to fill a shot glass or about two tablespoons — to cover all exposed skin.

[6]

For the face alone, that’s at least one teaspoon, or about enough to cover the length of your index and middle fingers.

[6]

If you’re using a spray sunscreen, apply enough to evenly coat the skin.

[8]

3. They Won’t Rely on Sunscreen Alone

Sunscreen is one of the best tools available to protect our skin from the sun. But skin cancer doctors say it’s a mistake to think it’s the only one you need.

While sunscreen helps reduce UV exposure, it can sometimes create a false sense of security, says Dara Spearman, MD, a board-certified dermatologist in private practice in Fort Wayne, Indiana. People may assume they’re fully protected and skip other sun-safe habits altogether, or stay in the sun even after the sunscreen has lost effectiveness, which can happen within two hours of application, she says.

Instead, think of sunscreen as one part of your sun protection plan, says William Posten, MD, the chief dermatologist at Sensus Healthcare, a medical device company focused on skin cancer treatment, and a board-certified dermatologist practicing in Dallas.

That means layering in physical barriers, especially if you’ll be spending an extended period outdoors. These barriers include:

[4]

  • A wide-brimmed hat
  • Ultraviolet protection factor (UPF)-rated clothing, which is specially designed and labeled to block UV rays
  • UV-blocking sunglasses
  • Staying in the shade during peak UV hours, roughly between 10 a.m. and 4 p.m.

And if you’re wondering whether your SPF makeup counts, the short answer is that it shouldn’t be your only protection.

[9]

Dr. Posten says most people apply far less makeup than is needed to achieve the SPF listed on the label. Instead, he recommends using a dedicated broad-spectrum sunscreen every day and treating SPF foundation as an added layer of protection rather than a replacement.

4. They Won’t Use Homemade Sunscreen or ‘Natural Alternatives’

With the rise of clean skin care, many people are paying closer attention to what they put on their skin, and that’s understandable. But when it comes to sun protection, homemade sunscreens aren’t a safe substitute for traditional sunscreen.

[10]

“There is no evidence that homemade sunscreens or natural remedies offer equivalent, and certainly not better sun protection than properly tested, broad-spectrum sunscreen,” Dr. Spearman says.

“The far larger and far better-documented risk is the UV exposure you take on by going without sunscreen,” says Obayomi, and the most important thing is to wear and reapply whichever sunscreen you will use consistently.

If you’re concerned about certain ingredients, like oxybenzone and avobenzone in chemical sunscreens, that may be absorbed into your skin, or if you have sensitive skin, Obayomi recommends considering a mineral sunscreen containing zinc oxide or titanium dioxide. These ingredients sit on the skin’s surface and reflect UV light from the sun.

[11]

They’re also less likely to cause skin irritation or acne breakouts.In June 2026, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved bemotrizinol, a sunscreen ingredient that offers broad-spectrum UVA and UVB protection with low levels of absorption through the skin into the body.

[12]

Bemotrizinol has been used in Europe and other countries for years, but it may take some time for products containing it to become widely available in the United States.

5. They Won’t Intentionally Get a Tan

There’s no such thing as a “healthy tan,” and all our experts agree that they would never try to get one on purpose — indoors or outdoors.

[13]

“A tan is evidence that UV radiation has caused damage to the skin, and it’s the skin’s way of protecting itself after DNA damage,” says Spearman. Over time, that damage can increase the risk of skin cancer, including melanoma, the deadliest form of skin cancer.

[14]

It can also contribute to wrinkles, sagging skin, and uneven pigmentation.

[13]

Tanning beds are also a no-no. Indoor tanning devices are classified as a Group 1 carcinogen, meaning they’re known to cause cancer in humans, and they’re in the same category as tobacco.

[14]

 If you use one before age 35 it raises your risk of melanoma by about 75 percent.

[13]

And the popular idea of building a “base tan,” which refers to intentionally tanning before a vacation or summer season in the hope of preventing future sunburns, is a myth, Obayomi says. A base tan simply offers no meaningful protection against sunburn.

[14]

“If a patient asks me whether occasional tanning bed use is acceptable, my answer is always no,” Posten says. If you like the appearance of tanned skin, he recommends using a sunless self-tanner instead.

6. They Won’t Skip Regular Skin Checks

Preventing skin cancer is the goal. But catching it early is the next best thing because that’s when it’s most treatable.

[15]

When melanoma is detected early, before it has spread, the five-year survival rate is 99 percent, meaning 99 out of 100 people diagnosed early are alive five years after diagnosis.

[16]

So, skipping routine skin checks is another no-no, our experts say.

That includes skin checks done both at home and by a dermatologist, says Obayomi. “A yearly skin exam with a dermatologist, paired with a monthly look at your own skin, is one of the simplest ways to catch something early,” she says.

Get familiar with the moles and spots on your skin to know what’s normal for you, Spearman says. Do a head-to-toe self-check once a month.

[17]

Pick a date, like the first of every month, and set a phone reminder to help make it a habit.

Never check only the places that are exposed to the sun. “When you do a self-exam, look everywhere, including the soles of your feet, between your toes, your nail beds, your scalp, and your palms,” says Obayomi.

Screening is especially important for people with higher risk factors of skin cancer, such as a personal or family history of skin cancer, numerous moles, previous tanning bed use, or a history of severe sunburns, Marmon says. Your dermatologist can tell you how often you should have a professional skin exam.

7. They Won’t Ignore a Changing Mole or Non-Healing Spot

This is another point our skin cancer experts unanimously agree on. Watch for the ABCDEs of melanoma, which stand for:

[18]

  • Asymmetry, meaning one half of the spot doesn’t match the other
  • Border, referring to edges that look uneven, ragged, or scalloped
  • Color, such as variations in shade, including different tones of brown, black, red, or white within the same spot
  • Diameter larger than about six millimeters, roughly the size of a pencil eraser, though melanomas can be smaller
  • Evolving, meaning the spot is changing in size, shape, color, or feel over time

Obayomi also says it’s important to pay attention to sores that seem to heal but keep returning in the same location.

Changes in a mole — even if it’s been there for years — or a new mole that appears after age 40, can sometimes be a sign of skin cancer, including melanoma, Spearman says. If a spot is new, changing, bleeding, painful, or not healing, make an appointment with your dermatologist to have it checked as soon as possible.

And don’t assume a spot is harmless just because it’s not painful. “One of the biggest mistakes I see is patients waiting months or years because a lesion doesn’t hurt,” says Posten. Skin cancers often cause no pain in their early stages, and delaying evaluation can lead to larger surgeries and more extensive treatment.

[19]

8. They Won’t Believe Skin Cancer Only Happens to People With Fair Skin

One of the most persistent myths about skin cancer is that it’s only a concern for people with fair skin.

[20]

All our experts say that’s simply not true.While people with lighter skin tones generally have a higher risk of developing skin cancer, it can occur in people of every skin color, says Posten. The danger is that people who believe they’re not at risk may be less likely to use sun protection or get suspicious spots checked.

[21]

Spearman explains that people with darker skin have more melanin, which provides some natural protection from UV radiation, but that protection is nowhere near enough. Skin cancer can still develop, and in deeper skin tones, it’s more likely to be diagnosed at a later, more advanced stage, which can contribute to poorer outcomes.

[22]

“In skin of color, melanoma often appears in places people never think to check, like the palms of the hands, the soles of the feet, and under the nails,” Obayomi says. An example is music icon Bob Marley, who died from a melanoma that started under his toenail.

[23]

Everyone needs sun protection, and everyone should pay attention to changes in their skin, our experts say. Have any suspicious lesions evaluated by a dermatologist to get an appropriate diagnosis and treatment at the earliest stage possible.

9. They Won’t Assume Skin Cancer Always Looks Dark or Obvious

You might imagine a dark, irregular mole when you hear skin cancer, but that assumption can lead you to overlook warning signs.

[24]

“[Skin cancer] can also appear as a pink bump, a scaly patch, a sore that doesn’t heal, or a spot that bleeds easily,” Marmon says. It may also be red, pearly white, or flesh-colored.

[24]

Posten says that, in fact, some of the most common skin cancers do not resemble the classic images people see online.

This is one more reason our experts recommend paying attention to any new or persistent lesion and having a dermatologist take a look as soon as possible.

How to Poop Better if You’re on a GLP-1 Medication

Natural Ways to Manage Constipation on a GLP-1

Before reaching for over-the-counter medications, you may want to opt for a few natural approaches to relieve constipation.

Stay Hydrated Throughout the Day

Make hydration a daily habit, says Dr. Warren, who notes that GLP-1 medications can reduce thirst signals, so you may not feel thirsty even when your body needs more fluids.

[4]

Drinking enough water helps keep the stool solid yet soft enough to move through the gut.

[5]


Most people should try to drink 64 to 80 ounces (oz) of fluids a day, says Warren, although some people may need more or less depending on body weight, other health conditions, and physical activity level.

[6]

Keep a water bottle handy and refill it on a set schedule; set reminders on your phone if you tend to forget to drink.If you’ve experienced vomiting or diarrhea, it becomes even more important to stay on top of hydration, because fluid loss may worsen constipation.

[5]

Increase Fiber Slowly

Fiber is one of your best allies, because it adds softness and bulk to your stools. This tells your colon to contract and move the stool along, lessening constipation.

[7]

  • Fruits, such as berries, pears, and apples
  • Vegetables, including broccoli and potatoes
  • Nuts and seeds
  • Whole grains

Adults should generally get 14 grams (g) of fiber for every 1,000 calories they eat.

[8]

That works out to about 25 to 28 g of fiber per day for women and 28 to 35 g per day for men. Our fiber calculator can help you estimate your personalized daily requirements.If you’re not meeting your target, don’t try to get there all at once. Increasing fiber too quickly can lead to gas, bloating, and may even worsen constipation.

[7]

Rather than load up on fiber all at once, add about 5 g more fiber to each day’s intake, says Warren, then maintain that for a week before adding more. Also, spread your fiber intake throughout the day rather than trying to get most of it in one meal.

[9]

For example, you might start by snacking on a pear, which contains about 5 g of fiber, once a day for a week;

[10]

the next week, you could add a cup of cooked oatmeal at breakfast, which provides about 4 g more fiber, and so on until you reach your desired intake.

[11]

If you’re taking GLP-1 injectables, and the constipation tends to worsen around injection days, hold off on increasing your fiber intake the day of or the day after, says Ashley Koff, RD, an adviser and nutrition expert for Maeva, a nutrition brand that supports people using GLP-1 medications and other weight loss approaches, with headquarters in Boca Raton, Florida. Digestion may be slower during this time, so adding extra fiber may lead to more bloating and discomfort.

Remember, too, to pair fiber with plenty of fluids.

[12]

Without enough fluid, fiber may simply contribute to constipation.

Eat Foods That Boost Regularity

Many fruits have natural laxative properties, says DaVee — meaning they contain fiber, water, and other compounds that can stimulate bowel movements. These include:

  • Prunes and prune juice
  • Kiwi
  • Pears
  • Apples
  • Berries

At the same time, cut back on ultra-processed foods, such as chips, fast food, and pastries. These are often low in fiber and may contribute to hard stools.

[13]

Move More Throughout the Day

The goal here isn’t an intense workout; it’s simply to get your body moving.

[14]

“Even a 10- to 30-minute walk after meals can stimulate your gut’s natural contractions,” says Warren. Those contractions, called peristalsis, help move food and waste through the digestive tract, which can make bowel movements easier and more regular.

[15]

Activities that engage your core — what Koff calls “midsection movement” — such as stretching or yoga, may also encourage things to move along.

Adjust Your Bathroom Position

Most of us grew up sitting upright on the toilet with our feet flat on the floor. Sitting this way creates a slight bend in the rectum (the last part of the intestines where stool collects before leaving the body), which can make it more difficult to pass stool.

[16]

“Placing your feet on a low footstool, about 7 to 9 inches high, can help straighten that angle and relax the pelvic floor muscles,” says Warren. This puts your body in a squat-like position to help the stool pass, and requires less straining.

[16]

 If you find yourself having to force a bowel movement, try leaning forward a bit with your elbows on your knees, breathing deeply, and letting your belly relax, she says.

When you get the urge to have a bowel movement, DaVee recommends getting to the bathroom as quickly as possible.

One more tip: Leave your phone outside the bathroom. Scrolling for long periods of time on the toilet can make you more likely to strain and may increase your risk of hemorrhoids.

[17]

Bronchiectasis and Anxiety: 6 Tips for Coping

2. Work on Reframing Your Thoughts Even minor symptoms can start to feel very scary once you’ve been through a bad flare. Before you know it, you’re crushed with worry and can’t think about anything else other than your symptoms and how you’re going to be able to rein them in. With practice, you can learn how to replace these negative thoughts with ones that are more neutral and reality-based. This strategy, which is taught in cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and other types of therapy, can shift your outlook over time.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e15a3388-8e48-4254-936b-bce3eb203d4c Rather than jumping to the conclusion that your condition is worsening because you’re coughing more today, for instance, you may be able to reframe your thoughts to be more balanced, says Dr. Baron. Reframing the thought to make it something like, “my symptoms are worse today, but I have experienced fluctuations before and can monitor how I’m feeling,” can help reduce anxiety while maintaining a realistic perspective, she says. A therapist who’s trained in CBT can help you recognize your thought patterns and develop personalized problem-solving strategies, Baron says. If you don’t have access to a mental health professional, CBT-focused apps can be a good alternative. Try MindShift CBT or Maya , both of which were found to reduce anxiety symptoms in studies.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629944048c1-db34-4a41-a5c0-536867c13b96e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976299212a9de-f6bb-441b-966d-04bfdc7b3b96
Most people don’t spend much time thinking about coughing or mucus production. But if you live with a chronic lung condition like bronchiectasis , these things are likely on your mind a lot. And any change in your condition could easily put you on edge. Up to 40 percent of people with bronchiectasis experience anxiety, according to research estimates.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f70f8ac3-8174-43bc-a1ae-ca55b7193fb1 Chronic, uncontrollable coughing and mucus buildup can make you self-conscious or embarrassed when you’re in public. And if you’re dealing with shortness of breath or chest pain on top of it, any anxiety can quickly turn into a negative feedback loop.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762923059479-90e0-4b06-94d5-a5255e3056fa “For patients with impaired lung function, faster breathing [caused by anxiety] can make that obstruction even worse and further contribute to their anxiety ,” says Patrick Flume, MD , a pulmonologist at MUSC Health in Charleston, South Carolina. Gaining control over your worries can be easier said than done, but it’s possible with the right tools. Try these expert-recommended tips to help you cope with anxiety about your bronchiectasis so you can feel calmer and more relaxed.
3. Practice Deep Breathing Techniques Deep breathing is a proven anxiety-soother in general, because it slows your heart rate and takes your body out of fight-or-flight mode.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976292508679a-3291-4061-937d-fb13777d8e47 What’s more, specific practices like pursed lip breathing can be especially helpful when you’re struggling with shortness of breath. e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762917eecf85-0766-4328-9441-f84fc97527ff “Pursing the lips causes a restriction to the outward flow of air. This actually props the airways open so that the airways do not collapse and trap the air, allowing for more air to get out of the chest,” says Dr. Flume. To try pursed lip breathing , start by breathing in slowly through your nose for two seconds with your mouth closed. Purse your lips like you’re about to whistle, then breathe out slowly through your lips for at least four seconds, repeating as needed.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976292757db27-78a4-44d8-8052-d99db933a4f2 If you need more guidance, your pulmonologist or respiratory therapist can help.
5. Make Time for Activities You Enjoy Schedule regular meet-ups with friends or family, carve out a few moments each day for a favorite hobby, or learn that skill you’ve always wanted to pick up. “While these activities can serve as a healthy distraction from worry, their benefits extend far beyond simply taking our minds off our concerns,” says Baron. That’s because having fun can actually create positive physiological changes in your brain, she says. Joy and laughter can instantly tame tension by stimulating the release of feel-good endorphins and increasing your oxygen intake.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629b3fab4b7-5036-436b-a80f-1ff3f84281c1 Enjoyable experiences can also increase your brain’s production of dopamine, a neurotransmitter involved in feelings of motivation, pleasure, and reward.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976294906e037-0a6d-4b66-a11b-e774441c3045
4. Be as Active as You Can Talk with your doctor about the types of physical activity that are safe for you, and try to work them into your daily routine.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762960f80723-3534-4c33-82d5-d5e4622726c9 Regular exercise will make your symptoms more manageable by helping your lungs clear out excess mucus, Flume says. Plus, it’s good for your mental health. Being active is a proven mood booster, especially when you exercise outdoors, as spending time in nature can also help you feel happier and more relaxed.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629638ba39d-18d6-4933-9bd8-60acf0d8dec5e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762924cbe95f-c10f-419b-b871-b9de5ecd1663 The best form of exercise is one that you enjoy and can stick with — consider something like walking, bicycling, or swimming . “We recommend starting slowly and building up from there,” says Flume, who encourages his patients to start by working toward exercising for 15 minutes without stopping. Once they can do that comfortably, he’ll have them gradually increase their intensity.
Resources We Trust Cleveland Clinic: BronchiectasisMayo Clinic: Stress Relief From Laughter? It’s No JokeAsthma + Lung UK: About Bronchiectasis in AdultsAmerican Lung Association: How to Decrease Anxiety and Increase Your BreathAmerican Thoracic Society: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy to Manage Anxiety in Chronic Respiratory Disease
1. Find a Self-Care Practice That Calms You A few go-to self-care practices can serve as coping strategies that make it easier to get through anxious moments when you start to stress about your symptoms. There’s no single strategy that works for everybody, but usually, activities that help you relax and unwind will work.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629cc46e550-6b44-428e-bd6f-47e72318fb1b Meditation, gentle yoga, listening to music, or journaling are good options to explore.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762969c1abf0-b432-4174-b9bb-5023a7c57475 See what makes you feel good. You can practice your self-care strategies in the moment when you notice your thoughts starting to spiral. But it’s also worth employing them regularly, during moments when you’re already feeling calm. “Just as we learn to ride a bike or drive a car on back roads rather than major highways, practicing [these techniques] when relaxed helps make the technique more accessible during times of anxiety or stress,” says Kim Baron, PhD , a clinical and health psychologist based in Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania.
6. Talk With Your Care Team Let your doctor know if you’re having trouble managing your anxiety about your bronchiectasis on your own. “Getting control of mental health issues can make getting control of the physical issues much easier,” Flume says. Depending on what you’re struggling with, your doctor may recommend that you see a therapist who can teach you coping skills, try an anti-anxiety medication , or join a bronchiectasis support group where you can talk to others who get what you’re going through.

Microplastics in the Blood Linked to Serious Heart Attacks

Mounting evidence suggests that microplastics and nanoplastics can accumulate inside our bodies, though scientists still aren’t certain how risky this is for our health.

Now, a small new study has found such tiny particles in the blood flowing through the arteries that supply the heart — and there were more microplastics present among adults who experienced a STEMI, or ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction, one of the most serious types of heart attacks.

[1]

“This adds to the evidence that microplastics can lead to localized inflammatory reactions, which can raise the risk of heart attack due to plaque rupture,” says Joyce Oen-Hsiao, MD, a cardiologist at Yale Medicine in New Haven, Connecticut, who wasn’t involved in the study.

A STEMI typically occurs when a coronary artery, which brings blood to the heart, suddenly becomes blocked. This can happen when plaque ruptures and a blood clot forms. These heart attacks are considered a medical emergency because the blocked artery cuts off blood flow to part of the heart muscle.

[2]

Serious Heart Attacks Linked to the Highest Plastic Content in Blood

For the study, the authors recruited about 60 adults in Italy who were undergoing coronary angiography, a procedure doctors use to look inside the heart’s arteries.

Participants fell into three groups:

  • Adults who’d had a STEMI heart attack
  • Adults with chronic coronary syndrome, which happens when the arteries supplying blood narrow due to plaque buildup
  • Control subjects, whose coronary arteries appeared healthy

Researchers then used advanced laboratory techniques to identify the types and concentrations of plastic particles. Microplastics are plastic fragments smaller than 5 millimeters — about the size of a pencil eraser or smaller. Nanoplastics are much tinier, smaller than 1 micrometer, roughly 1/80th to 1/100th the width of a human hair.

[3]

Testing revealed:

  • Microplastics and nanoplastics were found in about 84 percent of people with STEMI, compared with 40 percent of people with chronic coronary syndrome and 32 percent of controls.
  • People with detectable plastic particles also had higher levels of inflammatory markers in coronary blood, including interleukin-6 and tumor necrosis factor-alpha.
  • Polyethylene, a common plastic used for everyday packaging, was the most frequently detected plastic type.

“STEMI patients not only had plastics more often, but at higher concentrations and in a greater variety of [plastic] types, with the highest levels found in the blood sampled directly at the coronary site,” says lead author Emanuele Barbato, PhD, a professor at Sapienza University of Rome in Italy and director of the cardiology unit at Sant’Andrea University Hospital. Coronary arteries are the blood vessels that supply the heart.

Study Shows a More Direct Link Between Microplastics and Inflammation

The results add to a growing body of evidence linking microplastics to negative health outcomes, including earlier work that reported plastics can accumulate within diseased arteries, and that these are linked to heart attack, stroke, and death, says Nicholas Leeper, MD, a professor of surgery and medicine at Stanford Medicine in California, who wasn’t involved in the study.

He points to a study published in 2024 that found microplastics and nanoplastics in carotid artery plaque. People whose plaques contained these particles had a higher risk of heart attack, stroke, or death over about three years.

[4]

In a separate study later that year, researchers found microplastics in blood clots taken from coronary arteries, brain arteries, and deep veins.

[5]

“These new findings extend the picture from tissue and plaque findings to the coronary circulation itself, showing plastics can reach the blood supplying the heart,” says Dr. Leeper.

Still, the study was small and observational, Leeper says, so it cannot prove that plastic particles triggered plaque rupture or caused a heart attack. It also captured a single point in time, rather than tracking people before and after a heart event.

Could the Plastics Have Come From Heart Interventions?

One challenge in studying microplastics is that plastic is everywhere — including in catheters, tubing, syringes, sample containers, and lab equipment.

That raises an important question: Were the particles really in patients’ blood? Or could they have been introduced during the heart procedure, or while the samples were collected and tested?

The team took several steps to prevent contamination, Dr. Barbato says. Researchers tested whether the procedure materials released plastic particles, found that not every patient who had the procedure had detectable plastic particles, and observed similar plastic types in peripheral and coronary blood from the same participants.

Taken together, these checks gave researchers confidence that the microplastics measured were already present, he says.

Leeper says the authors should be commended for those precautions, but the possibility of contamination can’t be ruled out completely. “Microplastics are ubiquitous — in air, water, food, and even laboratory environments — so distinguishing plastics truly present in a patient’s blood from background or procedural contamination is extremely challenging,” he says.

That’s one reason the findings are best viewed as a starting point for further research, rather than proof that microplastics directly contribute to heart attacks, says Leeper.

Smoking and Air Pollution May Help Explain Exposure

The study also examined two environmental exposures: cigarette smoking and long-term exposure to air pollution, also called PM2.5. Smoking emerged as an independent predictor of detectable microplastics, and long-term PM2.5 exposure was also linked to a higher chance of detection.

This points to the lungs as one possible route into the bloodstream, Barbato says. “Smoking may make this easier still, by damaging the lung’s protective lining and impairing its natural clearance mechanisms, so it appears to act not only as a source of toxins, but as a vector that helps plastics enter the circulation,” he says.

Dr. Oen-Hsiao says PM2.5 exposure can come from outdoor sources such as vehicle emissions, industrial processes, power plants, and wildfire smoke, as well as indoor sources such as frying, grilling, fireplaces or wood stoves, cigarette smoke, candles, incense, and some cleaning products.

When exposure is hard to avoid, such as during a wildfire smoke event or another high-pollution situation, wearing a mask may help reduce risk, she says.

Should You Try to Limit Microplastic Exposure for Heart Health?

“Heart disease has traditionally been framed around cholesterol, blood pressure, and diabetes, and this work is part of a shift toward also recognizing the environment — the air, and potentially the plastics in it — as part of the picture,” says Barbato.

But people shouldn’t panic. The study didn’t show that microplastics cause a heart attack, he says.

For now, experts say the clearest steps are the ones already known to protect the heart:

  • Don’t smoke, and avoid secondhand smoke when possible.
  • Reduce indoor sources of fine-particle pollution when you can, such as fireplaces, candles, incense, or heavy frying and grilling, Oen-Hsiao says.
  • Cut down on unnecessary plastic use when it’s easy to do, but don’t treat that as a proven way to prevent heart attacks, says Leeper.

Health Benefits, Risks, and Best Options

3 Health Benefits of Eating Canned Fish

Regularly eating fish is linked to various health benefits.

[3]

Here are the advantages of choosing canned versions.

1. A Potent Source of Heart-Healthy Omega-3s

Fish are among the richest natural sources of omega-3 fatty acids, a type of healthy dietary fat that the body can’t make efficiently on its own, so you have to get them from food.

[4]

The two beneficial forms of omega-3s are EPA (eicosapentaenoic acid) and DHA (docosahexaenoic acid).

[5]

Research links higher intake of both to lower risk of coronary heart disease, better blood lipid levels, and healthier blood pressure.

[6]

A helpful way to remember which canned fish to prioritize is the SMASH acronym: sardines, mackerel, anchovies, salmon, and herring. These are small, oily fish that sit low on the food chain, which means they accumulate the most heart-healthy omega-3s while carrying a lower load of heavy metals like mercury.

[7]

Canned versions of these fish provide omega-3s just as effectively as fresh fish or fish oil supplements. But because canned oily fish packages the fats with natural triglycerides and phospholipids, they may be more readily absorbable than getting the same amount from capsules, making canned versions a good, convenient alternative to fresh fish.

[8]

2. The Surprise Benefit of Calcium and Vitamin D

Canned sardines and bone-in salmon stand out for their calcium and vitamin D content, which are two nutrients many people fall short on.

[9]

During the canning process, the bones soften enough to eat, leaving behind a highly absorbable form of calcium.

[10]

“A serving of canned sardines with bones can provide up to 400 milligrams (mg) of calcium and about 400 international units (IU) of vitamin D,” says Michelle Routhenstein, RD, CDCES, a certified diabetes care and education specialist and preventive cardiology dietitian based in New York City. That’s a significant chunk of the 1,000 to 1,200 mg of calcium and 600 to 800 IUs of vitamin D that most adults need each day.

3. Greater Bioavailability of Key Nutrients

Bioavailability refers to how much of a nutrient your body can actually absorb and use from the food you eat, Routhenstein explains. On this front, canned fish is a high performer.

The canning process preserves most of the nutrients in the fish, including omega-3s. Very little of the omega-3 fats are lost, as most of them stay in the fish or move into the oil or sauce in the can.

[11]

Calcium in canned fish is also more available than noncanned fish, since the bones can be eaten. “The canning process of fish with the bones may allow for softening of the bones to make calcium more accessible and easier to absorb,” Routhenstein says.

Do People With Bipolar Disorder Have an Increased Suicide Risk?

Recognizing suicidal thoughts in yourself or a loved one can be scary.

But, not everyone with bipolar disorder is affected by these symptoms. And there are things that you can do to help decrease the risk of acting on these thoughts and even the frequency of suicidal thoughts if you experience them, experts say.

1. Stick to Your Bipolar Disorder Treatment

As mentioned earlier, many people with bipolar disorder who die by suicide are not following a treatment plan for the condition. “Professional treatment is a huge aspect of managing the risk of suicide, and can help monitor symptoms and provide necessary support,” says Fenkel.

The most common treatments for bipolar disorder include:

[8]

  • Medication Medicines like mood stabilizers or antipsychotics, for instance, can help reduce your bipolar symptoms and balance your moods, both acutely and in the long term.
  • Psychotherapy Attending psychotherapy (also known as “talk therapy”) with a licensed mental health professional can help you learn to manage triggers and difficult emotions, and practice strategies for managing your bipolar symptoms.
  • Hospitalization If you’re behaving dangerously, feeling imminently suicidal, or develop psychosis (meaning you become detached from reality and have hallucinations or delusions), you may need to receive psychiatric treatment in a hospital. Doing so can help stabilize your mood and keep you calm.
  • Intensive Outpatient or Partial Hospitalization Programs These offer several hours of treatment daily for a period of several weeks, either to prevent hospitalization or to support you after discharge.

    [9]

  • Treatment for Substance Misuse Without treating substance use issues, it can be hard to manage bipolar disorder.
  • Support Groups Support groups for people with bipolar disorder can help you connect with and find support from others going through similar challenges in their lives.

One medication with well-documented effects on suicide risk is lithium, according to research. Lithium, a mood stabilizer, has been shown reduce the risk of death by suicide by 60 to 80 percent among people with bipolar disorder who use it long-term. But not taking medication as prescribed increases the risk of suicide.

[1]

Other medications have also been shown to prevent suicide, though they don’t reduce the risk as dramatically as lithium. These include valproate (Depakote, Depakote ER), lamotrigine (Lamictal, Lamictal XR), and carbamazepine (Tegretol, Carbatrol, Equetro).

[1]

If you’ve been prescribed lithium or other medications for bipolar disorder, it’s important to take them consistently, even when you’re feeling well. Doing so is vital for keeping your moods stable and, in turn, lowering your risk of suicide.

[8]

Never make changes to your treatment plan without talking to your doctor, or suddenly stop taking your medication. “Going off of medication completely can increase the risk for destabilization and contribute to worsening psychiatric symptoms,” says Justin Kei, MD, a psychiatrist and the medical director of the Debra Simon Center for Integrative Behavioral Health and Wellness at Hackensack Meridian Health in Maywood, New Jersey.

2. Limit Access to Tools That Can Be Used for Suicide

Among people who die by suicide, the method that a person uses to end their life is often something they can easily access, according to research. And in countries where access to tools and sites commonly used for suicide is restricted, suicide rates have declined, according to other research.

[10]

[11]

Restricting access to tools that a person might use to end their life, such as firearms, can play a big role in keeping them safe. “Removing access to weapons has been shown to help reduce suicide risk,” says Dr. Kei.

3. Create a Safety Plan With Your Therapist or Loved Ones

A safety plan is a tool that can help someone with suicidal thoughts and their loved ones protect them in the event of a suicidal crisis. “Developing a safety plan can also help to alleviate some of the risk,” says Fenkel. “This involves identifying triggers, warning signs, and coping strategies to manage suicidal thoughts.”

A good safety plan should include steps that the person decides in advance that they or a loved one will take if they feel suicidal, such as going to an emergency room or knowing what number they’ll call in case of an emergency.

[12]

You can create a safety plan with loved ones you trust if you feel comfortable doing so or with your therapist or psychiatric provider, using templates like the one provided by Samaritans, a suicide prevention organization in the United Kingdom.

8 Protein-Packed Smoothies for Steady Energy

The Best Types of Protein for Smoothies

A scoop of protein powder is far from the only way to add this valuable nutrient to your smoothies. Although protein powders are convenient, they are considered a dietary supplement and therefore are not regulated by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. That means no one is checking to see if the actual ingredients or amounts listed on the label are truly in the scoop of protein. Protein powders tend to be processed, and may contain added sugars, calories, and harmful contaminants like heavy metals and pesticides. To avoid these toxins, choose a protein powder that is third-party tested.

[3]

Many whole foods are great sources of high-quality protein. These include:

  • Kefir A fermented dairy beverage, kefir contains probiotics, which aid in digestion and support immune health. One cup of nonfat plain kefir contains 9 g of protein.

    [4]

  • Milk One cup of cow’s milk contains 8 g of protein and is fortified with vitamin D and vitamin A, which support bone health and the immune system.

    [5]

  • Soy Milk Nondairy milks can vary greatly in their protein content, but soy milk is a good option for a protein base, delivering 7 g of protein per cup.

    [6]

    Choose a plain, unsweetened carton of soy milk to limit added sugar intake.

  • Greek Yogurt Because it is strained, Greek yogurt has more protein than the regular kind, with a whopping 25 g per cup of nonfat Greek yogurt.

    [7]

    It also contains live and active cultures, which support gut health.

    [8]

  • Cottage Cheese Cottage cheese packs an amazing 23 g of protein into a cup, per USDA data, and its lumpy texture smooths out in the blender.

    [9]

  • Tofu Silken tofu blends easily, and a 3.5-ounce serving contains 7.4 g of plant-based protein.

    [10]

    It also adds a creamy mouthfeel to smoothies and contains iron.

  • Nuts Peanuts pack the most protein per serving of all nuts with 7 g per ounce, although almonds and pistachios are close behind with 6 g per ounce each.

    [11]

    [12]

    You can add nuts by the handful to your blender or add a tablespoon (tbsp) or two in nut butter form. Just be sure to use natural nut butter without added sugar or salt.

    [13]

  • Seeds Like nuts, seeds offer a trifecta of protein, fiber, and healthy fat in a small package. Just 2 tbsp of chia or hemp seeds has 6 g of protein, while the same amount of sunflower or pumpkin seeds has around 3 g.

    [14]

  • Oats This whole grain can thicken a smoothie without affecting the taste much. You can add any variety of oats to your blender, from steel cut to quick cooking. Just half a cup of quick oats packs 5.5 g of protein.

    [15]

Once you stock up on your favorite quality protein sources, you can combine them to make all kinds of delicious and filling smoothies.

All Everyday Health recipes meet expert-developed nutrient goals, considering several dietary guidelines. Learn more about the methodology used to develop and tag each of the recipes on this list as healthy.

Rosacea Causes and Triggers

The good news is that rosacea can go into remission, which is a period when symptoms disappear. Still, because rosacea is a chronic condition, symptoms can return.

[13]

Keep in mind that anything that increases blood flow to the facial area can exacerbate this condition.

[3]

Once you’re diagnosed with rosacea, you may be able to reduce your flares by understanding your triggers. Here are some typical ones.

Hot Drinks and Spicy Foods

Both of these can increase blood flow to your face and cause flushing or skin redness. But while spicy foods and hot drinks are triggers for some people with rosacea, they don’t affect everyone with the condition.

[14]

[4]

To help identify which food and drinks to avoid, keep a journal and make a note of everything you consume. Does your rosacea worsen or flare after eating or drinking certain things? If so, eliminate these items and see if your condition improves.

Alcohol

Alcohol doesn’t cause rosacea, but alcoholic beverages can cause dilated blood vessels in your skin, resulting in flushing and redness, says Tsippora Shainhouse, MD, a dermatologist based in Beverly Hills, California.

For this reason, you should avoid any alcoholic beverage that triggers a flare, such as red wine, beer, gin, champagne, or vodka.

[14]

Extreme Temperatures

Extreme temperatures (hot or cold) can also trigger rosacea. You might notice worsening symptoms when you’re overheated or after exposure to cold air or wind.

[14]

Avoiding hot baths or saunas, as well as protecting your skin from cold air can potentially limit flares.

[14]

Exposure to Sunlight

Sunlight can also irritate rosacea. So the more you’re exposed to the sun, the more rosacea flares you may experience. For this reason, you might need to make SPF your BFF, says Kristel Polder, MD, a dermatologist in private practice in Dallas. Sunscreen not only helps improve rosacea redness, it can also help acne-prone skin, she says.

[14]

To guard your skin and reduce flares, apply a broad-spectrum sunscreen with SPF 30 or higher (even when it’s cloudy), stay indoors during the brightest part of the day, and wear protective clothing and sunglasses to cover your skin and eyes.

[15]

High-Histamine Foods

High-histamine foods, such as aged cheeses, shellfish, legumes, and smoked meats, among others, can also cause dilated blood vessels, which can worsen symptoms or trigger a new flare. Avoiding these foods may improve the appearance of your skin. Again, use a food journal to pinpoint possible food triggers.

[16]

[17]

Cosmetics

“Rosacea-prone people tend to have sensitive skin and are more likely to react to various ingredients and chemicals in personal skin care products,” says Dr. Shainhouse. This can include products containing alcohol, camphor, urea, or menthol.

[15]

Look for fragrance-free versions instead, says Shainhouse, and use a mild cleanser on your face. Also, be gentle — don’t scrub or rub your skin too roughly. This can exacerbate redness.

[15]

Stress

Stress also triggers rosacea in some people. Do your best to reduce stress. Steps that can help include exercising, getting plenty of sleep, and practicing relaxation techniques, like yoga or deep breathing. Because physical activity can trigger rosacea, try to limit outdoor workouts to earlier or later in the day, stick to the shady side of the street, and stay hydrated with ice-cold water to lessen the impact of heat and sun exposure.

[1]

[18]

Other reported rosacea triggers include hormonal changes (such as pregnancy or menopause), and certain medications, like corticosteroids (steroids) or vasodilators prescribed to treat high blood pressure.

[1]

[19]

[20]

The 10 Healthiest Foods for Camping

When you’re camping — especially if your excursion involves physical activity — you’ll want to make sure you have food that’s nutritious, energizing, and lightweight.

If you’re hiking with elevation, for example, that can of chickpeas may start feeling like it’s measured in pounds, not ounces. That means choosing lightweight options — but that’s not the only factor when you’re considering healthy food for camping. You’ll need enough fuel to stay properly nourished while spending time in the outdoors.

As one hiking calculator indicates, a 150-pound hiker carrying a 40-pound pack on a 10-mile hike with an elevation gain of 1,000 feet will burn just over 1,200 calories on the way, and that’s with a fairly flat trail. “When you’re hiking and being active all day, your body is going to need more nourishment than you might be used to,” says Kara Hoerr, RDN, of Madison, Wisconsin. “Energy-dense foods can give you concentrated calories without taking up much space.”

Relying on freeze-dried meals or other packed food can be problematic, because they’re often loaded with sodium. In the short-term, that can cause water retention, especially in the hands and feet, and tends to elevate blood pressure, according to a study published in Nutrients.

Fortunately, there are numerous choices for healthy camping food that can help keep your body nourished and your energy up, so you can enjoy everything the natural world has to offer.

7 Tips for Boosting Energy With Crohn’s Disease

Crohn’s disease can make you feel physically, mentally, and emotionally exhausted, and it’s important to find ways to recharge when you’re living with this inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Crohn’s causes inflammation and swelling in your gastrointestinal (GI) tract and symptoms like diarrhea, pain, and a poor appetite.

[1]

Living with these symptoms can leave you feeling drained, but you can reclaim joy and boost your energy using these evidence-based self-care tips.

[2]

 While they’re not a replacement for standard medical treatments for Crohn’s, adding them to your treatment plan may help you feel better.

1. Boost Endorphins With Yoga

Any physical activity can lift your mood.

[3]

 And yoga, a type of exercise that incorporates body poses and deep breathing, makes it easy to move your body, even when you’re not feeling your best.

[4]

As you move through yoga poses, you increase the amount of oxygen going to your brain, lower stress hormones, and boost endorphins, chemicals that improve your mood.

[5]

“Yoga has so many benefits, but is also very able to be tailored to what your body is able to do on any given day,” says Brandon. “It can feel really approachable as a way to maintain a routine, even if you’re just doing [yogic] breathing on a particular day.”

If you are in the middle of a flare, you can switch to chair yoga instead, says Heather Ventura-Witcher, PhD, a gastrointestinal psychologist at Cleveland Clinic in Ohio. “The biggest thing I want my patients to take away from physical activity is that they’re doing something to move their body every day.”

Even if you can’t get out of bed, do some light stretches. “That counts,” says Dr. Ventura-Witcher.

2. Choose an Energy-Boosting Diet

Your body needs food to function, though it can be hard to eat enough with Crohn’s.

[3]

But missing out on nutrients can deplete your energy and affect your mood.

[6]

Ventura-Witcher recommends these diet tips.

  • Eat six to seven small meals a day instead of three big meals.
  • If you can’t tolerate solid food during a flare, drink protein shakes and take provider-approved fiber supplements.
  • Try to limit alcohol, especially during a flare.

3. Set the Stage for Restful Sleep

Good sleep supports your immune system, lessens inflammation, and positively affects your emotions. You need seven to nine hours of sleep every night to function at your best.

[3]

When you have Crohn’s, you can get stuck in a cycle of poor sleep and inflammation, says Ventura-Witcher. “If we’re not sleeping well, our risk of inflammation and a flare goes up. And then when we’re in a flare, our digestive symptoms — having to run to the bathroom, having abdominal pain — make it really difficult to sleep.”

Ventura-Witcher breaks this cycle by focusing on sleep quality over quantity. She recommends these tips to get better sleep.

[7]

  • Sleep in a very quiet environment.
  • Don’t look at your phone in bed, because the light from the screen can keep you awake longer.
  • Only use your bed for sleep.

4. Use Mindfulness to Lessen Stress and Symptoms

Mindfulness means focusing on your thoughts and feelings in the moment, without judging them.

[8]

 Experts have developed mindfulness-based therapies, like mindfulness-based stress reduction (MBSR) and mindfulness-based cognitive therapy (MBCT), to improve mental health.

[9]

“Mindfulness has actually been studied [and research has shown] that there is a reduction of C-reactive protein, which is a marker we use to determine how active Crohn’s disease is,” says Brandon.

[10]

You can practice mindfulness at home using these techniques.

[3]

  • Deep breathing exercises like box breathing, 4-7-8 breathing, and belly breathing can make you feel calm and relaxed.
  • Meditation involves focusing on an object, such as your breath as it enters and exits the nose, the movement of your belly as you breathe, or the repetition of a word or phrase (mantra), which can decrease stress.
  • Body scanning is done by closing your eyes and slowly moving your attention from body part to body part, as you notice the sensations in your body, both pleasant and unpleasant, with curiosity and without judgment.

    [8]

Ventura-Witcher also uses gut-directed hypnotherapy — a specific type of guided meditation. “It allows us to start to reteach the brain, to send out soothing signals through the digestive tract, rather than allowing the inflammation to provide the stress feedback,” says Ventura-Witcher.

[11]

You can ask your provider about gut-directed hypnotherapy, but if they don’t offer it, Ventura-Witcher recommends reaching out to an organization like GI Psychology, which can help you find this kind of care. There are also gut-directed hypnotherapy apps, like Nerva, which you can do on your own.

5. Spark Joy With Creative Hobbies

Working on a hobby activates the emotional processing areas of your brain and helps you focus on the present moment, instead of past troubles or future fears. Hobbies can also bring meaning, a sense of identity, and a feeling of accomplishment and joy.

[12]

That said, because Crohn’s disease is unpredictable, it can make you want to drop hobbies or cancel social activities you enjoy, says Claire Brandon, MD, a gastrointestinal psychiatrist and the medical director at Whole Body Psychiatry in New York City. “[You] don’t want to feel unreliable, but it creates isolation.”

But sticking with or trying new hobbies can build connection to others and improve your quality of life with Crohn’s, says Dr. Brandon. Try out as many as you need to find one that improves your energy and mood.

[12]

You can get crafty with crochet, knitting, painting, or pottery, says Ventura-Witcher. “Other patients [of mine] just have started carving out part of their day to sit down and read a book.”

You could also try listening to music, says Brandon. “Music has long been known to be healing.” Studies show that music can lower stress hormones and feelings of sadness, fear, anger, and depression, she says. Another plus: You can listen to music even when symptoms are flaring.

6. Spend Time With People Who Energize You

Carve out regular time to spend with people who boost your mood. This could be friends, family, a support group, or a friend with Crohn’s who understands what you’re going through.

[13]

[14]

“It really matters to not feel alone in this disease,” says Brandon. “Knowing what other people are experiencing and feeling — that you’re part of a bigger organization — can help ease the isolation that sometimes comes along with being very medically ill.”

If you’re not sure where to start, check out these groups that offer community and support.

And keep in mind that connection can take many forms. When you’re dealing with a flare, for example, virtual methods, like texting, video calls, voice notes, and email can allow you to stay in touch with people you value, at a pace that works for you.

7. Practice Self-Compassion

Self-compassion means reacting to personal suffering and setbacks in an accepting, nonjudgmental way that acknowledges that all humans struggle at some point. The goal is to treat yourself like you’d treat a good friend going through something similar. In research, this practice has been connected to a greater sense of well-being for people living with an IBD like Crohn’s.

[15]

[16]

“I encourage my patients every day they’re going to have three items on their to-do list,” says Ventura-Witcher. “Number two and number three on that list are tasks that they want to get completed.”

But the first daily task has to be one activity that shows yourself kindness, whether that’s getting your favorite coffee, watching a movie, or taking a nap on your lunch break, says Ventura-Witcher.

How to Get Started

When you don’t feel your best, it can feel tough to get up each day, much less try a new hobby or sign up for a support group. But you can start slowly.

“It doesn’t have to be something that takes a long time. You can take 30 seconds to pause in your day and to take a couple of deep breaths,” says Ventura-Witcher.

“Or when the weather is not so dreary and awful, you can step outside for just a minute and come back in,” says Ventura-Witcher. When you start small, you can build something into a regular practice, says Ventura-Witcher.

Some people feel guilty for taking the time and effort to recharge with Crohn’s. But by doing these things, you can improve your quality of life and even reduce flares, says Brandon.

Can Vitiligo Be Cured?

Although vitiligo isn’t a deadly disease, it is associated with a number of other conditions that can be serious. So, it’s important to be aware of these and look out for the symptoms.

[3]

 Research has found, for example, that people with vitiligo have an increased risk of developing autoimmune conditions that affect the thyroid, particularly Hashimoto’s thyroiditis. The authors recommended thyroid screening, especially for older people with a family history of thyroid disease.

[6]

Studies have also found an increased risk of other autoimmune conditions. One research review found a link between vitiligo and rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, and type 1 diabetes, as well as alopecia areata and myasthenia gravis, among others.

[3]

What’s more, melanocytes exist in parts of the body other than the skin, leaving those areas vulnerable to vitiligo. “There are pigment cells in the eye, the inner ear, the heart, and the brain,” says Dr. Harris. “There’s evidence that having vitiligo increases the risk of hearing loss and, in rare cases, even blindness and brain inflammation.”

For this reason, if you have vitiligo, it’s important to be mindful of symptoms such as fatigue, sudden weight loss or gain, changes in your vision or hearing, muscle and joint pain, and rashes, which may indicate the presence of another autoimmune condition. You also should see your dermatologist regularly to keep tabs on how your vitiligo is progressing, Dr. Marmon says, and, if there are signs you may have a related condition, get a referral to the appropriate specialist.

[7]

Marmon also points out that many people with vitiligo develop depression. “The effect of vitiligo on appearance can lead to stress and self-esteem issues, which negatively affect quality of life,” she says. She recommends seeing a therapist for help dealing with any mental or emotional issues that arise from having a visible skin condition.

Need Help Figuring Out Disability Benefits for MS? Try Asking an MS Peer

I was having a chat recently with a friend with multiple sclerosis (MS). We first met when I chartered him as a consultant, then we became colleagues, then friends — and then friends with multiple sclerosis.

I’m sometimes surprised at how many times that’s happened, but I suppose I shouldn’t be by now.

The prevalence of MS is increasing and has been over the past three decades, according to the Journal of Epidemiology and Global Health.

That’s not necessarily to say that the incidence — or the true rate of new cases — is increasing. It’s possible that more cases of MS are being found due to better diagnostic tools and education of primary care providers in identifying symptoms as potential MS.

Regardless, with more MS diagnoses being made, coupled with the fact that many people know me (or know of me) as an MS advocate, it’s not surprising that I get a fair number of calls from individuals coping with some aspect of their MS.

As usual, I digress …

Applying for Disability Assistance

The reason for this recent call was to talk about different levels of financial disability assistance that might be available. More than five years have passed since my friend’s diagnosis, and he is finding his window of full-time employment closing on him due to symptoms of the disease.

Many of us have been there.

The process of applying for disability assistance is not the easiest of paths. I understand that there should be safeguards against fraud and misuse or abuse of systems and payments but, let’s face it, someone with a disability in real need of programs designed to help them shouldn’t be made to suffer indignities to claim what was set out for just such circumstances.

Different Systems in Different Countries

Not everyone who reads my writings lives in the same country, and benefit schemes are quite different from one place to the other. (Simply the word “scheme” is seen as a bad thing in some countries, so you can substitute the word “program” if you find “scheme” off-putting.)

A quick search gave me plenty of information on U.S. programs via the National Multiple Sclerosis Society (NMSS). The society differentiates between private and public disability programs, which is very helpful. The NMSS also provides a page on finding legal resources if you need legal assistance in your pursuit of disability benefits.

In Ireland and in the United Kingdom, citizens’ information sites offer a good deal of help in finding what’s available and what benefits one might qualify for.

Similarly, there’s a site specifically dedicated to the Canada Disability Benefit, explaining who is eligible for benefits and how to apply for them.

Note that some countries have partial disability help, so you can continue to work part-time, with programs to supplement a bit of the lost income.

The Importance of Having MS Peers

What this call (and so many others not dissimilar to it) showed me is the importance of having someone with whom to talk about MS issues. I’ve called it the “MS Buddy” — someone who has traveled the road we now tread and has picked up helpful knowledge and hacks that can be of use to us.

In this case, it was disability benefits. Sometimes it’s assistive devices. Sometimes personal care needs. Sometimes it’s just a chat with someone who’s been where we are now, so we needn’t go into every detail.

One key to accessing financial assistance is having all of the supporting information you’ll require in hand before you begin the process. It can take a fair bit of time to collect and sort through all the paperwork you’ll need to apply for help.

But remember that there are people who have done it before, and if they don’t have the answer to your questions, they probably at least have an idea where to find the information you’re seeking.

Wishing you and your family the best of health.

Cheers,

Trevis

Why Is Vitiligo Getting Worse

Managing Common Vitiligo Triggers

Not everyone with vitiligo is susceptible to the same triggers, but there are several common ones.

Skin Trauma

Cuts, burns, and even the friction that occurs when skin rubs against skin have been found to set off vitiligo flares. This is due to a reaction called the Koebner phenomenon, which also occurs in other skin conditions, such as psoriasis and lichen planus.

[6]

To minimize your risk of an injury that might trigger a vitiligo flare, Dr. Marmon recommends handling your skin with care. Don’t scrub too hard in the tub or shower; try not to scratch itchy areas; and, if you scrape an elbow or cut yourself while shaving, tend to these minor wounds right away to prevent infection and help them heal.

Sun Exposure

Sunburn, which is another type of skin injury, can also trigger a vitiligo flare that enlarges or leads to new vitiligo patches. Doctors advise people with vitiligo to steer clear of ultraviolet rays as much as possible and take the same precautions everyone should out in the sun: Wear sunscreen with an SPF of at least 30 and cover as much skin as possible with a hat, sunglasses, and clothing. And keep in mind that already-depigmented skin is particularly susceptible to sunburn.

[7]

Chemicals

Certain components of hair dye, bleaching agents, cosmetics, skin-care products, and household cleaners can set off a vitiligo flare. Marmon advises choosing products labeled hypoallergenic that are free of harsh chemicals, fragrances, and irritants. Test any new product you want to try on a small area of unaffected skin before using it on large swaths.

[8]

Stress (Including Emotional Distress)

Psychological factors, such as stress, low self-esteem, anxiety, and depression — which, research shows, affect about 40 percent of people living with vitiligo — can play a role in how often vitiligo flares occur and how severe they are.

[9]

[10]

If you find this is the case for you, make stress management and relaxation techniques part of your daily routine. Yoga, meditation, and deep breathing exercises are proven ways to help counter anxiety and promote calmness. For more intensive mental health support, tell your doctor what’s going on and consider seeing a therapist.

[11]

Hormonal Changes

Fluctuations in hormones, such as during pregnancy and menopause, as well as exposure to birth control pills or hormone supplementation, have been associated with triggering vitiligo flares. One research review found that vitiligo got worse for approximately 18 percent of pregnant women and 28 percent of new moms.

[12]

[13]

In the case of women still in the postpartum period, researchers believe the loss of the immunosuppression that pregnancy causes may play a role in their vitiligo flares. But in many cases, what brings on new or larger vitiligo patches is something that can be identified and avoided, or have its impact lessened.

[13]

How Exercise Can Help With Sleep Apnea Management

There are several factors that come into play when creating a regular workout routine, says Rocky Snyder, CSCS, a personal trainer and conditioning coach in Santa Cruz, California, and author of the strength training guide Return to Center. Here are several things to consider when trying to choose which type of exercise to try.

Focus on Enjoyment

Because all types of physical activity are helpful, trying to make choices when you’re getting started can feeling overwhelming. A good first step is to assess what you actually like to do, says Snyder.

“Motivating yourself to do workouts you don’t enjoy and may actually dislike or dread can only take you so far,” he says. “Instead, take some time to find out what you enjoy and look forward to doing.”

It may take some time to find the right routine. You might not know which you like more when choosing between trail rides on a bike or hikes on foot, for example, if you’ve never tried either before. Doing at least a few sessions of each activity can be a good way to figure out the routine you like best, he says.

Choose Between Group and Solo Activities

Another benefit to trying different types of exercise might be finding out whether you thrive in a group setting, or if you prefer to do physical activity on your own. Or you may discover you want to mix the two, so that you do a couple of group classes and a few solo workouts weekly.

“Particularly if you’re feeling unsure of what you’re doing, or you appreciate the accountability and camaraderie that comes with exercising with other people, group classes may be your best starting point,” Snyder says. Check out what your local fitness center offers; there are often group spin classes, for example, or running clubs that bring people of different abilities together.

Start Gradually

Even if you’re excited to see improvements in your sleep quality, daily energy levels, and mood, it’s important to start slow and build on your progress over time, says Snyder. Not only can going slow help prevent injury — it can also keep you motivated, so that you don’t risk overdoing it and burning out before you gain any traction.

A helpful strategy is to create a schedule in advance that’s realistic and helps you stay consistent, says Snyder. If you’ve slept poorly and feel like you can’t do as much, simply showing up and doing a small amount of physical activity can keep you feeling like you’re moving forward, he says. Instead of walking for an hour, for example, aim for 15 minutes, or even five minutes, depending on how you feel.

Get Help From a Trainer

When you have a chronic condition like sleep apnea, it can be challenging to put your own workout routine together. Because of that, you may want to find out if there’s a personal trainer at your gym or fitness center who can put together a tailored program for you to follow, says Snyder.

If you’re experiencing difficulties related to sleep apnea, such as fatigue or shortness of breath, talk to your doctor about adding pulmonary rehabilitation to your care plan, says Dr. Hart.

“This is a supervised exercise and education program that helps improve cardiopulmonary conditioning and muscle strength, so you can feel more confident when you’re exercising,” Hart says.

[6]

Starting with shorter, less intense workouts and building on them over time can offer significant benefits for those with sleep apnea and help make treatment more effective.

[2]

How Did Lindsey Graham Die? Aortic Dissection Explained

South Carolina senator Lindsey Graham died at the age of 71 on Saturday after suffering an aortic dissection, or tear, according to preliminary findings by a medical examiner, per the AP. The tear was related to the hardening of his arteries.

[1]

Aortic dissection is a life-threatening medical emergency; in 40 percent of cases, it’s instantly fatal. But it can be survivable if detected and treated in time.

[2]

Here’s what a surgeon who treats people with aortic dissection wants you to know, plus the warning signs to never ignore.

What Is an Aortic Dissection?

The aorta is the main artery that carries blood away from the heart to the rest of the body. This artery runs through the chest and abdomen and down to the legs.

[2]

A tear in the aorta’s walls is known as an aortic dissection. “An aortic dissection starts closer to the heart, but that tear can travel throughout the entire length of the aorta,” says Abdul Elnaggar, MD, a cardiothoracic surgeon and the lead aortic surgeon at Penn State Health in Hershey, Pennsylvania.

When a dissection is severe, it can be immediately fatal. But some people with an aortic dissection may have uncomfortable symptoms before seeking care, says Cheng-Han Chen, MD, a board-certified interventional cardiologist and the medical director of the structural heart program at MemorialCare Saddleback Medical Center in Laguna Hills, California.

[3]

“Any bit of dissection will likely cause symptoms,” Dr. Chen says. “But it is possible that in the very beginning stages, patients may brush it off.”

About 13,000 Americans die each year from aortic dissection.

[4]

If an aortic dissection is detected and treated early, recovery is possible.

Who Is Most at Risk?

Aortic dissection is more common in men than women. In older adults, typical risk factors include:

[5]

People with connective tissue disorders, including Marfan syndrome, Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, and Loeys-Dietz syndrome, also have a higher risk of aortic dissection.

[5]

Symptoms of Aortic Dissection Can Mimic Those of Other Conditions

Aortic dissection often comes on suddenly and can happen at any time, including while someone is resting or sleeping.

[2]

Here are some notable symptoms:

[2]

  • Sudden, severe, sharp pain in the chest or upper back
  • Severe pain in the stomach
  • Shortness of breath
  • Fainting
  • Low blood pressure
  • Rapid weak pulse
  • Heavy sweating
  • Confusion
  • Vision loss
  • Stroke-like symptoms

“People describe the chest or back pain as a ‘tearing’ or ‘ripping’ feeling,” Chen says.

If the dissection is small, some people may experience discomfort that gets worse over minutes or hours as the dissection progresses, Chen says. But at a certain point, Dr. Elnaggar says, the pain is usually “severe and not subtle.”

Quick Treatment Is Crucial

Some patients will die immediately from aortic dissection, but others may have a short amount of time to get treatment, Elnaggar says. If someone has symptoms of aortic dissection, they should seek emergency care quickly, he says.

The treatment for aortic dissection is emergency open-heart surgery to remove the torn portion of the aorta, says Elnaggar. Without surgery, dissection is likely to be fatal.

The majority of people who receive surgery “will do fine and live a normal life afterward,” he adds.

Chen stresses the importance of seeking care immediately for chest pain. “If you have any chest discomfort, you should call 911,” he says. “While a heart attack is more common with chest pain, emergency room physicians will be thinking about aortic dissection as well.”

Complementary and Integrative Therapies for Atopic Dermatitis (Eczema)

Bathing and Skincare

Atopic dermatitis triggers inflammation that damages the skin barrier — the uppermost layer of skin that typically locks in moisture. This can cause skin to be dry, prone to itchiness and rashes, and vulnerable to irritants, allergens, and viral and bacterial infections.

[2]

Bathing Tips with Eczema

Gentle, consistent bathing or showering habits can help you keep potential irritants in check, strengthen the skin barrier, and keep moisture in the skin. All of these may help you avoid dry, inflamed skin that can open the door to allergens or bacteria and worsen your eczema symptoms. The National Eczema Association (NEA) makes the following recommendations:

[3]

  • Take at least one bath or shower a day, preferably just before bedtime.
  • Bathe or shower in lukewarm (not hot) water for no longer than 10 to 15 minutes
  • Use a gentle, dye-free, fragrance-free cleanser instead of soap.
  • Pat skin with a towel after bathing, leaving it slightly damp, and apply prescription topical medication as necessary.
  • Apply moisturizer all over the body within three minutes.
  • Wait a few minutes to get dressed so the moisturizer has time to absorb into the skin.

The act of bathing, applying topical medications to inflamed areas, and then moisturizing the rest of the body is known as the soak and seal method. A doctor might also recommend wet wrap therapy, in which you wrap the affected area with damp cotton dressings and a layer of dry dressings for longer periods to keep in moisture.

Different Remedies to Add to Baths (One at a Time)

In addition to these general guidelines, some bath ingredients might ease atopic dermatitis symptoms and help the skin retain moisture. The NEA says that you can try adding these items to bathwater one at a time, not combined. However, they also note that little evidence exists to support the safety and effectiveness of these add-ins as eczema remedies, and you should consult your doctor before trying one.

[3]

Baking Soda People often try adding a quarter cup of baking soda to a bath, and it might help to relieve itching in some people. However, there is not much evidence supporting its use for eczema, and it can disrupt your skin’s microbiome – the community of bacteria living on its surface. This can, in turn, lead to irritation or dryness.

Bleach A half cup of household bleach — which you’ll need to add to a full tub of lukewarm water for the proper dilution (use a quarter cup for half a tub)

[3]

 — may help to reduce itching by balancing the community of bacteria on the skin.

[4]

 Take care to keep bleach out of eyes or cracked skin.Gentle Bath Oils Choosing bath oils with no fragrances or bubble bath solutions can help to keep you moisturized without triggering irritation or drying out the skin like ordinary wash products. They may be useful for people with sensory issues who can’t tolerate the greasy feeling of emollients on their skin.

[5]

Bath oils aren’t the same as essential oils, which are heavily distilled, potent plant extracts that people may use in aromatherapy or to reduce skin inflammation. If you have eczema and can’t tolerate fragrance, or you find that essential oils trigger allergic contact dermatitis, avoid them in your eczema bathing routine. Perform a skin patch test by applying a small dab onto your inner arm (just below your elbow) for 3-5 consecutive days, and avoid using them altogether on broken skin.

[6]

Epsom or Dead Sea Salt If you add 1 or 2 cups of these salts, they may soothe some eczema symptoms during severe flares due to their potential anti-inflammatory properties, their ability to kill germs, and their possible benefits for the skin barrier. However, this can also be irritating to some people, causing stinging and discomfort on skin that has severe inflammation. Avoid trying salt baths until you’ve spoken to a dermatologist about whether they’re right for you.

[3]

While oatmeal baths and some other food products listed below may be soothing, other foods are not safe for use on skin.

Applying certain food products to your skin comes with risks, according to Kanwaljit K. Brar, MD, a pediatric allergist and immunologist at Allied Physicians Allergy, Asthma, & Sinus Center of Long Island, New York. “This may increase the risk for food allergy or may cause skin irritation,” she says.

Itching With Polycythemia Vera: How to Get Relief

“The most helpful first step is to learn your own triggers,” says Gaur. “Not every trigger affects every person, so paying attention to your whole health, including your body, daily habits, sleep, hydration, and emotional well-being, can help you and your care team find patterns.”

Besides contact with water, common triggers may include rapid changes in body temperature, sweating, tight clothing, friction, and very dry or humid air.

[3]

“Because triggers vary from person to person, keeping a symptom diary can sometimes help identify patterns,” says Dr. Gerds.

Once you’ve learned your itch triggers, you can try to avoid them. Gerds offers some other simple lifestyle measures that may help, including:

  • Take cooler rather than hot showers or baths.
  • Bathe less often.
  • Pat skin dry instead of rubbing vigorously.
  • Apply fragrance-free moisturizers immediately after bathing to prevent dry skin.
  • Use gentle, unscented soaps and detergents.
  • Wear loose-fitting, breathable clothing made from natural fibers when possible.
  • Stay well hydrated.

If you notice more itching after you eat certain foods, it may be worth experimenting with your diet. Foods that are high in histamine (an immune system chemical that causes allergy symptoms) could be a trigger for some people.

[4]

“These may include processed meats, fermented cheese, wine, certain chocolates, and leftovers,” says Gaur. “Some people also report symptoms after foods such as spinach, tomatoes, avocados, citrus fruits, and eggplant.”

Talk to your doctor about whether you should try cutting out specific foods.

TAVR Versus Redo Open Heart Surgery

Weighing the Clinical Risks

Choosing between TAVR and redo SAVR ultimately comes down to weighing the procedures’ various risks and benefits, many of which shift depending on factors like your age, health, and how long you’ll need the replacement valve.

Survival Rates

Research comparing these two procedures is limited, making it challenging to draw concrete conclusions or collect survival statistics.

But the studies that have been done suggest survival rates for valve-in-valve TAVR are better than redo SAVR in the short term, but this reverses in the long-term. The actual reversal point varies across the research, but may be in the one- to two-year range.

[4]

[5]

But one major caveat exists: The patient groups in these studies are not often equal in terms of their overall health because heart teams are much more likely to recommend that patients who are older, sicker, and frailer get the less-invasive TAVR over SAVR.

[6]

Patients who undergo redo SAVR are typically the lower-risk patients who don’t have any prior open-heart surgery or other major illnesses, Dr. Eleid says.

Complication Risks

There are some notable similarities and differences between TAVR and SAVR when it comes to risk of complications.

Both procedures carry similar risks for stroke and heart attack. But there’s a lower chance of major bleeding, kidney issues like acute kidney injury and renal failure, and new-onset atrial fibrillation with valve-in-valve TAVR.

[7]

On the other hand, you’re less likely to experience paravalvular leak (when blood leaks around the prosthetic valve, which can cause clots), and rehospitalization due to valve issues with redo SAVR.

[8]

Recovery

One of the biggest benefits of TAVR over SAVR is recovery time.

“For [open] surgery, the first 24 hours are typically in the intensive care unit, depending on how complex the surgery is,” Tang says. “For TAVR, most patients, unless there’s a complication, go straight to the regularly monitored floor and get discharged once they’re medically ready.”

This also means that people who undergo TAVR are able to get up and move around a lot sooner. They usually have to rest in bed for several hours to allow the artery in the leg to heal, Eleid says. “Patients are usually walking in the afternoon or evening that same day,” he notes.

You will be able to go home within a day or two after TAVR and can get back to your normal activities after a week. SAVR requires about a week recovering in the hospital, plus another 4 to 12 recovery weeks at home.

[9]

Pacemakers

Both TAVR and SAVR carry risks for needing a permanent pacemaker implantation.

“When we’re fixing the aortic valve with any technique, we can injure the wiring of the heart because the conduction system, the electrical system of our heart, runs right by the aortic valve,” Eleid says.

Some studies suggest redo SAVR carries a greater risk of pacemaker implantation than valve-in-valve TAVR. Researchers speculate that the retained prosthetic frame in a valve-in-valve procedure may actually protect the heart’s conduction system during the procedure.

[8]

Valve Longevity

It’s important to consider how long your replacement valve will last, especially if you’re a younger patient who may have it for years to come.

“Surgical valves last quite some time, especially the current generation, which tends to last 10 or more years,” Tang says. “For TAVR, we now have up to 7-year data that looks very good … but beyond that we’re not sure yet.”

Generally, bioprosthetic valves made from pig or cow tissue are not as durable for younger patients, whether implanted with SAVR or TAVR.

[10]

“The reason is that the metabolism is different and the immune response to the tissue valve is different for younger patients,” Tang says. Mechanical valves are another option but they require lifelong anticoagulant medications.

Can Being a People-Pleaser Really Cause an Autoimmune Disease?

Women are taking to social media with a bold directive: “Be a bitch or get an autoimmune disease.” The implication is that regular self-sacrifice causes chronic stress, which can do serious harm to the body. “People pleasing is probably the no. 1 cause for women’s autoimmune diseases,” wrote industrial engineer Ronak Pakzad on X.

As evidence, social media users have pointed out that 4 out of 5 people with autoimmune diseases are female — a fact that has stumped scientists for decades.

[1]

The antidote, some women are saying, is to stop worrying about others and put yourself first: Stand-up comedian Pearl Rose, for example, shared on X that she “started being a bitch and my eczema was GONE.”

While doctors acknowledge a connection between chronic stress and a higher risk of developing an autoimmune disease, they say the reality is more complicated.

What Is the Theory Behind the ‘Be a Bitch or Get an Autoimmune Disease’ Trend?

It’s hard to know where this trend originated, but it taps into frustration at the societal expectation that women be “nice” and prioritize other people’s needs over their own, no matter the mental or physical cost.

Women are historically taught to be subordinate and put others first, says Rachel Gabelman, PhD, a clinical psychologist at The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center in Columbus. “Although society has made great progress in this area, we have been taught as girls that we should be nice, quiet, and play with our dolls, whereas ‘boys will be boys’ — they will be loud, rambunctious, and wrestle,” she says. “We learn to be accommodating, seek approval from others, try not to rock the boat. This often leads us to feel that we shouldn’t be assertive and advocate for what we really need and want.”

These attitudes carry into adulthood, with research showing that women are more likely than men to be people pleasers.

[2]

 “Being a chronic people-pleaser usually means you’re neglecting your own needs, which can increase your levels of stress,” says Aaron P. Brinen, PsyD, an assistant professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences at Vanderbilt University Medical Center in Nashville, Tennessee.

“The body keeps score when it comes to stress and trauma,” Dr. Brinen says. In other words, all that stress can add up.

Women are also more prone to developing autoimmune conditions than men. The theory that women who continue to be people pleasers will develop an autoimmune disease tries to fill in an answer for this unexplained phenomenon.

[1]

Is There Any Evidence to Back Up the Claims About People-Pleasing?

Some users have included scientific data to support their claims that people-pleasing can cause autoimmune disease. Artist Alida Sun, for example, cited on Instagram a paper published in 2021 that surveyed 290 women about how often they “self-silenced” and compared their responses with several health markers.

Researchers found that women who strongly identified with sentences like “I rarely express my anger at those close to me” were more likely to have carotid atherosclerosis, which isn’t considered a classic autoimmune disease, but has similarities to one.

[3]

One large study published in 2018 found that adults with stress-related disorders had a “significantly” higher risk of being diagnosed with an autoimmune disease — suggesting there could be a connection between the two.

[4]

Experts Say the Connection Is Complicated

Doctors say it’s a leap to suggest that people-pleasing behavior in women can cause autoimmune diseases. “Stress does affect the immune system — that is well-known,” says Stanley A. Schwartz, MD, PhD, division chief of allergy, immunology, and rheumatology at the University at Buffalo in New York. “But it’s a very complex issue.”

Autoimmune disorders are often caused by a mix of genetics, environmental factors, and unknown elements, he says.

“Although stress is a physiological response in the body — and yes, there is a stress-health connection — the claim that autoimmune conditions are caused by stress or even that people pleasing — one particular stressor — increases the risk of autoimmune conditions is going from one end of a spectrum to the other,” Dr. Gabelman says. “This claim also leads women to feel responsible for developing an autoimmune disorder, that they brought this on themselves. This is absolutely not the case.”

Brinen also has concerns about labeling women who are assertive as a “bitch,” noting that it only perpetuates stereotypes about women. While Brinen encourages women to speak up about their concerns, he says that scare tactics aren’t a good idea. “We can make change without telling women they’re going to get an autoimmune disease,” he says.

What the Trend Gets Right

Too much self-sacrifice is bad for you, Brinen says. “It’s not good for your mental wellness to give in to everyone else’s needs all the time,” he says. Healthy boundaries are important.

He recommends reflecting on your own needs and whether you feel resentful when you accommodate others. “Being assertive about, ‘This is what I can and can’t do’ is important for your mental health,” he says. “There’s a link between your mental and physical health.”

The Bottom Line

While chronic stress is linked to numerous illnesses, including autoimmune conditions, it’s not the only reason people develop these diseases. Doctors say that linking autoimmune conditions to people-pleasing in women is inaccurate.

“There can be several causes of autoimmune conditions, and there may even be more than one gene involved,” Dr. Schwartz says. “Unfortunately, you can’t predict who will develop them or even how to prevent them.”

Importantly, Brinen stresses that you shouldn’t think of speaking up about what you need as “bitchy.” Instead, it’s simply about taking care of yourself.

Can Dehydration Affect Your Gut?

5 Healthy Ways to Support Your Gut

Your daily fluid intake is mostly made up of what that you eat and drink. “Water and other beverages contribute about 70 percent of the body’s total water intake,” Pumper says. Foods generally make up about 20 percent of the body’s total water intake.

[7]

The process of metabolizing foods also produces some water as a by-product, which makes up about 10 percent of the water available to the body.

[9]

The following tips can help you get enough fluids each day.

1. Eat Lots of Fruits and Vegetables

“Besides drinking water, you can enjoy a variety of fruits and vegetables that are high in water content to stay hydrated,” says Vandana Sheth, RDN, a registered dietitian in private practice in Los Angeles and the author of My Indian Table: Quick & Tasty Vegetarian Recipes.

  • Cucumbers
  • Celery
  • Watermelon
  • Oranges
  • Grapes
  • Cabbage
  • Baby carrots
  • Asparagus
  • Spinach
  • Lettuce
  • Pineapple
  • Cooked corn

Research shows that in addition to keeping you hydrated, a diet rich in fruits and vegetables supports gut health, because the fiber in these plant-based foods feeds helpful bacteria. Additionally, micronutrients and compounds such as antioxidants help reduce inflammation, preserve the gut barrier, and support cellular health. In fact, one review concluded that adopting a plant-based diet has “profound” benefits for gut health.

[11]

2. Try Sparkling or Mineral Waters

As for beverages, healthy alternatives to plain water include mineral and sparkling waters. You can also add flavor with fresh lime or lemon juice, or by infusing your water with fresh mint, basil, strawberries, or cucumber slices.

Sparkling water and seltzer are just as hydrating as regular H2O, but they can contribute to bloating in some people.

3. Drink a Few Cups of Tea or Coffee

Plain tea and coffee are also good, flavorful options that provide fluids, caffeine, and other compounds — such as antioxidants — that support gut health.

Besides hydration, tea can support gut health by promoting the growth of beneficial bacteria while keeping harmful ones in check, according to an international review of research. Additionally, it may help strengthen the gut lining and suppress inflammation in the colon.

[12]

Coffee similarly supports gut health by feeding beneficial bacteria and lowering inflammation. People who regularly drink four or five cups of coffee per day also have more of certain gut microbes that help ward off infections and harmful bacteria, according to one international study.

[13]

Just be sure not to consume too much caffeine, since it’s a diuretic. Usually, caffeinated beverages have a net-hydrating effect, due to their water content. But adults who exceed 400 milligrams of caffeine per day and don’t consume enough other, non-caffeinated liquids may be at higher risk of dehydration.

[14]

4. Consume Probiotic-Rich Kefir or Yogurt

Consuming any liquid or water-rich foods can help with hydration, but fermented products like kefir and yogurt are particularly beneficial for gut health. That’s because these foods contain probiotics (live, beneficial bacteria). Regularly consuming fermented foods helps support microbiome health and diversity, reduce inflammation, and enhance the gut barrier, according to a review.

[15]

If you can’t or choose not to eat dairy, plant-based alternatives like soy and almond yogurt are also good options.

[16]

5. Steer Clear of Sodas, Sports Drinks, and Most Juices

Pumper also advises against relying on electrolyte (sports) drinks for daily hydration, since these tend to contain more sodium and added sugar than most people should have in a day.

“Electrolyte beverages, including drink mixes and powders, are generally intended for rehydration after fluid losses from exposure to heat for an extended period. For example, bouts of diarrhea or vomiting, and during strenuous exercise,” Pumper explains.

Diabetes-Friendly Office Snacks to Keep Blood Sugar Stable

Everyday Health independently vets all recommended products. All prices are accurate at the time of publication. If you purchase a featured product, we may be compensated. If you purchase a featured product, we may be compensated. Learn why you can trust us.

A tasty snack at your desk or in the break room can shake up office monotony and give you an energy boost for the work to come. But when you have type 2 diabetes, it can feel tricky to find easy-to-pack snacks that won’t spike your blood sugar.

The best snack options provide important nutrients while being low in calories and carbohydrates and free of the trans fats found in many processed snacks.

[1]

 A healthy snack for people with diabetes should include protein and produce (fruits and veggies), says Lindsay Malone, RD, an instructor and clinical dietitian with the Department of Nutrition at Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine in Cleveland.

“This combination provides protein to help keep you full and satisfied, along with carbohydrates that naturally come packaged with fiber, vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants,” says Malone. “The fiber helps slow digestion and supports more stable blood sugar levels.”

If you don’t have a refrigerator at work, you’ll need to choose shelf-stable snacks, meaning they don’t spoil at room temperature.

[2]

As you shop for snacks, also check food labels, avoiding options with added sugar and high carbohydrates.

[3]

But you don’t have to focus on what to leave out — instead, look for snacks that combine protein, fiber, and minimally processed foods.

[3]

1. Banana With a Protein Bar

Protein bars can offer high fiber and protein.

[4]

Eaten with a small or medium–size banana, the protein bar slows digestion of the banana’s carbohydrates, which helps you feel full longer and doesn’t spike your blood sugar.

[5]

“Look for [mini] bars with around 6 to 10 grams (g) of protein (more if you are going for the full size) and minimal added sugar,” says Malone, who recommends Perfect Bar Snack Size.

Be careful to choose protein bars with low added sugar, says Diane Lindsay-Adler, RDN, an assistant professor of pediatrics at New York Medical College and a registered dietitian-nutritionist at Boston Children’s Health Physicians in Valhalla, New York.

You can see how much added sugar a bar has by checking the nutrition label. Next to added sugar, it should show how many grams it contains per serving, followed by a percentage of your daily value based on a 2,000-calorie-per-day diet.

[6]

For example, if the label says “4 percent” next to added sugar, that means that a serving of that food will give you 4 percent of all the added sugar you should eat that day. Anything under 5 percent is considered a low source of added sugars, so you can use that as a guide when shopping.

[6]

“For a snack, aim for less than 15 g of carbs,” says Mary Mosquera Cochran, RD, a registered dietitian at the Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center in Columbus.

2. Apple or Pear With Nut Butter

Pears and apples eaten with nut butter pack a diabetes-friendly nutrient punch. “Fresh fruit provides fiber, while nut butter contributes protein and healthy fats for a more balanced snack,” says Lindsay-Adler.

Nut butters also deliver B vitamins, fiber, vitamin E, and other nutrients.

[7]

Some good nut butter options for diabetes include:

[8]

  • Almond butter
  • Cashew butter
  • Peanut butter

They also have a long shelf life (up to three months, once opened), so you can keep them at your desk.

[9]

3. Cottage Cheese With Cherry Tomatoes

If you have access to a refrigerator at work, you can include high-protein dairy snacks like cottage cheese. “Cottage cheese provides protein with relatively few carbohydrates,” says Malone.

Eating a handful of grape tomatoes with your cottage cheese adds fiber, hydration, and nutrients.

[10]

 This combination makes a satisfying snack that can help prevent blood sugar spikes, says Malone.

4. Greek Yogurt With Berries

Greek yogurt offers protein and additional nutrients, and berries offer fiber, vitamins, minerals, and anti-inflammatory ingredients.

[11]

[12]

“Berries provide fiber and antioxidants while being lower in sugar than many other fruits,” says Malone. “The protein and fiber combination helps promote steady blood sugar levels.”

For the best nutrition-to-calorie and sugar ratios, choose nonfat plain Greek yogurt.

[12]

To add flavor and natural sweetness, stir in some berries like these:

[11]

  • Blackberries
  • Black currants
  • Blueberries
  • Cranberries
  • Raspberries
  • Strawberries

5. Cucumbers With Tuna Salad on High-Fiber Crackers

For a snack that includes protein, whole grains, and nutrients like potassium and calcium, put tuna salad and cucumber slices on crackers.

[13]

[14]

 “Tuna is an excellent source of protein, and cucumbers add crunch, volume, and hydration,” says Malone.Choose high-fiber crackers, says Dr. Cochran. “Look for options with chia or flaxseeds and whole grains.” Some crackers may say “made with whole grain,” but those can include a lot of refined grains.

[15]

If your favorite cracker box doesn’t say what percent whole grain they use, check to make sure the ingredient list includes one of these:

[15]

  • Whole-wheat flour
  • Whole rye flour
  • Brown rice flour

Ingredients like “wheat flour” or “rice flour” mean it’s not truly a whole-grain option.

[15]

6. Air-Popped Popcorn With Roasted Edamame

Popcorn and edamame give you protein, fiber, and other nutrients.

[16]

[17]

 “Roasted edamame is rich in both protein and fiber, making it one of the most filling shelf-stable snack options available,” says Lindsay-Adler.As a whole grain, popcorn is also a good source of fiber,” says Lindsay-Adler. In fact, one serving of popcorn delivers about 15 percent of the fiber you need in a day.

[17]

“Pairing it with a protein source creates a more satisfying snack that can help support stable blood sugar levels.” For the most nutritional value, go for air-popped popcorn over microwave bags.

[18]

7. Jerky With a Kale and Spinach Salad

Meat jerky is high in protein and shelf-stable, says Cochran. Paired with fresh veggies, this snack can also add antioxidants to the mix, says Cochran.

Antioxidants protect your cells from damage and can help prevent diabetes complications like vision problems and nerve pain.

[19]

[20]

You can get antioxidants from vegetables like:

[21]

  • Kale
  • Spinach
  • Brussels sprouts
  • Broccoli
  • Beets
  • Bell peppers

Although veggies and jerky together can make a satisfying snack when you have diabetes, avoid eating processed meats every day. This type of meat comes with its own risks, like heart disease.

[22]

Processed meats with high levels of sodium, sugars, saturated fats, and nitrates can have negative effects on your health.

[23]

 Many brands now offer less processed types of jerky. Look for options that are low in added sodium, sugars, saturated fats, and nitrates.

8. Turkey Roll-Ups

Turkey slices rolled around strips of cucumber or bell pepper strips make a tasty, protein-rich snack, says Lindsay-Adler. The protein comes from the turkey, which is also low in fat and high in vitamins and minerals.

[24]

For the healthiest, least-processed option, look for turkey that’s low in sodium, saturated fat, and nitrates.

[25]

If possible, choose fresh deli meat over prepackaged.Green bell peppers have a very low calorie count but deliver a lot of fiber. This combination helps your blood sugar stay stable as you digest this snack. Bell peppers also have vital nutrients like vitamin C and potassium.

[26]

9. Hummus With Cauliflower

Hummus offers protein and healthy fats.

[27]

 And nonstarchy vegetables like cauliflower and broccoli can help you feel full longer.

[28]

You can buy hummus from your local grocery store or make your own with a blender or food processor. Remember to choose low-sodium chickpeas as you gather your ingredients.

[29]

10. Lean Meat Stick With Baby Bell Peppers

For another easy-to-pack snack idea, choose a lean meat stick and baby bell peppers, which require no slicing or prep. “Lean meat sticks are portable and shelf-stable, making them ideal for work,” says Malone.

“Bell peppers provide fiber, vitamin C, and crunch,” says Malone, who recommends pairing them with meat snack sticks that have no nitrates, ideally with less than 2 g of saturated fat.

[26]

[30]

Note that like jerky, meat sticks are considered a processed meat and are associated with potential health risks. The healthiest meat sticks are the least processed. Lindsay-Adler recommends Archer or Chomps beef sticks.

11. Ready-to-Drink Protein Shake With an Apple

Packing a protein shake can be an easy option for busy days, says Malone, who recommends pairing this with an apple for added fiber.

[31]

When you choose a protein shake, aim for these nutritional limits per serving:

[32]

  • About 100 to 200 calories
  • At least 15 g of protein per 100 calories
  • Less than 5 g of added sugar

Active vs. Chronic Thyroid Eye Disease: Phases and Treatment

The Chronic Phase of Thyroid Eye Disease

The chronic phase, sometimes called the stable or inactive phase, generally begins after the most active inflammation has subsided and the symptoms have stabilized.

[6]

What Is Happening in Your Eyes and Body

By the chronic phase, inflammation may be lower, but the tissues around the eyes may not return completely to their former shape. Scarring or lasting tissue changes can leave the eyes protruding, the eyelids pulled back, or the eye muscles restricted.

Common Symptoms

The symptoms that often remain in the chronic phase include eyelid retraction, bulging eyes, and double vision, says Abugo.

Other lasting changes may include blurry vision, red eyes, baggy eyes, or trouble closing the eyelids fully.

[1]

Treatment Goals

In the chronic phase, treatment often shifts from calming inflammation to improving function, comfort, vision, and appearance.

“If lifestyle changes and medication are not helping, your ophthalmologist may recommend surgery,” says Abugo.

Surgical Options

Surgery is usually considered after the condition has stabilized, when it’s easier to see which changes are likely to be lasting.

The goal of surgery is to reposition the eye or the muscles of the eye, which will help relieve eyelid retraction, improve vision and bulging eyes, push the eye back into a more normal position, and relieve any pressure on the optic nerve, says Abugo.

Surgical options may include:

[7]

  • Orbital Decompression Surgery This creates more room in the eye socket, which can reduce bulging and relieve pressure on the optic nerve.
  • Eye Muscle Surgery This may help if scarring or muscle changes are limiting eye movement or causing double vision.
  • Eyelid Surgery This can reposition the eyelids to improve comfort, appearance, and eye protection.
  • Additional Oculoplastic Surgery This can address soft tissue or cosmetic changes around the eyes not handled in other surgeries.

These surgeries are often staged, or done in a specific order, and more than one procedure may be needed for the best result.

[3]

Acromegaly Monitoring Burnout: Signs & Coping Strategies

The main treatment for acromegaly — which is typically caused by a tumor on your pituitary gland, at the base of your brain — is surgery to remove this tumor. After this, you’ll need a series of follow-up tests to see if your body is producing normal levels of growth hormone.

“Acromegaly is a chronic condition that requires lifelong monitoring,” says George Stamatiades, MD, PhD, an endocrinologist at Brigham and Women’s Hospital in Boston. “Patients often undergo frequent blood tests, MRI scans, clinic visits, and ongoing screening for disease-related complications.”

The main aspects of monitoring after surgery for acromegaly include:

[1]

[2]

  • IGF-1 This blood test measures a hormone produced by your liver in response to growth hormone, and it is the most commonly used measure of growth hormone production.
  • Growth Hormone In some cases, growth hormone in your blood may be measured directly, but this test is less widely used since levels tend to fluctuate over time.
  • Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) Imaging scans can show any residual tumor in the area of your pituitary gland.

Your doctor should also ask about any ongoing issues you’re experiencing. “Persistent joint disease, skeletal changes, sleep disturbances, fatigue, and metabolic or cardiovascular complications can continue even after normalization of IGF-1 levels,” says Maria Fleseriu, MD, director of the Pituitary Center at Oregon Health & Science University in Portland.

Generally, complications of acromegaly warrant the same treatment approach as in any other context, such as taking medications for high blood pressure or diabetes. But it’s also important to rule out mild active disease, meaning that your body is still producing too much growth hormone. In this case, you can take medications to reduce or block excess growth hormone.

Even if your IGF-1 falls in the normal range, “some of those people need medical therapies to improve quality of life,” says Lewis Blevins, MD, an endocrinologist at UCSF Health in San Francisco. “A normal result may not be entirely normal” for a given person, he says, especially at the higher end of the range defined by a laboratory as normal.

What’s the Difference Between Tremors and Dyskinesia in Advanced Parkinson’s Disease?

How Are Tremors and Dyskinesia Treated?

“We treat these two kinds of movements very differently,” says Herrington. “Dyskinesias are usually a problem of too much dopamine medication [levodopa], and tremors are sometimes a problem of not quite enough.”

[7]

It’s therefore important for a neurologist to be able to tell the difference between the two symptoms, he says, and to adjust the medications accordingly.

Herrington points out that not all people are similarly bothered by tremors or dyskinesia. Take tremors, for example. “There are some people who have a very small tremor and it bothers them immensely,” he says. “Other people have quite a substantial tremor and really don’t seem to care about it very much.”

When it comes to treating tremors, doctors may start out by asking people how much the symptom bothers them. “As a physician, you can categorize which symptoms people have or the level of severity,” says Herrington, “but it’s always really important to ask the person what bothers them. The most objectively severe symptom may not be the one that bothers them the most.”

As for dyskinesia, some people don’t notice it at all, he says. “[With dyskinesia] there is often a divergence between how much they notice and are bothered by it and how much their loved ones notice and are bothered by it.”

Levodopa is most commonly given to control the movement symptoms of Parkinson’s, and tremor usually responds to the medication.

[1]

Sometimes, doctors manage dyskinesias by slightly decreasing the dosage of levodopa.

[2]

In addition, another medication, amantadine, is available in two formulations (Gocovri and Osmolex ER) to treat dyskinesia.

[2]

Polyendocrine Metabolic Ovarian Syndrome (PMOS) Treatments

One option for PMOS treatments is to take a medication to target specific symptoms. It’s important to know that there are no drugs that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has approved specifically for PMOS, she adds, meaning these options are prescribed off-label. Here are the ones you might talk about with your healthcare team:

Metformin (Fortamet)

Metformin is one of the main treatments to target insulin resistance if you have prediabetes or diabetes, including because of PMOS. The advice is controversial, but some physicians believe that PMOS always requires metformin, notes Dr. Dunaif. “There’s no reason to give every woman with PMOS metformin. It’s a good and safe drug, but there’s no point in taking it if you don’t need it,” she says. And it’s not a good way to reduce the male hormone symptoms, like excess hair growth, or as a first option for weight loss.

Spironolactone (Aldactone)

Spironolactone was originally developed as a blood pressure medication and diuretic for hormonal forms of high blood pressure (hypertension) and fluid retention. “Turns out, in high doses, it’s very good at blocking male hormones,” explains Dunaif. For that reason, it’s used to target excess hair growth, a symptom of PMOS that can be particularly embarrassing. This drug is sometimes prescribed in combination with hormonal birth control pills, which may also be used on their own (discussed below). Dunaif says these medications seem to work even better together.

Spironolactone is not safe in pregnancy, as it can cross the placenta and harm a fetus. Before prescribing this medication to a woman who is in her childbearing years, a doctor will explain this and make sure the patient is using reliable birth control.

Another note: “It takes about six months before the effect of these medications is seen on hair growth,” says David A. Ehrmann, MD, professor and director of the University of Chicago Center for PCOS in Illinois. This is because one hair growth cycle takes two to three months. “When patients don’t know that, they get frustrated when they don’t see results quickly,” he says. Talk to your doctor about what you can realistically expect and when.

Hormonal Birth Control Pills

Combination birth control pills — those with estrogen and progesterone or progestin — are frequently prescribed to women with PMOS who don’t want to get pregnant. If the main concern is irregular periods and the resulting potential health risks, this is a great option. “Birth control pills are very good for protecting the lining of the uterus in women who are chronically anovulatory,” says Dunaif.

When a woman isn’t ovulating regularly, the lining of her uterus (the endometrium) isn’t being exposed to the normal patterns of estrogen and progesterone. With no progesterone exposure, the lining won’t shed completely (when it sheds, that’s what women see as their period). “If this goes on, a woman can develop endometrial hyperplasia and even endometrial cancer,” she adds. (Endometrial hyperplasia is when the lining of the uterus is abnormally thick, most likely due to estrogen without progesterone exposure, and it can lead to uterine cancer.)

[2]

A woman should shed this lining at least four times a year, says Dunaif. One option is to take progesterone (often called a “progesterone challenge”), though the resulting bleeding can be heavy for some women.

Another option is to take birth control pills to get your cycle to become regular. These have the added benefit of lowering male hormones, too. What’s more, there are noted benefits of taking hormonal birth control that are true across the board, like getting regular, predictable periods, lowering your risk of ovarian cancer by as much as 50 percent, and also lowering your risks of colon (colorectal) cancer and endometrial cancer.

[3]

If a woman doesn’t want to take birth control pills, she has other options to introduce progesterone into their system, like a progesterone-releasing intrauterine device (IUD).

One complication with birth control pills is that they can make insulin resistance worse, something that would appear to be particularly harmful for women with PMOS. Insulin resistance is the hallmark of type 2 diabetes, and women with PMOS are already believed to be at a higher risk of this form of diabetes. “There’s no data to support that taking [birth control pills] increases the risk of diabetes,” says Dunaif. “This is a good therapeutic option for young women.”

Finasteride (Propecia)

Finasteride, another androgen blocker, is sometimes prescribed to address excess body and facial hair growth in women with PMOS. Like spironolactone, it’s not safe for women who may become pregnant, as it might affect the fetus. Taking finasteride can increase your risk of liver toxicity.

[4]

Clomiphene (Clomid) or Letrozole (Femara)

“There are very good fertility options for PMOS women that have been well studied with randomized clinical trials,” says Dunaif. If a woman wants to become pregnant, her doctor may prescribe oral medication that works very well to induce ovulation. Letrozole, traditionally a breast cancer treatment but now also used off-label to stimulate ovulation, is considered a first-line treatment. Clomiphene is another option to induce ovulation.

[5]

 Injectable gonadotropins may also be used, as well as in vitro fertilization (IVF).

With all of these options, it’s vital to emphasize that a woman will be making a choice about what’s most important to her in the moment. If a woman wants to get pregnant, she can’t also treat male hormone problems (such as excess hair growth, hair loss, or acne) simultaneously, as these are two conflicting goals. This scenario does have a bright spot: Once she does get pregnant, the high levels of estrogen in her system help suppress hair growth, notes Dunaif.

9 Reasons You May Procrastinate — and Expert Strategies to Cope With Each

Have you ever put off a work email, a doctor’s appointment, a bill, a workout, or even a project you actually care about — and then wondered why you keep doing this to yourself?

A new book, Solving Procrastination: The Science of Why We Put Things Off and How to (Finally!) Stop, suggests that procrastination is not simply laziness, poor time management, or lack of willpower. Instead, people procrastinate for different reasons — and the best fix depends on what is driving the delay.

“We tend to think of procrastination as a simple problem, but in reality, it has many forms,” says the author Itamar Shatz, PhD, an affiliated lecturer at the University of Cambridge in the United Kingdom and the creator of the website Solving Procrastination.

Dr. Shatz identifies nine procrastinator types, including the Worrier, the Dreamer, the Rebel, the Zigzagger, and the Burnout. Chances are you’ll recognize parts of yourself in more than one type, depending on the task or situation. What matters is not the label itself, but what it helps you see: why you’re stuck and what next step is most likely to help.

How to Know if You’re a Procrastinator

While procrastination isn’t a new problem, it has likely grown worse in the past decade, says Shatz. “Issues that can exacerbate it — like digital distractions that are relentlessly optimized to capture our attention for as long as possible — have grown more prevalent,” he says.

Some signs that you’re a procrastinator, according to Shatz:

  • You say things like “I’ll do it later” or “I’ll do it tomorrow.”
  • You take too long to finish things that you could just sit down and do.
  • You promise yourself you’ll do things and then drag your feet.
  • You struggle to get started even though you’re angry at yourself for it.
  • You wait until the last minute to get started.

What Type of Procrastinator Are You? Learn the 9 Kinds

To find out what type of procrastinator you are, Shatz suggests reading through the different types and seeing which ones “jump out at you” and make you feel “seen.”

“The procrastination types are meant to serve as ‘sensemaking devices’ that help us intuitively understand why we procrastinate and what we can do to stop,” he says.

It can help to ask yourself why you procrastinate — and why sometimes you don’t. Reflect and write about your experience and the situations when you choose to take action instead, says Shatz.

“Just make sure that once you do get a ‘why,’ you dig deeper to make sure there’s not a deeper ‘why’ beneath the surface,” he says. For example, if the first answer is “social media,” dig deeper. You may be turning to your phone instead of tackling an item on your to-do list because a task feels frustrating, boring, overwhelming, or tied to fear of failure, he says.

1. The Worrier

The Worrier puts things off because taking action feels risky. What if you make the wrong choice, fail, look foolish, or create a new problem? To avoid that discomfort, you delay.

What may help: Shatz recommends “shining a light” on the fear instead of letting it stay vague. Write down what you’re afraid will happen, how likely it is, and what you would do if it did happen. You can try breaking the task into smaller steps to make it feel less threatening.

2. The Pessimist

The Pessimist delays because success does not feel likely enough to be worth the effort. This can sound like, “Why bother?” or “I’m probably not going to get it anyway.”

What may help: Build evidence that pushes back on those doubts. Shatz suggests looking at your past successes, current strengths, and reasons the task may be more doable than it feels. Write down a few reasons to try. This can make the next step feel less pointless.

3. The Perfectionist

The Perfectionist wants the work to be flawless, which can make starting feel unbearable. If the standard is impossible, delaying can feel safer than producing something imperfect.

What may help: Aim for “good enough.” Shatz recommends giving yourself permission to make mistakes, focusing on your own goals instead of other people’s standards, and softening the inner critic with self-compassion.

4. The Dreamer

The Dreamer loves the idea of the future but gets stuck imagining it instead of building it. You may picture the finished novel, business, fitness routine, or home project — while the next concrete step remains untouched.

What may help: Turn the fantasy into steps. In the book, Shatz describes a would-be entrepreneur who realizes he has spent years listening to inspiring founder interviews without moving forward. His next step is not to keep “getting inspired,” but to ask someone who has built the kind of business he wants to start for concrete guidance, then work through the first few steps of a checklist.

5. The Zigzagger

The Zigzagger type is exactly what it sounds like — you procrastinate by constantly switching from one thing to another. A message, idea, tab, chore, or new plan grabs your attention, and the original task never gets enough focus to move forward.

What may help: To improve focus, Shatz suggests adding structure, such as setting specific goals, writing down each step, reducing distractions, and getting support from someone who can help you stay accountable.

6. The Rebel

The Rebel procrastinates when a task feels like someone else’s demand. Delay becomes a way to push back, reclaim control, or resist an authority figure.

What may help: Find your own reason to act. Shatz recommends focusing on how the task benefits you, what standards actually matter to you, and where you can create more choice or autonomy. The goal is to make action feel like something you are choosing, not just something being forced on you.

7. The Thrill Seeker

The Thrill Seeker waits until the deadline is close because pressure feels energizing. This can work — until it doesn’t. Even if you pull it off, the cost may be stress, lost sleep, weaker work, or no option to course correct should something go wrong.

What may help: Shatz suggests gamifying tasks and creating smaller deadlines before the real one to make earlier action more interesting. In the book, he describes a Thrill Seeker who stops saving everything for the last minute and gives herself daily mini-deadlines, finishing and turning in small pieces of work each day. Tight but realistic time limits create enough urgency for her to focus without waiting for a crisis.

8. The Hedonist

Unlike most other procrastinators, goals and consequences aren’t a major consideration for Hedonists; they just want to feel good in the moment. It could be scrolling, snacking, gaming, napping, or anything more appealing than the task they keep putting off.

What may help: Make temptations less available and action more rewarding. Shatz recommends removing distractions from your environment, finding external sources of motivation, and checking whether another issue — such as low confidence — is feeding the delay.

9. The Burnout

The Burnout is not avoiding work because they do not care: They’re just exhausted. They regularly don’t have enough energy to do the things they need to do, and the unsustainable pace eventually takes a toll on productivity.

Shatz notes that this type often shows up in high achievers who have been doing too much for too long, especially when the work feels draining, stressful, meaningless, or underappreciated.

What may help: Rest and recovery shouldn’t be a reward for finishing everything; it needs to be part of the plan. Shatz recommends prioritizing real rest, sleep, exercise, diet, and support, while looking for ways to reduce work that is especially draining or unnecessary.

Aim to Give Yourself Grace Whatever Your Procrastination Style

“Self-compassion is crucial to facing your procrastination in a constructive way that’s both healthy and effective,” says Shatz.

One way to practice it is to ask how you would support a friend in the same situation, especially if you’re being too harsh with yourself, Shatz says. “It may also help to remind yourself that you’re not alone — procrastination is a tough challenge that many other people face, so it’s important to view it as part of the shared human experience, rather than something that isolates us,” he says.

5 Psoriasis-Friendly Ways to Eat Oats for Better Health

For people with psoriasis, an immune-mediated chronic condition, following an anti-inflammatory diet may help alleviate symptoms. Consider oats to be a healthful part of that. Plenty of research has shown that oats – a whole grain – offer heart health benefits, which is important for people with psoriasis, who are at an increased risk for cardiovascular problems.

[1]

[2]

Oat consumption can lower cholesterol levels and help with weight control.

[3]

 These effects are likely due to beta-glucan, which is the specific kind of fiber in oats, as well as to a phytonutrient unique to oats, called avenanthramides, which may have an anti-inflammatory effect, although more research is needed to confirm this.

[4]

[5]

Research has also shown that oat consumption can have a beneficial effect on gut health, which is increasingly thought to be involved in conditions like psoriasis.

[6]

[7]

 Dietary fiber intake from whole grains like oats may play a crucial role in reducing inflammation through the gut microbiota (the trillions of organisms in the digestive tract that influence the immune system).

[8]

There are a variety of ways to enjoy oats beyond the standard bowl of oatmeal. Try these delicious, easy, and good-for-you recipes.

All Everyday Health recipes meet expert-developed nutrient goals, considering several dietary guidelines. Learn more about the methodology used to develop and tag each of the recipes on this list as psoriasis-friendly.

How to Decode Your CLL Genetic Biomarker Test Results

How Unmutated IGHV Affects Treatment “In people with unmutated IGHV, healthcare professionals tend not to recommend traditional chemoimmunotherapy because it tends to produce shorter remissions and a higher risk of the disease returning,” says Khan. Instead, treatment typically involves targeted therapies, such as BTK inhibitors or combination treatments with venetoclax.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976292eb98b9d-f7fb-4b8c-a7a7-83ec4704f831 Khan notes that a cancer care team may also consider a combination of acalabrutinib and venetoclax for some people with this biomarker.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976293d82d4d7-87ac-4378-b1fc-90295d41ec4a
Resources We Trust Cleveland Clinic: BTK InhibitorsMayo Clinic: Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia: How Does Genetic Testing Impact My Treatment Options?CLL Society: Test Before Treat HandoutLeukemia Research Foundation: Leukemia Biomarker TestingMedlinePlus: TP53 Gene
Before your care team recommends a chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) treatment plan, they’ll likely request genetic testing.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629bb314ccd-be58-49a3-b07a-a84ea6041758 Despite the name, these tests aren’t looking for genes that you inherited or share with family members. Instead, they’re looking at DNA changes in the leukemia cells that make your type of CLL unique to you.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c441cc27-9516-4485-b0f0-115f35bf1dc8 “These genetic changes, known as biomarkers, are like fingerprints that can provide important information about the cancer and how to best treat it,” says Krushangi Patel, MD, a medical oncologist and assistant clinical professor in the Department of Medical Oncology and Therapeutics Research at City of Hope Orange County, based in Irvine, California. Understanding the CLL biomarkers that oncologists often test for and what the results can mean for your care can help you take an active role in decisions about your treatment . This article helps break down these changes and explain what they may mean for you.
What Mutated and Unmutated IGHV Mean In general, CLL with a mutated IGHV gene means the original B cell completed more of its normal maturation process before becoming cancerous, says Kerry Rogers, MD , a hematology-oncologist at The Ohio State University Comprehensive Cancer Center in Columbus. Contrary to what you might expect, “mutated” in this context is associated with a favorable outlook, as leukemia with a mutated IGHV tends to grow more slowly.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762976c7ba35-9823-4c2e-9903-0f2474266593 “CLL with unmutated IGHV is usually a little faster-growing and more aggressive, as it is a less mature cancer,” says Dr. Rogers.
How Mutated IGHV Affects Treatment Several treatments are available for people with mutated IGHV and no high-risk biomarkers, such as the ones discussed below.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629fd4d2b50-5c52-4578-9c60-70bda542bb7f “Chemoimmunotherapy, such as fludarabine, cyclophosphamide, and rituximab (FCR), is one option for younger, otherwise healthy people in this group, as it can lead to a long, treatment-free remission,” Dr. Koprivnikar says. Targeted therapies, particularly Bruton tyrosine kinase (BTK) inhibitors such as ibrutinib (Imbruvica) and acalabrutinib (Calquence), are also effective options for those in this group who prefer to avoid chemotherapy -related side effects.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f73e6770-0fa9-403d-9b58-7d5d48222ac4 You’d take these oral medications indefinitely as long as they’re working well and not causing intolerable side effects. This is known as continuous treatment.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976296ac84263-831b-40f9-aacb-eca846c5a3b0 Another alternative is fixed-duration treatment. Unlike continuous treatment, a doctor administers fixed-duration therapy for a set period.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629188ba4a3-6227-46e4-98da-ec699a99928d Fixed-term treatment generally includes regimens containing the B-cell lymphoma 2 (BCL-2) inhibitor venetoclax (Venclexta). Rogers says that many people with mutated IGHV who receive fixed-duration treatment remain in remission for years after treatment ends without needing to take any medication afterward. Your oncology team can help you determine if this is an option for you.
Why Is Biomarker Testing Important? The combination of these results helps your oncologist understand what type of CLL you have, how quickly it might progress, and which treatments are most likely to work.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629516b3894-1c94-49e9-9a30-570cdbdd883e “For example, CLL with mutated IGHV, normal chromosomes, and an unmutated TP53 gene is likely to behave differently from CLL with unmutated IGHV, 17p deletion, and a mutated TP53,” says Adeel Khan, MD , a hematology-oncologist and epidemiologist at the University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas. This means two people can share the same CLL diagnosis and yet have cancers that act very differently and require very different treatments. Dr. Khan says that your care team will typically perform biomarker testing at diagnosis and repeat these tests before starting treatment or if the CLL comes back after treatment. “That’s because the genetic makeup of CLL cells can change over time, so earlier results may not accurately reflect how those cells are behaving today, especially when it’s time to choose a treatment,” he says.
How del(17p) Affects Treatment In the past, people with del(17p) had a relatively poor outlook and did not respond well to traditional chemotherapy. “This is because chemotherapy relies on the TP53 gene — the very gene that’s missing in del(17p) — to signal to cancer cells that they need to die,” Koprivnikar says. Without that gene, chemotherapy becomes less effective at killing cancer cells while still causing side effects. But that has changed significantly. “[Detection of del(17p)] often helps steer us away from chemotherapy and toward therapies that are more likely to benefit the patient,” Patel says. The modern standard of care for CLL with del(17p) is to use novel targeted agents that act through pathways independent of TP53.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e00f8d4b-3a3d-4443-ae54-84cea991a8aa The main options are continuous BTK inhibitors or a fixed-duration venetoclax-based treatment, says Patel. Both can be effective, and the best choice depends on several factors, including your overall health, how long you’d prefer to be on treatment, and which side effects you’re most comfortable managing.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762933c69451-f2e2-448a-9268-60fa0cb550cc
IGHV Mutation IGHV Mutational Status IGHV is a gene present in B cells, the type of white blood cell involved in CLL.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976292dfd2c46-85db-4d82-ae17-dfbac0d4aa0f As they mature, healthy B cells normally go through a refinement process to help them better recognize and respond to germs, says Khan. In doing so, a permanent fingerprint develops in their IGHV gene. “When a B cell has undergone this process, it is said to have a mutated IGHV gene. When it has not, meaning the cell was arrested in development before completing this maturation step, it is called unmutated,” says Khan. The leukemia cells in CLL may carry either a mutated or unmutated version of the IGHV gene, and that’s what the IGHV mutation test is looking for.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629da2a1c1c-82d2-4959-ad14-be43d4254113 IGHV mutational status is one of several factors that help guide treatment decisions for CLL.
17p Deletion 17p Deletion or del(17p) Another important biomarker your oncologist will look for is 17p deletion, often written as del(17p).e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629b3bc1bf0-18ed-49ed-a9e8-3ca749c82eaa This biomarker is identified by FISH.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762968b66fb3-e1e9-4614-83dd-1ee71f03341a In a FISH test, a healthcare professional uses special fluorescent dyes that attach to small parts of certain chromosomes but not others. This allows them to see the DNA and chromosomes in the cell without needing to grow their own cells, unlike other tests, such as in cytogenetics, which often means you get your results sooner.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976293be9bf4d-c830-4e40-a91e-b35193a919ea “If your results show del(17p) is present, it means a small but vital piece of chromosome 17 is missing [deleted] from your leukemia cells,” Dr. Patel says. Losing that part of the chromosome also removes a vital gene called TP53.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976293d2b9393-d0ad-4ebe-a36b-bbd43c7a7bda TP53 acts as a quality-control system for cells. Its job is to detect damaged DNA and tell the cell to either repair it or self-destruct — an important safeguard that prevents abnormal cells from multiplying uncontrollably.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e17a08c7-c7b8-4c54-abe8-f8747d9e7846 Without that protection, leukemia cells can survive longer, grow more aggressively, and become harder to control, says Patel. As a result, del(17p) is a high-risk feature, and people with this deletion often need to start treatment sooner than those without, Rogers says.
CLL Biomarkers What Are CLL Genetic Biomarkers? Your DNA serves as the instruction manual for your body’s cells. In CLL, some of the instructions inside the leukemia cells may be missing, altered, or copied incorrectly.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762945a065e1-2f7c-4c4b-a133-e5192ebde945 Doctors call these errors genetic biomarkers. These biomarkers can cause the cells to multiply uncontrollably and survive longer than they should, says Jamie Koprivnikar, MD , a board-certified hematology-oncologist at the John Theurer Cancer Center at Hackensack University Medical Center in Hackensack, New Jersey. The main CLL biomarker tests your care team may order include the following:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762999ab8a29-ff09-4c3a-b031-510a51227649 Immunoglobulin heavy chain variable (IGHV) mutation testing Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH), which looks for anomalies in chromosomes (structures that carry your DNA), including 17p deletion Tumor protein 53 (TP53) test, which checks for mutation in the TP53 gene A healthcare professional will often take a blood sample for these tests, though they may sometimes use a bone marrow sample.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976299c7b1750-e02b-4dbe-b5ed-46ad59ec99fa
TP53 Mutation TP53 Mutation Unlike del(17p), where the TP53 gene is missing altogether, a TP53 mutation means the gene is present but contains an error in its code and can’t do its job.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629026eeec8-da33-428f-bcdb-c894090475cd Your results may show TP53 as either mutated or unmutated. Here, “mutated” is not a favorable result (unlike IGHV, where the mutated gene is associated with a better outcome).e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762946f6ee33-34ac-4973-a1ad-a821d0038a1f “A TP53 mutation is considered a high-risk feature because the cells’ quality-control system is disabled, which can lead to a more aggressive form of CLL,” says Koprivnikar. An unmutated TP53 gene, sometimes called “wild-type” TP53, means the gene is present and functioning normally.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a789a416-b48d-4cf4-a2ed-a97a04d9f7c4
How TP53 Mutation Affects Treatment “Chemoimmunotherapy regimens, including FCR, bendamustine-rituximab, and chlorambucil-based combinations, are not recommended if you have a TP53 mutation,” says Khan. These treatments are unlikely to work well and may expose you to unnecessary side effects of chemotherapy.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976293ffb9e9f-cd33-4c95-8282-9996ee9c4531 As with del(17p), Khan says that the recommended treatment for TP53 mutation is novel targeted therapies, such as continuous BTK inhibitor therapy or fixed-duration venetoclax-based combination regimens. “Your oncologist may consider combining a BTK inhibitor with venetoclax,” he says.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291443a138-8c96-4fbd-a5fc-41b53b77bffc Although TP53 mutations can make CLL more challenging to treat, more treatment options are available today than ever before.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976299a4764d7-cdc7-4fac-a9e4-a5b53ce2003c Choosing among them often comes down to factors such as your overall health and what matters most to you in terms of treatment duration and side effects.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976294c073c9b-ce19-4f1f-92d7-d40ff251fd3c Discuss your biomarker results with your oncology team to help you find the safest, most effective, and least disruptive treatment for you.

PMOS and Infertility: Treatment Options

There are several routes a woman can take when she wants to get pregnant with PMOS, says David A. Ehrmann, MD, the director of the University of Chicago Center for PCOS.

Weight Loss

Weight loss is one common approach, since as many as 80 percent of women with PMOS are overweight or obese, and weight loss can be an important step toward successful ovulation.

[5]

 “Sometimes weight loss is enough [to help a woman get pregnant]” says Dr. Ehrmann. And it’s not necessary to drop it quickly via fad diets, either. Some research indicates that a 5 to 10 percent weight loss over six months will help induce ovulation.

[6]

Clomiphene and Letrozole

Oral medication that stimulates ovulation is the next step, he says. One traditional PMOS treatment is clomiphene (Clomid). But another drug, letrozole (Femara), is now considered the first-line medication treatment to induce ovulation in people with PMOS. Letrozole is an aromatase inhibitor, which can help target the hormone imbalance that is the root cause of PMOS.

[7]

Whether you take letrozole or clomiphene depends on your circumstances. And it’s important to note that neither is a sure-fire path to pregnancy. One landmark double-blind trial from 2014 followed 750 women with PMOS who were trying to get pregnant. The study found that treatment with letrozole led to a 61.7 percent ovulation rate and a 27.5 percent live birth (delivering a baby) rate after five cycles, compared to 48.3 percent and 19.1 percent for clomiphene, respectively. Both medications can cause side effects, such as hot flashes (more common with clomiphene), dizziness, and fatigue (more common with letrozole).

[8]

Metformin

Metformin (Fortamet, Glucophage) is a medication to help control blood sugar in those who have type 2 diabetes. It’s also used off-label as a PMOS treatment, especially for those who have insulin resistance. Though metformin has a long history as a PMOS treatment, and it can help regulate menstrual cycles, it isn’t considered a first-line treatment option to induce ovulation.

[6]

According to a narrative review of the research, metformin increased success rates for ovulation, pregnancy, and live births better than a placebo. Success rates were even higher when metformin was combined with other medications, such as clomiphene. The results also suggested that metformin was most helpful for women who also have insulin resistance. Around 40 percent of participants reported side effects, though these were categorized as mild. Nausea, diarrhea, and vomiting were the most common side effects. More research is needed to understand the long-term health effects of metformin and its possible effects during pregnancy.

[9]

Another review also found that metformin was most effective when combined with other medications. The study, which analyzed 17 studies to summarize the most reliable PMOS infertility treatments, reported better outcomes when metformin was prescribed alongside letrozole or clomiphene.

[10]

In Vitro Treatments

If ovarian-stimulating drugs aren’t effective (or they’re not the best option for you), your doctor may recommend exploring in vitro fertilization (IVF), which offers a higher chance of success than medication alone.

[3]

Another possible treatment for PMOS women is in vitro maturation (IVM). Unlike IVF, which involves collecting mature eggs, IVM harvests eggs before they are matured via a surgical procedure.

[11]

IVM may be the best alternative for women with PMOS who also need to manage a condition known as ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome (OHSS), which is a known risk for women with PMOS. One meta-analysis of eight studies involving participants with PMOS reported similar fertilization and pregnancy rates between IVF and IVM, and found that IVF resulted in more live births.

[12]

10 Tips for Better Sleep With Polycythemia Vera

Sleep is very important for physical and mental well-being. But disrupted sleep is a common problem in polycythemia vera (PV), a rare blood cancer in which your bone marrow makes too many red blood cells.

[1]

Many PV symptoms can make it hard to sleep. So can the stress and anxiety that often come with a diagnosis.

[2]

“Patients living with PV often struggle with sleep due to severe nighttime symptoms, including heavy night sweats, intense skin itching, painful sensations, and restless legs,” says Mohamad Khasawneh, MD, a hematologist and medical oncologist with Loyola Medicine in Tinley Park, Illinois.

Addressing sleep issues may take a multipronged approach that involves treatment of the underlying disease and lifestyle measures.

1. Create a Relaxing Environment

Make the bedroom a calming space. “Focus on establishing a relaxing bedroom environment that is cool and dark,” says Dr. Khasawneh. Use a fan or turn down the temperature, and consider blackout curtains if too much light comes through your windows. Make sure your bed is comfortable: Replace your mattress if it doesn’t give your body the support it needs.

[3]

2. Practice Relaxation Techniques

It helps to calm and clear your mind before bedtime with activities such as deep breathing, meditation, or journaling. “Developing a calming pre-bedtime routine and addressing physical discomfort right before sleeping can help you fall asleep easier and stay asleep longer,” says Khasawneh.

3. Avoid Blue Light

The type of light that comes from electronic devices can affect your sleep. Studies show that it can disrupt your natural sleep cycle or circadian rhythms, and also suppress the production of melatonin, a hormone that regulates sleep.

“If you have trouble falling asleep, turn off electronic devices at least 30 to 60 minutes before bedtime and avoid any exposure to bright lights,” says Jennifer Martin, PhD, a clinical sleep psychologist based in Miami and a spokesperson for the American Academy of Sleep Medicine. “When awake at night, avoid electronics, keep your phone out of reach, and use dim light if you need to get up during the night.”

4. Stick to a Routine

A consistent schedule is one of the most important sleep-promoting strategies. “This is especially important in the morning,” says Dr. Martin. “Getting up at the same time each morning encourages strong circadian rhythms, and can help with solid sleep.”

Try to keep both your bedtime and waking time the same every day, including weekends. But if you have trouble falling asleep, it’s better not to stay in bed tossing and turning. Get up and do something relaxing like reading or listening to music, then return to bed when you feel sleepy.

[4]

5. Keep Naps to a Minimum

Although fatigue is common in PV, sleeping during the day can lead to nighttime sleep problems. A short nap (20-30 minutes) is okay, but long naps can contribute to insomnia, says Martin. If you’re going to take a nap, try to do it early in the day, ideally before 3 p.m.

[5]

6. Avoid Heavy Meals, Alcohol, and Caffeine Near Bedtime

You don’t want to go to bed hungry, but eating too close to bedtime can be disruptive to sleep. One study found that nighttime awakenings increased by about 40 percent when a meal was eaten within three hours of bedtime.

[6]

Stimulants such as nicotine and caffeine can also keep you awake and alert when you’d like to go to bed, and can take hours to wear off. Drinking alcohol before bed can also disrupt your sleep, even though it may make you sleepy initially.

[4]

7. Manage Night Sweats

“Night sweats are a symptom patients with PV might experience,” says Martin. “This is due to the body producing excess levels of cytokines, a type of protein that causes inflammation, which leads to excessive sweat.”

You may find relief by practicing good sleep hygiene and consulting with your healthcare provider about the best management options for your specific situation. “Keeping the room cool is especially important,” says Martin. “Keep an extra set of pajamas nearby in case they are needed.”

8. Keep Itching Under Control

Itching is a common symptom of PV, especially itching that is triggered by contact with water. It can be challenging to manage, and in some people, itching can become severe enough to interfere with sleep. Treatment may include lifestyle measures, over-the-counter drugs, and prescription medicines.

[7]

If itching is triggered by water, avoid bathing in the evening before you go to sleep. Other measures include taking shorter baths or showers, using cooler water, moisturizing your skin immediately after bathing, and using anti-itch creams or oral antihistamines.

[8]

Treating the underlying disease is often the most effective strategy to relieve itching, and the medications or other treatments your doctor prescribes to control PV may also soothe your skin and help you sleep. In some cases, antidepressants such as selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors are prescribed for PV-related itching.

[9]

9. Control Pain

Many people with PV experience pain and discomfort at one time or another, and in various ways. “Physical PV symptoms such as numbness, tingling, burning, or weakness in the hands, feet, arms, or legs, and painful swelling of joints can make it difficult to settle in for a good night of sleep,” says Martin.

Pain-management strategies depend on the type and cause of pain. The first step is to discuss the situation with your healthcare team and get the okay before you take any medications or supplements.

Acetaminophen and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are available over the counter and are usually effective for mild to moderate pain. If your pain is more severe, your doctor may prescribe an opioid. It’s important to take this type of medication as directed. Anti-seizure drugs like gabapentin can help with nerve pain.

[10]

Aside from medications, there are other interventions that can be used for both pain and to help you sleep, including acupuncture, hypnosis, meditation, relaxation techniques, music therapy, yoga, and massage therapy.

[11]

10. Get Screened

It’s possible that some of your sleep disruptions may be related to an underlying sleep disorder, such as insomnia. If you have symptoms like trouble falling asleep at night, trouble staying asleep, waking up earlier than you want in the morning, or feeling tired during the day, talk to your doctor about treatment options. “This can include optimizing PV symptom management or directly addressing insomnia symptoms with cognitive-behavioral therapy approaches,” says Martin.

Restless legs syndrome, a disorder that causes uncomfortable feelings in your legs and gives you the urge to move them, is more common among people with PV than in the general population.

[12]

 Because the symptoms mainly occur at night, they can disturb your sleep. PV can also cause numbness and tingling in your arms and legs, but a key sign of restless legs syndrome is that symptoms improve when you move.

[13]

By depriving your body of oxygen, obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) can signal your bone marrow to make too many red blood cells, a condition called secondary polycythemia.

[14]

 It’s different from PV, but can cause similar symptoms. Get tested for OSA if you snore loudly when you sleep, stop breathing momentarily during the night, or feel excessively sleepy during the daytime.

[15]

The Scent of Chocolate Could Boost Weight Lifting Efforts, Study Suggests

Sniffing chocolate before a workout may sound like a way to tempt yourself out of the gym and toward dessert. But a small new study suggests a quick whiff might help some people do more reps when they’re exercising on an empty stomach.

Trial participants who smelled chocolate before and between sets of leg extensions were able to do more total repetitions than they could after smelling a water-based placebo.

[1]

“The core takeaway is that briefly smelling chocolate can significantly increase the amount of weight lifting a person can do while fasting, without making the workout feel any harder,” says a coauthor of the study, Mohamed Nashrudin bin Naharudin, PhD, an assistant professor of sports and exercise science at the University of Malaya in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.

The findings suggest that you don’t always have to eat something to change how your body performs. “Sometimes, just giving your brain a quick sensory cue is enough to unlock extra energy,” he says.

The Scent of Chocolate Helped Men Push Harder

The study included 23 healthy men in their early to mid-twenties who were already doing resistance training at least twice a week. Each participant came to the lab after fasting overnight for at least 10 hours and completed three workout trials on different days.

In each trial, the men smelled one of three liquid samples in identical jars:

  • 90 percent dark chocolate
  • 60 percent milk chocolate
  • A water-based control

They smelled the assigned sample for 30 seconds before exercise and again during rest periods in between sets.

Researchers had participants perform leg extensions, a seated exercise that works the muscles in the front of the thighs. The weight was set at 80 percent of each person’s 10-rep maximum, and participants kept going until they could no longer continue.

When they smelled dark chocolate, the men completed about 18 more reps on average than when they smelled water. Smelling milk chocolate led to a total of about 9 more reps than smelling water. Dark chocolate also helped participants complete about one more set than they could when they smelled water or milk chocolate.

The most interesting finding is the observed exercise performance bump from simply smelling dark chocolate after an overnight fast, says Sabrena Jo, PhD, the senior director of science and research at the American Council on Exercise, who wasn’t involved in the study.

“Just as important, the researchers found that the dark chocolate odor reduced feelings of hunger before exercise,” she says. That suggests the smell may have helped people feel less distracted by hunger and stay focused during the workout, says Dr. Jo.

Why the Aroma of Chocolate Might Help You Push Harder

The chocolate didn’t make anyone’s muscles stronger. The more likely explanation is that the smell changed the mental backdrop of the workout.

“Our sense of smell is closely connected to brain regions involved in emotion, memory, reward, and appetite. For many people, the smell of chocolate is associated with satisfaction and eating, even before a bite is taken,” says Jo.

Dr. Nashrudin bin Naharudin (who goes by Dr. Nash for short) says the two chocolate scents may have helped in different ways:

  • Dark chocolate appeared to act more like an appetite cue, shifting people away from hunger and toward fullness.
  • Milk chocolate, which was rated as more pleasant, may have worked more as a small reward during a tough workout.

Jo compares it to hearing a favorite song before exercise. “It doesn’t physically make your muscles stronger, but it can change how you feel,” she says.

These findings add to the idea that performance is shaped by more than fuel and muscle, says Jo. “Psychological factors — including attention, expectations, motivation, and even sensory experiences — can meaningfully influence how we perform,” she says.

Strengths and Limitations of the Study

The design of the study was a strength: Each participant tried all three conditions, so researchers could compare the same person after they smelled dark chocolate, milk chocolate, and the control. The exercise test and scent exposure were also standardized.

The study doesn’t prove why the chocolate smell seemed to help. For instance, the researchers didn’t measure appetite hormones, brain activity, or other body signals that could explain the mechanisms in play.

Additionally, there may have been slight variations in smell intensity between the chocolate samples, and since the water sample was odorless, that could have given participants a clue that they were smelling the control sample.

Because only young men who worked out regularly were included in the study, it’s unclear whether chocolate would have the same effect in other groups or scenarios; for instance women, older adults, recreational exercisers, endurance workouts, full-body strength sessions, or people who eat before exercise.

Could You Try This Yourself?

“This strategy is highly practical for anyone who practices intermittent fasting, time-restricted eating, or simply prefers early-morning workouts on an empty stomach,” says Nash.

“Eating a pre-workout snack right before heavy lifting can sometimes cause stomach cramps or sluggishness. Instead, people can use a ‘non-ingestive’ strategy: keeping a jar of high-quality cocoa powder or a pure chocolate extract in their gym bag,” he says.

A paced, 30-second sniff right before a workout and during rest periods between heavy sets could help maximize training volume and keep hunger pangs at bay without breaking a fast, says Nash.

He also cautions against smelling it continuously, because the nose can quickly become desensitized to a scent, which could make it less effective.

Factors to Consider First

Jo is more cautious about turning the finding into gym advice. “I wouldn’t recommend that people start carrying chocolate to the gym expecting a performance boost,” she says. Instead, she sees the study as an interesting reminder that surroundings and psychological state can influence how a workout feels.

Still, she says there’s relatively little downside or risk. For most healthy adults, exercising after an overnight fast is safe if the workout is moderate and they’re accustomed to it, says Jo.

“However, some people may experience dizziness, lightheadedness, fatigue, difficulty concentrating, or lower exercise performance when exercising without eating,” she says.

Those risks may be greater during longer or more intense workouts, in hot environments, or for people with diabetes or other medical conditions affecting blood sugar regulation, says Jo.

“The most important message is to pay attention to how your body responds. If fasting consistently leaves you feeling weak or unable to perform well, eating something before exercise is likely the better strategy,” she says.

For people who still want to experiment, the safest interpretation is low stakes: Smelling chocolate may be worth trying if it makes a morning workout feel more pleasant or less hunger-driven. It should not replace food, hydration, sleep, or a training plan that matches your body and goals, says Jo.

Traveling Confidently With Metastatic Breast Cancer

Pack a Breast Cancer Travel Kit

Packing a breast cancer travel kit can help you prepare for any scenario.

Kai Andrews, a survivorship nurse practitioner at the Aiello Breast Center at UM Baltimore Washington Medical Center, recommends placing your travel kit in a carry-on bag in case your checked bag gets lost.

Medications and a Detailed Medical Summary

Be sure to pack all current medications in their original bottles. This allows airport security to identify prescription medications and keeps the pills safe from light and moisture.

[1]

“Bring more than enough to last the entire trip, with an extra supply in case of travel delays,” Dr. Graham says. “Alongside medications, a doctor’s note summarizing your medical history, including your diagnosis, treatments, and any allergies, is invaluable.”

This documentation can be critical if you need to seek medical attention while away from home.

Sun Protection

Breast cancer treatments like chemotherapy and radiation can make the skin more sensitive to the sun.

[2]

“Packing a high-SPF sunscreen, a wide-brimmed hat, and protective clothing is essential to prevent sunburn and skin irritation,” Graham says.

She also recommends bringing a gentle, unscented lotion to help manage dry or sensitive skin, a common side effect of treatment.

Comfortable Clothing and Accessories

Comfort is paramount when traveling, especially for those managing the side effects of breast cancer treatment. “Loose-fitting clothing made from soft, natural fibers can prevent irritation, particularly around surgical scars or radiated areas,” Graham says. “A travel pillow for neck support and a seat-belt pillow to protect the chest area can also enhance comfort during long journeys.”

Kate McNair, PhD, NP, a women’s health nurse practitioner and the program director at the Beth Israel Lahey Health Specialty Care Breast Center in Plymouth, Massachusetts, recommends packing a portable personal neck fan.

“If you’re taking medications like an aromatase inhibitor or tamoxifen and are experiencing hot flashes, this is an excellent way to feel cooler quicker, even on a plane or on an excursion in a new city,” she says.

A ‘Just-in-Case’ Kit for Side Effects

Be prepared for potential treatment-related side effects by assembling a small kit with remedies for common issues, Graham recommends.

“This could include medications for pain, diarrhea, constipation, and nausea,” she says. “It’s also wise to pack items like lip balm for dry lips (with SPF) and hand sanitizer or disinfectant wipes to minimize the risk of infection, as some treatments can weaken the immune system.”

Polycythemia Vera and Alcohol: Is Drinking Safe?

How Alcohol Affects PV

PV is part of a group of rare chronic blood cancers called myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPNs). While strong scientific evidence has linked alcohol consumption to an increased risk for several cancers, MPNs are not among them.

[3]

[4]

 Drinking alcohol can, though, worsen PV symptoms and lead to complications in some people.

“Some patients find that alcohol can trigger or worsen headaches, flushing, dizziness, or itching,” says Dr. Gerds. “The impact varies considerably from person to person. Some individuals notice no difference, while others find that even small amounts can aggravate symptoms.”

Alcohol and Blood Clot Risk

Alcohol is a diuretic and can contribute to dehydration, which amplifies the already high risk of blood clots that you have with PV.

[5]

This cancer causes your body to make too many red blood cells, so your blood thickens and doesn’t flow properly. This can lead to the formation of blood clots inside your veins or arteries. A clot can then block blood flow, causing a heart attack, stroke, or pulmonary embolism.

[6]

Dehydration doesn’t change your number of red blood cells, but it reduces the amount of liquid in your blood, so it becomes more concentrated and thicker.

“While moderate alcohol consumption has not been shown to specifically increase clotting risk in PV, heavy alcohol use can contribute to dehydration and other health issues that may negatively affect overall cardiovascular health,” Gerds says.

What Is Transient Global Amnesia, and Why Did Katie Couric Experience It?

Award-winning journalist Katie Couric has opened up about experiencing an incident of temporary memory loss. In a Substack post titled “The Day I’ll Never Remember,” Couric detailed a day in late June 2026 that never completely registered in her memory.

Physicians later diagnosed the 69-year-old with a condition called transient global amnesia.

[1]

Couric explained in the post that she remembers walking to a local farmer’s market that day, eating cereal, and getting dressed for the Aspen Ideas Festival. Her husband, John Molner, then drove her to the event. “That’s the last thing I remember,” she wrote.

Couric moderated a panel at the event, and served as a panelist on another. “I remember nothing from either panel,” she said. Couric also noted that she has “no idea” what was discussed or what happened when the panels were over.

But while Molner didn’t notice Couric behaving unusually, an intern told him that his wife wasn’t feeling well. She was taken to a local hospital for an evaluation. There, she couldn’t remember the names of some of her grandchildren or her daughter’s boyfriend. Couric also wasn’t sure of the month and thought it was 2024. “I believed Joe Biden was president,” she added.

Couric received an MRI to see if she had experienced a stroke — she hadn’t. Doctors then diagnosed her with transient global amnesia and told her that her memory would return the next day.

Couric said the incident was “freaky,” adding that she’s “relieved” that her memory loss was not due to something more serious. But her experience is raising questions about what exactly transient global amnesia is, and whether it should cause real concern.

What Is Transient Global Amnesia?

Transient global amnesia is a sudden, temporary breakdown in the brain’s ability to make new memories, according to Davide Cappon, PhD, a psychologist and director of neuropsychology at Tufts Medical Center in Boston.

[2]

“The person is usually awake, alert, speaking normally, and still knows who they are, but they may be unable to remember what just happened and may ask the same question over and over because the answer does not ‘stick,’” Dr. Cappon says.

Symptoms can vary. In addition to memory loss, people may experience a headache, elevated blood pressure, and dizziness.

[3]

Transient global amnesia is usually considered harmless. While it is more likely to affect middle- and older-aged adults, transient global amnesia is not considered a typical “senior moment,” Cappon says.

Transient global amnesia is considered a rare condition, “but not exceedingly rare,” Cappon says. It impacts about 5 to 10 people per 100,000 each year in America.

[4]

What Causes Transient Global Amnesia?

Scientists are still learning about why some people develop transient global amnesia. “We do not think of transient global amnesia as dementia, and in most cases it is not a stroke,” Cappon says. “The exact mechanism is still not fully understood.”

However, he says that transient global amnesia is likely a temporary disruption of memory circuits, especially in the hippocampus, the brain structure that helps people form new memories. “Episodes can occur after physical strain, emotional stress, pain, sudden immersion in cold or hot water, sexual activity, or other physiologic stressors,” Cappon says. “A history of migraine also seems to increase risk.”

A scientific analysis published in 2025 in the Journal of the Neurological Sciences analyzed data from 162 patients who were diagnosed with transient global amnesia. The researchers discovered that the condition was most common in people who recently experienced emotional stress or physical activity.

[3]

“The most common instances I have seen of transient global amnesia occurred after episodes causing increased life stress,” says Clifford Segil, DO, a neurologist at Providence Saint John’s Health Center in Santa Monica, California. “I have seen this when stockbrokers have lost money, homeowners’ homes have burned, people have been arrested, and after folks were caught philandering. I have also seen it arise out of the blue without any provocation.”

People with transient global amnesia should have basic blood work done to make sure they’re not dehydrated — that can cause confusion, too, Dr. Segil says.

How Long Does Transient Global Amnesia Typically Last?

Every person experiences transient global amnesia differently. However, “Most episodes last a few hours and resolve [get better] the same day,” Cappon says. “By definition, symptoms should clear within 24 hours.”

The person who experienced transient global amnesia “usually returns to baseline, but often has a permanent blank spot for the episode itself,” Cappon says.

Is It a Symptom of a Larger Cognitive Issue?

Transient global amnesia can be confusing and scary for the person who experiences it. However, Cappon says it’s not considered a sign of a bigger cognitive issue.

“Classic transient global amnesia is generally considered benign and does not mean someone has Alzheimer’s disease,” he says.

Still, Segil says it’s important to have a full medical evaluation after experiencing transient global amnesia to make sure nothing else is going on. “It can herald something medically concerning and it can be the tip of a medical iceberg,” he says.

Are Temporary Amnesia Episodes Likely to Happen Again?

Most people who experience transient global amnesia will not have an episode again. One scientific analysis of 36 studies on people with transient global amnesia found that 544 patients out of 4,514 (or nearly 13 percent) experienced the condition more than once.

[2]

The researchers discovered a link between sexual activity and more than one episode of transient global amnesia. People with a personal history of migraine and depression were also more likely to experience the condition again.

[2]

What to Do if You Suddenly Can’t Remember the Year or Names of Loved Ones

This is a concerning symptom, according to Cappon. “No one should diagnose this at home,” he says.

In addition to transient global amnesia, sudden memory loss can also be caused by stroke, seizure, head injury, medication, infection, or metabolic issues, per Cappon. If you experience this, he recommends visiting your local emergency room for an evaluation.

“It needs urgent medical evaluation the first time it happens,” Cappon says.

Tips To Preserve Independence With COPD

“Fatigue for someone with COPD can be caused by low blood oxygen, a higher amount of energy needed for breathing, poor sleep, being out of shape, depressed mood, and possible cardiovascular disease,” says Jimmy Johannes, MD, a pulmonologist and critical care medicine specialist at MemorialCare Long Beach Medical Center in California.

Because it can be challenging to address all these variables, a good first step toward having more energy is to adjust daily habits in meaningful ways, he says.

1. Pace Yourself and Sit During Daily Activities

The key with COPD is energy conservation. It can be useful to visualize yourself as having a certain “bank” of energy for the day and to be savvy about how you make “withdrawals.” That might mean modifying daily routines so each task takes less energy.

For example, consider sitting while showering (using a sturdy shower chair) and while brushing your teeth, says Dr. Johannes. You can also sit while doing chores like folding laundry, washing dishes, or weeding a garden bed.

[2]

Even when sitting, pay attention to how long it takes before you start feeling tired, and get in the habit of scheduling breaks for yourself before it gets to that point. For instance, if you usually feel drained after 20 minutes of a task, plan to take a break after 15 minutes (before you are exhausted).

Pacing yourself also means spacing out energy-intensive tasks throughout the week, Johannes says. Trying to go to a doctor’s appointment, do some grocery shopping, and drop off packages at the post office during one outing will likely be especially taxing. Even if it’s convenient to pack activities like these into one day, you’ll likely be more breathless by the time you get home, he says.

[2]

2. Use Assistive Devices

  • Walker or rollator with a seat, which can be used to take a break while walking
  • Mobility scooter for shopping
  • Shower chair and grab bars
  • Handheld shower head to limit raising the arms overhead when washing your hair
  • Raised toilet seat to make sitting and standing easier
  • Long-handled shoehorn and sock aid to reduce bending over
  • Wheeled cart to move items around the home

Smart home assistants can also be useful, since you can use voice commands to play music, adjust the thermostat, turn on lights, and lock the door, all while minimizing physical exertion. All these items can conserve energy while helping you feel more independent and in control, says Johannes.

3. Consider Pulmonary Rehab

Pulmonary rehabilitation is a specialized program that’s like physical therapy for your lungs. It can be a crucial way to improve energy levels and learn about the tools, habits, and breathing exercises needed to sustain this improved energy.

“This supervised exercise and education program helps those with COPD improve cardiopulmonary conditioning, improve muscle strength, and improve confidence with day-to-day activities,” says Johannes. “It can also teach about adaptations like pursed-lip breathing, taking frequent breaks, and using supplemental oxygen when needed.”

[3]

5 Daily Habits for Managing Bronchiectasis

Symptoms such as persistent coughing, fatigue, and shortness of breath can make daily life with bronchiectasis difficult. This chronic lung condition occurs when damage enlarges your airways, making it hard to clear out mucus, which can cause frequent infections as bacteria grows.

[1]

While there isn’t a cure, it can be managed with treatment and lifestyle modifications.

That’s why the daily habits you incorporate into your life matter. Small, repeatable practices — like hydrating adequately, making time for exercise, and tracking your symptoms — can help you spot changes before they turn into a flare.

These habits don’t replace conventional treatment, like using airway clearance techniques, taking your prescription medications, or checking-in regularly with your healthcare team, but they can work alongside your treatment plan to help you feel more stable and supported day-to-day.

1. Exercise

Exercise should be a habit for nearly everyone because of its general health benefits, but when you have bronchiectasis, it can also help make airway clearance easier. That’s because exercise encourages deeper breaths, warms up the body, and loosens mucus, which may make it easier to cough out afterward.

[2]

“Being active is really important. We’re not exercising in the sense of training for the Olympics — it’s about movement and some physical activity,” says Timothy Aksamit, MD, a pulmonologist at Mayo Clinic in Rochester, Minnesota, and the medical director of the Bronchiectasis and NTM [Nontuberculous Mycobacteria] Association.

Examples of exercise you can incorporate into your daily life include walking, cycling, swimming, and resistance training to build strength.

[2]

Dr. Aksamit says exercises that involve deep breathing, including yoga and tai chi, can be “great for the lungs,” while pulmonary rehabilitation, in the form of exercise classes geared toward people with lung conditions, may help some people rebuild strength and return to physical activity.

[3]

The best starting point depends on your symptoms, fitness level, oxygen needs, and other health conditions, says Panagis Galiatsatos, MD, a pulmonary and critical care medicine physician at Johns Hopkins Medicine in Baltimore and a national spokesperson for the American Lung Association. Talk to your doctor about what a realistic starting point looks like, and ask for a referral to a physical therapist if you’d benefit from additional guidance. Aim for around 20 to 30 minutes of exercise per day.

[4]

2. Hydration

Water helps thin sticky mucus in the lungs, making it easier to cough out. So while it may not be as crucial as the daily airway clearance you perform, it can help with mucus management, as well as your overall health.

[5]

“Hydration is huge,” Dr. Galiatsatos says. “If you’re dehydrated, those lung secretions will be much more viscous, thicker, and harder to cough out.”

Acid reflux is common in people with bronchiectasis, and it can be a trigger for symptoms, too, says Sebastian Kurz, MD, PhD, an associate professor at the Yale School of Medicine in New Haven, Connecticut, where he specializes in inflammatory airways disease and lung infections, including bronchiectasis.

[6]

Keeping this in mind, he cautions against drinking large amount of fluids right before exercise or airway clearance, because a full stomach may worsen backwash into the airway.Instead, keep a water bottle nearby and spread fluids out over the day. Aim for 8 to 10 8-ounce glasses of water.

[7]

3. Infection Prevention Habits

Respiratory infections can be more serious for people with bronchiectasis, so prevention is both a daily habit and one for times of high spread, Dr. Kurz says.

“Anybody who has an airway disease — and other forms of lung diseases — are much more vulnerable to severe respiratory infections. And we know that viruses, for instance, play a crucial role for [flares],” he says.

That doesn’t mean you should live in fear of germs. Here’s how you can safeguard your health.

[8]

[9]

  • Stay up-to-date on vaccines, including regular flu and COVID-19 vaccines, plus any others your doctor may recommend, such as respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), pneumococcal disease, and tetanus, diphtheria, pertussis (Tdap).

    [10]

  • Wash your hands regularly.
  • Wear a high-quality mask (like N95 or KN95) in crowded indoor spaces when rates of flu, COVID-19, RSV, or other viruses are high.
  • Avoid close contact with people who are sick.

“All of these are highly recommended measures to minimize exposure,” Kurz says.

This habit also includes avoiding smoking and vaping, which add another burden to lungs already dealing with mucus and bacteria, Galiatsatos says. It’s also a good idea to avoid air pollution and toxic chemical fumes.

[11]

4. Daily Symptom Check-Ins

A brief daily check-in can help you notice changes early without becoming laser-focused on every sensation, Aksamit says.

Ask yourself: Am I coughing more than usual? Is my mucus thicker, darker, or a different color? Is there more sputum than usual? Do I feel more shortness of breath, fatigue, or chest pain?

The color of your mucus, for example, can provide telltale signs, he says, noting that darker, thicker mucus can indicate inflammation and disease activity.

Mention changes to your healthcare team, especially if you notice increased cough, mucus that is bloody or a different color, fever, fatigue, unintentional weight loss or loss of appetite, or worsening shortness of breath.

[11]

5. Rest and Recovery

Bronchiectasis care can be physically and emotionally tiring. Airway clearance takes time, symptoms often interrupt sleep, and flares can leave you drained. Taking pauses for rest and recovery is a necessary part of living with a chronic lung condition, Kurz says.

Practice good sleep hygiene habits, such as using blackout curtains or an eye mask, unplugging from screens two hours before bedtime, and aiming for a consistent bedtime schedule.

[12]

[13]

And look after your mental health, Aksamit says. Talk to your doctor if you’re grappling with stress, anxiety, or feelings of sadness; they may refer you to specialized mental health services, he says. You can also join bronchiectasis support groups or open up to a close family member or friend about how you’re feeling.

[5]

“The impact of bronchiectasis with the symptoms, recurrent infections, and treatment can have a very substantial impact on mental health, which needs to be addressed,” he says. “It really can take a toll, not surprisingly, on patients, and their families, and their relationships.”

How to Build a Habit Routine That Sticks

Start with a single habit, then add others one at a time. Stack habits by adding a new habit to an existing one: You can exercise, then do your morning airway clearance before breakfast, for example, Aksamit says. But for some people, adding a new habit to an evening routine is preferred because of childcare, early working hours, or other commitments.

The key is to build a routine around what works best for your household, he says. “It has to fit that patient’s schedule, in a cadence that works well for them,” he says.

If a full routine feels overwhelming, talk to your healthcare team about how to make it more realistic, Galiatsatos says.

Understanding What Causes PMOS (Formerly Known as PCOS): Key Factors You Should Know

Editor’s Note: In May 2026, the Endocrine Society and other international experts officially renamed polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS). This change better reflects the condition’s nature as a systemic metabolic disorder. This article has been updated to reflect the new terminology. Polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS) , formerly known as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS), is a hormonal disorder that affects up to 13 percent of women of reproductive age. This disorder commonly causes symptoms such as irregular periods , increased facial and body hair, acne, scalp hair thinning, weight gain, and infertility .e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976295a95b0e6-d7b8-4666-b6fb-dfefccd93db5 Researchers don’t know exactly what causes PMOS, but some key factors, like genes, stress, and hormones, may play a role.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c68aa907-7833-4079-99e0-a431119cbe5e Here’s what research says about the potential causes of PMOS.
Insulin Resistance Insulin Resistance Another hormone that may be involved in PMOS is insulin .e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629befa737e-fe69-4fae-aa12-04b901c21c85 Insulin helps the body’s cells uptake glucose from the blood and use it as energy.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762953043237-bcd3-4c97-bb60-ef7fcea3f0fb Some people have an increased tolerance to insulin, exacerbated by obesity, so they don’t respond to the hormone as well as they should. This condition is called insulin resistance .e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976292dac364e-ba99-460b-a61c-ac33dac52219 About 50 to 90 percent of people with PMOS have it.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762932e29dd1-74ab-4bb3-979e-217210795e5f With insulin resistance, blood glucose levels go up, which makes the body produce more and more insulin as it tries to compensate for the high blood glucose.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c14f6e02-1cc5-4e35-a5a3-8a10dd10c31f When insulin levels are high, and a person has insulin resistance, androgens also rise. This is because insulin suppresses the production of a protein that binds to androgens and other sex hormones, leaving more free androgens available.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a942fe15-e91e-45b2-9241-130fc254d0b8 Higher androgen levels, in turn, may cause more symptoms of PMOS.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629157d0247-7264-42f8-8c17-384d229966bd
Resources We Trust Cleveland Clinic: Polyendocrine Metabolic Ovarian Syndrome (PMOS)Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development: PCOS ResourcesJohn Hopkins Medicine: PMOS DietOffice on Women’s Health: Stress and Your Health
Hormones Hormonal Imbalances An imbalance of sex hormones also seems to contribute to the development of PMOS. Women with PMOS commonly have higher levels of male sex hormones, called androgens.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762906562acb-e4e5-4d9f-9793-6da0d919974d Hyperactive gonadotropin-releasing neurons from the hypothalamus lead to the release of more luteinizing hormone (which stimulates the ovaries to produce excess testosterone) and less follicle-stimulating hormone, which results in an excess production of androgens and blocks normal ovulation.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762954b3ba9e-48fd-42d8-8407-190ecaea8cc4 Excess androgens may:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629efa8d35f-1b57-4484-ac5e-0a51acdeec5ae60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762979e9cc11-184d-45a8-81f7-26caec2e0994 Disrupt ovulation, which can cause irregular periods or no periods at all Stop the ovarian follicles (which typically hold immature eggs) from developing normally Cause extra hair growth on the face or body and hair loss on the scalp Lead to severe acne
Stress Stress Stress and anxiety can contribute to PMOS by raising levels of cortisol, the body’s stress hormone. People with PMOS tend to have higher stress levels, research suggests.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976293a999705-726a-4be7-9c7c-9e4fbcc591c9 High cortisol levels from heightened stress may make it harder for your body to use insulin.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976296b58e734-6725-4330-aa8d-35fd589c88ad This may worsen PMOS.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ecba5980-e31f-4995-8586-88fe344d478c To help manage PMOS after receiving a diagnosis, try to prioritize rest, relaxation, and other strategies for stress relief .
Obesity Obesity Obesity is common among people with PMOS, affecting 38 to 88 percent of those with the disorder.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ed445a30-04ec-4794-b95c-a0ef07c4a19a The link between obesity and PMOS is complex. While it isn’t entirely clear which one causes the other, the two are very closely linked: Obesity seems to increase PMOS risk, and vice versa.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976292e344ca1-620d-4f06-ad57-ef8dd979ed22 Insulin resistance also plays a role. It’s more difficult to lose weight or maintain a healthy weight with insulin resistance. And in turn, excess fat causes your body to produce more insulin.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298a9a678f-31d0-420e-9da1-64f2ee2ace84 A strong genetic component to obesity may be at play here too. Studies suggest that genes associated with fat mass and obesity are involved in PMOS. It may be the case that people with a genetic predisposition toward obesity are also more prone to developing PMOS.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762942f46c52-6f85-4fdd-b998-555b04193108 Either way, reducing obesity and overweight may go a long way in preventing and managing PMOS, with even modest weight loss leading to symptom improvement in some research.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762926ae3fdf-a3df-4797-a161-a6e03b3e516a If you’re looking to lose weight, you can talk to your doctor for their guidance on diet , exercise, and medication.
Genetics Genetics PMOS is a highly heritable condition, which means that it runs in families. In fact, most cases are genetic.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a5a8ae6d-14bb-43f5-bc44-fff9fce0a1db So far, researchers have found 19 genes that are strongly associated with PMOS.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762966087f83-a2ad-47b5-8ea5-4c5569879f16 A genetic predisposition doesn’t necessarily mean you’ll develop the condition though. Environmental and other risk factors, such as poor diet, stress, and diabetes, may also play a role.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762916b75c99-eb1b-4029-84fc-200113f0c7fe Researchers have called for more large-scale studies to better understand how genetic and environmental factors may interact to influence the development of PMOS.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762926dc7cfd-4271-472c-9f4f-6d3236393a13
Inflammation Inflammation Some evidence suggests that chronic inflammation may play a role in PMOS.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291995137f-e46f-463f-8946-9a16f839c507 Typically, inflammation happens when your immune system responds to injury or illness. Chronic, or long-lasting, inflammation may be caused by obesity, insulin resistance, or other conditions.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f4a3fc4d-02f3-4ca7-91a1-e64eadaf9895 Some researchers also believe that increased inflammation in the body can cause insulin resistance, which in turn causes excessive levels of male hormones, contributing to PMOS symptoms.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c6133d91-db5d-4965-abc7-c958eb53cab7 Excess body fat acts like an active hormone factory, pumping out signals that increase inflammation, while cutting back on helpful, insulin-boosting hormones (like adiponectin). This blocks cells from effectively absorbing sugar and forces the body to produce even more insulin.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291705060f-87c8-4b44-b6fe-4722029208b0 Inflammation can also affect how well the ovaries function, stopping the follicles from evolving normally and leading to PMOS.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762978f4c2e4-38e2-4b39-b4a9-3aa369b497d7

7 Best High-Protein Foods for Older Adults

Whatever your personal target, these high-protein foods can help you reach it.

1. Canned Tuna

Protein per 85-g serving: 16.2 g

[4]

Canned tuna’s low price makes a serving of fish accessible, even on a limited budget. Kimberley Wiemann, RDN, of Westbury, New York, notes that this protein’s soft texture is easy to chew, making it a good choice for anyone with dental issues.

You may have heard the advice to “shop the perimeter” of the grocery store. But not every healthy protein comes from the butcher’s counter or cold case. You’ll find shelf-stable tuna in the canned food aisle. Tuna’s omega-3 fats have been linked to lower risk of heart disease — an important perk for older adults, who are at higher risk of this condition.

[5]

2. Cottage Cheese

Protein per half-cup serving: 11.6 g

[6]

Thanks to social media influencers, cottage cheese is a favorite among the younger, health-conscious crowd. But this dairy product is an all-ages, high-protein go-to, and it’s already familiar to adults who experienced its 1980s heyday.

Weiss says that cottage cheese is an excellent protein option for older folks, providing 12 to 14 g per half-cup. It’s calcium-rich, too, with 216 milligrams (mg) per serving. Weiss notes that other important nutrients in cottage cheese include vitamin D, choline, and vitamin B12, which support bone, brain, and cardiovascular health.

[7]

[8]

[9]

Cottage cheese can be easily swapped into many recipes, even if you don’t usually like it.

3. Rotisserie Chicken

Protein per 1 breast: 33.6 g

[10]

Nothing beats the convenience of rotisserie chicken. It’s a high-protein meal starter that needs little prep. “A precooked rotisserie chicken on hand can make it simpler for older adults to meet their recommended protein intake because the cooking and seasoning is already done,” says Wiemann. “It can be consumed on its own with veggies and starch on the side. Or, it can be shredded over salad, into soups, or sandwiches.”

If you won’t consume the entire chicken within three to four days, shred it and keep it in a sealed container in the freezer.

[11]

There, it’ll fuel low-effort meals for even longer. When you’re ready to use it again, simply move it to the refrigerator until thawed.

4. Greek Yogurt

Protein per 7-ounce (oz) container: 19.9 g

[12]

To smoothies, sauces, and parfaits, Greek yogurt lends a creamy texture and packs 20 g of protein per 7-oz container. “Greek yogurt is another great option that is easy to chew and swallow,” says Wiemann.

Each serving also supplies 230 mg of calcium. Because older people have a higher risk of bone fractures, shoring up bone health with this mineral is a dietary best practice. Although the daily value for the general population is 1,000 mg, it’s recommended that people age 70 and older get 1,200 mg per day.

[13]

5. Canned Black Beans

Protein per half-cup serving: 7.98 g

[14]

Canned beans come in many varieties — all good options — but black beans are an especially great choice for older people. Along with their 8 g of protein per half-cup serving, they’re among the highest-fiber beans around.

[15]

Weiss says that this fiber supports gut health and digestive regularity. Gut microbiome diversity tends to decrease with age, so adding fiber is a dietary step you don’t want to miss.

[16]

Keep a can in your pantry as a no-cook protein for salads, dips, soups, and more.

6. Salmon

Protein per 85-g serving, canned: 17.5 g

[17]

Salmon may be on the pricier side, compared with tuna, but not every type breaks the bank. “It can work for a variety of budgets and cooking styles because fresh, frozen, and canned options can all be nutritious choices,” says Weiss. Canned is typically the least expensive option, and it’s already cooked.

This fish is a nutritional powerhouse to include in your diet as you age. “Salmon is especially valuable because it offers a combination of high-quality protein and the long-chain omega-3 fats EPA and DHA, which are associated with supporting heart, brain, and eye health,” says Weiss.

[18]

As a snack, she suggests canned salmon salad on whole-grain crackers. At mealtimes, flake cooked salmon over mixed greens or use it as the protein base of a brown rice or quinoa bowl. When choosing between wild and farmed salmon, note that the wild variety is slightly higher in protein (but tends to be lower in omega-3 fats).

[19]

Neither option is a bad choice for older people. Selecting one to purchase may come down to availability, budget, environmental concerns, or your nutritional goals.

7. Eggs

Protein per 1 egg: 6.24 g

[20]

Older people may remember when nutritional advice said eggs were a no-no, but health organizations reversed that guidance after deeper research on cholesterol. Now the American Heart Association recommends one to two eggs per day as part of a heart-healthy diet.

[21]

Eggs are an ideal staple for older people to enjoy in moderation. “Eggs are a great choice for older adults because they are simple to prepare, easy to chew, generally affordable, and a good source of protein, vitamin B12, and choline,” says Wiemann.

[20]

“Eggs are also versatile and can provide a variety of different meals, so it does not feel repetitive.” Try them any time of day in a veggie scramble, saucy shakshuka, or fluffy frittata.

Managing Word Retrieval Problems in MS: Expert Tips and Techniques

What Causes Word Retrieval Problems in MS?

While experts are still learning about the causes of word retrieval problems in MS, there doesn’t seem to be any single brain process that explains what’s happening.

“With word finding, multiple areas of the brain work together to produce the word you want to say,” says Laura Hancock, PhD, a neuropsychologist at the Mellen Center for Multiple Sclerosis at Cleveland Clinic in Ohio.

According to Dr. Hancock, finding a word involves cognitive processes as varied as visualizing objects or situations, retrieving stored information about words and sounds, initiating speech, and the motor (muscle movement) aspects of speech. When word finding is delayed, “It could be any one of those places where the breakdown is happening,” she says.

In a recent study, researchers looked at verbal fluency in 64 people with MS as well as 73 participants without MS. While people with MS scored the same as those without MS in many measures of verbal fluency, they demonstrated less efficiency and flexibility in their word networks — how words are connected by category and concept.

[1]

In many people with MS, word-finding challenges are related to processing speed in the brain. “A lot of times the words are there, but the brain isn’t pulling the information as quickly as it should,” says Meghan Beier, PhD, a rehabilitation neuropsychologist who specializes in MS at the Rowan Center for Behavioral Medicine in Towson, Maryland.

Often, Dr. Beier says, slowed processing speed leads to pauses in speech and the “tip of the tongue” phenomenon in which you feel close to finding a word but can’t find it.

Word finding and other cognitive challenges in MS can be worsened by certain factors, says Lyana Frantz, a speech-language pathologist at Johns Hopkins Medicine in Columbia, Maryland:

  • Fatigue
  • Sleep difficulties
  • Medication side effects
  • Depression or anxiety

Frantz says that once difficulties with word finding begin, “A lot of times, people say that they start communicating less to avoid those issues,” potentially making the problem worse by reducing the everyday practice in conversation that most people get.

In a study that looked at experiences with word retrieval among people with MS, researchers found that stressful situations, sensory overload, fatigue, emotions, and the behaviors of conversation partners all played a role in participants’ ability to find words.

[2]

Can a ’Life-Changing’ Sunburn Increase Your Risk of Skin Cancer Forever?

Blistering can be a sign that a sunburn is especially intense, according to Vernon Sondak, MD, the chair of the department of cutaneous oncology at the Moffitt Cancer Center in Tampa, Florida. This type of sunburn gets into deeper layers of the skin than other sunburns, causing more damage, raising the risk of infection, and increasing the odds of skin cancer, he says.

The blistering is an immune response, in which fluid builds up under damaged skin to create a protective barrier — the blister. “First, the skin gets red. Then, cells begin to die,” Dr. Sondak says. “That’s when the blistering and peeling occurs.”

While there’s no good data to support the claim that a single bad sunburn is enough to raise a person’s lifetime risk of skin cancer, it’s possible, Sondak says.

A bad sunburn is like a game of roulette, he notes. In some cases, one turn of the “wheel” could lead to cancer; in other cases, you might spin and spin without landing on a bad result.

Blistering sunburns in young people may pose special risks. One oft-cited landmark study found that young white women who’d had five or more blistering sunburns between ages 15 and 20 saw their risk of developing melanoma (the most serious type of skin cancer) increase by 80 percent.

Their risk of other types of skin cancer also went up but was not as closely associated with sun exposure in early life.

[2]

[3]

For context, it’s useful to keep in mind that the overall risk of developing melanoma is about 3 percent for white people, 0.1 percent for Black people and 0.5 percent for Hispanic people. Any increase in risk due to blistering sunburn should be calculated against baseline risk, Tang says.

[4]

In addition to melanoma, another form of skin cancer called squamous cell carcinoma, which begins in the squamous cells that make up the outer layer of skin, is associated with regular UV exposure, Sondak says.

Basal cell carcinoma, which begins in the cells that make new skin cells as old ones die, can be caused by a mixture of blistering sunburns and chronic exposure, he says.

12 Ways to Fight It

How to Reduce Your MS Fatigue

Is there anything you can do to reduce your fatigue? Experts say yes. Here are some tips for preserving your energy so you can get the most out of each day:

1. Work Closely With Your MS Healthcare Providers

Make and keep regular appointments with your doctor to assess whether your disease is under the best control possible and you’re receiving optimal MS treatment.

“In many cases, when MS is well-controlled, it can help in terms of fatigue levels,” says Devon Conway, MD, a neurologist at Cleveland Clinic’s Mellen Center for Multiple Sclerosis Treatment and Research in Ohio.

2. Get Plenty of Sleep

Practice good sleep hygiene, which includes going to bed and getting up at around the same time every day, suggests Conway. “If you sleep a lot but you still feel fatigued, you should be screened for a potential sleeping disorder,” he says.

Sleep disorders are common among people with MS but are often overlooked.

[3]

Research has found that people with MS are at an increased risk for sleep disorders like insomnia and restless legs syndrome, which are related to daytime fatigue.

[4]

[5]

3. Avoid Heat Exposure

Getting overheated is a surefire way to increase fatigue, so staying cool is a must. To survive summers in Texas, Wentink does plenty of advance planning.

“When it gets really hot, I know that if I’m going to do an activity, it has to be before the sun rises or after the sun sets,” he says. “If I’m going to one of my kids’ sporting events, I make sure I bring plenty of water.”

Seeking out shade and wearing an ice pack around his neck also help Wentink from getting overheated.

4. Take Good Care of Your Overall Health

Maintaining a healthy weight and optimal blood pressure and cholesterol levels, and avoiding type 2 diabetes can all help with MS fatigue, says Dr. Conway.

“A healthy diet and a regular exercise program can really help,” says Cohen. “If you are physically out of shape and overweight, everything you do requires more energy.”

5. Fuel Your Body With High-Quality Foods

There’s no specific diet for MS, but the National Multiple Sclerosis Society recommends following a healthy diet that prioritizes colorful fruits and vegetables, lean protein, whole grains, and healthy fats while minimizing processed foods, refined grains, and added sugars.

[6]

“Consuming simple carbohydrates such as sugary foods and highly refined foods such as white bread, white rice, or pasta can cause blood sugar levels to spike and crash. The ‘crash’ can exacerbate preexisting fatigue in persons with MS,” explains Barbara Giesser, MD, neurologist and MS specialist at Pacific Brain Health Center in Santa Monica, California, and medical reviewer for Everyday Health.

How can you avoid this? Regularly choosing high-quality foods can help, says Dr. Giesser. Good options include:

  • Protein-packed options, like beans, nuts, and lean animal proteins
  • Fiber-rich foods, like oatmeal, brown rice, and high-fiber breakfast cereals
  • Fresh fruit and leafy green vegetables
  • Fat-free or low-fat yogurt
  • Omega-3-containing foods, like salmon and walnuts

6. Practice Mindful Movement, Such as Yoga or Tai Chi

Forms of exercise that include meditation and a mind-body connection, such as tai chi and yoga, may be helpful for MS fatigue. A review of research found that mind–body exercise had the most significant effect on reducing fatigue versus other exercise in people with MS.

[7]

“Yoga can be beneficial, as it incorporates mindfulness, stretching, and low-impact exercise,” says Conway.

7. Take Breaks and Pace Yourself

Pacing yourself and taking breaks during the day can help you stay healthy, says Wentink.

“When I’m drained and continue to push, I think I’m putting myself at risk for getting sick,” he says. “When I feel fatigued, I take it as a sign that I need to step back and take a break.”

Symptoms tend to get worse when severe fatigue sets in, says Wentink. “I try to slow down before that happens because I don’t want to bring on a relapse,” he adds.

8. Discuss Energy-Boosting Medication With Your Doctor

Modafinil (Provigil) is a wakefulness-promoting medication that works for some people with MS. The antiviral medication amantadine (Symmetrel) and dalfampridine (Ampyra), a drug approved to help with walking in people with MS, are also used to counter fatigue in people with MS. Using these medications for fatigue is an off-label use. The research on how much these drugs help with MS fatigue is conflicting, with some studies concluding that they offer therapeutic benefits while other studies suggest that they’re not more effective at reducing fatigue than a placebo and more research is needed.

[8]

[9]

[10]

[11]

9. Get Help for Depression

Depression is treatable, so if you think you might be depressed, tell your healthcare provider right away.

10. Engage in Regular Physical Activity

“I encourage exercise for my patients,” says Conway. “In my experience, it can make fatigue worse at first, but if a person can get over the initial hump, it can actually improve fatigue,” he says.

If you’re not sure how to get started with exercise or need some help identifying exercises that will improve your fitness without wearing you out, try working with a physical therapist or a personal trainer who is knowledgeable about MS.

Consulting with a physical therapist or occupational therapist about specific energy conservation strategies may also be helpful.

11. Simplify Your Life

“I have to resist being overcommitted, especially during the holidays,” says Wentink. Even though the chaos can be “beautiful chaos” with friends and loved ones, it can still cause health issues, he says. “I’ve experienced relapses in January or February, and I believe it’s because I pushed myself too hard during the holidays,” says Wentink.

Simplifying and choosing commitments carefully helps preserve energy, he says. “I feel at peace letting some things go to improve my quality of life in the long term,” he says. “I’m hoping that my overall state of health 20 or 30 years down the road will be better because of how I’m managing my life now.”

12. Manage Your Stress

Stress can make MS symptoms feel worse, and long-term stress that goes unresolved can lead to depression, anxiety, and sleep problems.

[13]

That makes it crucial to identify the sources of stress in your life and find ways to manage it.

What’s your best bet for stress reduction? “Some useful stress management techniques include getting enough restorative sleep, physical exercise, meditation, and yoga,” says Giesser.

What Is an Ovarian Cyst? Symptoms, Causes, Diagnosis, Treatment, and Prevention

Symptoms Signs and Symptoms of Ovarian Cysts Most ovarian cysts are small and don’t cause symptoms.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629b8979a1b-aac9-46b7-b35c-de7fa88dfeae If you have symptoms, they may include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298e430f88-392e-454a-b9f3-ebd84ed94e4ae60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629480797ed-1da8-43d9-8026-7df71dc4dc7ae60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762994aa86af-95eb-441a-8007-c0410de05149 Pressure in your abdomen Bloating or a feeling of fullness Swelling Lower abdominal pain (sharp or dull, and it may come and go) on the side with the cyst Less common symptoms include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629561e86a4-db33-46e7-9d7b-ff8e5e3fe178e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629cf8363e0-9e27-4d5e-8f3d-e0a7c48f41bfe60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ff8243eb-8249-45a3-927c-ff7d8143691a Pelvic pain Dull ache in your lower back and thighs Pain during sex Pain during your period or irregular periods Unusual vaginal bleeding Unexplained weight gain Breast tenderness Frequent urination Problems emptying your bladder or bowel completely If the cyst has ruptured, symptoms may include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a06b4811-beaa-4668-9cca-dce5aedfa9b5e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a7b4bb73-6363-40fe-a55e-bad3eeb76c75 Sudden, severe pain Vaginal bleeding Nausea or vomiting Bloating or fullness in the abdomen Pressure or aching in the abdomen If you experience these symptoms, get medical help right away.
Ovarian cysts are fluid-filled sacs in the ovary. They are common and usually form during ovulation.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762992901b2c-ddfc-432c-9879-30bb79ab63f3 Cysts on the ovaries can occur at any age but mostly happen during the reproductive years.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762941e50a83-a405-47ad-85e4-291ea35462a3 Many cysts are small, asymptomatic, and benign, and they resolve without treatment.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c0123454-0bdd-4d5b-8cbc-cd2a9f3b70f9 In some instances, though, a cyst can cause symptoms, especially if it ruptures or grows larger. These cysts require medical intervention, including surgical removal of the cyst or even the ovary.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629b5a107dc-b368-40f8-9fca-702f39432bcbe60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298e181d88-66a5-4965-8fb8-205740cc86c9
Prevention Prevention of Ovarian Cysts If you are ovulating, you cannot prevent functional ovarian cysts. But if you regularly develop cysts, your doctor may prescribe hormonal birth control to prevent ovulation, which may lower your chances of developing new cysts.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762990484f8d-779a-475a-9770-f2006cc52a99 Regular pelvic exams can help detect changes in your ovaries (though for many people, an ultrasound is necessary to identify a cyst).e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976297b9added-8d65-47d6-872a-ef11703c1759
Complications Complications of Ovarian Cysts Although infrequent, some complications associated with ovarian cysts include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762945af0484-3aa5-4a46-8761-ed6534e1805b Ovarian Torsion A painful twisting of an ovary, ovarian torsion can occur when enlarged cysts cause the ovary to twist around itself. Symptoms can include an abrupt onset of severe pelvic pain, nausea, and vomiting. Ovarian torsion is a medical emergency requiring surgery to untwist or remove the ovary.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e1e5e18d-af6b-4466-a310-a7d05f00f265 Rupture The larger the cyst is, the more likely it is to rupture. Some ruptures cause only mild symptoms that can be managed with pain medication, but in other cases, a ruptured cyst can cause severe pain in the abdomen and bleeding; these symptoms require immediate medical attention.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762944a8214b-1524-40d4-ac24-cd83cd8a6978 Vigorous activity that affects the pelvis, such as vaginal intercourse, increases your risk for rupture.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a1860a25-0dcd-431a-b4a5-5a077f600be7
Diagnosis How Are Ovarian Cysts Diagnosed? A cyst on your ovary can be found during a routine pelvic exam.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976297ee73453-ea03-47f7-b88a-2d623431f1c2 Your doctor may recommend any of the following tests to determine the type of cyst you have and the best course of treatment:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976296f14e5d6-1185-4f38-8018-c5fd3bb12e8be60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762967ba7a13-719f-464e-90c8-7c167dd845b2 Pregnancy Test If positive, it may suggest that you have a corpus luteum cyst, which is typical during pregnancy. If negative, your doctor will recommend other types of tests. CA 125 Blood Test If the cyst is partially solid and you’re at a high risk of ovarian cancer , your doctor may order this test. Blood levels of a protein called cancer antigen 125 (CA 125) are often elevated in women with ovarian cancer. Noncancerous conditions such as endometriosis, uterine fibroids, and pelvic inflammatory disease can also cause elevated CA 125 levels. Pelvic Ultrasound Your doctor may use a wand called a transducer to perform a transvaginal ultrasound . This will create images that can confirm the presence of a cyst, help determine its location, and detect whether it’s solid, filled with fluid, or mixed. Laparoscopy With the use of a laparoscope (a long, thin tube with a high-resolution camera attached to the end) inserted through a small incision in your abdomen, your doctor can see your ovaries and sometimes remove the cyst.
Causes Causes and Risk Factors of Ovarian Cysts Your risk of developing an ovarian cyst is increased by:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629afa23665-aec1-42e3-9c4a-0b36ef4a0935e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629d02de296-b9a6-4b1d-98ff-7be00a9e53ef Drugs that stimulate ovulation, including the fertility drug clomiphene (Clomid) Pregnancy Underlying conditions such as hormone disorders, endometriosis , and polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS) , formerly known as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) A severe pelvic infection A previous ovarian cyst Editor’s Note: Following a May 2026 global consensus, polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) is now officially called polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS), highlighting the metabolic roots of the condition.
Treatment Treatment and Medication Options for Ovarian Cysts Treatment varies depending on your age, the type and size of the cyst, and your symptoms.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976299fbeff7b-782f-40bf-9c3c-eab355dcc7f2 Your doctor may want to wait and see if the cyst goes away within a few months. This is typically the go-to option when you have no symptoms and a small, fluid-filled cyst, regardless of your age. Your doctor may also recommend follow-up pelvic ultrasounds at intervals to see if the cyst changes in size.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762959dd2662-1f8c-456a-b12f-6518daf5ea81 Other options include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e4280ce6-aa10-4bc4-91e6-48d15faa0782 Hormonal Contraceptives Birth control pills can keep cysts from recurring, but they won’t shrink an existing cyst. Surgery If the cyst is large, doesn’t look like a functional cyst, is growing, continues through two or three menstrual cycles, or causes pain, your doctor may suggest having it surgically removed. Some cysts can be removed without removing the ovary (ovarian cystectomy), but in other cases, your doctor may suggest that you remove the affected ovary (oophorectomy).
Types Types of Ovarian Cysts Most ovarian cysts develop as a result of your menstrual cycle. These are called functional cysts, and there are two types:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629237d39ca-d671-4fff-b748-31e03d94bdcae60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629eeb1165c-d6f8-4fe6-92fe-3654f5d1c447 Follicular Cyst A structure in the ovaries called a follicle typically releases an egg each month. A follicular cyst develops when the follicle doesn’t rupture and release its egg but instead continues to grow and fills with fluid. Corpus Luteum Cyst After releasing its egg, a follicle typically shrinks and begins producing estrogen and progesterone . It is then called the corpus luteum. But if the opening where the egg came from is blocked, the corpus luteum can fill with fluid. Other nonmenstruation-related cysts include:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629659e70c8-f174-4422-8277-5f66d5269a6de60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976299b5a055c-4b3c-4c21-8126-564cdbb7ddb2 Dermoid Cysts Also known as teratomas, these cysts form from embryonic cells. So they may contain the same types of tissue that make up hair, skin, and teeth. Cystadenomas These cysts develop on the surface of the ovary and contain a watery or mucouslike fluid. Endometriomas These develop as a result of endometriosis, a condition in which uterine cells grow outside the uterus. This tissue can attach to an ovary to form a cyst. Ovarian Cancer Cysts These are solid masses of cancer cells. Ovarian cancer cysts are most common after menopause.
Prognosis How Long Do Ovarian Cysts Last? Functional ovarian cysts often go away on their own within 8 to 12 weeks. Cysts are more likely to go away in women who are still having periods, and a simple ovarian cyst (fluid-filled) is most likely benign.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e21b6b93-38db-437f-b132-0b53e293f057 Some ovarian cysts may be cancerous. This risk increases with age.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762904228b65-89c8-44b1-85aa-f856b8665d27 Cancerous cysts will likely need to be surgically removed.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762904ba6e8b-c09f-43aa-8abe-a09322b7936b
Resources We Trust Mayo Clinic: Ovarian Cysts and Infertility: A Connection? Cleveland Clinic: Ovarian Cysts Johns Hopkins Medicine: Benign Ovarian Cysts University of Utah Health: Ovarian Cysts: The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly Office on Women’s Health: Ovarian Cysts

Definition, Uses, Side Effects, and More

Beta-blockers may not be as effective when taken alongside other medications. When you’re talking to a healthcare provider about beta-blockers, be open about any current medications or over-the-counter supplements you take. This can help you reduce the risk of issues.

[11]

Let your doctor know about all other medical conditions you have before you start on a beta-blocker. Also, tell your doctor about all medicines you’re taking, especially the following:

[11]

Never stop taking a beta-blocker abruptly without speaking to your healthcare provider.

[10]

Beta-Blockers, Alcohol, and Caffeine

Avoid eating or drinking products that contain alcohol, which can reduce the effects of beta-blockers. It’s also best to limit or avoid caffeine. This can also affect how beta-blockers work in your body.

[11]

Beta-Blockers and Pregnancy

Tell your doctor if you’re pregnant or might become pregnant while taking a beta-blocker.

Some beta-blockers may be safe to take during pregnancy, while others may be harmful.

In one study of pregnant women with structural heart disease, those taking beta-blockers had more infants who were small for gestational age (SGA) and a higher rate of congenital heart disease. But the researchers noted these women may also have been sicker, which can affect those outcomes on its own. Among the drugs, labetalol carried the lowest SGA risk and atenolol had the highest.

[12]

Discuss the risks and benefits of taking these drugs with your doctor. Also, talk to your healthcare provider before taking a beta-blocker if you’re breastfeeding.

Beta-Blockers and Certain Populations

If you have asthma, talk to your doctor before taking a beta-blocker. Some types of beta-blockers may trigger a severe asthma attack. Recommendations generally allow cardioselective beta-blockers in people with asthma, but not nonselective ones.

[2]

Consult with your doctor if you have a slow heart rate (bradycardia), low blood pressure (hypotension), or Raynaud’s syndrome. Beta-blockers may not be recommended as first-line treatment when these conditions are present.

[2]

What You Need to Know About ATTR-CM and Vitamin A Supplementation

In ATTR-CM, transthyretin proteins become unstable and fold the wrong way.

[1]

 You can picture TTR protein folding like making a paper airplane. If you fold one wing in the opposite direction, your airplane won’t fly.When TTR proteins don’t fold right, they can’t move like they should. Then, they build up in your organs, including your heart, says Tadeo Diaz Balderrama, MD, a cardiologist for SSM Health in Fond du Lac, Wisconsin.

[1]

This can lead to symptoms of heart failure, like shortness of breath and swelling in your legs.

[2]

Vitamin A fits into this equation when you treat ATTR-CM with medications that decrease the amount of the TTR proteins that transport it.

“Vitamin A (retinol) does not circulate freely in the blood,” says Julia Zumpano, RD, who specializes in metabolic nutrition and clinical nutrition at Cleveland Clinic in Ohio. “Instead, retinol binds to a carrier protein called retinol-binding protein (RBP).”

[5]

 Then, this combination connects to TTR, which helps your body use vitamin A, says Zumpano.

[1]

ATTR-CM treatments work in two ways:

[6]

  • Stabilizers hold TTR proteins in place so they can’t fold incorrectly.
  • Silencers lower the amount of TTR proteins made by your liver.

“Silencers can cause a functional vitamin A deficiency since they reduce the overall production of TTR, the primary vitamin A protein transporter,” says Dr. Hicks.

ATTR-CM silencers include:

[4]

  • patisiran (Onpattro)
  • inotersen (Tegsedi)
  • vutrisiran (Amvuttra)

    [7]

Symptoms and Diagnosis of Polyendocrine Metabolic Ovarian Syndrome (PMOS)

Symptoms of PMOS

PMOS affects everyone a little differently. These are some of the most common symptoms to look for.

Irregular Periods

You may have irregular, unpredictable periods (called oligomenorrhea). This isn’t just two or three days late here or there; it means that your cycle length is greater than 35 days.

[3]

 A normal cycle can range between 22 and 35 days. “[PMOS] patients have unpredictable cycles and have about eight or fewer cycles per year,” says Dr. Ehrmann. Periods may also be especially heavy or really light.

Difficulty Conceiving

People with PMOS often have trouble getting pregnant. In fact, PMOS is one of the most common causes of female infertility.

[4]

 Fertility problems arise from a lack of ovulation. Even if you are getting your period (albeit very late), that’s not an assurance that you’re ovulating. You can get your period without ovulating. That’s why you may not notice anything is wrong until you’ve been trying to get pregnant for some time.

Excess Hair Growth

Because PMOS is a hormonal condition in part marked by higher levels of androgens (male hormones), women experience excess hair growth in unwanted places — a condition also known as hirsutism.

[5]

 With PMOS, you may often notice this unusual hair growth on your face, arms, back, chest, thumbs, toes, and abdomen.

[6]

But this symptom can vary depending on your ethnicity, which may predispose you to having excess hair, says Loren Wissner Greene, MD, professor of endocrinology and ob-gyn at NYU Langone Health in New York City. She explains that this is one symptom to pay close attention to. In people with PMOS, hirsutism was strongly linked to metabolic problems, research found.

[7]

Hair Loss

While you may grow hair in places you don’t want, you may also lose hair that you’d otherwise want to keep. Because of those excess androgens, women may experience male-pattern hair loss, which is thinning hair on the top of the head or hair recession. This may be more severe in middle-aged women.

[6]

Acne

Elevated androgens come into play again, this time delivering skin concerns like acne in people with PMOS. This increase in androgens makes your skin produce more oil, which makes it easier for your pores to get clogged and lead to acne. However, this type of acne isn’t like the hormonal acne that people often experience before and during their periods. PMOS-related acne tends to be deeper in your skin, more inflamed, and located on the lower part of your face, like the chin and jawline.

[8]

Unintended Weight Gain

While half of women with PMOS experience weight gain or live with obesity, the condition can also affect people who are thin.

[6]

The view that all women with PMOS are overweight or have obesity is a misnomer that can stand in the way of receiving the right diagnosis, says Amy Medling, a certified health coach, the founder of PMOS Diva, and the author of Healing PCOS: A 21-Day Plan for Reclaiming Your Health and Life With Polycystic Ovary Syndrome. “Some doctors are only looking for the stereotypical overweight woman, meaning there are lots of thin women who are missed [during diagnosis],” she says.

Increased Risk of Mood Disorders

People who live with PMOS have a heightened risk of developing mental health conditions like depression and anxiety. Research explains that this may be due to dysfunction with important body systems like gut health, hormones, and the immune system.

[9]

Insulin Resistance

People with PMOS are typically not as responsive to the hormone insulin, which helps ferry glucose to our cells for energy. This lack of response to insulin is known as insulin resistance, which can often lead to the development of diabetes if untreated. This is when the metabolic problems associated with PMOS tend to arise.

[4]

According to Mayo Clinic, insulin resistance can also cause secondary symptoms like skin tags and a darkening of the skin, called acanthosis nigricans, which appears as dark, velvety patches around the armpits, groin, and neck.

[10]

Trouble Sleeping and Fatigue

Tiredness and low energy are extremely common if you live with PMOS.

[11]

 Research explains that people with PMOS are more likely to have sleep apnea, a condition that causes brief pauses in breathing, which can contribute to daytime sleepiness.

[6]

Issues with sleep and insomnia can also worsen mood swings.

6 Reasons for Painful Periods and Menstrual Cramps

What causes period cramps? While mild menstrual cramps, bloating, and irritability are expected during that time of the month, significant pain and excessive bleeding can indicate a serious problem.

[1]

With typical menstrual cramps, mild to intense abdominal cramping begins within 24 hours of the start of your period and continues for a few days. Symptoms of period pain include:

  • A dull, constant ache
  • Menstrual cramps that radiate to your lower back and thighs
  • Throbbing or cramping pain in your uterus during your period

Some individuals also experience:

  • Dizziness
  • Headache
  • Loose bowels
  • Nausea

Menstrual cramps that aren’t caused by an underlying medical condition are generally categorized as primary dysmenorrhea.

[2]

This pain is driven by prostaglandins, which are chemicals that prompt your uterus to contract and shed its lining. If your body produces too many of these chemicals, the uterus squeezes extra hard. These strong contractions can briefly pinch nearby blood vessels, cutting off the oxygen supply to the uterine muscle and triggering the cramps.Underlying conditions like endometriosis and pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) can also cause or worsen menstrual cramps. Endometriosis can cause fertility problems, while PID can scar your fallopian tubes and increase the risk of an ectopic pregnancy. Other risk factors include the use of an intrauterine device (IUD), uterine fibroid tumors, and sexually transmitted infections.

[1]

If your periods are causing you significant pain, consult your doctor to rule out serious underlying issues. Here are seven conditions known to cause painful menstrual cramps.

1. Endometriosis

Endometriosis is a complex, whole-body disease that affects an estimated 200 million people worldwide. It occurs when endometrial-like tissue grows outside the uterus.

[3]

 It can grow on the ovaries, fallopian tubes, bladder, and pelvic floor, and in more severe cases, the bowel, diaphragm, appendix, liver, lungs, and even the brain.While the exact cause is unknown, researchers suspect that the condition could be linked to immune system malfunctions or retrograde menstruation, during which menstrual blood flows backward into the pelvic cavity. Genetics also play a role: Your risk of developing the disease multiplies by 3 to 7 times if a close family member has it.

[3]

Untreated endometriosis can lead to adhesions, chronic inflammation, chocolate cysts (cysts filled with blood), and internal bleeding — all of which can prompt excruciating pelvic pain. This pain isn’t limited to your period. Many individuals also experience severe backaches, neuropathy, chronic fatigue, and bowel symptoms that can easily be mistaken for irritable bowel syndrome.

[4]

[3]

These overlapping symptoms make the condition notoriously hard to diagnose. Doctors may mistake it for appendicitis or ovarian cysts, or they might dismiss the severe pain as a normal part of having a period.

[5]

To make matters worse, the only way to definitively diagnose endometriosis is through a laparoscopy, a minimally invasive surgery during which a doctor removes a small tissue sample to biopsy in a lab. With so many diagnostic hurdles, patients often wait a full decade before finally getting answers.

[4]

[6]

2. Adenomyosis

Adenomyosis is a curable condition that occurs when endometrial tissue burrows directly into the muscular wall of the uterus. Because this embedded tissue acts like a normal lining during your menstrual cycle, it creates trapped internal bleeding. This buildup can physically expand the uterus and cause intense pelvic pressure, stabbing menstrual cramps, and painful intercourse.

[7]

Unlike endometriosis, in which rogue tissue implants outside the womb, adenomyosis grows inside the uterus. This means that a hysterectomy can cure it (endometriosis, on the other hand, is incurable). But major surgery isn’t your only choice. If you want to preserve your fertility or just aren’t ready for surgery, doctors can effectively manage the pain and heavy bleeding with medications like anti-inflammatory drugs or with hormonal therapies like a levonorgestrel-IUD.

[8]

Doctors traditionally linked the condition to middle-aged patients who had children or prior uterine surgeries, but recent research shows that it affects younger people, too.

[9]

3. Uterine Fibroids

An estimated 40 to 80 percent of people with a uterus have uterine fibroids, but most will not experience any symptoms. Fibroids range in size from microscopic to large enough to distort the shape of the uterus.

[10]

“Uterine fibroids can turn monthly menses into a monthly nightmare by increasing not only the amount of bleeding, but the severity of period pain,” says Lauren Streicher, MD, a clinical professor of obstetrics and gynecology at the Feinberg School of Medicine at Northwestern University in Chicago. “The reason behind the pain is that the uterus during the period must contract (cramp) to expel the large blood clots that often result from heavy bleeding,” says Dr. Streicher. Fortunately, fibroids do not put patients at an increased risk of uterine cancer and very rarely become cancerous.

[11]

While they can develop at any time, fibroids most frequently appear in individuals in their thirties and forties. They also disproportionately affect Black women, who tend to develop them at a younger age and experience faster-growing fibroids — a disparity that experts note may be tied to societal inequities and racism.

[12]

4. Copper IUD (ParaGard)

A copper IUD is a reversible, nonhormonal form of birth control that can prevent pregnancy for up to 10 years. The device, which is placed in the uterus by a licensed healthcare provider, works by continuously releasing copper, which immobilizes sperm and prevents egg implantation.

[13]

“A copper IUD, as opposed to a progestin IUD, can make menses heavier and more painful, particularly in the first few cycles after insertion,” says Streicher. “But be aware — if you have had your copper IUD for years and suddenly develop severe period pain, look for another reason. Your IUD is unlikely to be the culprit.”

5. Pelvic Inflammatory Disease

Pelvic inflammatory disease (PID) is an infection of the reproductive organs that is most commonly caused by untreated sexually transmitted infections. Left untreated, PID can cause inflammation, scarring, painful menstrual cramps, and infertility.

[14]

This severe pain “most often occurs because sexually transmitted infections that cause PID can create scar tissue and adhesions in the pelvic region. During menstruation, hormones influence the uterus and surrounding structures — including the scar tissue and adhesions — which can increase inflammation, bleeding, and pain,” says Shilpi Agarwal, MD, a board-certified family medicine and integrative physician in Washington, DC, and a columnist for Everyday Health.

If caught early, PID can be treated with antibiotics, but antibiotics won’t undo any structural damage caused by the infection. “Practice safe sex, and get tested frequently for any sexually transmitted infections, especially if you have severe period pain,” Dr. Agarwal advises.

6. Uterine Defects

While a fetus is developing in the womb, its reproductive organs develop from two structures known as Müllerian ducts.

[15]

 In some cases, the uterus does not form correctly, which can cause infertility, period pain, and painful intercourse. For individuals with structural anomalies — such as a bicornuate uterus (a heart-shaped uterus with two cavities that lead to one cervix), septate uterus (a normal uterus with a fibrous band of tissue bisecting it), unicornuate uterus (a uterus that develops from only one Müllerian duct), or uterus didelphys (two uteri, two cervices, and a septum, or membrane, dividing the vaginal canal) — menstrual cramps stem from blockages and membranes dividing the uterus and vagina.

[16]

What Is Cyclospora, the Parasite Causing ‘Explosive’ Diarrhea Across the U.S.?

A microscopic parasite called Cyclospora is fueling an outbreak of severe stomach infections across more than a dozen states. Cyclosporiasis, the infection caused by Cyclospora, can cause frequent episodes of explosive, watery diarrhea and usually spreads through fresh produce tainted with trace amounts of human feces.

[1]

Over the July 4 weekend, cases of cyclosporiasis in Michigan skyrocketed, from 170 cases as of June 30 to more than 570 in just a few days. Typically, the state only sees around 50 cases a year.

[2]

[3]

These gastrointestinal fireworks aren’t limited to Michigan. At the beginning of July, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reported a seasonal outbreak of cyclosporiasis infections, with at least 145 cases in 17 states: Alaska, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Louisiana, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, and Wisconsin.

[4]

The agency said the true case count is likely higher, as some people recover without medical care and are not tested.

“The scale of the outbreak and the rate of increase of the Michigan numbers are notable and striking, and we can expect more cases from other states in the weeks to come,” says Peter Chin-Hong, MD, an infectious disease specialist and a professor of medicine at the University of California San Francisco School of Medicine.

The origin of the most current cyclosporiasis outbreak has not yet been pinpointed, according to health officials. A preliminary investigation in Illinois suggests cases there may be linked to store-brand packaged salad mixes from Aldi, Hy-Vee, and Jewel-Osco.

[5]

How Cyclosporiasis Spreads

Cyclosporiasis infection occurs when people consume contaminated food and water, according to the CDC. It’s unlikely to be contagious, the agency notes.

[6]

While the current case count is high, cyclosporiasis infections are common this time of year, according to public health officials.

“Outbreaks commonly occur between May and August,” says Robert H. Hopkins, MD, the medical director of the National Foundation for Infectious Diseases.

During these late spring and summer months, people tend to eat more fresh fruits and raw vegetables that may carry the parasite responsible for the illness.

Cyclosporiasis is more common in tropical and subtropical countries. The disease spreads in the United States primarily through contaminated imported produce. Previous outbreaks have been linked to the following fresh produce:

[7]

  • Basil
  • Cilantro
  • Mesculin lettuce
  • Raspberries
  • Snow peas

In recent years, Cyclospora has been detected in domestically grown crops. In July 2019, for example, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration found the parasite in two samples of domestically grown cilantro.

[8]

How the Cyclospora Parasite Causes Illness

When swallowed, the parasites burrow into the lining of the small intestines and reproduce, Dr. Chin-Hong says.

“The lining of the small intestine gets destroyed, and as a result, loses its ability to effectively absorb water and nutrients from food,” he says.

The gut may also mount an immune response to the parasites, triggering inflammation and swelling.

“The end result is that a large volume of unabsorbed water rushes through the intestine,” says Chin-Hong. “This leads to sudden and forceful high-volume diarrhea that has been described as ‘explosive.’”

Symptoms and Treatment for Cyclosporiasis

Symptoms of cyclosporiasis usually appear 2 to 14 days after exposure and may include:

[3]

  • Frequent watery diarrhea
  • Loss of appetite
  • Weight loss
  • Stomach cramps and bloating
  • Nausea (vomiting is less common)
  • Low-grade fever

Cyclosporiasis is not usually life-threatening, and most people typically feel better within a week or two.

Dehydration is a major concern with frequent diarrhea; in severe cases, it can lead to hospitalization, so it’s important to get plenty of fluids if you’re sick.

Anyone experiencing gastrointestinal illness, such as sudden and ongoing diarrhea, should contact their healthcare provider as soon as possible. Your provider can diagnose cyclosporiasis by testing a stool sample.

Along with rest and drinking plenty of fluids to maintain hydration, the illness can be treated with antibiotics such as trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim). Without proper attention, symptoms can persist and may come back even after improvement.

[9]

Most people with healthy immune systems, however, will eventually recover from cyclosporiasis without treatment.

[6]

Who Is Most Vulnerable?

In the most recent CDC surveillance of cyclosporiasis in the United States, infected individuals were between the ages of 5 and 86, and about 3 in 5 were female.

[4]

Dr. Hopkins notes that individuals at the highest risk of severe and prolonged diarrhea include young children, the elderly, and those who are immunocompromised, such as people with advanced HIV, organ transplant recipients, and cancer patients.

How to Protect Yourself Against Cyclosporiasis

The CDC says that the Cyclospora parasite is particularly hardy, so routine rinsing or washing of produce is unlikely to kill it.

[10]

[11]

Heat is needed to reliably get rid of the parasite, so Michigan state health officials advise consumers to cook their food to 158 degrees F or higher when they can.

[2]

While not as dependable, cleaning practices can also lower risk. Health authorities recommend:

  • Wash your hands before and after preparing food.
  • Wash all fruits and vegetables thoroughly under running water before eating, cutting, and cooking.
  • Scrub firm fruits and vegetables, such as melons and cucumbers, with a clean produce brush.
  • Cut away any damaged or bruised areas on fruits and vegetables before preparing and eating.

5 Big Mistakes Midlife Women Make When They Have Leaky Bladder

Some 45 to 50 percent of menopausal women experience urine leaks, according to research.

[1]

There are five types of urinary incontinence (UI):

[2]

  • Stress incontinence occurs when some urine leaks during sudden exertion. This might involve coughing, bending, lifting, exercising, or stepping on uneven surfaces.
  • Urge incontinence is when you have a sudden, strong urge to go — even if you’ve recently passed urine. This can lead to accidents if you don’t have a bathroom nearby.
  • Overflow incontinence leads to constant or regular urine leaks when your bladder doesn’t empty all the way.
  • Functional incontinence means you have another health problem that prevents you from getting to the bathroom in time, like impaired mobility.
  • Mixed urinary continence can also occur, which means you have more than one type of incontinence.

These situations can be bothersome and embarrassing, but effective treatments are available. Still, a meta-analysis using data from nearly 84,000 women found that fewer than 3 in 10 with urinary incontinence sought medical help to manage these symptoms.

[3]

The research suggested that factors like shame and fear of examination or side effects can be barriers to seeking treatment.

But according to Leslie Rickey, MD, MPH, an associate professor of urology and obstetrics-gynecology at the Yale School of Medicine in New Haven, Connecticut, it doesn’t have to be this way. “Women have a lot of options for how to deal with urinary incontinence,” she says. Learn about five of the most common mistakes women make when dealing with a leaky bladder — plus, how to avoid them.

1. You Think a Leaky Bladder Is a Normal Part of Aging

Many women with urinary incontinence don’t seek medical help because they believe that their urine leaks are a normal part of aging.

[3]

“Many women are not getting asked about it in the doctor’s office. Plus, they see ads for pads on TV, so they think it’s normal and common,” Dr. Rickey says.Menopause does reduce levels of estrogen, which can dry and weaken tissue.

[4]

For this reason, urinary incontinence is most common in women over 50.

[5]

However, this doesn’t make leaky bladder inevitable, and you don’t have to accept it as such, Rickey adds.

Many women who come to the office of pelvic floor physical therapist Abigail Abbott, MSPT, who has a private practice in San Miguel de Allende, Mexico, have endured UI for years, thinking it’s normal.

“If you have to regularly wear a panty liner or pad, that’s not normal, and you shouldn’t just accept it,” Abbott says.

2. You’re Embarrassed to Bring It Up With Doctors or Friends

In an ideal world, your primary care doctor or gynecologist would include urine leaks on the list of symptoms they regularly ask about, but many clinicians don’t routinely ask about urinary incontinence. Combined with the reluctance of many women around bringing up these symptoms, this contributes to the current levels of undertreatment.

[6]

But if they don’t mention it, you should, Abbott says. You should feel comfortable doing so, knowing that, as common as leaky bladder is, you won’t be the first case your provider has seen.

Most often, your primary care doctor will refer you to a pelvic floor physical therapist or a urogynecologist (a specialist in urology and gynecology). “There are a growing number of specialists like me, and this is what they do, day in and day out,” Rickey explains.

Don’t shy away from discussing the topic with female friends or relatives, Abbott says. If you do share your symptoms, you’ll likely get a knowing nod. “People don’t talk about it enough,” Abbott says. She also questions why talking about urine leaks should be any different than discussing a headache or shoulder pain.

3. You Think the Problem Is Loose Muscles When You’re Actually Too Tense

While the loss of estrogen in middle-aged women can lead to loose muscle tissue, Abbott explains that the problem is often the opposite: Your pelvic muscles are too tight.

She attributes this, at least in part, to socialization (such as women always sitting with their legs closed) and unprocessed emotions (especially a collective history of marginalization). This can cause the pelvic muscles to shorten and tighten, much like your hand muscles would if you clenched your fist all day.

Pelvic floor physical therapists have the training and knowledge to assess whether tension is part of the problem. If that proves to be the case, breath work and other exercises designed to relax the pelvis will likely form part of the treatment.

[7]

4. You Know to Do Kegels, But You Do Them Wrong

Most people have heard of Kegel exercises, subtle exercises for the pelvic floor. “But almost everyone does them incorrectly,” Abbott says. The most common mistake: pushing the muscles out, as if you’re sitting on the toilet, rather than pulling everything up and in.

Abbott tells clients to imagine they’re squatting over a box of tissues and trying to pull one out of the box with the vagina. Other pelvic floor therapists use the image of sucking up a blueberry.

You’ll want to do both short and long holds. For the short movements, try to do up to 30 or 40 quick internal flicks a day.

[8]

Longer holds involve pulling the tissue in for 10 seconds — any longer and the muscles will tire.

Pay attention to your breath while doing Kegels, Abbott advises, keeping it long and slow to keep the area relaxed.

Women often think they should do Kegels forever, but Abbott says this is not the case. These exercises should take place early in the treatment phase for leaky bladder, while you also build up the surrounding muscles of the abdominals, hips, and back. “Once those muscles are stronger, you don’t have to continue with Kegels, because pelvic floor muscles unconsciously know what to do,” she says.

5. You Fear Surgery Will Be the Only Solution

Lifestyle changes and nonsurgical medical interventions are often very effective at managing leaky bladder, Rickey says. She reassures patients that “there’s no reason for anyone to be suffering with this because they fear needing surgery.”

Rickey advises starting by finding a physical therapist (PT) who specializes in the pelvic floor or by talking to a urogynecologist.

Pelvic floor PTs are trained to evaluate the problem, educate the client about what’s going on, and provide exercises and breathing techniques to strengthen the pelvic floor and surrounding muscles.

Pelvic floor physical therapy is effective in reducing UI symptoms, particularly by reducing the frequency and amount of leakage.

[9]

Abbott says that for many women, just one to six visits are enough, if they accompany the sessions with exercises at home.If several months of pelvic floor physical therapy don’t yield sufficient results, other medical interventions that don’t involve surgery will likely be tried. These include low-dose vaginal estrogen and, for urge incontinence, medicines including mirabegron (Myrbetiq) and anticholinergics like solifenacin (VESIcare) and oxybutynin (Ditropan XL).

[10]

Doctors may also apply electrodes to the vagina or rectum to stimulate the pelvic floor muscles. This might require several treatments across a course lasting months.

Another effective treatment is Botox injected into the bladder, says Jian Jenny Tang, MD, an obstetrician-gynecologist at Mount Sinai Hospital in New York.

Extreme cases of incontinence may eventually require surgery, although advances in surgical repair mean most procedures are minimally invasive now, Rickey notes.

For stress incontinence, this most commonly involves placing a small mesh sling under the urethra. Alternative procedures involve inserting wires near the bladder or via needles placed near the ankle as a way of altering nerve signals.

[10]

However, the sling is for stress incontinence, and nerve stimulation is for urge incontinence — so they may not be suitable for the type you have. “When people come to me, we discuss all the options and weigh the risks and benefits. Then they choose what is right for them,” Rickey says.

How to Get Rid of Impetigo: Treatment Options

At-Home Care for Widespread or Continued Impetigo

Aivaz says that for some people, impetigo can be recurrent, especially in those with sensitive skin conditions.

“Not everybody who touches bacteria gets impetigo, and usually you are predisposed to it if you have some break in the skin barrier. Sometimes people have eczema, and that dry, cracked skin is a portal of entry for bacteria,” she notes.

Aivaz also shares that some people, especially those who work in healthcare settings, can asymptomatically carry staph in their anus, belly button, or nose. For those with recurrent impetigo, Aivaz suggests a mild bleach bath, especially for kids.

“I will have mom or dad do a one cup of bleach in an entire bathtub, and have the little kiddo splash around in it for 10 minutes — maybe once or twice a week. That will really help decrease the bacterial counts on the body and minimize the risk of getting impetigo,” says Aivaz.

However, if your impetigo has returned and worsened, Alexis Monique Javier, DO, a pediatrician with Children’s Memorial Hermann Pediatrics in Houston, says that you should return to your doctor.

“Someone should seek treatment if the skin shows signs of infection, such as redness, swelling, pain on contact, drainage such as honey-crusted lesions or pus-like liquid, and/or fever,” cautions Dr. Javier.

And, if any of these symptoms don’t clear and begin to spread or worsen, you should immediately contact your physician.

[11]

Should You or Your Child Stay Home During Treatment?

Impetigo is very contagious, and the safety of bringing your child back to school or day care depends on the severity of the case and the age of your child. Generally, the infection is contagious until the scabs come off or the rash disappears.

[12]

“Since impetigo is highly contagious, the child should avoid close contact with other children until the rash disappears or improves after two days on antibiotics,” says Javier.

Aivaz says that if the rash is localized and you can cover it with a Band-Aid or clothing, there’s no need to miss school or work.

Menopause, the Workplace, and How to Access Support

“Symptoms like insomnia, brain fog, fatigue, hot flashes, and mood changes directly affect work performance,” Dr. Ni says.

According to the Center for American Progress, more than 1 in 10 workers today is a woman in her mid-fifties or older — a figure that has grown significantly in the past 20 years.

[2]

Plus, many women experience symptoms of perimenopause in their forties, well before their final period. These can include the following:

  • Hot flashes
  • Brain fog
  • Trouble concentrating
  • Anxiety
  • Depression
  • Sleep
  • Mood

Over 13 percent of middle-aged women have had one or more unfavorable work outcomes due to menopause, including missing days of work, according to a large survey of 4,400 women. Women with the most extreme symptoms were 15 times more likely than others to have work-related issues.

[3]

More than hot flashes or other physical problems, the mood symptoms of menopause are behind most absenteeism, says the study’s lead author, Stephanie Faubion, MD, director of Mayo Clinic Women’s Health and medical director of The Menopause Society.

When these women are not supported by their employers, problems can arise.

Stats on Menopause in the Workplace

“For some people, menopause can be the tipping point — but it does not have to be permanent or career-ending,” Dr. Ni says.

Even so, many women in a 2024 AARP survey reported losing work hours, considering retiring early, or leaving jobs entirely due to their symptoms. This is often due to a lack of support, or discomfort with discussing their needs with management.

[4]

And a survey in 2022 by the Fawcett Society, a British nonprofit advocating for women’s equity, found that 1 in 10 women have left a job directly due to menopause symptoms.

[5]

A Real Life Example of Menopause’s Workplace Effects

Miranda Bryant, of St. Paul, Minnesota, had always been organized and efficient at work. But seven years ago, when she transitioned to a new role at a global health research institute, where she had worked for several years, she suddenly found herself struggling to keep up with her assignments.

Before weekly meetings with a much-younger female supervisor, Bryant, who was in her fifties, organized her laptop to highlight recent accomplishments and upcoming action items. But during the meetings, she would scramble to find the information. Then, when her institute went virtual during the COVID-19 pandemic, Bryant began to experience anxiety, so she took a monthlong medical leave. When she returned, her boss fired her.

In retrospect, Bryant realizes that her mental health symptoms largely resulted from perimenopause. “At the time, I wasn’t connecting the dots to my shifting hormones,” she says. She saw the link clearly only after other perimenopause symptoms appeared, including insomnia, joint pain, and headaches, and once her periods stopped altogether.

Bryant isn’t unique in having menopausal symptoms clash with the work environment.

Should You Try ‘Floor Time’ for Stress Relief?

If you’ve looked on social media for ways to de-stress, you may have come across “floor time”: People sprawled on the ground at home, at the office, even at the library as a remedy for the daily grind.

Social media users say floor time sessions bring a sense of calm and help them feel less overwhelmed. TikTok creator @ian_horak says floor time is the “best feeling after a long day.” Another user, @validmuphhz, says the practice helps relieve back pain, and creator @emilyhessey_ says it’s “good for the soul.”

Can lying on the floor really lower stress and offer other benefits? Here’s what experts think.

What Is Floor Time?

As its name suggests, floor time refers to adults lying on the floor in various positions, whether on their backs, spread out like snow angels, or curled up in a ball. TikTok user @ktreilly says it can be reminiscent of tummy time, a practice of putting infants on their stomachs for limited periods of time to help strengthen their core, shoulders, and necks.

What Experts Are Saying About Floor Time

“As both a yoga teacher and a psychotherapist, I am a big proponent of floor time,” says Lauren Maher, a licensed marriage and family therapist and certified yoga therapist in Los Angeles, and author of The Chair Yoga Deck. “It can be a quick and easy way to take a physical and mental break, feel more grounded, and gain a new perspective.”

Here’s what experts think about the specific floor time benefits being touted today.

Lowering Stress

Floor time may be trending on social media, but it’s not a new concept, says therapist Rio Wilson, founder of Brain-Body Therapy in Tampa, Florida. “Physical therapists, yoga instructors, and mental health professionals have long used positions that place the body on a firm, stable surface to encourage relaxation and body awareness.”

Lying on the floor can “slow the body’s stress response and enable you to become more present in the moment, rather than becoming consumed by worries about the past or future,” says Marty Maidenberg, a licensed mental health counselor and therapist in New York City. Lower stress can create a greater sense of emotional balance, he says.

Floor time can redirect your focus from stressful thoughts, release muscle tension, slow breathing, and decrease heart rate, Maidenberg says. “While the initial stress points may not be changing, taking a break from those stresses can make them feel more manageable and not so overwhelming.”

You might associate sitting or standing with stressful activities, like working or scrolling your phone, and floor time can shift your perspective, Maher adds.

Grounding and Mindfulness

Lying on the floor helps you “engage with the world in a more mindful way,” where you notice what the floor feels like underneath you and what it’s like to stare up at the ceiling, Maher says.

“Many of my therapy clients and yoga students have noted that they often feel more grounded when they lie down on the floor,” she adds. “It provides a moment of calm, and a time to breathe more fully.”

A research review published in 2024 suggests that grounding exercises can offer a number of benefits, including reduced muscle tension, calmer brain wave patterns, improved heart and breathing rates, and better mood and sleep.

[1]

“The sensation of being fully supported by the ground can create a feeling of safety and stability that some people find calming,” Wilson says.

Reducing Back Pain

Hunching over a phone or slouching in a chair all day can create tension in the neck, shoulders, and back, Maher says.

For some people, floor time might relieve such tension and encourage better postural alignment, she says. A firm surface can sometimes relieve pressure on your joints and allow your spine to settle into a more neutral position, Wilson adds. It may also help you recognize specific areas of tension or imbalance.

Pain is individualized, though, Wilson says. Lying on the floor could worsen pain for some, including people with arthritis, hip problems, injuries, or nerve-related pain.

“If lying on the floor increases pain or discomfort, it is not the right strategy for that individual,” she says.

Improving Posture

Floor time alone isn’t a posture correction method, Wilson says, but it can “increase awareness of posture.”

“However, lasting improvements in posture typically come from strengthening, mobility work, and changes in daily movement habits, rather than simply spending time on the floor,” Wilson says.

Boosting Mood

“Stress and mood are closely connected, so anything that helps lower stress may positively affect mood,” Wilson says.

Lowering your heart rate and reducing physical tension can have a “meaningful impact on emotional well-being,” Maidenberg says. Giving your body a chance to relax with floor time can interrupt stress and give the body a chance to recharge, which could reduce feelings of irritability or distress.

Just keep in mind that lying on the floor won’t treat depression or mood disorders, Wilson says. Any mood benefits likely come from its ability to promote relaxation and reduce mental tension.

Should You Try Floor Time?

Because it’s simple and doesn’t cost anything, floor time is an accessible stress reduction technique and could help many people, Wilson says. But it’s not for everyone.

Lying on a hard, flat surface can be uncomfortable for some. In addition, “Getting down and up from the floor can be challenging for older adults or individuals with balance problems,” she says.

Avoid lying on the floor if you have arthritis, joint or mobility issues, or anything that prevents you from easily getting up and down, Maher says. In these instances, she suggests modifying the move by practicing mindfulness while lying on the couch or in bed.

Floor time may feel relaxing, but it shouldn’t be viewed as a replacement for evidence-based stress management approaches, such as regular exercise, quality sleep, social connection, and when necessary, therapy or medication, Wilson says.

It also isn’t a cure for anxiety or depression, she adds. “But it can be a useful tool for helping people slow down, disconnect from stimulation, and become more present.”

Are You Staying Up Late Too Often? It Could Affect Your Weight

Regularly skimping on sleep may lead to weight gain and a larger waistline, new research found.

In a recent study, adults who stayed up even a little late every night for six weeks but woke up at their regular time gained an average of 1 pound.

[1]

While that amount of weight gain may seem small, it’s important to note that it happened over a relatively short period, says senior author Marie-Pierre St-Onge, PhD, a professor of nutritional medicine at Columbia University Irving Medical Center in New York City.

The adults were losing about 80 minutes of sleep per night. If the same pattern repeated for a full year, it could eventually result in more than 8 added pounds for some people — “clinically meaningful weight gain,” according to the study authors.

Researchers Intentionally Cut Sleep Short to Measure Impact on Weight and Hormones

While other studies have looked at the effects of more extreme sleep deprivation, researchers wanted to know how a real-world shortened sleep scenario might affect weight and metabolism.

The study pooled data from two randomized trials that included 95 adults who were 34 years old on average. Before the study, participants usually slept at least seven hours a night and had elevated cardiometabolic risk, meaning risk factors tied to heart disease or carrying excess weight.

Each person completed two six-week sleep phases:

  • Adequate sleep, when they kept their usual bedtime and wake time
  • Shortened sleep, when they delayed bedtime by a little more than an hour while keeping the same wake time

Participants wore wrist monitors to track sleep and movement, and researchers also measured their weight, waist size, muscle-to-fat ratio, physical activity, time spent sitting, and hormones related to appetite and energy.

Because each person went through both schedules, researchers could compare what happened when the same participant got enough sleep versus when they stayed up late.

Less Sleep Was Tied to Weight Gain and More Sitting

During the shortened-sleep phase, participants slept about 78 fewer minutes per night on average — going from about 7.5 hours to a little over 6 hours.

On average, participants experienced the following during their shortened sleep phase:

  • A 0.45 kilogram (1 pound) weight gain
  • A small increase in waist size (about one-fifth of an inch)
  • 17 more minutes a day spent sitting, even after researchers accounted for the fact that they were awake longer
  • Higher leptin levels, a hormone that tends to rise as the body stores more energy

These findings highlight the very important role of sleep for overall health, particularly weight, says Yuval Pinto, MD, an obesity and family medicine doctor at Johns Hopkins Medicine in Baltimore, who was not involved in the research.

“Sleep is so underestimated in our society. It’s the second most important aspect when it comes to weight loss after nutrition, a very important piece of the puzzle,” says Dr. Pinto.

How Too Little Sleep Could Contribute to Weight Gain

Weight gain usually reflects a shift in energy balance — how much energy the body takes in versus how much it uses, says Dr. St-Onge.

In this study, people spent more time sitting when their sleep was shortened. In previous research, St-Onge’s team has found that people tend to eat more when sleep is restricted.

[2]

“I think both come into play when it comes to insufficient sleep,” she says.

Pinto sees that pattern in his practice, too. “When people sleep less or have lower-quality sleep, hunger and the need to snack go up,” he says.

Hormones may be one reason. Leptin and ghrelin help regulate hunger and fullness, and poor sleep can disrupt that system, Pinto says. This study did not find a clear change in ghrelin, a hunger-related hormone, or GLP-1, a hormone involved in fullness and blood sugar control. But the researchers noted that fasting morning hormone levels may not capture how these hormones rise and fall across the day.

Less sleep may also affect how the body handles blood sugar. In a previous randomized trial of women, St-Onge and her colleagues found that cutting sleep by about 80 minutes a night for six weeks reduced insulin sensitivity. That means the body had to release more insulin to keep blood sugar in a normal range — a pattern that can raise the risk of prediabetes and type 2 diabetes over time if it’s not corrected, says St-Onge.

[3]

The Study Has Some Limitations

The study has several important strengths: It was randomized, each person served as their own comparison, and sleep changes were recorded at home rather than only in a sleep lab.

Researchers also used wrist monitors, body scans, and other measurements, rather than relying only on what people remembered or reported.

But there were also limitations. At just six weeks, it was short, and the number of participants was relatively small. It also included only adults with elevated cardiometabolic risk, so the results may not apply to everyone. It was also not designed to prove why people gained weight.

Signs You May Not Be Getting Enough Sleep

You don’t need a sleep tracker to know your sleep is falling short.

St-Onge says signs that you may need more sleep include:

  • Yawning and trouble staying awake or alert
  • Dozing off during quiet moments, like while you’re reading, watching TV, or sitting in traffic
  • Feeling moodier or more irritable than usual
  • Waking up unrefreshed
  • Trouble concentrating
  • Sleeping longer when you give yourself more time in bed

Your Bed Should Be for Sleep and Sex Only

Pinto tells his patients that the bed should be reserved for two activities: sleep and sex.

Other top ways to improve your sleep, according to Pinto:

  • Wait until you’re tired to go to bed.
  • Keep your room cool and dark.
  • Stop eating a couple of hours before your bedtime to allow time for digestion.

He also recommends getting screened for underlying sleep issues. For example, obstructive sleep apnea is common in people who are overweight or have obesity. “If that goes undiagnosed and untreated, that can make it very hard to lose weight,” says Pinto.

Loud snoring, morning headaches, waking up feeling unrefreshed, and daytime sleepiness are all potential signs of an underlying sleep disorder, he says.

Going through perimenopause or menopause can also negatively affect sleep, Pinto points out. “If you’re waking up sweating and your pillow is damp with sweat, that’s something that needs to be discussed, diagnosed, and treated,” he says.

11 Ways to Ease Symptoms of Thyroid Eye Disease

Biologics, corticosteroids, and surgery are among the first lines of defense for treating symptoms of thyroid eye disease, such as bulging eyes (proptosis) and double vision. But you can supplement these with other measures, including lifestyle habits and over-the-counter products, to help manage symptoms.

[1]

“Natural treatments, when used in conjunction with prescription treatments, are very useful ways of treating the symptoms of thyroid eye disease,” says Yuna Rapoport, MD, MPH, an ophthalmologist and the founder and director of Manhattan Eye in New York City. “They can greatly improve [a person’s] quality of life, day-to-day functioning, and emotional well-being.”

Here are 11 ways to ease the symptoms of thyroid eye disease.

1. Use Lubricating Eye Drops

People with thyroid eye disease aren’t able to blink properly, which can lead to dry, irritated eyes. When this happens, fewer tears are produced, which makes the eyes even drier. “Lubricating drops are a great adjunct natural treatment for dry eyes,” says Dr. Rapoport.

When choosing artificial tears or lubricating drops, “Preservative-free formulations reduce the risk of irritation,” says Howard R. Krauss, MD, a neuro-ophthalmologist and clinical professor of ophthalmology and neurosurgery at Saint John’s Cancer Institute in Santa Monica, California.

Preservative-free tears are available over the counter. There’s no single eye drop that’s ideal for everyone, he says, but generally speaking, the more viscous the formula, the more protective and comfortable it will be for your eyes.

One caveat: Thicker artificial tears and lubricating drops can blur vision, so you may need to try several brands and formulations to find the best one for you. You can also try saving the most viscous gels or ointments for bedtime.

[2]

2. Ask Your Doctor if You Should Try Selenium

Selenium is a nutrient that’s important for normal thyroid hormone production. One review found selenium supplements may be beneficial for managing thyroid eye disease symptoms and improving quality of life.

[3]

Another review concluded selenium slows the progression of the disease and improves quality of life.

[4]

Americans generally get enough selenium in their diet, though, so taking a selenium supplement may not be helpful unless a doctor suggests it for a known deficiency. Plus, it’s important to note, taking too much selenium can increase the risk of type 2 diabetes, hair loss, and diarrhea, among other symptoms.

[5]

3. Elevate Your Head

Just as you’d prop up a swollen ankle on a chair, elevating your head can help ease the swelling associated with thyroid eye disease, says Dr. Krauss.

“One does not need to sleep bolt upright,” he says. “But sleeping with as little as a 15-degree elevation of the upper body, keeping the head above the heart, will reduce fluid accumulation behind and around the eyes of people with active thyroid eye disease.” You can buy a specialized pillow to keep your head at an angle while you sleep.

4. Try Moisture Chamber Goggles or Taping

If gels and ointments aren’t working, you might want to try taping your eyelids closed before you go to sleep, says Krauss. This helps the cornea stay covered and lowers the risk of dryness, says Rapoport. Another great option to help dry eyes is moisture chamber goggles.

If you opt to tape your eyes, ask your doctor how to do it, because if it’s not done correctly, you could irritate the surrounding skin. Applying a little bit of ointment to the area around your lower eyelids can also help prevent dryness and irritation.

5. Wear Fresnel Prisms

A fresnel prism is a plastic film that sticks to the front of your existing eyeglasses. Prisms are most helpful for people who have double vision.

[6]

“This is a great treatment for patients [with double vision] when they are in the active state of the disease,” says Rapoport.

An ophthalmologist or optometrist can fit you for prisms by carefully measuring how much you need and then placing them onto your eyeglasses, says Rapoport. Fresnel prisms are not available over the counter.

6. Wear Sunglasses

Too much exposure to sunlight, wind, and air can irritate your eyes if you have an eye condition, such as thyroid eye disease. “During the daytime, sunglasses can reduce the discomfort that can be caused by sunlight and protect the eyes from irritation caused by airflow across the surface of the eyes,” says Krauss.

Wraparound sunglasses are particularly good at protecting your eyes from the air. “Make sure that they are large enough to keep your eyes well covered, as UV light causes pterygium [a growth on the cornea] and cataracts,” says Rapoport.

You also shouldn’t rely on blue light glasses, says Rapoport, because they don’t reduce irritation or glare. “When our eyes are irritated from screen time, it is because of how we use screens,” says Rapoport. “We don’t keep our corneas lubricated enough, and we do not blink enough.”

7. Apply Cool Compresses

Placing a wet, cold cloth on your eyes can temporarily ease swelling and pain, and the extra moisture can also help ease dryness. If you want it to be really cold, try popping a damp washcloth in the fridge for 10 minutes or wrapping it around some ice cubes. You can also buy a reusable gel mask that you can freeze or put in the fridge.

8. Practice Good Sleep Hygiene

Having thyroid eye disease can affect your slumber. Medications, such as steroids, can disrupt sleep, and thyroid eye disease is also associated with an increased risk of sleep apnea.

[7]

[8]

To make sure you get the rest you need, try these tips:

[9]

  • Turn off all screens at least 30 minutes before bedtime.
  • Don’t use your bed for watching television, working, eating, or other non–sleep related activities.
  • Don’t nap.
  • Keep your bedtime and wake-up time consistent.
  • Avoid caffeine and alcohol.
  • Use blackout curtains.
  • Keep the environment quiet and peaceful.
  • Don’t eat right before bed.

Stella Chung, MD, an assistant professor in the department of ophthalmology at the New York University Grossman School of Medicine in New York City, says good sleep can also help you handle stress. She notes that some of the flare-ups of thyroid eye disease symptoms she’s seen in her patients may have been exacerbated by stress. “Sleep is important. It’s stress management,” she says. “It’s all tied together.”

9. Follow a Healthy Diet

While there is no specific diet that can improve thyroid eye disease symptoms, healthy eating can contribute to better overall health. Dr. Chung recommends a well-balanced diet that is good for everyone in general. This would include:

  • Minimally processed foods
  • Plenty of water
  • Whole foods
  • Adequate protein intake
  • Vitamin D–rich foods or a supplement
  • A selenium supplement, if you have a deficiency

For people who also have other autoimmune diseases, Chung recommends an anti-inflammatory diet that eliminates all dairy and gluten.

10. Avoid Secondhand Smoke

“Secondhand smoke causes inflammation of the cornea and disrupts the balance of the eye’s tear film,” says Rapoport. For people with thyroid eye disease, who already have inflamed corneas and sensitive tear film, secondhand smoke can be even more irritating.

11. Quit Smoking

If you currently smoke, try to stop immediately. “Numerous studies have repeatedly demonstrated that smokers have a far more severe degree of inflammation of the [eye] muscles in association with thyroid eye disease and have an increased risk of blindness, double vision, and disfigurement,” says Krauss.

Smoking is never good for you, under any circumstances, but it is particularly harmful to people with Graves’ disease. Smoking increases the risk of thyroid eye disease in people with Graves’ disease, and smokers have more severe thyroid eye disease and worse outcomes with immunosuppressive treatments.

[10]

Another study found smoking increased the risk of surgery for thyroid eye disease, such as procedures to correct strabismus (squinting one eye to be able to see) and eyelid recession.

[11]

If you smoke, the American Lung Association offers support on how to kick the habit. Maintaining a good attitude is key to following through and reaching your goal. The organization says it will help to do the following:

[12]

  • Focus on what motivates you.
  • Increase your confidence that you can be successful.
  • Learn other ways to manage stress.
  • Know it’s never too late to quit.
  • Learn from your past attempts at quitting.
  • Tell others about your goal, so they can support you.
  • Consider using medications approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, such as nicotine patches, varenicline (Chantix), or bupropion (Wellbutrin).

It’s never easy to break an addiction, but it is worth the fight for better health and a longer life.

Safety, Potential Health Benefits, and More

How to Select and Start a Routine

There isn’t one ideal exercise routine for people living with HCM: It largely boils down to individual preference, health status, and physical ability.

The first step is an assessment of your heart health. “Cardiologists use tools such as echocardiograms, cardiac MRIs, and heart rhythm monitors to help risk stratify patients,” says Dr. Lief.

As far as your overall fitness, these benchmarks can give you a good sense of your base level:

[6]

  • What is your pulse rate before and right after walking 1 mile?
  • How long does it take to walk 1 mile?
  • How many standard or modified pushups can you do in a row?
  • How good is your range of motion in places like your hips, knees, ankles, shoulders, and elbows?
  • What is your waist circumference?

Choosing Your Workout

After you get the green light from your cardiologist, the next step is to determine your own personal fitness goals. For example, do you want to improve your overall health, or gain strength and build more stamina? Are you interested in mastering a new skill, such as learning to swim or do the tango?

Other important considerations: Do you prefer to exercise solo, or would you enjoy a group class or sport? Do you want to be inside or outside? What kind of gear will you need?

“Simple and functional tasks such as walking, jogging, swimming, and body-weight resistance exercises are great recommendations because they do not require much equipment,” says Leo Arguelles, DPT, a cardiovascular and pulmonary physical therapist based in Chicago and a spokesperson for the American Physical Therapy Association.

You may want to try out some different activities and workouts to see what you enjoy and what feels good in your body. It may also help to consult a physical therapist, who can tailor an exercise plan to your individual circumstances.

“Physical therapists offer modifications for cardio and strength training goals and education on breathing techniques,” says Dr. Arguelles. “They educate about overexertion and warning signs to ensure safe progression of intensity during a workout.”

Whatever you choose, experts agree you should take it slowly.

“The most successful exercise program is often the one that is enjoyable enough to become a habit,” says Lief. “Starting slowly and gradually increasing activity is usually better than trying to do too much too soon.”

“The focus should be on consistency and incremental, steady progress,” says Arguelles.

How to Travel Confidently When You Live With Sleep Apnea

Making sure that you pack everything you need for a trip can be challenging, but there’s an extra level of prep needed when you have sleep apnea because treating the condition often involves the use of a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) machine.

[1]

“Using a CPAP while traveling can be difficult,” says Chafen Hart, MD, a sleep medicine specialist at National Jewish Health in Denver. “You need a voltage converter for foreign travel, and the machine itself can be bulky. Also, while it counts as medical equipment, which allows you to bring it as a carry-on, lugging the machine around can be problematic.”

Other factors — jet lag in particular — can disrupt your sleep schedule, she says, and eating heavy meals and drinking alcohol on vacation may worsen sleep apnea symptoms. But certain strategies can ease common travel issues so you can enjoy your trip without losing sleep in the process.

1. Consider a Travel CPAP

If you’re taking a road trip, bringing your regular CPAP machine is easy, but for other types of travel, it may be worth investing in a model that’s designed specifically for travel, says Sarathi Bhattacharyya, MD, a pulmonologist, a sleep medicine specialist, and the medical director of the MemorialCare sleep disorders center at Long Beach Medical Center in California.

“These machines are smaller and more easily transported,” he says. “They typically don’t use distilled water for humidification, so that’s one less thing to think about when you get to your destination.”

Because some models are ultralightweight and compact, and can use battery power instead of being plugged in, a travel CPAP can often be used during a flight, which is useful if you’re trying to sleep on a plane, says Dr. Bhattacharyya.

One sticking point is that these machines are not usually covered by insurance, so they might be a pricey investment, Dr. Hart says. However, because they’re medical devices, it’s possible to use your flexible spending account or health savings account funds to purchase one.

“Other treatment options are mandibular advancement devices and hypoglossal nerve stimulators,” says Madeleine Basist, MD, a pulmonologist at Northwell Health’s Lenox Hill Hospital in New York City. “These may be easier to travel with, since they are more compact and require less equipment.”

2. Pack a Sleep Apnea Travel Kit

It’s helpful to bring items that you use to sleep comfortably at home, says Dr. Basist, for example, an eye mask, pillow, and white noise machine. Even packing your favorite pajamas can give you a sense of familiarity and comfort.

“Maintaining your bedtime routine and sleep habits while traveling can help with adjusting to a new sleep environment,” she says. Also bring your doctor’s contact information and a letter of medical necessity for your CPAP, which will make it easier to bring through airport security and customs.

3. Adjust to the Time Zone in Advance

Traveling to a time zone that’s only an hour or two off your normal schedule usually doesn’t result in sleep challenges, but more than that can be disruptive. You may have insomnia, wake up excessively early, experience daytime fatigue or brain fog, or have gastrointestinal upset.

[2]

“When jet lag results in insufficient sleep, it can have a rebound effect that may cause more significant sleep apnea symptoms,” says Hart. “Jet lag can also lead to eating at weird times, and drinking more caffeine or alcohol, which can affect sleep quality.”

Prepping for a different time zone in advance can be helpful because you can adjust faster to that schedule, she says. If you’re traveling east, several days before your departure date, try going to bed earlier than usual, and get exposure to morning sunlight as soon as possible when you wake up. This will help reset your body clock for a new time zone.

[3]

4. Get More Physical Activity

When you’re at your destination, avoid the urge to sleep in as a way to catch up, because this may delay how your body adjusts to a different time zone, says Bhattacharyya.

Other tips for getting better sleep: Avoid large meals, particularly in the evening, and get some light to moderate activity during the day, as that can promote sleep and help with the adjustment to a different time zone, he says.

Even if you’re not in a new time zone, physical activity can be a boon for getting more high-quality sleep when you have sleep apnea. Research on sleep disorders, including sleep apnea, finds that engaging in exercise enhances sleep quality in multiple ways: Physical activity during the day (but not in the evening) increases the production of melatonin, the hormone associated with drowsiness and sleep onset, for example.

[4]

Even a small amount of physical activity can improve sleep, and that can have a ripple effect on daytime fatigue and general well-being.

[5]

If you’re concerned about travel and how it will affect your sleep apnea treatment, talk with your healthcare provider before your trip.

Can You Drink With Metastatic Breast Cancer?

Are Some Alcoholic Drinks Safer for Breast Cancer Than Others?

No single alcoholic drink is safer than others when it comes to metastatic breast cancer.

“Regardless of drinking a lite craft beer, organic red wine, or a distilled spirit, it is the total volume of ethanol consumed which increases the risk of biological damage,” Khan says.

Safe Drinking Practices for People With Metastatic Breast Cancer

Again, no amount of alcohol is considered safe for breast cancer.

Experts recommend experimenting with alcohol-free beverages instead. “Make them feel special by serving them in a fun glass such as a champagne flute and include a garnish,” McLean says.

Some of her favorites include:

  • Nonalcoholic beers or wines
  • Sparkling water flavored with fresh herbs or fruit
  • Water infused with mint and cucumbers or berries and mint
  • Herbal teas
  • Mocktails

Ultimately, whether to drink alcohol with breast cancer is an individual decision.

“There is a need to balance living your life and knowing what the current scientific evidence shows,” Ko says. “We make choices every day on how to live our own best lives. Special occasions and social connections are important, too. Despite what we know about the risks and concerns surrounding alcohol and breast cancer, I would encourage someone with cancer to take the risks they are most comfortable with.”

However, “given the current data and emerging data, the less alcohol the better,” she continues.

If you are going to drink, the American Cancer Society advises drinking no more than one alcoholic beverage per day for women and two per day for men (although the organization says it’s best not to drink any alcohol).

[3]

Additionally, staying hydrated is essential for digestion, kidney function, medication metabolism, circulation, and energy levels, McLean says.

“Alcohol acts as a diuretic, which can increase fluid losses and contribute to dehydration,” she explains. “At the same time, some cancer treatments and their side effects can increase a person’s risk of dehydration.”

Adequate hydration may help reduce both treatment-related side effects and some of the negative effects associated with alcohol consumption, she says.

Monitoring symptoms while drinking alcohol is important. “Individuals should pay attention to how alcohol affects them for 24 to 48 hours after consumption,” McLean says. “Symptoms to monitor include fatigue, nausea, dehydration, dizziness, reflux, headaches, [and] sleep disruption, among others. Any concerns should be discussed directly with a person’s oncology care team.”

7 Benefits of Palliative Care for People With ATTR-CM

“For patients with ATTR-CM, palliative care can help improve quality of life by working to reduce the side effects of treatment and managing associated symptoms, while also addressing the emotional and psychosocial dimensions of an illness,” says Kurt Merkelz, MD, a hospice and palliative care specialist and the chief medical officer with Compassus in Houston.

Here’s how your palliative care team can help you manage life with ATTR-CM and feel your best.

1. Help You Understand and Explain ATTR-CM

ATTR-CM is complex and rare, so it’s easy to feel confused about what it does to your body, says Krista Dobbie, MD, a palliative medicine and supportive care specialist at Cleveland Clinic in Cleveland. When Dr. Dobbie first meets a patient, she spends a lot of time simply explaining how the heart works and why it’s not working as well.

[2]

ATTR-CM causes buildup of an abnormal protein in your heart muscle, which makes it stiff. Because a stiff heart can’t pump as much blood through your body, you can feel tired and have shortness of breath or swelling and fluid retention.

[3]

Your palliative care team can also help your loved ones understand your symptoms. “The other aspect of heart failure is people don’t look sick,” says Dobbie. “And so friends and family don’t understand why they can’t do what they do or why they’re so tired.”

Many people get frustrated with their own fatigue, says Dobbie. “Patients sometimes feel very badly about themselves — that they just should suck it up, do a better job, or they just need to try to exercise more,” says Dobbie.

But by explaining what’s going on, Dobbie helps her patients identify their symptoms so they can work together on a palliative care plan.

2. Adjust Your Treatment to Manage Symptoms

Because ATTR-CM affects other organs in addition to the heart, you can experience a wide range of symptoms, says Dobbie. Palliative care experts can adjust your treatment and give you other options to address specific symptoms.

[1]

For example, if you have fluid retention, some of that fluid can leak into your lungs and cause shortness of breath, says Dobbie, who also helps manage gastrointestinal (GI) symptoms like feeling full too fast and loss of appetite.

[1]

“Patients may have difficulties sleeping, decreased activity tolerance, and aches and pains that limit their usual routine,” says Deb Kylander, MD, a geriatrician and the director of Cranberry Hospice Center with Beth Israel Deaconess Hospital-Plymouth in Plymouth, Massachusetts.

[4]

“Palliative clinicians act as part of the care team to help identify and manage these symptoms so that patients can maximize their quality of life.”

3. Give You Emotional and Practical Support

Life with a chronic illness can feel emotionally overwhelming, and your palliative care team can offer support.

[1]

Your team may connect you with:

[2]

  • Support groups
  • Community resources
  • Personal or family counseling
  • Spiritual care

Dobbie screens her patients for depression, which is common in heart failure.

[5]

 She sometimes refers people to a psychiatrist or psychologist, who can offer more specialized care.

Your palliative care team can also help with practical needs like shower chairs, motorized scooters, and home oxygen, says Dobbie.

4. Coordinate Communication Between Your Providers

When you have ATTR-CM, you may see several types of providers, like a cardiologist, hematologist, and neurologist. Miscommunication between these specialists can happen easily, but a palliative care team can help you coordinate your care.

[1]

“Because palliative care doesn’t need to be a standalone service, its value lies in being integrated with the patient’s interdisciplinary teams, who are invested in their care concerns,” says Dr. Merkelz. “For ATTR-CM patients, this may mean working in collaboration with their cardiologist, primary care provider, and nurses to minimize risks to their health.”

5. Manage Your Fatigue

To help you manage fatigue, which is common with ATTR-CM, your palliative care team may recommend some tips and lifestyle recommendations.

[3]

 For example, they may give you some ideas on how to conserve energy, such as:

[6]

  • Place stools in the bathroom or kitchen so you can sit while you do your hair or cook.
  • Store heavy items like plates and appliances at waist level so you don’t have to reach or lift.
  • Keep a running list of things you need on a different floor so you can minimize the amount of times you need to use stairs.

You can also improve fatigue by making sure you’re eating enough.

[7]

“If you don’t take in enough calories, you’re going to feel tired, and you’re not going to be able to enjoy the things you love,” says Dobbie. Your care team can help you come up with custom solutions to boost your calorie intake.

6. Plan for the Future

You can decide how much care you want as your disease progresses, and your palliative care team can help you communicate and document your wishes.

[8]

Some advance planning decisions can include:

[8]

  • Code status: If you want to be resuscitated if your heart stops
  • Medical decision-maker: Appointing someone you trust to make medical decisions if you can’t
  • Treatment limitations: Saying you only want to come to the clinic once a month or stick to certain treatments or tests

Palliative care serves an important role in this kind of planning, because your team can help you readdress and adjust the plan as much and as often as you want, says Dobbie.

7. Treat Your Sleep Problems

If you have trouble sleeping with ATTR-CM, your palliative care team can give you tips for better rest.

[2]

For example, they may recommend healthy sleep habits such as:

[9]

  • Create a calming bedtime routine free of screens, bright lights, and loud noises.
  • Keep the same bedtime and wake-up time every day.
  • Spend time outdoors in the sunlight during the day.
  • Make your sleep space comfy, cool, and dark.
  • Avoid napping, alcohol, caffeine, and heavy meals too close to bedtime.

Dobbie also sometimes orders sleep studies to find and treat any sleep disorders, like sleep apnea.

How to Find and Start Palliative Care

You can ask for a palliative care referral at any time after your diagnosis with ATTR-CM.

[4]

While some people wait until symptoms start affecting their quality of life, palliative care can play a vital role in planning for future needs, so it’s never too early to connect this type of care.

[8]

If you’d like to include palliative care on your team, you can ask your cardiologist or primary care physician for a referral. From there, your provider will tell you if you need to schedule an initial consultation, or if they will contact you to get things started.

[2]

4 Common Myths About Multiple Sclerosis and Diet

In most cases, there’s little to no evidence that a particular dietary change has any effect on MS. And worse, some of the changes that are often recommended can make it harder for you to get all the nutrients you need to stay healthy.

Here are some of the most common myths I’ve come across about MS diets — and the truth about each one.

1. Is Dairy Bad for People With MS?

Many so-called MS diets discourage dairy products.

One of the reasons given for this advice is the assertion that dairy is inflammatory, a claim that’s been widely debunked. A review of studies showed that including dairy in your diet was not associated with inflammation among people without any health conditions, nor among those with diabetes or metabolic syndrome.

[1]

When it comes to MS in particular, the theories suggesting a strong connection between MS and dairy products have not been sufficiently tested, which means there’s no evidence that consuming dairy has any effect on MS.

Another theory related to dairy products, called “molecular mimicry,” suggests that butyrophilin — a protein found in cow’s milk and in foods like cheese, butter, chocolate, and ice cream — may mimic part of myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein. This is the component of myelin thought to initiate the autoimmune reaction in MS.

[2]

[3]

But this theory is based only on animal studies and has not yet been tested in human clinical trials — so there’s no need to avoid butyrophilin protein unless you know you’re allergic to it.

Finally, some have suggested that people with MS are more likely to be lactose intolerant — meaning they lack an enzyme needed to digest lactose, the natural sugar in milk — and that therefore eating dairy products causes them uncomfortable gastrointestinal symptoms such as bloating, gas, and diarrhea.

But lactose intolerance is not an inflammatory process and is not mediated by the immune system. And there has been no evidence to suggest that people with MS are more likely to be lactose intolerant. It’s important to speak to your doctor if you have the symptoms mentioned above, as they can have multiple causes. Lactose intolerance is only one potential cause.

The truth is that low-fat dairy foods are an excellent source of calcium and vitamin D, nutrients that play an essential role in bone health. This is especially important for people with MS, who have an increased risk of osteoporosis and fractures, according to research.

[4]

In addition, consistently getting enough vitamin D in your diet may be associated with less frequent or severe MS relapses, according to Mayo Clinic.

[5]

Why opt for low-fat over high-fat dairy foods? The key nutritional difference between the two is the fat content, all of which is saturated fat. People only need this nutrient in small quantities each day (10 percent of your daily calorie intake, according to the Dietary Guidelines for Americans).

[6]

And regularly eating too much of these fats may be associated with high cholesterol and heart disease.

[7]

If you abstain from dairy for any reason, such as lactose intolerance diagnosed by your doctor, make sure that your dairy alternatives contain added calcium and vitamin D to help protect your bones.

2. Should You Stay Away From Gluten if You Have MS?

You may have heard warnings to avoid gluten — a protein found in wheat, rye, and barley — if you have MS. These are often anecdotal reports that gluten makes some people with MS feel worse and that avoiding gluten helps them feel better. In addition, many people assert that gluten is associated with inflammation in the body in general.

However, the National Multiple Sclerosis Society (NMSS) states that there’s no clear relationship between gluten and MS, and not everyone with MS is gluten-intolerant.

[8]

Something else to consider: Gluten-free foods can be some of the most refined foods on the market, and they’re not fortified in the same way that conventional foods are. Unnecessarily avoiding foods that contain gluten may deprive you of valuable nutrients like fiber, which helps support gut health and bowel regularity.

3. Are Grains and Beans a No-Go for People With MS?

Some diets include recommendations for people with MS to avoid foods that contain lectins — a type of protein found in grains, beans, and other plant foods.

[9]

 Some claim that lectins can cause autoimmune symptoms or disorders like MS, but there’s no evidence to support those beliefs.In addition, most lectins in foods are inactivated by cooking, particularly when the food is cooked in a large quantity of liquid. Since whole grains and beans are almost never eaten raw, and are often boiled in water, the likelihood of anyone eating large amounts of active lectins this way is very low.

[9]

Beans are inexpensive, readily available, versatile to cook with, and high in dietary fiber, protein, B vitamins, and various other vital nutrients.

[10]

They may also help lower blood sugar levels, improve cholesterol levels, and maintain a healthy gut.

[11]

Whole grains are a great source of complex carbohydrates, fiber, B vitamins, and minerals like iron and magnesium. What’s more, one analysis of research suggested that a low intake of whole grains was a leading dietary risk factor for death and disability.

[12]

4. Do Nightshade Vegetables Ramp Up MS-Related Inflammation?

Some people believe that nightshade vegetables — white potatoes, peppers, tomatoes, and eggplant — cause inflammation because they contain a compound called solanine. This substance is toxic in high concentrations, but it is not dangerous in small doses, such as the amount in a serving of tomatoes in a salad or eggplant in a sautéed dish.

[13]

There’s no conclusive evidence to suggest that nightshade vegetables have any impact on the MS disease course. These foods are rich in nutrients, making them worthy additions to your diet.

That said, it’s worth remembering that MS is a complex disease. And if you have MS along with another chronic disease (known as a comorbidity), it becomes even more complex — meaning inflammation and pain can arise from a variety of causes. A nightshade food may (or may not) be the culprit.

If you find that eating specific nightshade vegetables causes pain symptoms for you, don’t eat them. But consider each nightshade vegetable individually. Just because one kind triggers pain doesn’t mean they all will.

And be sure to speak with your doctor to rule out other potential health problems before removing foods from your usual eating pattern.

What Science Tells Us About MS and Diet

According to the NMSS, there’s no scientific evidence that any particular diet alters the MS disease course or that certain foods are harmful to all people with MS.

[14]

That said, some evidence suggests that making certain dietary changes may yield overall health benefits for people with MS, when practiced over time.

According to research, a balanced diet that includes high amounts of fruits and vegetables and is low in unhealthy fats may help you manage MS.

[15]

[16]

A growing body of evidence also indicates that the most effective way to maintain good health when living with MS may be indirect: by managing (or preventing) chronic comorbid health conditions, such as diabetes, and by maintaining good glucose control, fat levels in the blood, and blood pressure.

Research has found that poorly managed comorbidities are associated with an increase in disability and a decrease in quality of life among people with MS.

[17]

So, eating well is an essential part of living well with MS. But that doesn’t mean that eliminating foods unnecessarily or following unproven diets because you have MS is a good idea.

How to Eat Well if You Have MS

Low-fat dairy products, whole grains containing gluten, beans and other legumes, and nightshade vegetables are quite nutritious, and unnecessarily removing them from your meals can result in nutritional deficiencies.

Eating for good health generally can help you improve your quality of life and decrease your risk of disability.

When planning your meals, opt for a balanced and flexible eating pattern that consists of the following foods:

  • Colorful Fruits and Vegetables When picking your produce, variety matters. Different colors of fruits and vegetables bring different nutrient profiles to your plate. Leafy greens, blueberries, and strawberries are great additions to anyone’s diet.
  • Lean Proteins Chicken and fish are both good choices to incorporate consistently into your diet. And for meatless dishes, consider trying tempeh.
  • Beans, Legumes, Nuts, and Seeds Some worthy additions to any eating pattern are black beans, lentils, walnuts, and chia seeds.
  • Whole Grains Oatmeal, brown rice, and quinoa are all nutrient-packed options worth incorporating into your daily meals.
  • Calcium-Rich Foods Low- or nonfat dairy sources of calcium include skim milk and nonfat, plain yogurt. Some dairy-free options are collard greens, cooked spinach, canned salmon, and tofu with calcium sulfate.

    [18]

  • Foods Containing Vitamin D Fortified low-fat milk and dairy products, as well as fatty fish like salmon and albacore tuna, are great sources of vitamin D.

    [19]

    Experts believe that taking vitamin D supplements may be beneficial for people with MS, but more research is needed to confirm this.

    [5]

    Be sure to talk with your doctor before trying a supplement.

  • Monounsaturated Fatty Acids Foods containing these heart-healthy fats include olive oil, avocados, almonds, cashews, and nut butters.

    [20]

  • Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids Another form of heart-healthy fats, these are found in foods like flax and soybean oil, fish, and walnuts.

    [20]

Be sure to limit saturated fats, sodium, added sugars, and highly refined foods. And avoid trans fats entirely.

If you need help planning a healthy diet, consult your doctor or a registered dietitian nutritionist who is well-versed in MS.

Expert Care for a Chronic Condition

Obesity medicine specialists collaborate with other types of physicians, including primary care doctors, endocrinologists, cardiologists, and transplant surgeons. This collaboration can be especially important for people who haven’t seen a doctor in a long time and may get diagnosed with conditions they didn’t know they had.

“I think somebody could really benefit from seeing a specialist who can think about the person holistically and work in tandem with other healthcare providers. That way, they make sure all of the factors are addressed in the most appropriate way and with the healthiest outcomes,” says Cassetty.

An obesity medicine specialist may also connect you to other experts who can help, such as a dietitian, nurse practitioner, psychologist, or social worker.

“My obesity medicine doctor was able to look for other health problems related to obesity,” says Kalstrom. “He found out that I had high blood pressure, prediabetes, sleep apnea, arthritis, anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorder.” He provided treatment for some and referred her to a specialist for others, such as sleep apnea.

Over time, Kalstrom, her primary care doctor, and her obesity medicine specialist came to realize weight loss surgery was the best option. They connected her with a bariatric surgeon.

She had gastric bypass surgery in December 2021, lost the excess weight, and got many of her health conditions under control. She no longer needs blood pressure medication, doesn’t have prediabetes, and doesn’t need a CPAP (continuous positive airway pressure) machine for sleep apnea anymore.

If you work with an obesity medicine specialist, expect to see them often. “That frequent follow-up is there to provide support. Having that close contact and partnership is important. Regular follow-up is key,” says Gudzune. For the first six months, she sees many of her patients every four to six weeks. Some specialists have more frequent appointments at first, while others spread them out more. “The schedule can be tailored to each person’s needs,” she says.

An Acupressure Technique for Wellness

At-Home Application vs. a Visit to a Licensed Professional

Though you can buy ear seeds for at-home application, an expert should determine whether ear seeds are right for you and teach you how to properly apply them.

[1]

“I think it’s best to see a licensed professional first, because they can help you choose the most effective point to fit your diagnosis, and they can make sure you’re putting them in the correct places,” Blakeway says.

After you have first consulted with a licensed acupuncturist, Dr. Kim says applying them at home may be empowering for some people because it’s a technique that a person has control over and one that doesn’t necessarily require an appointment after your initial visit.

At-Home Application of Ear Seeds

One of the risks of applying ear seeds at home is that you might not put them in the right spots along your ear.

Indeed, the British Acupuncture Council released a statement on ear seeding that advised against applying ear seeds at home because they need to be applied to exact points along your ear.

[8]

Kim suggests limiting your seed application to between three and five seeds. “The locations may get muddled beyond that, and it also may become difficult to stimulate them,” she says.

Once the ear seeds are applied, it’s suitable for a person to massage them independently at home, according to the British Acupuncture Council.

[8]

Another risk of at-home application and massage is user error. If you massage the ear seeds too roughly or too often — more than two to three times per day — complications may arise, Chu says.

“Locally, the seeds may cause discomfort or skin irritation,” he says. “Sometimes overstimulation may cause drowsiness or dizziness, so it is important that ear seeds be placed by trained providers.”

That said, if you follow the proper technique and exercise caution, at-home application or massage of ear seeds is generally unlikely to have any adverse effects.

“The risks are minimal,” Kim says. “Theoretically, they may cause an abrasion or laceration if pressed too hard and too long, but that would be unusual.”

A slightly older research review evaluated individual auricular adverse events and found that auricular acupressure was generally safe and much less risky than forms of auricular therapy that use needles.

[9]

“Because they don’t break the skin, they are a very safe treatment,” Blakeway says.

Ear Seeding With a Licensed Professional

Most experts agree that the health risks of ear seeds applied by a licensed professional are minimal and may provide more benefits than at-home application.

A professional may also help provide more effective relief, says Christina Burns, a doctor of Chinese medicine, the founder of Naturna, and an acupuncturist in New York City.

“Having someone trained in this can help identify the best [pressure] point combinations,” she says. “They could also listen to your story and help assess where to focus.”

6 Ways to Overcome Alzheimer’s Disease-Related Stigma

Being diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease can bring a range of emotions: Shock, anger, fear, and grief are all common. You might also feel a sense of relief and acceptance now that you have a better understanding of what’s happening with your mind. At the same time, denial can creep in, often fueled by the stigma that exists around the disease. Stigma often stems from fear and a lack of public awareness, and reframing how society views the condition is essential to improving quality of life.

People with Alzheimer’s disease are often depicted in popular media as being slower, forgetful, or even combative. These stereotypes can be misleading and contribute to misunderstandings and stigma about what it’s actually like to live with the condition. “One of the challenges we face is that some brain diseases are viewed as a weakness, something shameful,” says Alvaro Pascual-Leone, MD, PhD, medical director of the Deanna and Sidney Wolk Center for Memory Health at Hebrew SeniorLife in Boston. “We don’t have a problem telling somebody, ‘I broke my ankle,’ or ‘I need a hip replacement.’ But with neurological diseases, it can be a struggle.”

While you may worry about how others will perceive — or treat — you after diagnosis, it’s important to understand that Alzheimer’s disease does not define your worth or your ability to lead a meaningful life. Overcoming Alzheimer’s-related stigma often starts with small, practical shifts in how you talk about the disease, respond to others, and advocate for what matters most to you.

1. Share Your Diagnosis on Your Own Terms

Denying you have Alzheimer’s disease reinforces the idea that it’s something that should cause you shame. Sharing it allows you to take ownership of the condition and gives others an opportunity to see what the disease really looks like.

“By not facing it, we attach a doomsday implication that hurts you, your family, and society and oftentimes robs people of the opportunity to do something about it early,” says Dr. Pascual-Leone.

He adds that sharing the diagnosis early on empowers you to make important decisions with your loved ones around your care now and in the future while you’re still able to play an active role.

2. Educate Yourself and Others About the Condition

Equipping yourself and those around you with knowledge about Alzheimer’s disease and replacing assumptions with facts can help you all feel as prepared as possible for the road ahead.

For example, Pascual-Leone says many people assume having Alzheimer’s disease means a rapid loss of identity or independence. While that can happen in some cases, it’s not a universal or immediate outcome.

“Many people have Alzheimer’s disease and cognitive difficulties but still have a lot of abilities and a lot of capabilities,” he says. In fact, about 20 percent of people who have Alzheimer’s disease never even develop cognitive problems.

[1]

Trusted organizations, such as the Alzheimer’s Association, the Alzheimer’s Foundation of America, and your local Alzheimer’s Disease Research Centers (part of the National Institute on Aging), can all be helpful resources to guide your understanding of the disease and help you share accurate information with loved ones.

3. Gently Dispel Any Misconceptions

Unfortunately, misconceptions around Alzheimer’s disease are common, and they often contribute to stigma and misunderstanding.

[2]

Taking the time to correct them, as you feel comfortable, can help others better understand what the condition is (and isn’t).

For example, Pascual-Leone notes that people often use terms such as mild cognitive impairment and Alzheimer’s interchangeably, even though they are two separate conditions.

“Not all forms of dementia are due to Alzheimer’s disease, and similarly, not all individuals who have Alzheimer’s disease develop dementia,” says Pascual-Leone. He adds that using these terms interchangeably can create confusion and may even lead to missed opportunities for appropriate treatment and participation in research studies.

When you hear misinformation, it can help to respond with simple, calm corrections and, when appropriate, point people toward reliable sources. Doing so can help reduce the stigma and ensure people better understand the reality of living with Alzheimer’s disease.

4. Keep Participating in Hobbies, Social Events, and Community

After a diagnosis, it can be tempting to withdraw from social activities or step back from hobbies. But in reality, staying socially engaged is more important than ever when you have Alzheimer’s disease. According to Pascual-Leone, withdrawing when you’ve been diagnosed only contributes to faster progression of the disease.

“[When isolating], you lose the opportunity to have others realize you’re still able to do a lot of things,” he says. “You’re still able to enjoy time together, rejoice in a concert or a hobby, and contribute meaningfully to those social relationships.”

Remaining active in your community also reinforces that a diagnosis does not mean stepping away from meaningful participation in life. At the same time, connecting with others who are navigating a similar experience can provide validation and practical support. This is where in-person or online support groups or community message boards can be especially helpful. Resources such as the Alzheimer’s Association and the Alzheimer’s Foundation of America can help you find groups, and your local hospital may also offer programs for people who are newly diagnosed or living with Alzheimer’s disease.

5. Speak Up if Someone Is Dismissive, Patronizing, or Controlling

When people don’t fully understand Alzheimer’s disease, they may make unintentionally harmful statements that reinforce the stigma around it. They may become patronizing, assuming you’re no longer able to think clearly or make decisions. They may become overly controlling, stepping in even when you’re still capable of handling many aspects of your life independently. Pascual-Leone says this behavior often stems from experiences with late-stage diagnoses, when decision-making capabilities are more impaired. So it’s important to dispel the myth that an early-stage diagnosis results in an immediate, complete loss of independence.

Having Alzheimer’s disease doesn’t mean accepting disrespectful or rude behavior. When possible, it’s appropriate to speak up and clearly let others know when their behavior crosses a line.

It can also help to have proactive conversations with a trusted loved one who understands your wishes and can step in to help advocate for your dignity if you’re unable to do so in the future.

6. Increase Public Awareness and Education

Sharing your personal experiences publicly can be a powerful way to help challenge and reduce Alzheimer’s-related stigma.

Pascual-Leone notes that many media narratives about dementia tend to focus on brain biology, frame people with Alzheimer’s disease as “patients” or “sufferers,” and come from the perspective of medical professionals or caregivers. While these perspectives are important, they don’t always reflect lived experiences. Hearing directly from people with Alzheimer’s disease can offer a more complete, humanizing view of what life with the condition really looks like, which can help move others beyond stereotypes and assumptions.

If you feel comfortable, you can share your story in a variety of ways. You can write a personal story for a magazine or newspaper, share it on social media in a post or video, or connect with organizations such as the Alzheimer’s Association to get your story out there.

Coffee May Offer Significant Liver Health Benefits, Large Study Suggests

A daily coffee habit may do more than perk you up in the morning.

New research has found that people who drink coffee have a lower risk of serious liver disease than people who don’t drink coffee at all. The study, published in Clinical Gastroenterology and Hepatology, found this link whether people drank regular or decaf, and even among those who added sugar or artificial sweeteners.

[1]

“What surprised me most was how consistent the signal was,” says the lead study author, Hyunseok Kim, MD, PhD, MPH, a transplant hepatologist and an assistant professor of medicine at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles.

“The practical message is that, for people who already enjoy coffee and tolerate it well, moderate coffee intake can be part of a liver-healthy lifestyle,” Dr. Kim says.

Study Followed More Than 350,000 Participants for Over 13 Years

Researchers collected data from 354,957 UK Biobank participants, who joined the study between 2006 and 2010. All were 40 to 69 years old when they started, and none had cirrhosis (liver scar tissue) or liver cancer at that time.

Participants reported how much coffee they drank, whether they usually drank regular or decaf, and whether they sweetened their drinks.

Researchers followed participants for about 13 years, tracking new cases of cirrhosis, liver cancer, and liver-related death through their linked health records.

This study went further than previous research into coffee and liver health by incorporating liver MRI scans for nearly 30,000 participants and blood protein analyses in another 44,000.

“This allowed us to look not only at whether coffee was associated with better outcomes, but also at potential biological pathways behind that association,” Kim explains.

Coffee Drinkers Showed Significant Liver Benefits

The study found that, compared with people who did not drink coffee, those who drank 5 or more cups a day had:

  • A 32 percent lower risk of cirrhosis
  • A 47 percent lower risk of liver cancer
  • A 42 percent lower risk of liver-related death

The liver health benefit appeared to be dose-related — as coffee intake increased, liver disease risk seemed to decrease.

But the researchers note that people who drank 1-2 and 3-4 cups per day also experienced reductions in liver disease risks.

Scanning revealed specific liver benefits: People who drank more coffee had lower levels of liver fat and liver iron, as well as lower odds of elevated cT1, an MRI marker linked to liver inflammation.

How Might Coffee Lower Liver Disease Risk?

Kim points out that both regular and decaf coffee drinkers experienced protective benefits, suggesting that caffeine may not be the “whole explanation.”

Pichamol Jirapinyo, MD, MPH, an assistant professor of medicine at Harvard Medical School in Boston and a bariatric and advanced endoscopist at Mass General Brigham, who was not involved in the research, points instead toward the antioxidants and polyphenols found in coffee.

These beneficial compounds may reduce oxidative stress and chronic inflammation, both of which contribute to liver injury, says Dr. Jirapinyo, who serves as a spokesperson for the American Gastroenterological Association.

Experimental studies suggest these compounds may also decrease fat accumulation in the liver, reduce the activation of scar-forming cells, and limit the development of fibrosis, she adds.

The Study Has Strengths and Limitations

“Overall, I think this is one of the strongest observational studies we’ve seen on coffee and liver health,” says Jirapinyo. “What makes it stand out is not just its size, but also the integration of clinical outcomes,” like MRI results and blood work, she says.

Still, the study has some limitations, Kim says. For one thing, it is an observational study, a type of research that can prove that two things are linked (in this case, coffee drinking and decreased liver disease), but not that one causes the other.

“Coffee intake was self-reported, and people who drink coffee may differ from nondrinkers in other ways despite careful adjustment,” Kim says.

And while the researchers adjusted data for factors that could influence liver health (including age, sex, smoking, alcohol use, body mass index, diabetes, high blood pressure, and genetic variants linked to liver disease risk), they note the UK Biobank population is largely white, which may limit how broadly the findings apply.

Should You Drink More Coffee for Liver Health?

Despite the promising findings, Kim says you should not start drinking coffee solely for liver health. Instead, the study should reassure coffee drinkers that moderate coffee consumption may fit into a liver-healthy lifestyle.

“Coffee should complement, not replace, the fundamentals — avoiding excessive alcohol, maintaining a healthy weight, exercising, and managing diabetes, cholesterol, and blood pressure,” he says.

For most adults who already tolerate coffee well, 1 to 4 cups a day appears to be a sensible range, based on this study and the broader evidence, Jirapinyo says.

“More isn’t necessarily better,” she says. “This study observed an association, not proof of causation, and it wasn’t designed to determine the ‘optimal’ dose of coffee.”

Drinking too much coffee can cause side effects like insomnia, anxiety, heart palpitations, or stomach pain, Jirapinyo says. For people sensitive to caffeine, decaf may be a safer option.

“If you already enjoy coffee, there’s no reason to feel guilty about your morning cup or two,” she says. “But I wouldn’t encourage someone who dislikes coffee or cannot tolerate caffeine to start drinking it solely for liver disease prevention.”

People who are pregnant, have severe reflux, heart arrhythmias, anxiety, insomnia, or caffeine sensitivity should be cautious about regular coffee intake, Kim says.

And while the findings also applied to people who added sugar or artificial sweeteners to their coffee, additives were linked to “modestly higher” MRI markers for liver inflammation.

“I would generally favor unsweetened coffee or minimizing sugar, especially for people with obesity, diabetes, or metabolic risk factors,” Kim says.

Deal With Your Major Depressive Disorder Triggers

Everyone experiences depression differently, and triggers can vary widely from person to person, says Christina Gentile, PsyD, a clinical health psychologist at UCLA Health in Los Angeles.

“Triggers can differ not only in what happens, but in how that experience affects the person. The same event may be manageable for one person and deeply destabilizing for another,” Dr. Gentile says.

“A single event can absolutely trigger a depressive episode. Other times, depression develops after stress has been building for a while. The common thread is that the person’s ability to cope and recover becomes overwhelmed,” Gentile says.

Most triggers tend to fall into a few key categories.

Bereavement and Loss

Grief is a natural response to loss, but for some people, it can also trigger an MDD episode, says Chivonna Childs, PhD, a psychologist at Cleveland Clinic who specializes in treating people with anxiety, depressive disorders, trauma, and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD).

“Some of the common triggers for MDD are the loss of a loved one, the loss of a job, or the loss of a relationship,” Dr. Childs says.

Depression and grief can overlap during times of bereavement.

[5]

 Research suggests that while many people gradually adapt after the death of a family member, some people who are bereaved have depressive symptoms that can last for years.

[6]

Facing unemployment, the end of a relationship, or the loss of one’s health or sense of identity can also increase the risk of depressive symptoms, Childs says.

[7]

It can be especially difficult when it feels sudden, unexpected, or life-altering. Beyond the loss, people are left navigating uncertainty, she says.

“When you have a loss, you’re now wondering, ‘How am I going to handle this? What am I going to do?” Childs says. “You don’t know what’s next.”

For some people, a single loss may be enough to trigger depression. For others, depression develops — or recurs — after multiple losses accumulate over time.

“It just becomes a compounding event. You keep losing, or you keep getting disappointed, or other events keep triggering that feeling of depression, of loss, of sadness,” Childs says.

Major Life Changes

Major life changes are also common triggers for depression, Gentile says.

Research offers examples, such as debt and financial stress, divorce, or a serious illness or injury.

[8]

One research review of six randomized, controlled trials found that people in treatment for depression who reported three or more of these major life transitions faced significantly worse outcomes than those with none.

[8]

“A trigger is more likely to become clinically significant when it feels inescapable, uncontrollable, isolating,” Gentile says. Depressive symptoms can also be exacerbated when you’re without support or practical help, access to treatment, or time to rest and recover.

Daily Stressors

Sometimes it isn’t a life-changing moment that triggers depression, but daily stressors accumulating over time, Gentile says.

This can look like work burnout or job dissatisfaction, financial pressures, caregiving demands, or constant time constraints.

[9]

[10]

“Daily stressors may not look dramatic from the outside, but over time they can keep the brain and body under prolonged strain,” she says, noting that chronic stress can disrupt sleep, appetite, energy, motivation, and emotional regulation.

Genetics and Family History

Some people may be biologically more vulnerable to depression than others.

[11]

Childs says family mental health history is one of the first things doctors ask about during an assessment, because it can provide some context about your risk factors.

People who have a parent or sibling with depression may be two to three times more likely to develop the condition than those without a family history. That means their depression risk is 20 to 30 percent, versus 10 percent for people without a familial link.

[11]

But genetics alone does not decide whether someone will develop the condition, Gentile says. There are many more moving parts: your stress levels, life experience, physical health, lifestyle, and support systems. “Genetics are not destiny … family history may increase vulnerability, but it does not determine someone’s future,” she says.

Chronic Pain and Other Medical Conditions

A new medical diagnosis, ongoing illness, or a chronic pain condition can increase the risk of depression.

[12]

 These can also be ways of experiencing loss, especially if they affect your daily routines and sense of control, or they create feelings of uncertainty and fear of what comes next, Childs says.One study of more than 6.5 million people in Denmark found that those diagnosed with a medical condition had more than double the risk of developing MDD than people without a medical condition. Depression risk was highest in the first month after diagnosis.

[13]

Chronic pain is also tied to depression. A research review found that about 39 percent of adults with chronic pain had symptoms of depression, and about 37 percent had an MDD diagnosis. Depression symptoms were highest among people with fibromyalgia.

[14]

Childs says many major health conditions also involve loss — such as the loss of a former routine, identity, or ability. “It’s that uncertainty that can really cause problems,” she says.

Some medications used to treat chronic conditions also warn of depression as a potential side effect. They include corticosteroids (steroids), blood pressure medications, birth control medications or hormone replacement therapy, and medications to treat seizures, anxiety, and sleep problems, among others.

[15]

Hormonal Changes and Life Stages

Hormonal fluctuations can affect your mood and may lead to depression in a subset of people.

[3]

Hormonal changes that cause depressive symptoms can occur during pregnancy and postpartum, around menopause, and with conditions that affect hormone levels, such as thyroid disorders.

[3]

 A major depressive episode may occur within the first three months after having a baby, for example.

[16]

These hormonal transitions do not automatically lead to depression, but they may increase vulnerability in some people, especially when they’re combined with factors like chronic stress, physical health problems, poor sleep, or limited social support, Childs says.

Alcohol and Substance Use

For some people, alcohol and drugs become a way to cope with stress, grief, or difficult emotions.

“A lot of times there can be a comorbidity with alcoholism or substance use. What it is, is self-medication,” Childs says. “Instead of going to a therapist, talking to someone we trust or using positive coping skills, those are somewhat maladaptive coping skills.”

Research suggests that heavy alcohol consumption, recreational drug use, and poor sleep are linked to an increased likelihood of depressive symptoms.

[17]

[18]

Overall, these lifestyle habits interrupt sleep, energy levels, motivation, daily routines, and emotional balance, Gentile says.

Social Isolation and Loneliness

Feelings of loneliness and isolation can also trigger depression. One study of about 5,400 people pointed to a “vicious cycle” of depression and loneliness — people who feel lonely are more likely to develop depression, and those with depression are more likely to become lonelier, the study’s author wrote.

[19]

Gentile says social isolation isn’t just about spending time alone. “It can mean losing access to emotional support, perspective, shared activities, and a sense of connection,” she says.

The Top 3 Fruits to Keep You Regular and Ease Constipation, According to a Dietitian

Fruits may not be the first remedy that comes to mind when you’re looking for constipation relief, but there are plenty of reasons why you should think again.

For one thing, fruits are abundant in soluble and insoluble fiber, both essential for healthy digestion. Soluble fiber dissolves in water and forms a gel-like substance in the stomach, which naturally softens stool and makes bowel movements easier to pass.

[1]

 Insoluble fiber stays whole as it passes through your digestive tract, and supports healthy movements by adding bulk to your poop.

[2]

Another fruit superpower: Many are rich in nondigestible sugars, such as sorbitol and fructose, which help pull water into the colon.

[3]

“Lack of fluids is one of the contributing factors for constipation,” explains Laura Ali, RDN, a culinary nutritionist based in Pittsburgh. Nondigestible sugars, she says, “add liquid to the stool, softening it and making it easier for you to pass.”

When you’re feeling backed up, here are three fruits that may help get things moving.

1. Pears

“Pears, especially with the skin on them, are a great source of fiber, both soluble and insoluble,” Ali says. Pear flesh is full of soluble fiber, while the skin is largely insoluble. Eating a pear with the skin on can “add bulk to your stool, helping keep you regular,” Ali says.

In addition to their high fiber content, pears are excellent sources of both fructose and sorbitol. Because fructose and sorbitol don’t get absorbed well in the small intestine, they accumulate in the colon, where they draw water via osmosis.

[3]

More water in the colon means softer and bulkier stools that are easier to pass. Young pears primarily contain sorbitol, but as they ripen, they accumulate more fructose.

[5]

Similar fruits

Ali recommends apples or berries if you’re not a fan of pears.

2. Kiwi

  • Fiber: 2g per medium kiwi

    [6]

These fuzzy fruits contain an enzyme called actinidin, which helps break down proteins to support digestion.

[7]

 “Protein can be slow to digest, and in some people, adding kiwifruit to the diet can speed that up and help prevent constipation. These little fruits are also a good source of fiber and fluid, which help relieve constipation,” Ali says.Small studies have even suggested that kiwi may help increase spontaneous bowel movements compared with placebo or psyllium husk (a common fiber supplement), though larger studies are needed.

[8]

In addition, kiwifruit aids in water retention in the small bowel and ascending colon, which helps with more frequent bowel movements and softer stools. This suggests they can be used as a dietary alternative to laxatives for mild constipation.

[9]

Similar fruits

If you suspect protein as a culprit in your digestive woes, pineapple is a great alternative to kiwi. Pineapple contains a different enzyme called bromelain, which also helps break down protein, Ali says.

[10]

3. Prunes

  • Fiber: About 3g per 5 pitted prunes

    [11]

Prunes (or dried plums) are rich in both sorbitol and fructose, Ali says, helping draw water into the colon so stool passes more easily. A serving of five or six prunes provides about 6 grams of sorbitol, which can help with pooping. They also contain both insoluble and soluble fiber to help bulk up and soften stool.

[12]

Ali recommends eating four to five prunes in one serving. “They are sweet and can be added to cereal or yogurt, salads, grain bowls, or baked goods,” she adds.

Similar Fruits

Ali suggests figs or avocados if you don’t like prunes.

What to Expect

It can take a couple of days for you to see an improvement in your symptoms after consuming any of these fruits. But if you haven’t had a bowel movement after three days of increasing your fruit and fluid intake, call your doctor, Ali says.

Keeping a food log or diary can help you monitor which fruits are making a big or little difference in your symptoms, she adds. 

Pro Tip: Don’t Forget to Hydrate

As you increase your fiber intake, remember to also drink more water. Relieving constipation involves both upping your fiber and water consumption to help make stools softer and easier to pass through the colon.

“As fiber and foods with sorbitol and fructose move through your GI tract, they pull fluid in. If you aren’t drinking enough water, your GI tract won’t have enough to work with, and this may cause further constipation,” Ali says.

While everyone has different hydration needs, Ali recommends aiming for six to eight 8-ounce glasses of water daily.

Eating too many high-fiber foods without proper hydration can make constipation feel worse.

8 Unhealthy Work Habits and How to Break Them

Hustle culture has made it a badge of honor to be perpetually available for work. But this approach to your job — combined with work-from-home or hybrid environments that may negatively affect work-life balance and office ergonomics — can affect mental and physical health in several ways.

Fortunately, once you identify these unhealthy work habits, there are simple doctor-approved ways to ditch them and adopt better ones.

1. Eating While Working

Lunch breaks are meant to be a rest period. If you eat while working, your body never gets the opportunity to feel safe or relaxed.

“The vagus nerve, which runs from the brain to the gut, activates digestion only when it registers safety,” says Aimie Apigian, MD, a board-certified physician specializing in the effects of trauma on the nervous system in San Diego. “When we eat while multitasking, our nervous system logs that meal as ‘while under threat,’ and the body responds accordingly.”

These responses may include decreased stomach acid, poor nutrient absorption, and gut inflammation that shows up hours later as bloating, brain fog, or energy crashes, Dr. Apigian says.

[1]

You also may miss the opportunity to connect with the people around you. “In most cultures, sharing time while eating is a strong way of learning about one another and building camaraderie and trust,” says Richard Safeer, MD, the medical director of employee health and wellness at Johns Hopkins HealthCare and a fellow of the American College of Lifestyle Medicine. “When we feel connected to our coworkers, it creates a sense of belonging and lowers our stress level,” he adds.

How to fix it: Set aside 20 to 30 minutes for a distraction-free lunch, and be sure to step away from your desk to let your body shift into rest-and-digest mode, suggests Daniel Torrent, MPH, MD, a vascular surgeon at Longstreet Clinic and an ambassador for the Society for Vascular Surgery in Gainesville, Georgia.

2. Staring at Screens for Too Long

Using devices like your computer or phone for long, uninterrupted periods can lead to digital eyestrain, which can impact eye health and function.

Several factors contribute to it, including not blinking enough while staring at screens, screen glare, poor lighting, or improper posture. Common symptoms include dry eye, blurred vision, and headache, with some research pointing to more than half of adults experiencing it globally.

[2]

Digital eyestrain can also affect how you feel in other ways. “Our nervous system relies on visual scanning to assess safety,” Apigian says. “When we stare at a close-range screen for hours without looking into the distance, we deprive the nervous system of the ‘I am safe in my environment’ signal it needs.”

This leads to not just eye fatigue, but also tension headaches and afternoon brain fog, she adds.

How to fix it: Every 20 minutes, look out a window or across the room (aim to look at least 20 feet away) for 20 seconds, Apigian suggests. It may also help to reduce glare on your screen with a monitor visor or glare guard and position the screen 10 to 20 degrees below your straight-ahead gaze; you shouldn’t tilt your head when looking at the screen.

[3]

3. Responding to Pings Immediately

Most jobs come with constant notifications: calendar reminders, instant messages, and emails. Responding to every notification as it arrives takes a toll on your health.

“Frequently responding to notifications and constantly task switching triggers repeated sympathetic, or fight-or-flight, stress responses, leading to spikes in heart rate and blood pressure and promoting the narrowing of blood vessels,” Dr. Torrent says. “Over time, this pattern can place sustained strain on blood vessels and reduce heart rate variability.”

Heart rate variability is the fluctuation between heartbeats, and is a sign of adaptability to stress and environmental changes (higher variability means heart rate is better returning to a state of calm after moments of stress). When there’s little variation in heart rate, it can be a sign of less resilience and of an increased risk for chronic health problems. Lower variability is also associated with a higher resting heart rate (since there is less time in between beats for variability), as is typically the case with conditions like type 2 diabetes or high blood pressure.

[4]

How to fix it: To reduce task switching, Torrent recommends silencing nonurgent notifications and checking messages and notifications at set intervals throughout the day, rather than every time they pop up.

4. Forgetting to Drink Water

When you’re focused on work over a sustained period, your nervous system tunes out internal cues like thirst to prioritize external demands like deadlines, Apigian says.

Over time, that disconnection between your nervous system and your body becomes your go-to pattern, which can play a role in unexplained fatigue, mood shifts, and less body awareness, she adds.

Of course, there are also the more obvious physical symptoms of forgoing water. “Not drinking enough water is one of the more common causes of headache and constipation,” Dr. Safeer says. Being dehydrated may also lead you to use food to compensate, making you more prone to overeating, he adds.

How to fix it: Keep a water bottle in your line of sight throughout the work day. Apigian also recommends pairing hydration with an existing action, like opening a new browser tab or finishing a meeting. Over time, these small cues can retrain your nervous system to tune back into physical signals like thirst.

5. Prolonged Sitting

Regularly sitting for long periods is an established risk factor for cardiometabolic diseases like heart disease and type 2 diabetes, along with early death — and research shows that U.S. adults spend nearly 10 hours sitting every day.

[5]

Sitting for too long, especially if you cross your legs, can impair blood flow back to your heart and contribute to issues like varicose veins and less circulation over time.

The health risks of a sedentary life go on: Research shows that six hours of uninterrupted sitting significantly lowered blood flow and circulation in the lower legs, decreasing the blood vessels’ ability to dilate properly (important for delivering oxygen and nutrients to muscles).

[6]

Excess sitting can have effects that go beyond the inner lining of blood vessels, affecting deeper muscle tissues that control how blood vessels open and close, increasing heart disease risk in the long run.

[6]

How to fix it: Every day, review your schedule to identify times when you can work or have meetings while standing. Try to spend one hour standing for every one to two hours sitting.

[7]

And rest assured that you don’t need to invest in a standing desk: “Plenty of offices now have counters that are the right height or, with the use of an inexpensive plastic height adjustment platform, can accommodate this healthy practice,” Safeer notes.

6. Hunched-Over Posture

Poor posture in office settings (due to factors like poor ergonomics or repetitive movements) is one of the most significant risk factors for developing musculoskeletal disorders, especially in the lumbar spine.

[8]

It also impacts other parts of your body: Hunching over with poor posture can cause shallow breathing.

[9]

This can affect circulation and blood vessel health by reducing blood flow and maintaining a low-level stress response, Torrent notes.

Poor posture can also impact your mood by what it tells your brain. “A hunched, collapsed posture physiologically communicates ‘in protection mode’ to the brain, which then amplifies fatigue, low mood, and shallow breathing,” Apigian says.

How to fix it: Set up your desk to support healthy posture: Position your monitor at arm’s length, adjust your chair so your knees are level with your hips, and keep your wrists straight with your hands at or below elbow height.

[10]

7. Excessive Mouse and Keyboard Use

Clicking away at your keyboard or moving your mouse for hours on end can lead to pain and stiffness, most commonly in the neck, lower back, shoulders, and wrists.

One survey of heavy computer users found that about 60 percent reported neck pain and lower back pain, with symptoms most strongly associated with factors like poor home workspace ergonomics, staying in the same posture for a long time, and work stress.

[11]

Excessive keyboard and mouse use can also lead to tendinitis, a painful irritation of the tendons in the hands and wrists.

[12]

The effects can extend beyond physical pain. “Muscles that stay contracted for hours without release send a constant danger signal to the nervous system,” Apigian says. “The body reads sustained tension as ‘still under threat’ and responds with more cortisol, inflammation, and fatigue.”

How to fix it: Every 45 minutes, Apigian recommends dropping your shoulders, opening your hands wide, and gently shaking out your wrists for 10 seconds.

8. Stress Snacking

Even if you take a break for lunch, you might find yourself snacking on sugary or salty foods to manage stress or fight off fatigue.

When we mindlessly reach for sugary or salty snacks, it’s often stress that drives us, not necessarily hunger, Apigian says.

Chronic stress elevates the hormone cortisol, which in turn drives cravings for calorie-rich comfort foods. Increased cortisol levels can also prompt fat accumulation and further increase hunger, leading to a vicious cycle.

[13]

How to fix it: Before reaching for a snack, pause and check in with how you’re feeling, Apigian suggests. If you’re tense and restless, try a slow exhale that lasts longer than your inhale — activating the body’s relaxation response in a way that a snack cannot. If you’re feeling mentally foggy or low on energy, a two-minute walk or a change of scenery will do more to restore your focus than a sugar hit, Apigian adds.

Safety, Potential Physical and Mental Health Benefits, and More

Types of Exercise for Postpartum Depression

Yoga

Yoga can be especially helpful for PPD because it combines breath work, mindfulness, and gentle strength training, and all of these can support both physical recovery and mental health, says Patience Riley, LPC, a licensed professional counselor specializing in perinatal mental health and an alliance program specialist at Postpartum Support International, where she launched support groups for pregnant and postpartum parents.

Riley experienced perinatal mental health struggles after the birth of her second child in 2021. As a military wife, she had relocated three times within 18 months, and she solo parented for long stretches while raising two young children. “Yoga became not only strength-building, but a place I could go for safety and security and to support myself mentally, emotionally and spiritually,” she says.

Research suggests that yoga can significantly reduce symptoms of PPD in some people.

[3]

The breath work portion of a yoga practice (pranayama) helps to regulate the nervous system, reduce stress, and promote relaxation, while mindfulness encourages women to move with awareness rather than pushing through fatigue, says Rosalind Cox-Larrieux, a Howell, New Jersey-based physical therapist at JAG Physical Therapy, specializing in women’s and pelvic rehabilitation.

“Many women spend months focused on their baby’s needs, and yoga creates space to slow down, rebuild confidence in movement, and cultivate self-compassion,” she says.

For Riley, it also gave her mind a break from errands to run and endless to-do lists. “It wasn’t until my yoga practice where I was connecting with my breathing and turning inward that I actually slowed down. It gave me mental rest that really helped,” she says.

Riley is now a registered prenatal yoga teacher, who teaches yoga classes locally in Perry, Georgia, alongside free, virtual, twice-monthly classes for pregnant and postpartum parents via Postpartum Support International.

Try 10 to 15 minutes of gentle yoga two to three times per week to start, Cox-Larrieux says. Look for classes labeled postpartum, postnatal, gentle, restorative, hatha, or beginner. You can even try a mommy-and-baby yoga class for extra bonding time with your little one.

If getting to a class feels too difficult, Riley suggests starting with online videos. “If you don’t know where to begin, go on YouTube, and type in ‘postnatal yoga,’” she says.

Walking

Walking is often one of the easiest ways to start moving with PPD because it is low impact and doesn’t require special equipment, a gym membership, or much planning. It can be done with your baby in a stroller or carrier, indoors or outside, alone or with a friend, and in short spurts throughout the day, says Karen Brandon, DSc, a physical therapist with a clinical specialty in pelvic and women’s health therapy and spokesperson for the American Physical Therapy Association.

“Walking can help improve cardiovascular fitness, circulation, mood, energy levels, and overall recovery after childbirth,” she says.

One research review suggested that walking may help mothers manage PPD. Researchers found that supervised group-based activity that included 90 to more than 120 minutes per week of moderate-intensity walking seemed to lead to greater reductions in PPD than other types of walking.

[4]

Cox-Larrieux says that walking is one of her favorite recommendations for postpartum moms because it can get you out of the house too. “It provides a valuable opportunity to reconnect with yourself and your surroundings. Exposure to nature and sunlight can [also] boost mood and help restore vitamin D levels,” she says.

[5]

Walking can also be social. Riley says that one of her regular walks with another new mom gave her both accountability and social connection. “It gave us time to get together and talk to somebody else other than just the baby,” she says.

Begin with 10 to 15 minutes on a flat surface, three to five days per week, Dr. Brandon says. Build toward 20 to 30 minutes, or try increasing the pace or adding incline as your body allows, she says.

Strength Training

Strength training (aka resistance training) doesn’t have to mean lifting weights at the gym. It can also involve body-weight moves, resistance bands, light dumbbells, or everyday movements that strengthen your body. Actions like lifting the baby, pushing the stroller, getting up from the floor, and carrying the car seat, laundry, or groceries are good examples of strength-building everyday movements, says Cox-Larrieux.

“Resistance training just means your muscles work against some form of resistance,” she says. Some examples of moves you can do at home, she says, include:

  • Bridge pose or glute bridges
  • Body-weight squats
  • Sit-to-stand (from a chair or bed)
  • Marching in place while lying down
  • Side-lying leg lifts
  • Wall sits or wall squats
  • Wall push-ups

Brandon says that strength training is an important part of postpartum recovery because pregnancy and postpartum can both affect muscle mass, strength, and bone health. It also helps prepare the body for the everyday demands of parenting.

“You spent months carrying your baby inside your body. Now you’re carrying that same load outside your body — and it keeps getting heavier,” she says.

Try doing strength training for 15 to 20 minutes, one to two times per week, Brandon says. Begin with one to two sets of 8 to 12 repetitions of basic movements, such as sit-to-stands, wall push-ups, and glute bridges. “Focus on proper form, breathing coordination, and pelvic floor support before increasing load,” she says.

One review of 218 randomized controlled trials of exercise for PPD and other forms of major depressive disorder found that walking or jogging, yoga, and strength training appeared to be the most effective exercises for reducing depressive symptoms.

[6]

Group Fitness Classes

Group classes can help with one of the hardest parts of PPD: isolation. A class gives structure, a reason to leave the house or log on, and a sense that you’re doing something with other people, even if it’s virtual, Riley says.

One small study of eight people with major depressive disorder found that 14 weeks of supervised group exercise was tied to significant improvements in depression symptoms. The researchers noted that, generally speaking, a group format may offer an added benefit of social support and a sense of belonging.

[7]

Cox-Larrieux says stroller fitness, postpartum yoga, Pilates, beginner dance fitness, and low-impact strength classes are all good options for group fitness. “They’re often 45 to 60 minutes long, offer different fitness levels or modifications, and provide a social, enjoyable way to get the body moving again,” she says. “Many classes offer modifications or beginner-friendly versions, so moms don’t have to feel like they need to be ‘fit enough’ before showing up.”

Classes can also help take away the burden of planning. Riley found online workout classes helpful when she had two small children, limited support, and very little mental bandwidth. “I didn’t have the brain power to think about what exactly I was going to do,” she says. “So, they guide you through everything.”

The online format also made movement more accessible. “I could stay at home, my kids could be right there with me,” Riley says. “I just had to have a couple of free weights, and the workouts were really short.”

Look for classes that are postpartum-specific or categorized as beginner-friendly, low-impact, stroller, mom-and-baby, or virtual. Try one class before committing to a package, Riley says. You also can ask whether the instructor can modify movements to account for pelvic floor symptoms, diastasis recti, C-section recovery, or back pain before signing up.

The Facts About Life With Mild Cognitive Impairment

Most Americans have heard of Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia. Yet more than 80 percent aren’t familiar with mild cognitive impairment (MCI), an early stage of cognitive decline that falls between normal, age-related memory issues and dementia. Mild cognitive impairment can affect memory, language, judgment, and thinking, but these changes aren’t severe enough to interfere with daily life.

[1]


Around eight million Americans age 65 or over have mild cognitive impairment, but most don’t even know it.

[2]

 That’s partially because people don’t fully understand mild cognitive impairment and what it means. These misconceptions can delay diagnosis and prevent you from taking steps to help slow the progression, protect your brain health, and maintain independence.

[3]

Learning to separate mild cognitive impairment fact from fiction can help you recognize potential symptoms, know when to seek medical advice, and make informed decisions about your health.

1. Myth: MCI Is a Natural Part of Aging

It’s normal to become a little more forgetful as you age. You may occasionally forget a name or misplace your keys. But mild cognitive impairment is different from normal, age-related forgetfulness. People with mild cognitive impairment experience more memory and cognitive problems than expected for their age. If you or the people around you notice that you’re more forgetful than usual, it’s worth talking to a doctor about it.

[4]

2. Myth: MCI Always Progresses to Dementia

Even though mild cognitive impairment can increase your risk of dementia, it’s not a guarantee.

Research suggests about 15 percent of people age 65 or older with mild cognitive impairment develop dementia within a year. The rest stay stable, or their symptoms improve.

[5]

As you get older, it’s more likely that mild cognitive impairment will turn into dementia. “If we follow individuals for a long period of time, most of them do end up progressing, but not all of them,” says Kevin Duff, PhD, a clinical neuropsychologist and codirector of the Oregon Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center in Portland.

3. Myth: Memory Problems Are the Only Symptom

Although memory loss is often associated with mild cognitive impairment, it’s not the only possible symptom.

Memory loss is the main symptom of what’s known as amnestic mild cognitive impairment. But nonamnestic mild cognitive impairment affects other thinking skills. “Some individuals may struggle with language difficulties. Others may struggle with difficulties in planning, problem-solving, or other executive functions,” says Dr. Duff.

Symptoms can vary by which areas of the brain are affected by mild cognitive impairment.

4. Myth: MCI Progression Can’t Be Reversed or Slowed

A mild cognitive impairment diagnosis is not always a one-way path toward worsening cognitive decline. Sometimes it’s possible to slow mild cognitive impairment — or even improve it. Research suggests around 20 percent of people with mild cognitive impairment go back to normal cognition without treatment, depending on the underlying cause of symptoms.

[6]

You can do many things to help slow the progression of mild cognitive impairment. If it’s related to Alzheimer’s disease, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has approved two medications: donanemab (Kisunla) and lecanemab (Leqembi). They work by reducing beta-amyloid, a protein that builds up in the brain and is thought to contribute to Alzheimer’s-related damage.

[7]

Lifestyle habits can play an important role, as well. Exercising regularly, participating in mentally stimulating activities, and staying socially engaged have been linked to better brain health. “These lifestyle changes, along with following a healthy diet and managing chronic medical conditions, also seem to slow down the progression of the disease,” says Duff.

While no single approach can guarantee that mild cognitive impairment won’t progress, a combination of treatment and healthy lifestyle changes may help preserve cognitive function and quality of life.

5. Myth: Dementia Is the Only Cause

Although mild cognitive impairment can be an early sign of dementia, it’s not the only possible cause of cognitive changes. A variety of medical conditions, lifestyle factors, and even medications can affect memory and thinking.

“It’s not unusual in my clinic for me to see somebody who meets the criteria for mild cognitive impairment, but I also notice that that person may have some mild to moderate symptoms of depression,” says Duff. “We know that depression can also lead to problems with someone’s thinking abilities and day-to-day activities.”

Other health factors that can cause symptoms similar to those of mild cognitive impairment include:

[8]

  • Deficiencies in certain vitamins, minerals, or hormones
  • Low blood pressure
  • Medications that cause sleepiness or confusion
  • Regular alcohol use
  • Severe constipation
  • Sleep disorders such as insomnia or sleep apnea
  • Stress or anxiety
  • Viral infections such as COVID
  • Vision or hearing loss

In many of these cases, your thinking ability may improve once you treat the underlying cause.

[8]

6. Myth: Young People Can’t Develop MCI

The risk of mild cognitive impairment increases as you age, which is why the condition is most often diagnosed in older adults. But it is possible to develop mild cognitive impairment at any age.

[8]

Because mild cognitive impairment can occur at any age, it’s important to discuss persistent memory or thinking problems with your doctor, even if you’re considered “too young” to have them.

Exercise Safely With Alzheimer’s Disease

Regular exercise is one of the most important lifestyle habits for supporting brain health if you have Alzheimer’s disease.

[1]

 Although it won’t cure the condition, “A well-rounded exercise routine is crucial for people in the early stages of Alzheimer’s disease, because physical activity has been shown to slow both cognitive and functional decline,” says Elizabeth Previte, DPT, a board-certified neurologic clinical specialist at NewYork-Presbyterian Hospital in New York City. Regular physical activity can also help you boost your mood, improve your sleep, keep your heart healthy, and maintain your independence.A combination of aerobic, strength, and balance exercises may offer the most benefit:

[2]

  • Aerobic exercises, such as biking, swimming, and walking, may help improve memory, executive function, and cognition.

    [3]

  • Strength-training exercises, such as lunges, planks, and squats, can help people with Alzheimer’s maintain muscle mass and may improve memory and attention.

    [2]

    [3]

  • Balance exercises, such as standing on one leg and heel-to-toe walking, can help reduce the risk of falls, which are common in people with Alzheimer’s.

    [2]

Keep in mind, because Alzheimer’s disease can affect mobility, gait, and balance, you may need to take some precautions when starting or continuing a workout routine in order to stay safe.

1. Work With a Healthcare Professional

Before starting an exercise routine, talk with your primary care doctor or neurologist. They can help identify and address any mobility issues or underlying health conditions that may affect your ability to exercise. They can also suggest activities that meet your needs and fitness level.

Kathleen M. Buzzeo, DPT, a certified brain injury specialist at Spaulding Rehabilitation in Hanover, Massachusetts, recommends working with a professional to develop a personalized fitness plan. “This can be a physical therapist, a personal trainer who is familiar with the geriatric population, an instructor through a community exercise class at a local gym, or a National Council on Aging class.”

2. Start With Familiar Activities

If you already enjoy activities such as dancing, gardening, walking, or water aerobics, make them part of your exercise routine. Doing familiar activities can feel more comfortable and potentially less frustrating than starting an entirely new routine.

“Choose a simple activity like taking a walk or doing a seated exercise routine, and complete it at the same time each day to create a sense of routine and familiarity,” says Previte. “As you begin to get more comfortable and gain confidence, you can add on to your routine or modify it to align with your abilities and goals.”

“Exercising within familiar settings is also highly beneficial,” says Buzzeo. “Familiar environments can decrease anxiety and frustration, allowing you to feel more secure and better able to focus on the task at hand.”

3. Create a Routine

Once you find activities you enjoy, try to do them on a consistent schedule. Exercising at the same time and in the same way each day can help create a sense of structure and predictability.

“Familiarity and predictability decrease the need for new learning, problem-solving, and decision-making, which are impaired in people with Alzheimer’s disease,” says Previte. “The structure of a routine that is performed day-to-day can help limit stress, anxiety, and confusion.”

4. Focus on Fall Prevention

Older adults with Alzheimer’s are more than twice as likely to fall as adults without Alzheimer’s.

[4]

 Fear of falling can be a significant barrier to starting or continuing an exercise routine.

There are several ways to reduce your risk of falls:

  • Keep your workout area clear. Remove any clutter or tripping hazards, such as power cords, shoes, and throw rugs.
  • Exercise in a well-lit area. “This can improve visibility, help compensate for potential visual-perceptual deficits, and further reduce the likelihood of tripping or misjudging surroundings,” says Buzzeo.
  • Wear supportive footwear. Choose sturdy shoes that fit well, provide good arch and heel support, and have nonslip soles.

    [5]

  • Choose safe walking surfaces. “Walking around a level track at a local school can be safer than walking around town, where there could be uneven sidewalks and changing surfaces,” says Previte.
  • Modify exercises as needed. “Standing exercises that compromise balance can be modified by holding onto a stable support surface like a railing or countertop, having a spotter supervise the activity, or transitioning the exercise to a seated position,” says Previte.

5. Exercise When You Feel Most Alert

Many people with Alzheimer’s disease become more agitated, confused, and irritable as the day goes on. This is known as sundowning.

[6]

“Physical abilities and safety during exercise varies not only from one day to the next but also throughout the day,” says Previte. “There are many factors that contribute to this, such as fatigue, sleep quality, stress, medication timing, and cognitive load.”

To exercise more safely and comfortably, try to schedule workouts for the time of day when you feel most alert and energized, which for many people is in the morning or early afternoon.

6. Limit Distractions

Working out in a crowded or noisy space can be overstimulating and make it difficult to focus on exercising safely.

“Transitioning to a quieter, less busy environment can improve attention and reduce distractions that could lead to injury,” says Previte. “Choose a quiet corner of the gym, a more private enclosed workout room, or work out at home.”

7. Work Out With a Partner

Exercising with a friend, family member, caregiver, trainer, or group can help you stay safe, motivated, and socially engaged. It’s especially important to work out with a partner if you get fatigued or disoriented easily or your medication makes you dizzy.

[7]

“For people in the earliest stages [of Alzheimer’s] who remain highly functional, participation in supervised group exercise or exercising with a consistent partner may be sufficient,” says Buzzeo. “However, as cognitive impairment progresses, ongoing caregiver supervision becomes increasingly important to ensure both safety and adherence to exercise.”

Consider asking someone to join you for a walk or a fitness class. Or sign up to work with a personal trainer who has experience working with older adults.

8. Get Outside Safely

Going for a walk or bike ride is a great way to stay active. But it’s important to take some precautions before you head outside, especially if you’re going alone.

These tips can help you stay safe:

[8]

  • Let someone know when you’re leaving, where you intend to go, and how long you’ll be gone.
  • Use a fitness tracker or smartphone with features such as emergency SOS, GPS tracking, and location sharing.
  • Carry your ID, and consider wearing a medical alert bracelet.
  • Stay in familiar areas with even, well-lit paths.
  • Wear a helmet when riding a bike.

9. Stay Hydrated

It’s essential to drink plenty of water when you exercise to help replace fluids lost due to sweat. Staying hydrated can also help your muscles work more efficiently, cushion your joints, and regulate your body temperature.

People with Alzheimer’s disease may have trouble recognizing thirst or forget to drink.

[9]

 To help prevent dehydration, keep a water bottle nearby at all times when you’re working out. You can set reminders on your phone to drink water before, during, and after you exercise.

10. Watch for Changes

As Alzheimer’s progresses, you may need to modify your exercise routine to meet any changing physical capabilities. You and your caregiver or workout partner should watch for signs that modifications are needed.

Pain is one indicator an exercise may no longer be suitable. “People with Alzheimer’s may lose the ability to clearly communicate discomfort, so caregivers should be attentive to nonverbal cues, such as facial grimacing,” says Buzzeo. “Additionally, increased hesitation or unwillingness to participate in an activity may reflect underlying discomfort or difficulty they can’t fully express.”

Other signs you may need to modify your current workout routine include changes in balance or mobility, increased confusion, or more frequent tripping or falls. “At this point, a referral to a physical therapist is essential,” says Buzzeo. “Prompt evaluation can reduce the risk of injury, improve safety, and support continued engagement in physical activity.”

You don’t need to follow an intense or complex workout routine to get the benefits of exercise. The important thing is to find an activity you enjoy and stick with it. “It can be as simple as walking outside or taking an extra lap around a grocery store,” says Buzzeo. “The sooner exercise becomes part of your normal routine, the lower your risk of falls, declines in muscle mass, heart disease, depression, and injury.”

‘I’m a Cardiologist — Here’s Why Your Heart Races at Night (and When It’s Time to Worry)’

How to Calm a Racing Heart at Night

It can be really hard to fall asleep when you can feel your heart beating in your chest when lying down. The good news is that there are some simple ways to deal with your heart pounding at night, and these expert-approved tips are a great place to start.

1. Change Your Sleeping Position

If you have a weird feeling in your chest and want to know exactly how to calm a racing heart at night, Jessup recommends starting by experimenting with different sleeping positions — especially if you tend to lie on your left side.

If your heart rate won’t go down, try sitting up or lying on your back, or roll over into the best sleeping position for heart palpitations: your right side, which might help the rhythm to right itself.

2. Drink Some Water

To get rid of that weird feeling in your chest, Jessup says that getting up to drink a glass of water is a good idea. That is especially true if you realize that you had a lot of caffeine or alcohol — and maybe not enough water — that day.

3. Do Breathing Exercises

Wondering how to stop heart palpitations due to anxiety? You can try some breathing exercises to calm yourself down if you’re feeling stressed or think anxiety is causing heart racing when you’re trying to sleep. You’ll want to focus on slow breathing, which can help you activate the parasympathetic nervous system.

“In healthy people, we see a temporary increase in heart rate with inhalation, followed by a decrease with exhalation,” says Dr. Anderer. “Slow breathing can also have a direct influence on pressure receptors in the vascular and pulmonary systems and promote a state of relaxation, which tends to enhance the parasympathetic response throughout the body and allow you to ‘rest and digest.’”

4. Eat a Plant-Rich Diet

If you can feel your heart beating in your chest when lying down, Klodas says that avoiding known palpitation triggers and practicing stress management can help. But she also recommends keeping your heart healthy in general through your diet. “People who exercise regularly and eat a whole-food, plant-rich diet that’s naturally high in fiber, healthy fats, and antioxidants experience fewer heart rhythm issues and less heart disease in general,” she says. “They also feel better and live longer.”

When Are Heart Palpitations a Cause for Concern?

Wondering when to worry about heart palpitations? Occasional heart pounding, racing, or fluttering is pretty normal. However, if you’ve just started noticing palpitations, Klodas says that it’s always a good idea to be evaluated by a medical provider. “Although most palpitations signal a benign cause, there are features that should trigger medical evaluation,” she says.

Below, learn how to tell what warrants a doctor visit and when a racing heart signals something more serious.

When to See a Doctor for Palpitations

If you’re experiencing chronic palpitations every time you go to bed, and you’re hydrating well, reducing stress levels, and monitoring caffeine intake — talk to a doctor. Sometimes heart palpitations can be a sign of heart conditions like arrhythmia, heart valve disorders, thyroid conditions, or myocarditis. These conditions are chronic problems that require treatment, so be sure to reach out to a medical professional if you feel strange heartbeats consistently.

Heart palpitations can also be a sign of an anxiety attack. These episodes are not an immediate risk to your physical health. Rather, they are a sign that you should seek mental health care.

When to Go to the Hospital for a Rapid Heart Rate

“Any palpitations that are newly persistent, or any palpitations that are associated with any one of shortness of breath, chest pain, and/or lightheadedness/passing out spells should be evaluated urgently,” says Klodas.

In the moment, a racing heart could signal you to tune in for signs of a heart attack. Heart attack signs include accompanying chest pain, dizziness, nausea, shortness of breath, or fainting. If you experience these symptoms in tandem with heart palpitations, seek treatment urgently.

The Bottom Line

It can be alarming to feel a weird sensation in your chest. Your mind might wander to the worst-case scenarios, but rest assured that slight changes in your heartbeat when you lie down are fairly common — as long as they’re not chronic and no other symptoms arise. If your heart is doing gymnastics when you settle in for some sleep, roll over or get some water, then snag those z’s.

Foods to Avoid and Smart Swaps for Wellness

Get started by swapping less healthy options with foods that are better for heart health.

Swap Butter for Avocado Oil or Olive Oil

“When cooking, swap butter for avocado oil or olive oil to reduce saturated fat, which can raise cholesterol,” says Erin Sheehan, RDN, a cardiovascular dietitian at Wellstar Health System in Marietta, Georgia. “Small swaps, such as replacing saturated fats with heart-healthy unsaturated fats, can help lower cholesterol and support heart health over time.”

Other sources of saturated and trans fats include shortening, lard, stick margarine, and tropical oils such as palm and coconut oils. Mono- and polyunsaturated fats also come from canola, peanut, and other vegetable oils.

[3]

 Some of these may taste different from what you’re used to, so you may need to experiment with them. And you may want to have a few different types of oil on hand, since some work well for one type of cooking but not another.

Swap Sugary Cereal for Oatmeal

Breakfast cereals are very popular, and some even boast being “heart healthy” or “part of a healthy breakfast.” But many of them are loaded with sugar, and are low in protein and fiber.

[4]

“Instead of sugary cereal, opt for a bowl of oatmeal topped with fruit and nuts for a boost of fiber,” says Sheehan. “It contains heart-healthy fats without all the added sugar.”

Oatmeal contains protein, fiber, and many other nutrients, and it’s been shown to help lower your cholesterol levels and reduce the risk of heart disease.

[5]

 Oatmeal can also help regulate blood sugar, help with weight loss, and boost gut health. But not all oatmeal is created equal. Be wary of the flavored packets of instant oatmeal, which are often full of sugar.

[6]

Swap Bacon or Sausage for Avocado Slices

Bacon and eggs is a breakfast staple. Ditto for sausages, which often serve as a side to eggs or pancakes. But bacon, sausage, and other processed meats are high in saturated fat and sodium, explains Sheehan.

Processed meats, including bacon and sausage, have been linked to a higher risk of cardiovascular disease, including stroke and heart attack.

[7]

Avocado slices are a healthy, nutrient-dense substitute for bacon and sausage. “Avocado slices add fiber and heart-healthy monounsaturated fats to your plate,” says Sheehan. “Avocados are also high in potassium, which can help lower blood pressure.”

Swap Sour Cream for Greek Yogurt

“Use plain Greek yogurt as a high-protein alternative to sour cream on dishes like chili or tacos,” says Sheehan.

Comparing the full-fat versions, sour cream has more than four times as much saturated fat and three times as much cholesterol as Greek yogurt.

[8]

[9]

Two tablespoons of sour cream contains almost a quarter of the saturated fat the AHA recommends you have in a whole day.

[10]

When you compare nonfat versions, Greek yogurt has significantly less sodium and more protein than sour cream.

[11]

[12]

Due to the way it’s processed, Greek yogurt is thicker and creamier than plain yogurt, making it a convincing and healthier substitute for not only sour cream but mayonnaise, butter, and heavy cream in certain recipes.

[13]

“Greek yogurt can also be used as a replacement for mayonnaise in chicken salad and creamy dressings,” says Sheehan.

Swap Red Meat for a Meatless Meal

Cutting back on red meat and enjoying meatless meals can benefit your heart and overall health.

[14]

 Eating too much red meat is linked to an increased risk of heart disease, obesity, and certain types of cancer.

[15]

“Try a meatless meal of beans or lentils, or choose fish a few times per week,” says Sheehan.

Plant sources of protein, such as beans and legumes, are also a good source of fiber and other nutrients. You may have to experiment with different recipes, but you can start off with something simple, like adding chickpeas to salad instead of meat, or making a bean soup or chili.

Swap White Rice for Brown Rice

White rice isn’t inherently unhealthy. But because it is processed, it is stripped of many of its nutrients and fiber. Brown rice, on the other hand, is more nutrient dense and contains more fiber, magnesium, potassium, iron, and certain B vitamins.

[16]

“Instead of white rice, choose higher-fiber grains, such as brown rice, quinoa, or farro,” says Sheehan. “They provide more fiber and micronutrients to support heart health and keep you fuller for longer.”

You can also boost the nutrition content of white rice by combining it with other grains or adding nonstarchy veggies, beans, or legumes.

Could Melatonin Offer Relief From Chronic Pain?

Note: The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) does not approve supplements for safety or effectiveness. Talk to a healthcare professional about whether a supplement is the right fit for your individual health, and about any potential drug interactions or safety concerns.

Many people turn to melatonin as a gentle sleep aid, but new research suggests the supplement may also ease chronic muscle and joint pain.

[1]

The findings are significant because roughly two-thirds of people with chronic pain also struggle with sleep. Plus, some common pain medicines can come with side effects or safety concerns, especially when used long-term.

[2]

“I’m always excited when we find alternative pain options that could potentially be helpful with minimal side effects,” says Alba Azola, MD, an assistant professor of physical medicine and rehabilitation at Johns Hopkins Medicine in Baltimore, who wasn’t involved in the research.

The findings suggest melatonin could be a good add-on for existing pain management plans, Dr. Azola says. “I think it’s a good adjunct, especially for patients with chronic pain whose sleep is interrupted because of the pain.”

Analysis Included Over 2,000 People With Muscle and Joint Pain

The new paper was a systematic review and meta-analysis, meaning researchers gathered data from previously published randomized controlled trials and combined the results to look for a clearer overall pattern.

The study included 23 trials with more than 2,000 participants. All had either chronic musculoskeletal pain or pain after musculoskeletal surgery, which could include low back pain, osteoarthritis, fibromyalgia, and pain after joint replacement or spine surgery.

Some trials compared melatonin with a placebo, or dummy pill. Others compared melatonin with pain medicines or other drugs. Melatonin doses ranged from 1 to 10 milligrams (mg).

To make results easier to compare across studies, researchers converted pain and sleep scores to a 0 to 100 scale, where 0 meant no pain and 100 meant the worst pain possible.

Melatonin Linked With Less Chronic Pain and Better Sleep

The results showed that taking melatonin was tied to lower pain scores and better sleep quality for people with chronic muscle or joint pain. “The size of the pain-relieving effect was comparable to conventional pain medicines such as NSAIDs,” says lead study author Kangchao Wu, a PhD student at the University of Sydney. Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) include over-the-counter medicines like acetaminophen and ibuprofen.

The main findings included:

  • Across all comparison groups, melatonin reduced chronic pain by about 9 points on the 100-point scale.
  • Melatonin improved sleep quality by about 11 points.
  • For pain after surgery, melatonin did better than placebo, but the effect was small — about 2.5 to 3.5 points. The authors wrote that this was unlikely to be meaningful for most patients.
  • For chronic pain, longer treatment duration, not higher dose, was linked with more favorable effects, but the finding is limited by the relatively small number of studies.

The researchers didn’t find a dose-dependent relationship between melatonin and pain reduction — meaning higher doses didn’t necessarily lead to more pain relief.

“We tried, but we didn’t find an optimal dose of melatonin for treating chronic musculoskeletal pain,” says Wu.

Side effects in the review were generally mild and temporary. The most commonly reported side effects were nausea or vomiting, dizziness, headache, and drowsiness, and no serious adverse events were reported in the trials.

The Link Between Sleep and Chronic Pain

Daniel Clauw, MD, a professor of anesthesiology, medicine, and psychiatry at the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor, says the results fit with what pain experts already know about sleep and pain.

“Getting better and deeper sleep is clearly important in chronic pain — especially nociplastic pain,” says Dr. Clauw, who was not involved in the study.

Nociplastic pain is thought to result from changes in how the nervous system processes pain signals, rather than from ongoing tissue injury alone. It is often discussed in conditions such as fibromyalgia and some forms of chronic low back pain.

[3]

How Might Melatonin Ease Pain?

Melatonin is best known for helping regulate the body’s sleep-wake cycle, but researchers think it may influence pain in more than one way.

The first is an indirect pathway: Melatonin may help reduce pain by improving sleep, which can further improve mood, reduce anxiety, and help people stay more active during the day, all of which may in turn help reduce pain intensity, says Wu.

It could also impact pain directly. Melatonin may have its own pain-relieving properties, including antioxidant and anti-inflammatory effects that could help modulate pain, he says.

The Study Had Strengths, but the Evidence Isn’t Final

The review had several strengths. It included only randomized controlled trials, focused specifically on musculoskeletal pain, compared melatonin with both placebo and active treatments, and separately analyzed chronic and postoperative pain.

There were limitations to the analysis. The chronic pain findings were rated as low certainty for pain and moderate certainty for sleep quality, meaning future studies could change the estimates. Many trials were small, dosing varied widely, and most studies did not follow people beyond three months.

The study also could not determine whether melatonin works best for people who already have sleep problems. Most chronic pain trials included people whose baseline sleep scores suggested sleep disturbance, but the studies did not separately analyze people with and without sleep problems.

[1]

What to Know Before Trying Melatonin for Chronic Pain

Clauw says melatonin is “well worth a try” for some people with chronic pain and sleep problems because it “seems quite safe and may be helpful.”

Wu adds that adults “should still speak with a doctor or pharmacist before trying melatonin, especially if they are taking other medications or have underlying health conditions.”

Azola recommends a “start low and go slow” approach. For many people, that might mean starting with 1 mg of melatonin and increasing only if needed, with a common range of about 3 to 6 mg.

“More is not more when it comes to melatonin,” she says. “Doses greater than 10 milligrams can sometimes cause sleep disruption and have the opposite effect on sleep.”

Long-term use of higher doses may also make melatonin less effective, Azola adds.

She also recommends choosing supplements carefully. “Dietary supplements are not reviewed by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for safety, effectiveness, or manufacturing quality before they reach the market, and independent testing has found that some over-the-counter melatonin products contain different amounts than the label says,” she notes.

Look for brands that have been validated by an independent third-party and discuss with your healthcare provider.

Kidney Transplant Benefits and Risks for IgA Nephropathy

Even with the many benefits of a kidney transplant, this procedure isn’t without risks and challenges.

[11]

Surgical Risks

A kidney transplant is generally considered very safe, and serious complications are relatively rare, says Ryan. But like any major procedure, it carries some risks, which include:

[11]

  • Bleeding
  • Changes in blood pressure during surgery
  • Problems with wound healing
  • Injury to nearby organs
  • Infection
  • Pulmonary embolism (blood clots that can travel to the lungs)
  • Heart-related complications, such as a heart attack or irregular heartbeat
  • Death, in rare cases

The weeks and months after kidney transplantation involve frequent appointments with your care team so they can monitor for potential complications.

[19]

 When problems do occur, they can often be treated successfully. Most people go on to have a functioning transplanted kidney and enjoy the benefits of life after transplant, says Ryan.

Immunosuppressant Drug Side Effects

To keep your new kidney healthy, you’ll need to take anti-rejection medications, called immunosuppressants, for the rest of your life after the transplant, says Rafael Villicana, MD, a nephrologist and the medical director of kidney transplantation at Loma Linda University Health in San Bernardino, California.

These medications prevent your immune system from attacking the new kidney.

[20]

 But because they lower your immune system’s activity, your body may have a hard time fighting infections.

[21]

In the first several months after a transplant, when immunosuppression is at its highest, your care team will monitor you closely and may prescribe medications like antibiotics to prevent infections, says Ryan. Even after that window, your infection risk remains higher than average, which means it’s important to seek care promptly if you develop symptoms, including a fever, she adds.

Another common concern with long-term immunosuppression is an increased risk of cancer, specifically skin cancers like squamous cell carcinoma and basal cell carcinoma. These types of cancers are typically treatable when caught early.

[22]

 “Patients are instructed to have an annual screening visit with a dermatologist to assess for any abnormal skin lesions,” Ryan says.It’s also important to wear sunscreen with an SPF of 30 or higher every day.

[23]

Immunosuppressants can also increase the risk of certain health conditions, including diabetes, high blood pressure, and elevated cholesterol, says Haririan. To help manage potential medication side effects, notify your care team about any new or changing symptoms.

IgAN Recurrence After Transplant

One question many people with IgAN have is whether the disease can come back after a kidney transplant. While rates of recurrence found in scientific research vary, some studies estimate that up to 60 percent of people will experience IgAN recurrence after a kidney transplant.

[24]

This happens because the underlying process that caused IgAN in the original kidneys can still occur after transplantation, says Dr. Villicana. Recurrence appears to be more common in certain groups, including younger transplant recipients and those who received a transplant relatively soon after their IgAN diagnosis, with limited or no dialysis in between.

[24]

But recurrence does not automatically mean the transplanted kidney will fail. Ryan notes that some recurrences are mild and cause no problems, while others lead to rapid kidney dysfunction and eventual failure. When caught early, IgAN recurrence can be treated, Villicana says.

Some of the immunosuppressive medications used to prevent rejection may also help reduce the risk of recurrence, says Ali, adding that there are now more treatment options for IgAN than in the past.

For these reasons, staying consistent with your medications and keeping up with medical appointments remains an important part of life after transplant. This allows your care team to monitor for recurrence and address any concerns early.

Amifampridine for LEMS: First-Line Therapy Guide

The expected benefit of amifampridine is better muscle strength and day-to-day function.

“Many people have improvements in muscle strength, walking ability, stamina, and performance of everyday activities,” AlQahtani says, adding that some people notice improvement in symptoms such as dry mouth.

Amifampridine has also been shown to increase muscle strength, and improvement in autonomic symptoms has been shown in placebo-controlled clinical trials.

[2]

Research suggests that amifampridine may help with forced vital capacity, a measure of lung function, and help people lower their corticosteroid dose, too.

[5]

If symptoms aren’t well managed or remain bothersome, the first step is usually making sure that the dose has been optimized within recommended safety limits, says AlQahtani.

If amifampridine is not tolerated or not available, pyridostigmine (Mestinon) may be considered, and it can also be added to amifampridine for extra symptom relief.

“Pyridostigmine slows the breakdown of acetylcholine at the neuromuscular junction, which can leave more of that chemical messenger available to help muscles contract,” says AlQahtani.

If symptom control is still not enough, doctors may consider treatments that target the autoimmune process behind LEMS. “Options may include intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG), corticosteroids, azathioprine, mycophenolate mofetil, and rituximab, depending on disease severity, other health conditions, and patient-specific factors,” says AlQahtani.

[1]

When LEMS is associated with cancer, treating the cancer is a central part of therapy and may also improve LEMS symptoms, he says.

Irregular Periods, PMOS, and Endometriosis May Raise Heart Disease and Stroke Risk

Editor’s Note: In May 2026, the Endocrine Society and other international experts officially renamed polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS). This change better reflects the condition’s nature as a systemic metabolic disorder. This article has been updated to reflect the new terminology.

Polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome — formerly known as polycystic ovary syndrome, or PCOS — is very common in women with diabetes, adding another challenge to diabetes management.

“While the degree of this increased risk varied across individual studies, the overall picture strongly suggests that people with these conditions may be more likely to experience events like heart disease or stroke,” says study coauthor Mathew Leonardi, MD, PhD, an associate professor of obstetrics and gynecology at McMaster University in Ontario, Canada.

Endometriosis and PMOS Pose the Greatest Risk to Heart and Brain Health

In a systematic review and meta-analysis, researchers combined the results from 28 studies published through April 2024, including more than 3.2 million total participants to understand the relationship between non-cancer-related gynecologic disorders (endometriosis, PMOS, heavy periods, and irregular menstrual cycles) and heart disease and cerebrovascular disease (involving blood flow in the brain).

[1]

Compared with women without gynecologic disorders, researchers concluded that those who had at least one gynecologic disorder had:

  • 28 percent higher risk of cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disease
  • 41 percent higher risk of ischemic heart disease (heart damage caused by narrowed heart arteries)
  • 33 percent higher risk of cerebrovascular disease, including conditions such as stroke, brain aneurysm, brain bleed, and carotid artery disease

Women with PMOS, endometriosis, or both faced the highest overall risk.

Endometriosis is when tissue similar to the lining of the uterus grows outside of the uterus. The condition may affect as many as 1 in 9 girls and women in the United States between the ages of 15 and 44. It is especially common in women in their thirties and forties.

[2]

PMOS is a hormonal imbalance that happens when the ovaries create excess hormones. This can cause irregular menstrual cycles, missed periods, acne, abnormal hair growth, obesity, and infertility. Like endometriosis, it’s very common — up to 15 percent of women of reproductive age have PMOS.

[3]

It’s possible for women to have both endometriosis and PMOS.

[4]

Analysis Highlights Lack of Quality Research on Gynecologic Health

Researchers acknowledged that the overall quality of the studies included in the analysis varied considerably, and they scored more than half of the studies as having a very high risk of bias.

“Another key takeaway is the need for better, more consistent research — many of the studies we included had limitations. Still, taken together, the data point to a relationship worth paying attention to in both clinical practice and future research,” says Dr. Leonardi.

Abha Khandelwal, MD, a clinical professor of medicine and women’s heart health specialist at Stanford Medicine in California, also points out the need for better research in this area. Dr. Khandelwal wasn’t involved in the study.

“Only 21 percent of the reviewed studies had good design and low risk of bias, several of the reviewed studies had bias, and there are likely several confounders which were not adjusted for,” she says.

This means that those studies didn’t control for other key factors that could influence the risk of heart disease and stroke.

“In order for science to move forward and to understand all the associations and potentially modifiable risk factors for women, it is critical to fund good quality research in this field and for women to participate in these studies. I hope this will serve as a call to action for women to advocate for better research in these areas and for them to continue to work on controlling their risk factors for heart disease and cerebrovascular disease,” says Khandelwal.

What Could Be Behind the Link?

The analysis wasn’t set up to uncover a potential “why.” Based on the diseases, and not on the study findings, there could be a few potential connections, says Khandelwal, such as:

  • PMOS and cerebrovascular disease have similar inflammatory pathways and risk factors.
  • There are several ways that these gynecologic conditions may interfere with a heart-healthy lifestyle. For example, if you have severe period pain, you may be less inclined to exercise.
  • If you have irregular cycles, it may be due to variations in your sex hormones. “We know this can influence endothelial cell function,” Khandelwal says. Endothelial cells line the inside of blood vessels and help regulate blood flow.

“We also can’t overlook treatments and surgeries used to treat these gynecological conditions. For instance, certain hormonal therapies or procedures like hysterectomy may themselves influence the long-term risk of heart disease and stroke,” says Leonardi.

How Should Women With PMOS and Endometriosis Manage Potential Increased Risk?

Leonardi emphasizes that although these findings suggest a link, it’s not “ironclad proof of a direct cause-and-effect relationship,” and more research is needed.

“If you have a gynecological condition, it doesn’t mean you’re destined to develop heart or cerebrovascular disease — just that it’s wise to pay extra attention. The message here is about being proactive but not alarmed,” says Leonardi.

He offers the following tips:

  • Talk to your healthcare team about cardiovascular risk factors. Ask about your blood pressure, cholesterol, and blood sugar levels, especially if you have PMOS, endometriosis, or other chronic gynecologic conditions.
  • Adopt healthy lifestyle habits, such as staying physically active, eating a balanced diet, and avoiding smoking.
  • If you’re on hormonal treatments, or if you’ve had surgeries like a hysterectomy or oophorectomy (ovary removal), be sure to review these factors with your providers to assess how they might interact with your cardiovascular health.

“If possible, participate in trials to advance further understanding of these disease processes,” says Khandelwal.

Cottage Cheese Is High in Protein — Here Are 5 New Ways to Love It

Cottage cheese — with its lumpy texture and slightly sour, slightly ripe taste — is a love-it-or-hate-it kind of food. But as America’s obsession with protein maxxing continues unabated, so has our appetite for these soft, white curds, which pack 14 grams (g) of protein per ½ cup.

In fact, Americans are buying so much cottage cheese that grocery stores often can’t keep enough in stock and manufacturers are ramping up production capabilities to meet demand.

[1]

[2]

It should be noted that cottage cheese has virtues beyond its protein content. Low-fat versions have fewer calories and les saturated fat than most other types of cheese. Cottage cheese is also a good source of calcium and phosphorus, nutrients linked to bone and tooth health. Some varieties contain probiotics, which promote gut health.

[3]

One thing to keep in mind is that cottage cheese contains a fair amount of sodium per serving — 459 milligrams (mg) per cup — so if you’re watching your salt intake, opt for a low-sodium variety.

[3]

If you’re lucky enough to have scored some cottage cheese at the supermarket, you can enjoy it in the five recipes below, which show just how versatile this ingredient can be. Try it whipped to make a breakfast bowl, folded into pancakes, whisked into scrambled eggs (double protein!), and blended for a dip or dressing.

Even if you think you hate cottage cheese you might discover you actually love it.

Managing Blood Pressure With IgA Nephropathy

To understand why blood pressure management matters so much with IgAN, it’s helpful to examine what happens inside the kidneys.

Kidney Damage Can Raise Blood Pressure

The kidneys contain tiny filtering units called glomeruli.

[5]

Dr. Voora suggests thinking of glomeruli as microscopic mesh filters. These filters remove waste and excess fluid from your blood while keeping important substances, such as protein, from leaking out.

[5]

In IgAN, the body makes an abnormal form of immunoglobulin A (IgA), a protein that’s normally part of your immune defense.

[6]

 The immune system sees this abnormal IgA as a threat and creates antibodies to attack it, says Yasir Qazi, MD, a transplant nephrologist with Providence St. Joseph Hospital in Orange, California.These antibodies attach to the abnormal IgA and create clumps that can become trapped in the kidney’s mesh filters, triggering inflammation and damage.

[3]

 As the damage progresses, the filters become less effective at removing excess fluid and sodium from the body, which can lead to high blood pressure.

[6]

At the same time, higher blood pressure means blood is pushing through the kidneys’ filters with greater force. Voora compares that force to a power washer hitting a delicate mesh screen. The added pressure can tear and damage the filters even further, increasing kidney damage, she says.

High Blood Pressure Can Cause Excess Protein in Urine

With high blood pressure, the specialized cells that support the glomeruli can also become damaged, Voora says. The walls of the tiny blood vessels inside the glomeruli can stretch and weaken as well. As a result, large protein molecules that normally belong in the bloodstream can leak into the urine, a condition known as proteinuria.

[7]

Proteinuria is a sign that the kidney filters are damaged. As the kidneys try to process and reabsorb protein leakage, more inflammation can develop, adding to the injury already caused by IgAN.

[8]

“High levels of protein leakage are the strongest indicator that the disease is active, the kidneys are under stress, and there is a higher risk of progression toward dialysis, if not addressed,” says Voora.

Kidney Scarring Can Occur

When the kidneys face continued stress from high blood pressure and inflammation, they try to repair the damage. One way they do this is by laying down scar tissue.

[9]

The problem is that once a filtering unit becomes scarred, known as glomerulosclerosis, it loses its blood supply and can no longer function properly, says Voora.

As more scarring occurs, the remaining healthy filters have to take over the workload.

[9]

“To compensate, these healthy filters dilate and experience even higher blood pressure and filtration demands, leading to burnout and faster scarring,” Voora explains.Meanwhile, the kidneys can also trigger the release of hormones that tighten blood vessels, which also raises blood pressure.

[10]

 Dr. Qazi says that this creates a cycle in which high blood pressure causes kidney scarring, and kidney scarring causes blood pressure to rise.Breaking that cycle is one of the main goals of IgAN treatment.

[11]

Can the Korean Switch-On Diet Really Help You Lose Weight Without Sacrificing Muscle?

Experts consider this eating plan a fad diet. Fad diets often promote quick weight loss and severely restrict what you eat. They generally do not have long-lasting health benefits and may be harmful. Talk to your healthcare provider before making any major changes to how you eat.

Fad diets promising big weight loss results often focus on a single strategy to drop pounds quickly. But the recently trending Korean switch-on diet takes a different tack by combining three different strategies: intermittent fasting, cutting back on ultra-processed foods and carbohydrates, and eating more protein.

This four-week program is currently making the rounds on TikTok and Instagram, with multiple users saying the protocol has helped them lose weight and preserve muscle.

But registered dietitians have concerns.

How Does the Korean Switch-On Diet Claim to Work?

The Korean switch-on diet was created by Park Yong-Woo, an obesity medicine researcher and family physician in Korea. Park is the author of the Switch On Diet With Fat Metabolism, which outlines this four-week eating plan.

Park’s protocol claims to “switch on” the body’s fat metabolism by cutting calories. This encourages the body to burn stored fat for energy without sacrificing lean muscle mass, per the diet’s claims.

The Korean switch-on diet combines low-carb meals, protein shakes, and intermittent fasting. The plan becomes more restrictive as it progresses, with the final week calling for three nonconsecutive 24-hour fasts.

[1]

The Korean switch-on diet also encourages lifestyle adjustments, including:

[1]

  • Get at least six hours of sleep a night.
  • Finish dinner four hours before bedtime.
  • Do high-intensity exercise at least four times a week.
  • Avoid sitting for long periods.

What Can You Eat on the Korean Switch-On Diet?

The Korean switch-on diet uses a step-wise approach to eating, with “permitted” foods changing throughout the plan.

[1]

Day 1 to 3

Protein shakes replace breakfast, lunch, snacks, and dinner.

Day 4 to 7

Have a protein shake for breakfast, an afternoon snack, and dinner. For lunch, eat a low-carbohydrate meal, such as half a bowl of mixed grains, tofu, fish, raw fish, seafood, tuna, chicken (without the skin), eggs, mushrooms, and seaweed.

The plan recommends supplements including multivitamins, omega-3 fatty acids, vitamin C, and CoQ10, taken in the morning and at night.

Week 2

Add beans and legumes, nuts, kimchi, one cup of black coffee in the morning, two cups of milk, and nonsalty cheese to the previously permitted foods. Have two protein shakes a day: one at breakfast and one for an afternoon snack.

Lunch is the same low-carbohydrate option from the previous step.

Dinner is carb-free and focused on protein, such as fish or boiled meat like pork.

Week 2 includes one 24-hour fast. The diet recommends starting the fast after an early dinner and breaking it the next day with an afternoon snack, followed by dinner at your regular time (rather than fasting from morning to night in a single day).

Week 3

Add in pumpkin, tomatoes, chestnuts, bananas, and berries. The plan allows bananas and sweet potatoes this week if you do high-intensity exercise.

Breakfast, lunch, snacks, and dinner stay the same.

Week 3 calls for two nonconsecutive 24-hour fasts.

Week 4

You can now add up to 1 serving of fruit per day while keeping to the previous plan for all meals.

Week 4 calls for three 24-hour fasts, again on nonconsecutive days.

Foods to Avoid

The following foods are not allowed in the Korean switch-on diet:

[1]

  • Sugar and sugary foods and drinks
  • Milk with added sugar
  • Foods that contain flour
  • Alcohol
  • Foods high in saturated fat
  • Foods high in trans fat
  • Artificial sweeteners
  • Salty foods

Potential Benefits of the Korean Switch-On Diet

The Korean switch-on diet claims that each phase is meant to achieve a specific goal:

[1]

  • Day 1 through 3: Reset the gut and encourage the body to burn fat.
  • Day 4 through 7: Improve leptin resistance, which occurs when your body stops responding fully to a hormone that signals fullness or satiety.
  • Week 2: Improve insulin resistance, a condition where the body does not respond well to a hormone that moves glucose into cells to be used for energy.
  • Week 3: Improve metabolism.
  • Week 4: Maximize fat loss.

“There are a few elements of this diet that align with evidence-based nutrition recommendations, particularly prioritizing protein and reducing intake of highly processed foods,” says Jessica Cording, RD, author of The Little Book of Game-Changers. “That can help to preserve muscle mass while losing weight.”

If someone can stick to the diet, it may help reduce inflammation, support blood sugar balance, and possibly lead to weight loss, according to Lisa Moskovitz, RD, the CEO of NY Nutrition Group.

Scott Keatley, RD, a co-owner of Keatley Medical Nutrition Therapy in New York City, agrees that someone may be able to lose weight on this diet — temporarily, at least. “It may produce short-term weight loss because it sharply reduces calorie intake, removes many ultra-processed foods, and emphasizes protein,” he says.

“Higher protein intake can improve fullness and help limit lean-mass loss during weight loss, particularly when paired with resistance training,” Keatley adds. The structured nature of this eating plan may also help people who prefer clear rules, he says.

Potential Risks of the Korean Switch-On Diet

Despite its purported benefits, “I see a lot of red flags” in the Korean switch-on diet, Cording says. Here’s what all three dietitians identified as pitfalls of the plan.

  • Extreme Calorie Deficits “The first three days may provide only roughly 600 to 700 calories, which is extremely low for most adults outside a medically supervised program,” Keatley says. This can lead to fatigue, headaches, constipation, irritability, dizziness, exercise intolerance, and rebound overeating, he says.
  • Unsustainable Weight Loss The plan is designed to be followed for only four weeks. After that, the diet recommends 24-hour intermittent fasting once or twice a week. Dietitians say this won’t produce sustainable results. “While I appreciate that this plan was developed by a doctor and that there is some research supporting healthy weight management using specific aspects of this diet like prioritizing gut health, blood sugar, and sleep, when you combine those with a bunch of restrictive elements like cutting out lots of foods, heavily relying on shakes, and intermittent fasting, that’s not sustainable,” Cording says.
  • Potential for Disordered Eating The diet’s restrictive nature is a concern for Moskovitz, who notes that it could create more “food noise” for followers and may lead to disordered eating. “Anyone with a history of disordered eating or an eating disorder will likely not respond well to these restrictive parameters,” she says.
  • Negative Impact on Metabolism “What we know helps the metabolism is consistent and sufficient eating that includes protein and fiber, along with a regular workout routine and proper sleep,” Moskovitz says. “What won’t help is going on and off restrictive diets repeatedly throughout your lifetime.”
  • Lack of Scientific Evidence The Korean switch-on diet has not been studied in any peer-reviewed clinical trials. As a result, there is no data to suggest it will do what it claims. “It does not ‘switch on’ a unique metabolic mode in the way the name suggests,” Keatley says. “Reducing carbohydrates and calories increases reliance on stored glycogen and fat for fuel, while higher protein can help with satiety and muscle retention.” The body converts carbohydrates to stored glycogen when it doesn’t need to immediately burn those carbs for energy.

    [2]

    Aggressively restricting calories can also lower metabolism, Keatley says.

Overall, Cording says this diet is “science-adjacent.” It pulls inspiration from scientifically validated weight loss methods, but the diet itself doesn’t have data to support it.

Research has shown, for example, that intermittent fasting may be as effective as low-calorie diets for weight loss. But the Korean switch-on diet relies on more extreme, 24-hour fasts.

[3]

Similarly, studies have found that high-protein diets are linked to better muscle retention and feelings of fullness while still supporting weight loss. Calorie restriction, with or without intermittent fasting, has also been shown to support weight loss.

[4]

[5]

The Bottom Line: Is the Korean Switch-On Diet Right for You?

Like other fad diets, the Korean switch-on diet may lead to fast results, but they’re unlikely to be sustainable. For that reason, registered dietitians do not recommend trying it.

“I wouldn’t recommend this restrictive of a program to anyone,” Cording says. “If there are elements of it that appeal to you that can be part of a healthy weight loss plan, that is a different thing — for example, making sure you’re getting enough protein or reducing intake of ultra-processed foods.”

But Moskovitz says the highly restrictive nature of this diet makes it one to avoid. “The drawbacks with any restrictive diet — and this one is no exception — is how sustainable it will be over time,” she says.

How to Tell if Your Sleep Apnea Treatment Is Working: 5 Signs

Depending on its severity, sleep apnea can be treated in a few different ways. You may be using a continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) machine to keep upper airway passages open, for example, or you could use an oral appliance, some of which work by simply bringing your jaw forward to relieve mild forms of sleep apnea.

[1]

No matter what your doctor has recommended, after you’ve gotten used to sleeping with a device, you may wonder: Is this really working?

Some treatments, particularly CPAP, tend to prompt changes immediately, but others may take up to a few weeks, says Sarathi Bhattacharyya, MD, a pulmonologist, sleep medicine specialist, and the medical director of MemorialCare’s Sleep Disorders Center at Long Beach Medical Center in California. Either way, sometimes it’s easy to miss the signs that your sleep apnea treatment has led to beneficial changes, he says.

Here are five signs that your sleep apnea treatment is working.

1. You Dream More and Wake Up Less

Sleep apnea tends to cause sleep disruptions that include waking frequently throughout the night, says Dr. Bhattacharyya. When this happens, you’re less able to fall into rapid eye movement (REM) sleep, the stage of sleep in which you experience most of each night’s vivid dreaming.

[2]

Even if you don’t remember your dreams when you wake up (or whether you dreamed at all), it’s likely you’ll notice waking less frequently, he says. Your sleeping partner may also notice that you’re less restless in bed and wake up or stop breathing less often.

[3]

2. You Feel More Focused

In addition to more dreaming, you may notice that you feel fresher and more focused during the day if your sleep apnea treatment is working, says Bhattacharyya. That’s because REM sleep helps with mental concentration, mood regulation, and information processing.

[2]

Disrupted sleep is also a concern because deep sleep, another stage of sleep, allows the brain to push out large molecules and prevent toxic buildup. When this process is disrupted, it can lead to difficulty with focus and may even raise the risk of neurodegenerative brain conditions in the long term.

[4]

[5]

3. Your Energy Levels and Mood Are Steady

When you’re getting solid sleep, with fewer episodes of waking up and more ease falling asleep, it can have positive effects throughout the day, says Madeleine Basist, MD, a pulmonologist at Northwell Health’s Health Lenox Hill Hospital in New York City.

“You’ll tend to have improved daytime alertness and energy levels when sleep apnea is adequately treated,” she says. “Some people also notice improvements in mood.”

Research suggests that sleep is integral to both physical health and the modulation of emotional states, partly because it helps to consolidate memories linked to emotions, and helps strengthen emotional regulation.

[6]

[7]

This may be a subtle shift in some cases, says Dr. Basist. You may notice that if your sleep apnea treatment is working, you’re less reactive to stress than usual, for example, or that you get upset less often.

4. You Have Fewer Headaches

Waking up with a headache is a common effect of sleep apnea, and these headaches usually feel like a dull ache on both sides of the head, says Chafen Hart, MD, a sleep medicine specialist at National Jewish Health in Denver. And they may occur for several reasons.

“The [morning] headache can be associated with the low or variable oxygen levels which come with obstructive sleep apnea, or with the changes in [blood vessels] in the brain which occur when there are swings in blood pressure,” says Dr. Hart. Another possible reason is that untreated sleep apnea leads to systemic inflammation and oxidative stress —an imbalance in antioxidants and free radicals in the body that can damage cells and tissues — which may cause or worsen headaches, she says. And the interruptions in deep sleep caused by the frequent reawakenings of untreated apnea “can [also] lead to morning headaches.”

“Some people with sleep apnea develop chronic migraines, but the frequency and intensity of those can often decrease with effective apnea treatment,” Hart says.

[8]

5. You Can Breathe Better

With sleep apnea, it’s not only the blood vessels in the brain that are affected — blood vessels in the lungs can be involved as well. That can lead to pulmonary hypertension, when lower blood oxygen levels and higher carbon dioxide levels lead to high blood pressure in the lungs. That often results in shortness of breath, especially when waking up, says Hart.

[9]

“When sleep apnea is treated effectively, it can improve pulmonary hypertension,” she says. “You’ll usually breathe better, both in general and during exertion.”

If you’re not experiencing signs like the ones above, that doesn’t mean sleep apnea treatment isn’t a fit for you, says Bhattacharyya; it simply implies that you may need to pivot to another option.

“It’s important to recognize whether your sleep apnea treatment feels ineffective, because that should lead to a discussion with your doctor about adjustments to your therapy,” he says. “It could also prompt a review of coexisting medical conditions or medications that may be causing sleep apnea treatment to be less effective.”

If you’ve been using a treatment option like CPAP or an oral device for at least a few weeks and you’re still struggling with issues like frequent waking and daytime sleepiness, talk with your doctor about possible next steps.

8 Tips for Choosing (and Using) a Safe Sunscreen

1. Read the Label First

A list of ingredients that are hard to pronounce, let alone understand, can be downright overwhelming. So what are the key things to keep in mind? “Look for sunscreen that’s labeled broad-spectrum and has an SPF of at least 30,” says Joshua Zeichner, MD, the director of cosmetic and clinical research at Mount Sinai Hospital’s department of dermatology in New York City. “This means it protects against both UVB and UVA rays.”

One caveat about SPF levels: Doctors recommend at least 30, but according to the EWG, products with claims of high SPF values are often misleading. One problem is that the SPF value on product labels pertains only to UVB protection. So a sunscreen with an over-the-top SPF may not adequately shield skin from the harmful ultraviolet A rays that cause skin aging and possibly melanoma, the deadliest type of skin cancer.

High SPF products can also mislead people into thinking they are completely protected from sunburn and long-term skin damage. This false sense of security sometimes causes people to think it’s okay to spend more time in direct sunlight, so they end up getting more ultraviolet exposure, not less.

2. Learn the Pros and Cons of Mineral and Chemical Sunscreens

Some clean beauty proponents recommend mineral sunscreens over chemical ones. But not everyone agrees.

What’s the difference? “Mineral sunscreens contain zinc oxide alone or in combination with titanium dioxide,” Dr. Zeichner says. These ingredients form a protective seal over the skin, reflecting UV light, though they can be chalky and can give skin a white tinge, he says. “Chemical sunscreens contain compounds that absorb UV light and prevent it from penetrating into the skin,” says Zeichner. “They absorb fully into the skin, but may cause irritation in people with sensitive skin.” For that reason, he says mineral sunscreens tend to be a better option for those with sensitivities.

The EWG also recommends mineral-based sunscreens made with zinc oxide, titanium dioxide, or both, says Emily Spilman, the program manager on the healthy living science team at EWG in Washington, DC, who has been involved in their Sunscreens Guide.

Some people don’t like the white, pasty appearance that mineral sunscreen can give their face. “The knock on mineral sunscreens is that they are not cosmetically elegant; they leave a film, and that’s not great, especially on darker skin,” says Sapna Westley, MD, a dermatologist in private practice in New York City. That said, she notes that many patients of hers who go ahead and try a mineral-based product, in spite of these reservations, tend to end up liking it.

Holly Thaggard, the founder of Supergoop (a sunscreen brand) in San Antonio, Texas, says both mineral and chemical sunscreens can be right for you. “Chemical sunscreens absorb UV light, so your skin doesn’t, and they allow for weightless, sometimes clear formulas,” says Thaggard, noting that these are great for daily wear, multiple skin tones, the beach, and working out. “Mineral sunscreens are made up of tiny white, UV-protecting particles — zinc oxide, titanium dioxide, or both — and are more gentle, perfect for anyone with sensitive or acne-prone skin,” she says.

3. Watch Out for Oxybenzone and Avobenzone

Some experts recommend avoiding oxybenzone in sunscreens. “This ingredient may behave like estrogen,” Spilman says.

Some research suggests that oxybenzone and related ingredients such as avobenzone are absorbed through the skin and can disrupt hormones. One study suggested that interactions like these may worsen symptoms of polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS), formerly known as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS).

[3]

 Because of these concerns, some experts recommend avoiding sunscreen products that contain these ingredients.

[4]

That said, some of the studies surrounding oxybenzone and related ingredients have been done on cells in a lab, so more research is needed to confirm the same effects in humans. Though there isn’t enough data for the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to categorize oxybenzone as generally recognized as safe and effective, the FDA doesn’t classify it as unsafe.

[5]

4. Look for Broad-Spectrum Sunblock

“When it comes to sun protection, most people tend to think only about sunburns,” says Thaggard. “But the truth is, they’re forgetting an entirely different type of damage. UVA rays enter the skin’s surface even deeper, and they can contribute to skin cancer and also cause signs of aging.” Thaggard notes that UVA rays are present throughout the year, even when it’s cloudy, so it’s important to wear sunscreen year-round.

5. Check Your Sunscreen’s Water Resistance

If you’re going to the beach or pool in the summer, a water-resistant sunscreen is a no-brainer. But it’s a pretty smart option for daily use as well, advises Dr. Westley. “The rule of thumb is that we tell people to reapply every two hours,” she says. “And a lot of people don’t realize that they’re sweating off their sunscreen throughout the day, especially when it’s humid out, so water-resistant sunscreens give people that extra protection even if they’re not in actual water.” Water-resistant sunscreens are labeled as such.

Since 2011, the FDA has banned manufacturers from claiming that any sunscreen is “waterproof” or “sweatproof.” Labels can say “water resistant” only if the sunscreen has been proven to remain effective in water for either 40 or 80 minutes. “According to the FDA rules, sunscreen labels that claim to be water resistant must indicate how long you can wear the product while swimming or sweating before you need to reapply,” says Westley. “I recommend water resistance for up to 80 minutes just to give you that added coverage.”

6. Don’t Forgo Sun Protection in the Name of Vitamin D

It’s no secret that vitamin D is critical to overall wellness, whether it’s for bone health, immune function, or managing depression. Your body can make vitamin D when it’s exposed to sunlight.

[7]

“Internal medicine doctors will tell their patients, ‘Go sit in the sun for 10 minutes a day to get your vitamin D,’” says Westley. “And we dermatologists say, ‘No! Don’t do that without sun protection because you can get skin cancer,’ so that can get a bit controversial.”

The compromise? “Because it’s so easy and inexpensive, I tell patients to supplement with vitamin D instead,” says Westley, who recommends her patients get their D levels checked every year. You can also eat foods enriched and fortified with vitamin D, including egg yolks, fatty fish such as mackerel and salmon, some cheeses, and beef liver.

[7]

7. Pick a Product You’ll Use Reliably

“As a dermatologist, I tell my patients that the best sunscreen is ultimately the one that you are actually using,” Zeichner says. Choose a sunscreen in a formula — cream, lotion, gel, stick, spray — that you are happy to use. And make sure you use enough sunscreen. The American Academy of Dermatology Association recommends using at least 1 teaspoon of sunscreen on your face and 1 ounce for the rest of your body.

[8]

The EWG’s 20th Annual Guide to Sunscreens includes 130 SPF-containing products, including lip balms, moisturizers, and sunscreens. They offer an online tool where you can search EWG Verified products. Shoppers on the go can download EWG’s free Healthy Living app to get ratings and safety information on sunscreens and other personal-care products.

Zeichner points out it’s worth protecting skin against visible light, which isn’t associated with skin cancer, but can contribute to discoloration and melasma. Look for tinted sunscreens, which have iron oxide pigments that guard against this visible light, he says.

8. Don’t Rely on Sunscreen Alone for Sun Protection

Keep in mind that sunscreen by itself isn’t enough. “Proper sun protection includes protective clothing, like a lightweight, long-sleeved shirt, a wide-brimmed hat, and sunglasses with UV protection,” Spilman says.

Westley tells her patients they can enjoy the outdoors but to be “sun smart,” especially between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m. when the sun is strongest. Most importantly, make sunscreen a daily habit, like brushing your teeth. For easier reapplication and portability, choose a sunscreen powder or stick, she suggests.

Thyroid Eye Disease Treatments: Injections, Medications, and Surgeries

If you have Graves’ ophthalmopathy, also known as thyroid eye disease (TED), the treatment plan will depend on factors such as how severe the disease is and whether the disease is in the active, inflammatory phase or the inactive phase (when symptoms have stabilized and are not worsening).

[1]

[2]

Thyroid eye disease treatment can range from simple lubricating eye drops for mild cases to medication or surgery for more severe cases.

[3]

Here are some of the treatment options your doctor may recommend for moderate-to-severe thyroid eye disease.

1. Corticosteroid Injections

What They Do Corticosteroids decrease inflammation in the body and suppress the immune system. They are often the first line of defense for moderate-to-severe thyroid eye disease, because they help alleviate inflammation in the tissue and fat around the eye socket, a frequent cause of dry eye, eye bulging, eyelid retraction, and other common symptoms.

[4]

Who Should Use Them “We typically use corticosteroids in people with moderate-to-severe thyroid eye disease,” says Ilya Leyngold, MD, an oculofacial surgeon in Meridian, Idaho. “For the vast majority of patients, corticosteroids work fairly well at decreasing the swelling and pain.”

What to Know About Them Corticosteroids can be given orally or intravenously or injected into the tissues around the eyes. Injections into the eye sockets are often preferred, because they’re more effective and have fewer side effects.

[4]

Pros Corticosteroids have potentially saved people from losing their vision, says Dr. Leyngold.

Cons “There are side effects to oral corticosteroids, such as high blood pressure, elevated blood sugar, gastroesophageal reflux disease, bone fractures due to brittle bone formation, hip fractures, insomnia, and severe mood changes,” says Leyngold.

“There are also a multitude of long-term side effects, such as stomach ulcers,” he says. Plus, corticosteroids don’t seem to reduce double vision or eye bulging, which are two particularly bothersome symptoms of thyroid eye disease, Leyngold says.

Other side effects can include:

[5]

  • Buildup of fluid in the legs
  • Fatigue
  • Increased risk of infection
  • Loss of appetite
  • Muscle weakness
  • Nausea
  • Weight gain in the belly, face, and neck

2. A Biologic Medication

What It Does Until recently, there were few drugs available that worked as well as corticosteroids for alleviating symptoms of thyroid eye disease. But the introduction of a biologic drug — an insulin-like growth factor–1 receptor inhibitor — called teprotumumab (Tepezza) has significantly reduced symptoms that corticosteroids were unable to control. It is the first and only medicine approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of thyroid eye disease.

[6]

“In moderate cases of thyroid eye disease, we’re seeing that the efficacy of this drug in terms of reducing swelling, redness, and pain, as well as bulging and double vision, is higher than corticosteroids,” says Leyngold. One review found teprotumumab improved orbital inflammation, eye protrusion, and double visionc substantially.

[7]

Who Should Use It A person with significant eye bulging but no history of inflammatory bowel disease and no plans of getting pregnant “may be a candidate for teprotumumab,” says Rona Z. Silkiss, MD, an oculofacial plastic surgeon and founder of Silkiss Eye Surgery in San Francisco, which works with the nonprofit Pacific Vision Foundation.

What to Know About It As of now, teprotumumab is expensive, says Dr. Silkiss. Many insurance companies will either not cover it or take a long time to approve its use. But depending on your health insurance, the medication and infusion may be completely covered, according to the drug’s manufacturer. Call your insurance provider to clarify your benefits.

[8]

Pros Quality of life can improve with teprotumumab.

[7]

Cons It does have several potential side effects, including elevated glucose [levels], gastrointestinal problems, hair loss, hearing impairment or loss, muscle spasms, and more. “Oversight by the treating doctor is important when using these medications,” says Silkiss.

Other reported side effects include:

[9]

[10]

  • Dry skin
  • Fatigue
  • Menstruation changes
  • Nail problems
  • Nausea

There’s also emerging evidence that indicates teprotumumab may not provide long-lasting disease control for many patients, who may experience symptom flares. While the biologic is still considered a game-changing medical therapy for thyroid eye disease, doctors are increasingly considering the potential for teprotumumab as a treatment that may work better in combination with other therapies to treat thyroid eye disease.

[10]

[11]

3. Orbital Decompression Surgery or Eyelid Surgery

What It Does People who have surgery for thyroid eye disease may need multiple procedures, but this can vary from person to person.

[2]

Orbital decompression surgery “involves making incisions around and behind the eye or removing bone to enlarge the eye socket to allow the eye to move back into place,” says Leyngold. Doing so can relieve pressure, irritation, dry eye, and more.

In cases where double vision is caused by misalignment of the eyes, your doctor may recommend surgery on the eye muscles to fix where the eyes point. Another option is eyelid surgery, which “lowers or raises the eyelids or reduces puffiness due to fat expansion,” says Silkiss.

Who Should Get It People who have stable bulging eyes or optic nerve compression that requires intervention may be good candidates for orbital decompression surgery, says Silkiss.

“People with eyelids that are too high or too low or with ‘bags’ under or above their lids [should consider eyelid surgery],” she says. And finally, people who have misaligned eyes are great candidates for motility surgery. Each of these surgeries, says Silkiss, has a great prognosis.

What to Know About It As with any surgery, there are potential complications and risks, which your surgeon can discuss with you.

Pros Orbital decompression surgery can:

[2]

  • Bring pain relief
  • Improve bulging
  • Improve the eyelids’ ability to close over the eyes
  • Reduce exposure of the eye surface
  • Relieve pressure on the optic nerve, which can result in improved vision

Cons Double vision will likely persist after surgery. Most people must go on to have eye muscle surgery, which is an outpatient procedure that repositions the muscles to bring the eyes into alignment.

[2]

4. Orbital Radiation Therapy

What It Does Orbital radiation therapy has been used for decades to decrease inflammation associated with thyroid eye disease, says Silkiss. Applied directly to the eyes, this radiation can reduce eye misalignment but may not be as effective as a biologic, she says.

According to a report by the American Academy of Ophthalmology, there is some evidence that orbital radiation therapy can prevent compressive optic neuropathy, a complication of thyroid eye disease that leads to blindness. The report also stated that orbital radiation therapy may facilitate the tapering off of corticosteroids, shortening treatment by two months in some cases.

[12]

Who Should Get It The report found that people with late-stage, clinically inactive disease were less responsive to radiation than those with more active, early stage disease. Thyroid eye disease is a lifelong condition, but if you’re in the early, inflammatory stage of the disease, your doctor may suggest orbital radiation.

[12]

What to Know About It Short-term risks of orbital radiation are minimal, but there are no studies on its long-term outcomes.

[12]

Pros Orbital radiation can decrease soft tissue inflammation and improve eye movement, pain, and tearing. It can also help reduce disease activity and minimize the need for surgery. Used in conjunction with surgery, orbital radiation therapy can reduce proptosis, or protrusion of the eyes.

[12]

Cons Dry eye and cataracts are common side effects. There is a small risk of radiation retinopathy, a type of vision impairment, years after treatment, according to Silkiss.

[12]

5. Counseling and Support Groups

What They Do “Stress reduction is important to deal with the negative consequences of any disease,” says Silkiss. “With thyroid eye disease, not only do the bulging eyes cause emotional stress, but the disease itself affects parts of the brain responsible for anger management and executive decision-making.

“Counseling for people with thyroid eye disease is an overlooked aspect,” she says, “because we’re so focused on the medical needs of patients versus the mental aspect.”

Who Should Use Them People with thyroid eye disease who’ve seen a decline in their quality of life and mental health are good candidates for counseling and support groups, says Yuna Rapoport, MD, MPH, founder and director of Manhattan Eye in New York City. “Constant eye discomfort makes it difficult to work and care for others, as well as do the things one used to enjoy.”

What to Know About Them Ask your healthcare provider about support groups and counseling available to people with thyroid eye disease. The American Thyroid Association provides links to a number of organizations supporting thyroid diseases.

Pros You can learn how to manage the impact your altered appearance has socially on your relationships at home and at work. You can learn coping strategies for people’s reactions to your physical symptoms. And you can address anxiety, depression, and mood changes that may result from unstable thyroid levels.

[13]

Cons For some people, seeking mental health help may require overcoming a perceived stigma or other barriers. But it’s important to seek help when you need it, not only for improved mental health but also to give yourself a more robust foundation from which you can better manage the condition.

Managing Weight Gain After Graves’ Disease Treatment: Expert Tips

A good first step is to evaluate eating habits that developed during hyperthyroidism, when their bodies required substantially more calories, Desai says.

“Learning to recognize hunger and fullness cues again can be an important part of recovery — but that does not mean slashing calories or following a punishing plan,” she says.

You don’t have to follow a restrictive diet, says Desai. “I encourage patients to focus on improving the quality of their food choices and becoming more aware of portions,” she says.

Foods and Nutrients to Focus On

Elisabetta Politi, RD, CDCES, MPH, a certified diabetes care and education specialist at the Duke Lifestyle and Weight Management Center in Durham, North Carolina, recommends people focus on adding rather than subtracting when changing their diet.

Politi recommends focusing on the following nutrients:

  • Protein for strength and muscle mass restoration
  • Fiber for overall health benefits, including improved satiety (feeling of fullness), improved cholesterol, and more regular bowel movements
  • Calcium and vitamin D to combat bone loss that can occur during prolonged hyperthyroidism

Sugary drinks, specialty coffee drinks, alcohol, and ultra-processed foods can make weight management harder because they add calories without much fullness or are easy to overeat, says Desai. Snacks can still fit, but she recommends choosing options that provide protein, fiber, or both.

“Increasing protein intake, eating more vegetables, choosing high-fiber foods, and limiting liquid calories can make a meaningful difference without leaving someone feeling hungry,” says Desai.

But it’s also important to preserve your enjoyment of food; trying to completely eliminate treats or favorites often backfires, she adds.

Avoid Cleanses, Detoxes, and Highly Restrictive Diets

“I generally advise patients to avoid highly restrictive diets, detoxes, cleanses, and other approaches that promise rapid weight loss,” Desai says. These strategies are often difficult to sustain and can increase fatigue, hunger, and frustration, she adds.

Desai also recommends avoiding over-the-counter supplements marketed for “thyroid health,” “thyroid support,” or “boosting metabolism.”

“These products are not regulated by the FDA in the same way as prescription medications, and studies have shown that some contain measurable amounts of thyroid hormone or iodine that are not listed on the label,” she says.

9 Surprisingly Healthy BBQ Foods, According to Dietitians

BBQs aren’t exactly synonymous with healthy eating. They often feature heavy meats, creamy sides, and portions as big as your backyard. “People often associate BBQs with overindulgence,” says Brannon Blount, RDN, who is based in Danville, Virginia, adding that the many sides and choices may prompt people to eat more than normal.

That said, just because you’re grilling doesn’t mean you can’t build a healthy plate. In fact, a variety of BBQ foods, from appetizers to dessert, are genuinely nutritious. Here are nine backyard favorites that are as good for you as they are delicious.

1. Grilled Chicken

There’s a reason that grilled chicken has earned a reputation as one of the healthier options at any cookout. “Grilled chicken is a lean source of high-quality protein, supporting muscle maintenance, heart health, and overall energy balance,” says Sharniquia White, RD, a chef in Greensboro, North Carolina. Each 100-gram (g) grilled fillet supplies around 22 g of protein.

[1]

Of course, BBQs don’t always feature chicken in its healthiest form. (We’re looking at you, sweet sauces and salty breading.) When you’re doing the barbecuing, though, you can control what goes on your meat. “For a healthier approach, choose skinless cuts when possible and use marinades made with ingredients like olive oil, citrus juice, herbs, garlic, and yogurt,” White says.

2. Corn on the Cob

Corn sometimes gets snubbed as a high-carb side dish, but it’s still a vegetable. And if you’re like most Americans, you could use more veggies in your diet.

[2]

According to White, corn on the cob not only provides a small amount of fiber (about 1 gram per ear) but is rich in carbohydrates (18 g), which supply energy.

[3]

 This summer favorite also contains the antioxidants lutein and zeaxanthin, which support eye health.

[4]

Grilling corn enhances its natural sweetness, White says, so the grilled version might not need many additional flavors. “Try topping it with lime juice, chili powder, fresh herbs, a drizzle of olive oil, or a sprinkle of feta cheese instead of heavily buttering or salting it,” she says.

3. Grilled Vegetables

It’s hard to go wrong adding more veggies to your plate. “Grilled vegetables are an easy way to add more fiber, vitamins, and color to summer meals,” says Blount.

Some nutrient-dense, grill-friendly options include grilled asparagus, summer squash, and artichokes. Keep the preparation light and summery by tossing vegetables in olive oil and herbs before barbecuing, Blount says. “This helps enhance flavor without relying on heavy sauces or excess sodium,” she says.

4. Watermelon

As you pass through the BBQ buffet, be sure to grab crisp, sweet watermelon. This fruit is 91 percent water, making it a hydrating choice on hot days.

[5]

Watermelon also packs antioxidants vitamin C and lycopene, Blount says. Lycopene has been linked to a decreased risk of cancer, heart disease, and age-related eye disorders.

[6]

 Meanwhile, vitamin C helps clear damaging free radicals from your cells, helping reduce overall inflammation.

[7]

You might even choose watermelon as a single-ingredient, low-calorie dessert. A 1-cup serving contains 9.4 g of natural sugars and just 45 calories.

[5]

5. Beans or Bean-Based Sides

Though they’re a BBQ staple, beans often don’t get the love they deserve. “Beans are one of the most nutritionally underrated BBQ foods,” White says. A cup of pinto beans provides nearly 14 g of plant-based protein, 4.4 milligrams (mg) of iron, 820 mg of potassium, and nearly 14 g of fiber.

[8]

That high fiber content is particularly noteworthy for health. “Fiber is especially beneficial for digestive health, blood sugar management, and fullness,” White says.

[9]

Traditional baked beans are often loaded with added sugar, but they don’t have to be. White says that lighter versions can lean on spices like paprika or smoky condiments like mustard.

6. Grilled Fish

While chicken and beef are the usual go-to for barbecued protein, give fish a chance. “Fish is an excellent barbecued option because it provides protein along with heart-healthy omega-3 fatty acids, particularly fatty fish like salmon and mackerel,” says White. Omega-3s support heart health and may help reduce inflammation.

[10]

White recommends using marinades with herbs, citrus, garlic, or olive oil. “Grilling fish in foil packets with vegetables can help prevent sticking while adding moisture and extra nutrients,” she says.

7. Coleslaw

Not all coleslaw is created equal — mayo-heavy versions can be high in calories and saturated fat. One cup contains roughly 300 calories and 20 g of fat, with 3 g from saturated fat.

[11]

 But using other dressings can improve coleslaw’s nutritional profile. “Choosing a lighter vinaigrette or yogurt-based dressing, and adding ingredients like carrots or even sunflower seeds, can boost flavor and nutrition,” says Blount.The cabbage base of coleslaw is also highly nutritious, providing nearly 2 g of fiber and 48.5 mg of vitamin C per cup.

[12]

8. Pasta Salad

As with coleslaw, the healthfulness of pasta salad largely depends on its preparation. “Pasta salad can be a balanced option when it includes vegetables and a protein source like peas, mozzarella, or grilled meat,” says Blount. “Using whole-grain pasta can also help add more fiber,” she says.

Dressing made with Greek yogurt, olive oil, or vinaigrette helps keep calories and fat in check, White says.

9. Berries

While they’re in season, take advantage of berries’ impressive nutrient profile. “Berries are packed with antioxidants, fiber, and vitamin C, making them one of the most nutrient-dense summer fruits,” says Blount.

Enjoy strawberries, blueberries, raspberries, and blackberries as a whole-food dessert or bake them into a low-sugar fruit crisp.

Could GLP-1 Weight Loss Drugs Also Treat or Prevent Chronic Diseases?

GLP-1s for Heart Disease

In March 2024, the FDA approved the GLP-1 drug Wegovy (semaglutide) to treat heart disease in people who are overweight or who have obesity — the first approval for a GLP-1 medication outside of diabetes or weight loss.

The approval happened after participants in several GLP-1 trials experienced significant reductions in major cardiac crises such as heart attacks and strokes and fewer cardiovascular deaths, says Isaacs.

That would be expected, given obesity and excess weight are risk factors for heart attack and stroke. But other drugs (Trulicity, Victoza, Saxenda) and lifestyle interventions that have positive effects on glucose and weight haven’t demonstrated these types of impressive results, Isaacs points out. “This indicates that there are mechanisms that go well beyond just weight loss or glucose lowering,” she says.

In the Wegovy weight loss trial SELECT, people taking the drug had a 20 percent lower incidence of heart attack, stroke, or death from heart disease, compared with the placebo group, says Ard.

[2]

The weight loss in the SELECT trial wasn’t especially large — on average, each participant lost around 8 to 9 percent of their body weight. “This leaves open the question that there may be some other primary effect that is yet to be determined,” says Ard.

The SELECT trial was the first large, randomized study to show that a drug used for obesity could reduce cardiovascular disease, says Isaacs. “This may change the paradigm of how we view overweight and obesity” — as cardiovascular risk factors and not just cosmetic concerns — ”and will hopefully expand insurance coverage and access for these medications for weight loss,” she says.

Studies suggest that semaglutide is not only effective at reducing cardiovascular events when taken as an injection but also when taken in pill form.

[3]

12 Health Screenings and Tests Women Need

12. Get a Regular Dental Checkup

Bacteria and inflammation in your mouth have been found to play a role in several diseases, including heart disease and pneumonia.

[30]

That’s why all adult women need regular dental checkups, generally recommended once or twice a year, though some people may need to visit more frequently. These regular dental checkups involve cleaning and examining the teeth, along with X-rays as needed, to spot early signs of decay and other problems.

[31]

How to Keep Up With Your Health Screenings

Thinking about 12 annual screenings may be daunting, but it’s now easier than ever to stay current on tests, thanks to electronic medical records, whose patient portals may alert you to tests you’re due for. You can also remind yourself to schedule annual tests by using a milestone every year, like your birthday or the start of a new year.

Your primary care physician should also inform you when it’s time, but that might not be the case if you use your gynecologist for primary care. “Things like the need for a colonoscopy and routine blood work that are outside a gynecologist’s scope can easily be missed,” Duah cautions. Let your gynecologist know you don’t have another doctor and request prescriptions for tests that don’t involve your reproductive organs.

Because screens are considered preventive, insurance coverage varies. It’s best to check with your insurance company before you make an appointment. You can also research whether your community offers any of these tests discounted or for free.

Best Workouts for Weight Loss: 7 to Try

Some forms of exercise are more efficient than others at burning calories, reducing body fat, and supporting long-term weight management. But the best workout for weight loss is one you’ll actually do.

“One of the biggest things is consistency. You want to participate in exercise that you can stick with,” says Amy Peters, CSCS, who provides weight loss coaching in Clarksburg, Maryland.

The good news? You can choose from several effective workouts to help support weight loss.

1. Walking

Walking is considered an aerobic exercise. Aerobic exercise is a continuous activity that increases your heart rate, causes your body to use oxygen, and engages large muscle groups.

[2]

 All of that work results in your body burning energy (calories). Burning more energy than you consume creates a calorie deficit that can promote weight loss.

[3]

Walking is also a great entry point into exercise, says Renee J. Rogers, PhD, a senior scientist in the division of physical activity and weight management at the University of Kansas School of Medicine in Kansas City and a fellow of the American College of Sports Medicine. “Asking someone to start with a 10-minute walk feels feasible,” Dr. Rogers says. “Not everyone has access to a gym, but people might be able to go out and walk — this can create confidence with exercise.”

Research indicates that people need to get 150 to 300 minutes of moderate-intensity aerobic activity per week to see a meaningful reduction in body fat and waist circumference.

[4]

 If you’re new to exercise, start with a 10-minute walk and gradually add a few minutes each week as it starts to feel easier.

[5]

2. Running

Running is one of the most efficient cardiovascular workouts for burning calories, says Natalie Ribble, CSCS, chief brand officer at Seattle Strength and Performance in Washington. Because running is higher intensity than walking, it drives your heart rate higher, increases your body’s need for oxygen, and burns more calories per minute.

[6]

The exact number of calories you burn depends on your weight and pace. For example, a 30-minute walk at 4 miles per hour burns roughly 175 calories for a 155-pound person. By comparison, a 30-minute run at 5 miles per hour burns roughly 288 calories for the same person.

[7]

Over time, that calorie burn can translate into meaningful fat loss. Research shows that compared with their inactive counterparts, people who consistently run at least 6.2 miles per week have lower levels of overall body fat, including visceral (abdominal) fat, which is associated with increased health risks.

[8]

3. Cycling

Cycling is unique among moderate- or vigorous-intensity aerobic activities like running because it’s low impact, meaning it’s gentle on the joints. This makes it particularly manageable for adults with obesity, musculoskeletal pain, or limitations that prevent weight-bearing exercise.

[9]

Research has also found that cycling is safe for knee health in people with obesity who may experience joint pain with higher-impact activities like running.

[10]

At the same time, cycling is easy to scale to your fitness level, says Peters. If you’re an avid exerciser, you can crank up the resistance or pace to drive your heart rate higher and burn more calories.

4. Strength Training

Strength training doesn’t burn as many calories as cardio when done for the same duration.

[11]

 But it supports weight loss in a different way: by improving body composition, or reducing fat while increasing muscle, says Ribble. You might notice that your body looks different or your clothes fit differently, but the number on the scale hasn’t changed, she adds.More muscle also means a higher resting metabolic rate, since muscle tissue burns more calories than fat even when you’re not exercising.

[12]

To reap these benefits, physical activity guidelines recommend getting at least two full-body muscle-strengthening workouts per week.

[13]

5. Swimming

Swimming is a low-impact aerobic activity that requires you to use the muscles of your arms and legs to push through the resistance of the water, Rogers says.

[14]

 That effort burns roughly 360 calories per 30 minutes at a vigorous intensity.

[7]

Sustained over time, that calorie burn can lead to significant reductions in body weight and fat.Research backs this up: One study of adults with type 2 diabetes and high blood pressure (hypertension) found that a 16-week swimming program led to reductions in body mass index and body fat percentage. It also resulted in improvements in metabolic health parameters like cholesterol, blood glucose, and blood pressure — none of which were seen in the control group.

[15]

6. High-Intensity Interval Training

In a study of people with obesity, HIIT and moderate-intensity cardio led to comparable weight loss after 12 weeks, even though the HIIT group spent significantly less time exercising.

[17]

 Another study found that HIIT led to a greater decrease in body fat percentage after eight weeks, compared with moderate-intensity cardio.

[18]

Because HIIT is more taxing on the body, limit yourself to two or three HIIT workouts per week, with at least one rest day in between.

[16]

 That said, research shows that even one HIIT session per week can be enough to reduce body fat in adults who are overweight or who have obesity.

[19]

7. Yoga

As a mind-body practice, yoga doesn’t have a reputation as a weight loss workout, but it may help in indirect ways. Poor sleep, chronic stress, and musculoskeletal pain are all factors that can work against weight loss, and yoga addresses all three.

Research suggests that yoga can improve sleep, reduce stress, and ease pain. This matters because poor sleep affects appetite and can lead to increased calorie consumption.

[20]

 Stress and depression have been linked to obesity because they can influence food intake and promote fat storage.

[21]

 And musculoskeletal pain can discourage movement, while increased body fat can drive inflammation, making pain worse.

[22]

Yoga’s direct calorie burn is modest, at about 144 calories per 30 minutes for a 155-pound person.

[7]

However, evidence suggests that various yoga styles can support modest weight loss.

[23]

Many common yoga poses, such as those in the sun salutation sequence, also strengthen major muscle groups through body-weight resistance.

[24]

 Adding resistance training to a weight loss plan helps increase fat loss and preserve muscle in people who have obesity or who are overweight.

[25]

Get Relief From Constipation by Avoiding These 7 Foods

1. Dairy Products

Cheese, ice cream, and other dairy products have high calcium content, which carries high-binding properties and may lead to constipation in some people, says Christine Lee, MD, a gastroenterologist at Cleveland Clinic. “Dairy also lacks fiber, which potentiates its constipating power,” she says.

People with lactose intolerance are especially prone to experiencing diarrhea, gas and bloating, which, apart from being uncomfortable, are generally harmless.

[2]

Toddlers and children may also be especially sensitive to dairy, says Kelly Kennedy, RDN, a contributor to Everyday Health.

Kennedy also notes that, “on the opposite end of the spectrum, fermented dairy products such as yogurt or kefir can improve gut health and may decrease the likelihood of constipation.”

These types of fermented dairy products contain probiotics, or live microbes that can have a beneficial effect on our health, and on gut health in particular. Probiotics can help your body break down and absorb food more effectively, and many people take probiotics in some form to relieve constipation. You can find them in food or in supplements, and there are benefits to both.

[3]

2. Red Meat

Red meat is high in protein and often contains more fat than other types of meat, which can take a longer time to digest. “Additionally, red meat is devoid of fiber, the most important nutrient when it comes to constipation,” Kennedy says. “Eating red meat may take the place of a higher-fiber option such as legumes, further worsening constipation.”

Instead of adding more foods that cause constipation to your meal, make sure that your steak comes with plenty of fiber-rich foods, like a baked potato (with the skin) and a large salad for constipation relief.

According to the National Institutes of Health, similar to red meat, eggs, and chicken skin can also contribute to constipation, and for the same reason: their high protein content and lack of fiber.

[4]

3. Fried Foods

Greasy, fried foods, such as french fries, doughnuts, onion rings, and even heavily breaded foods like fish and poultry, take longer to digest than healthier options. “As a result, they can slow things down in your digestive tract, the exact opposite of what you want if you’re feeling constipated,” Kennedy says. Arielle Leben, RD, a registered dietitian at NYU Langone’s inflammatory bowel disease center, notes that in some people, greasy, fried foods will trigger more urgent, looser bowel movements. “For others who are eating fried, greasy foods in place of dietary fiber sources like fruits, vegetables and whole grains, it may lead to constipation due to inadequate fiber intake,” she says. “A fast-food meal typically consists of a protein and carbohydrate (burger and fries), which are not good sources of dietary fiber.”

Fried and processed foods may also be high in salt, which has also been linked with constipation. Not only does salt absorb water from stool, making its movement through the digestive tract more difficult, but such foods also tend to be low in fiber and water, according to a study published in the journal Nutrients in 2021. Some studies have also linked a diet high in salt to disruptions in the gut microbiome — the balance of healthy and harmful microbes in your gut — that may also contribute to constipation.

[5]

4. Processed Snacks and Desserts

Potato chips, pretzels, cookies, pastries, and other processed snack foods have high salt, processed sugar, and fat content, and are low in water content. “All these factors combined cause constipation,” Dr. Lee says. These snack foods are also often poor sources of dietary fiber. “If these foods are replacing fruits, vegetables, and whole grains in the diet, it may lead to constipation because of inadequate fiber intake,” Leben says. Lee recommends opting for foods that have high water content and natural sugars, such as:

  • Watermelons
  • Berries
  • Kiwi
  • Peaches
  • Apples
  • Oranges

If you can’t give up your savory snacks, Leben recommends looking at the grams of fiber in the products and the ingredient list when grocery shopping. “There are plenty of chips, crackers, and other snack foods on the market made from whole grains, vegetables, or legumes that are good sources of fiber,” she says.

5. Refined Carbs

Many pastries and highly processed snack foods also contain refined carbohydrates, which can have negative effects on digestion, Kennedy says. Other culprits in this category include white bread and white rice. “Refined carbs are stripped of their fiber during processing,” she says. “When you choose these foods, you’re missing an opportunity to add fiber to your diet, which can help alleviate constipation. Swapping those foods for whole-wheat bread and brown rice, for example, could go a long way to helping ease constipation.”

If you’re experiencing gastrointestinal symptoms, prebiotics and probiotics may help. Check out our list of the best prebiotics and probiotics, as recommended by experts.

Certain conditions relating to gluten, or proteins found in wheat, can mean that eating foods containing gluten can cause constipation. In particular, this is true of both celiac disease and gluten intolerance (also known as non-celiac gluten sensitivity, or simply gluten sensitivity).

Despite this shared symptom, the two conditions are very different. Celiac is an autoimmune disease in which eating gluten damages your small intestine, while gluten intolerance makes eating gluten potentially very uncomfortable, but not necessarily harmful.

Another related condition that is sometimes confused with these two, wheat allergy, is completely different. In people with wheat allergy, the immune system overreacts to wheat as if it were a threat, with potentially life-threatening results.

[6]

6. Frozen Dinners

Meals in a box may be convenient, but they rarely have the nutritional merits of a meal you prepare yourself, which puts them on the list of foods that can cause constipation. “Frozen dinners are generally high in salt, fat, and preservatives: three key items not good for the digestive system and known to cause havoc to the digestive tract,” Lee says. Leben notes that not all frozen foods are bad for health and digestion.

“Frozen fruits and vegetables can be convenient, cost-effective ways to boost fiber intake and help relieve constipation,” she says. “The nutritional quality of frozen foods varies, and label reading is essential. Look for meals that incorporate fiber from vegetables and whole grains while also limiting saturated fat.”

7. Bananas

Interestingly, bananas can either be a cause of constipation or a source of constipation relief, depending on their ripeness. “Bananas, when fully ripe, contain soluble fiber and thus can help treat constipation,” Lee says. “However, unripe, or green, bananas have high levels of resistant starch, which can be very binding and cause constipation.” Because of this, unripe bananas can be used to treat diarrhea, she notes.

8. Alcohol

When considering what foods make you constipated, remember that it might not be what you’re eating. Alcohol intake has not been directly linked with constipation, but it is linked with dehydration, which can contribute to constipation. For that reason, avoiding alcohol may be a way of obtaining relief from constipation.

[7]

15 Foods You Can’t Eat on Keto (and What to Choose Instead)

If you’re thinking about embarking on a ketogenic diet, you probably already know you’ll be avoiding processed grains and sugar like pizza and muffins. But many other foods you’ll nix on this extremely low-carb, high-fat diet aren’t necessarily unhealthy. Indeed, many “no” foods are packed with health-promoting vitamins, minerals, and fiber but also have too many carbs for the restrictive keto diet.

Many people following keto aim for 20 to 50 grams (g) of net carbohydrates per day. (Net carbs, though not a widely accepted nutrition term, can be calculated by subtracting fiber and sugar alcohols from the total carbohydrates.

[1]

 The idea is to switch your body into ketosis, a state where it burns fat for fuel rather than carbohydrates (its preferred and easy-to-access source of energy). The plan may drastically limit many fruits, whole grains, and some vegetables.

Keto isn’t right for everyone. “For some people, the keto diet can be potentially harmful,” says Alyssa Burnison, RD, a regional registered dietitian for the supermarket chain Hy-Vee in Sioux Falls, South Dakota. That includes people who take insulin for type 2 diabetes or type 1 diabetes, she says. If you have any chronic health condition that you’re hoping to treat with a keto diet, talk to your doctor first or work with a registered dietitian; they can best advise if this is a safe diet for you.

If you do decide to try the diet, here are 15 foods that you should try to avoid on keto, and what to choose instead.

Does Sparkling Water Count as Fluid?

Researchers developed a beverage hydration index based on the results of a randomized trial that tested the effects of 13 commonly consumed drinks on the hydration levels of 72 men, all of whom started the experiment in an adequately hydrated state. The results found water and seltzer to be equally hydrating.

[4]

Those results aren’t too surprising, given that sparkling water is just still water infused with carbon dioxide to make it bubbly, sometimes with added flavor.

While many people find a little fizz and flavor appealing, past research suggests that too much carbonation can cause bloating and gastrointestinal discomfort because of the air it adds to your gut.

[1]

“Sparkling water is typically well-tolerated by most people,” says Hill. “One common downside for some is bloating or gas due to the carbon dioxide. This is usually harmless but may be uncomfortable.”

So, while sparkling water is good for you, it’s still possible to overdo it.

Nutrition Facts for Water

While often touted as one of the best beverages for your health, water doesn’t have much nutritional information in terms of calories or macronutrients. According to the University of Rochester Medical Center, a cup of municipal water may contain tiny amounts of minerals like calcium and magnesium.

[5]

Nutrition Facts for Sparkling Water

Again, because sparkling water is water plus carbonation (gas), it is pretty much identical nutritionally to still water. Apart from a very small amount of certain nutrients and sodium, which some brands add for flavor, it has almost zero nutritional value.

[6]

Just keep an eye on the ingredients list, because some brands add fruit juice or puree, while others add sugar or artificial sweeteners. Calories will likely still be low in all these beverages, but you’ll want to make sure you know exactly what you’re getting in your glass.

“Like plain water, there don’t tend to be micronutrients, antioxidants, or other health-promoting compounds in sparkling water,” says Destini Moody, RD, a nutritionist at Live It Up Nutrition in Los Angeles. “However, it can help improve hydration status, which is conducive to maintaining health, energy levels, and athletic performance.”

Medicare GLP-1 Bridge Program to Offer Weight Loss Drugs for Just $50 per Month

GLP-1 medications have been a game changer for adults with obesity and related health conditions. But so far, Medicare beneficiaries have been legally blocked from having them covered due to federal law prohibiting the government health insurance program from covering weight loss drugs.

[1]

That’s about to change — temporarily, at least.

Beginning July 1, 2026, a new GLP-1 Bridge program will offer select Medicare members the ability to pay just $50 per month for certain weight loss medications.

The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) will run the 18-month federal demonstration project, outside standard Medicare Part D, which typically covers the cost of outpatient prescription medications.

[1]

“This is absolutely fantastic,” says Nancy Nielsen, MD, PhD, a senior associate dean for health policy at the Jacobs School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences at the University at Buffalo in New York. “We know these medications are life-changing for patients.”

But doctors say there are a few nuances to keep in mind, including that this coverage is not permanent.

“The Bridge program is a payment demonstration. It does not change the underlying prohibition of coverage of weight loss medications,” says Thomas Tsai, MD, MPH, an associate professor of health policy and management at the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health in Boston.

Who Will Qualify for $50 GLP-1s Through Medicare?

To qualify for the new Medicare GLP-1 Bridge program, applicants must be 18 or older and enrolled in a Medicare Part D prescription drug plan or a Medicare Advantage plan with drug coverage.

They also must meet one of the following clinical criteria when they start a GLP-1 medication:

[1]

  • A body mass index (BMI) of 35 or more.
  • A BMI of 30 to 34.9 plus at least one of the following:
  • A BMI of 27 to 29.9 and at least one of the following:

“Patients who are already on GLP-1s for other conditions, such as diabetes or liver disease, would stay on their original coverage under their Part D drug plan,” Dr. Tsai says. 

Which Medications Are Covered Under the Medicare GLP-1 Bridge Program?

The new program will apply to specific GLP-1s that are prescribed for weight loss:

Navigating the Fine Print: How the Finances Work

Beneficiaries of the Medicare GLP-1 Bridge program must be enrolled in select Medicare prescription plans, but the program will run separately from standard Medicare. “It sits outside Part D. The $50 is an additional cost,” Tsai says.

Under the Inflation Reduction Act, Part D out-of-pocket costs are capped at $2,100. But Bridge program costs will not count toward that total, he explains.

“Beneficiaries on the Bridge program would still be responsible for paying the $50 copay, even if they have met the $2,100 deductible for Part D,” Tsai says.

The Bridge program will also not count toward True Out-of-Pocket (TrOOP) spending limits, and federal assistance programs like “Extra Help” cannot be used to reduce the $50 copay, Dr. Nielsen says. Still, she points out that the $50 copay is an excellent price.

“Some of these medications cost up to $1,300 a month,” she says. “Let’s not look a gift horse in the mouth. This is $50 a month. It’s quite remarkable for these medications.”

How to Get GLP-1s Through the Medicare GLP-1 Bridge Program

Qualifying adults won’t have to go through an enrollment process to access the new Bridge program, Tsai says. “For patients with obesity, their prescribing physician would submit prior authorization to the central processor rather than the Part D plan, and once approved, the patient would pay $50 at the pharmacy,” he says.

Tsai notes that many physicians will need to be educated on the Bridge program.

“The provider doesn’t have to be enrolled in Medicare,” Nielsen says. “Any doctor can write a prescription for this drug and send it to the pharmacy.” When requested, the doctor will also need to fill out a prior authorization form, she adds.

[1]

Once completed, the prior authorization will be valid through December 31, 2027, unless you change medications.

[1]

If you’re unsure if you qualify, Medicare has an online checklist to help potential beneficiaries know if they’re covered.

What Will Happen When the Bridge Program Ends in 18 Months?

The Medicare GLP-1 Bridge program represents a historic shift in how the federal government views obesity treatment for beneficiaries, but it’s not clear what will happen beyond 18 months.

“The short-term nature of this demonstration may pose challenges,” Tsai says. “The majority of patients experience significant weight regain if treatment with GLP-1 medications stops, and it is unclear if there will be a sustainable, long-term access to GLP-1 treatment for obesity for Medicare beneficiaries.”

Nielsen says she anticipates demand for the GLP-1 Bridge program will be high, making it important to see your healthcare provider for an evaluation now. “I hope that it continues for more than 18 months, but this is an amazing thing,” she says. “I can’t say enough good things about this.”

Can GLP-1 Drugs Reduce Cancer Risk? Experts Weigh In

GLP-1 drugs can do a lot more than treat obesity and diabetes, with a growing list of indications for conditions including heart disease, obstructive sleep apnea, kidney disease, and advanced liver disease.

Now, early-stage research has begun to suggest that GLP-1 drugs like semaglutide (Wegovy, Ozempic) and tirzepatide (Zepbound, Mounjaro) may reduce the risk of certain types of cancer and help prevent cancer from spreading after a diagnosis.

Scientists are still working to understand why GLP-1s might help fight cancer and how much protection these medications could possibly provide.

That doesn’t mean GLP-1s are cancer-prevention drugs. Experts agree there’s not enough evidence yet for a person to consider taking these medications solely to lower cancer risk.

[1]

Why Research on GLP-1s and Cancer Deserves Attention

Real-world studies presented at medical conferences this year — including one organized by ASCO (the American Society of Clinical Oncology) — have scientists feeling energized to further investigate the impact of GLP-1s on cancer.

“There were over a dozen abstracts at the ASCO Annual Meeting reporting GLP-1 benefit in multiple cancers,” says Elizabeth McDonald, MD, PhD, a professor of radiology and breast cancer researcher at the Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia.

While some of these studies looked at cancers known to have a connection to obesity, others focused on cancers not classically associated with excess weight, she says.

Taken together, the research “deserves the attention of the general public because it appears to show protective benefits not only across multiple cancer types but also across the entire cancer continuum, from primary prevention to preventing progression after a cancer diagnosis to metastatic disease to decreasing recurrence to increasing survival,” Dr. McDonald says.

Treating Obesity May Lower Some Cancer Risks

Excess body weight is a known risk factor for several cancers, says Sun Kim, MD, an endocrinologist who specializes in type 2 diabetes, polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS), and obesity at Stanford Health in California.

The International Agency for Research on Cancer classifies 13 cancers as obesity-related:

[2]

  • Colorectal cancer
  • Endometrial cancer
  • Postmenopausal breast cancer
  • Gallbladder cancer
  • Kidney cancer
  • Liver cancer
  • Esophageal cancer
  • Ovarian cancer
  • Pancreatic cancer
  • Stomach cancer
  • Multiple myeloma
  • Meningioma
  • Thyroid cancer

Obesity is linked to insulin resistance and chronic inflammation, both of which are likely to drive increased cancer risk, says Dr. Kim.

“When a person is insulin resistant, they have to make more insulin, and insulin can act as a growth factor for cancers in susceptible individuals,” she says. Chronic inflammation can also promote tumor growth.

[3]

Weight loss can improve insulin sensitivity and inflammation, which makes it reasonable to study whether GLP-1 drugs could lower cancer risk, Kim says.

Fat tissue itself may play a role in cancer risk, too. It can produce excess estrogen, a hormone that has been linked with higher risks of breast, endometrial, ovarian, and some other cancers.

[3]

GLP-1s May Lower Cancer Risk Through Numerous Pathways

A big question is whether any GLP-1 anticancer benefit comes mainly from weight loss, or whether these drugs may also have effects that go beyond weight loss itself.

A study published in 2025 found lower cancer risk among people taking GLP-1s than among people who had weight-loss surgery, even though the surgery group lost more weight, suggesting the medications combat cancer through multiple pathways, according to McDonald.

Researchers are focusing on a few possible explanations:

Starving the Cells All cells use sugar for energy, but abnormal cells may be more likely to grow and multiply when blood sugar, insulin, and insulin-like growth factor-1 (IGF-1) are high. GLP-1s help regulate blood sugar and improve insulin sensitivity, which may lower some of the signals cancer cells can use to grow.

[3]

[1]

Quelling Chronic Inflammation Obesity is often linked with long-term, low-grade inflammation, which can damage cells and promote tumor growth. GLP-1s have been shown to have anti-inflammatory effects, which may help create a less cancer-friendly environment in the body.

[1]

Direct Receptor Signaling Some tumors have GLP-1 receptors — the docking sites that GLP-1 drugs act on. There’s evidence that people whose tumors had higher levels of these receptors tended to live longer, especially people with breast cancer.

[4]

While this connection doesn’t prove GLP-1 drugs directly slow tumor growth, it supports the idea that GLP-1 signaling may be involved in how some cancers behave, says McDonald.

What the Latest Real-World Studies Show About GLP-1s and Lowered Cancer Risk

Most of the current evidence comes from large real-world studies. These studies can show patterns in thousands of people, but they cannot prove that GLP-1s caused the lower cancer risk.

Here’s what the research has found:

Lower Overall Cancer Rates in Adults With Obesity or Overweight A JAMA Oncology study compared over 43,000 adults who used GLP-1 drugs with a similar number of matched adults who did not. Overall cancer rates were lower in the GLP-1 group: 13.6 versus 16.4 cancers per 1,000 person-years.

The strongest lower-risk signals were for endometrial cancer, ovarian cancer, and meningioma (a type of brain cancer). Kidney cancer showed a possible increased-risk signal that needs longer follow-up.

[5]

Lower Short-Term Cancer Rates in Adults With Obesity but Not Diabetes An Annals of Oncology study compared people with obesity who started GLP-1s for weight management with people who received diet or exercise counseling.

After matching, the study included almost 162,000 adults and found a lower short-term incidence of obesity-associated cancers in the GLP-1 group over a median follow-up of two years. The individual-cancer analysis showed lower risk estimates for multiple myeloma, pancreatic cancer, endometrial cancer, colorectal cancer, thyroid cancer, and breast cancer.

[6]

Lower Breast Cancer Incidence in Women Undergoing Breast Imaging McDonald’s study included almost 112,000 women ages 45 to 80 with a BMI of 25 or higher who had breast imaging. Women who had taken a GLP-1 had a lower incidence of breast cancer than women who hadn’t taken the medication, even after researchers matched for age, race, ethnicity, BMI, breast density, and type 2 diabetes.

[4]

Less Progression to Stage 4 Disease in Some People Already Diagnosed With Cancer A study presented at the 2026 ASCO meeting looked at people with stage 1, 2, or 3 cancer who started either a GLP-1 drug or a DPP-4 inhibitor after diagnosis.

People with lung, breast, colorectal, or liver cancer who took GLP-1s were 38 percent to 50 percent less likely to progress to stage 4 disease.

[7]

It’s Still Too Early to Know if GLP-1s Can Slow or Prevent Cancer

The biggest limitation on what we know about GLP-1s and cancer risk is that most of the current studies are observational. In observational studies, scientists analyze existing data, trying to match subjects and factor in potential biases.

That kind of research is less conclusive than clinical trials that follow subjects over time to create new and theoretically more reliable data that can do more to prove cause and effect.

“There will always be unmeasured confounders in observational data — this is why a clinical trial is important to show causality,” says McDonald.

Kim is also cautious about drawing too much from the current data. “Most GLP-1 clinical trials have been too short to fully understand cancer development, which can take years,” she says.

There is also the possibility that the current research may be affected by bias, with studies showing benefits for GLP-1s and cancer more likely to be published, she adds.

Tried-and-True Cancer Prevention Methods Are Still Key

More studies are underway to better identify the impact of GLP-1s on cancer. For now, scientists recommend sticking to tried-and-true ways of keeping cancer risk as low as possible.

These strategies include:

[1]

  • Getting to and staying at a healthy weight
  • Eating a healthy diet
  • Getting regular physical activity
  • Keeping up with regular health checkups
  • Following recommended cancer screening schedules

The Link Between PMOS and Diabetes

If you live with PMOS, you can lower your risk for type 2 diabetes by making lifestyle changes such as losing weight and exercising more.

[2]

Taking certain medications, like metformin or GLP-1 agonists, could help you manage PMOS, support weight loss, and improve insulin resistance.

[7]

Research has also suggested that an over-the-counter supplement called myo-inositol can help lower fasting insulin levels and improve overall insulin sensitivity.

[12]

Lifestyle Modifications

Being active and eating a healthy diet can help you reduce your risk of insulin resistance with PMOS.

If you have prediabetes, losing just 5 to 7 percent of your body weight can help prevent prediabetes from progressing to type 2 diabetes.

[13]

What to Eat With PMOS to Reduce Type 2 Diabetes Risk Sticking to a diet low in inflammatory foods, such as avoiding diets high in saturated fats, refined sugars, and processed meats, can help you manage PMOS. Good examples include the Mediterranean and Dietary Approaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH) diets.

[14]

 These approaches to eating can also be helpful for preventing or managing type 2 diabetes. The DASH diet supports weight management, reduces blood pressure, helps protect blood vessels, and reduces blood sugar spikes. The Mediterranean diet can reduce blood sugar, insulin resistance, blood fats, and heart disease risk.

[15]

The NIDDK recommends filling half your plate with fruits and vegetables, one-quarter with whole grains, and the other quarter with a lean protein such as a skinless chicken breast or tofu.

[16]

 Add a dollop of healthy fat, like olive oil or peanut butter. Avoid refined sugar, saturated and trans fats, and processed meats, all of which can increase inflammation.

[14]

Exercise With PMOS to Prevent Type 2 Diabetes Getting at least 30 minutes of moderate-intensity exercise five days a week can help reduce your risk of type 2 diabetes if you have PMOS.

Engaging in aerobic exercise (workouts that make you breathe faster and increase your heart rate) can help your body use more blood glucose to lower blood glucose levels, reduce insulin resistance, and burn harmful fat around your organs, known as visceral fat. Resistance (or strength) training helps your muscles store more glucose, helps your body burn calories more efficiently, reduces circulating testosterone, and reduces markers of long-term metabolic disease.

[17]

Choose an activity that you like enough to stick with, whether that’s walking, dancing, kickboxing, or swimming, and switch it up if you get bored. And even if exercise doesn’t help you lose weight, it can delay or even prevent type 2 diabetes.

[16]

Add in strength training at least two days a week to build lean muscle mass, which improves insulin sensitivity.

[18]

Research has found that high-intensity interval training (HIIT) can help people with prediabetes control blood sugar and decrease their risk of progressing to type 2 diabetes.

[19]

 However, it’s best to talk to your doctor before trying HIIT. This can reduce the risk of a complication called rhabdomyolysis, or rhabdo, in which the body starts to break down muscle tissue after intense exercise.

[20]

 Uncontrolled diabetes may increase your risk of rhabdo.

[21]

Medications

Multiple types of medications can treat PMOS and reduce type 2 diabetes risk, including:

[5]

  • Metformin This diabetes drug improves insulin resistance, lowers blood glucose levels, and improves ovulation, so doctors prescribe it off-label – meaning outside of the use approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration – for PMOS.

    [22]

  • GLP-1 RA Researchers are investigating diabetes and obesity drugs called glucagon-like peptide-1 receptor agonists (GLP-1 RAs) as potential treatment options for PMOS. These drugs have decreased the risk of diabetes in some studies.

    [23]

Some medications can help you manage other PMOS symptoms, such as hair growth and acne:

[24]

  • Hormones Certain types of birth control can increase the amount of estrogen and progesterone in your body, and reduce androgens. These are available as pills, patches, shots, and a vaginal ring. Shifting the balance of these hormones can put your menstrual cycle back on track and make your periods more regular. Taking female hormones also helps reduce androgen side effects like acne and excess hair growth, and lowers your risk for endometrial cancer.
  • Androgen-Blocking Medicines These medications reduce androgen levels in your body, which can help treat symptoms like hair growth and acne. However, your doctor won’t put you on them if you’re planning to get pregnant, as androgen-blocking medications can cause congenital anomalies in infants.

    [24]

Psoriasis-Friendly Laundry Guide: Tips for Sensitive Skin

Laundry Detergent and Other Products

People with psoriasis should steer clear of laundry detergents and other products that contain certain ingredients, says Dr. Levine.

“I recommend that patients with psoriasis avoid laundry detergents containing artificial scents, colorants, and bleach, as these can trigger flare-ups,” Levine says. “A good rule of thumb is: If a detergent contains bleach, is labeled as “brightening” or “softening,” or has a strong scent, it’s probably not the right choice.”

But Dr. Honda says that in his experience, laundry detergents typically don’t pose a problem for those with psoriasis.

“This is usually not an issue for patients with psoriasis,” he says. “It is more of an issue for patients with contact dermatitis or eczema.”

As far as choosing products based on how they’re labeled, Levine says the best bet for those with psoriasis is looking for detergents marked “fragrance-free.”

“‘Fragrance-free’ means no fragrances have been added at all. ‘Unscented’ products, on the other hand, may still contain masking fragrances designed to neutralize the chemical smell of the cleaning agents,” Levine says.

Products labeled as “free and clear” can also be good choices, as they mean fragrance-free with no dyes or perfumes and are usually free of optical brighteners, which are known irritants. But anything marketed as “hypoallergenic” isn’t reliable, as those products may still contain fragrance and other problematic ingredients, Levine says.

Another thing to look for on laundry products are the National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) or National Eczema Association (NEA) seals of approval.

[1]

It can also help to use the least amount of detergent possible.

[2]

“A good rule of thumb for anyone is to use less detergent than the measurements listed on the label — for a regular or medium-size load, you really only need about 2 tablespoons of detergent,” says Levine. “This is especially true for those with psoriasis, who often experience irritation from residual detergent left on clothing after washing.”

At minimum, you shouldn’t use more than the suggested amount of detergent on the label.

“Using the recommended amount of detergent is best for less residue and for not overflowing your skin with suds,” says Honda.

Running your clothing through an extra rinse cycle and using white vinegar can sometimes help limit irritation from laundry products.

“Residual laundry detergent in fabric is an incredibly common (and underrecognized) contact irritant for psoriasis-prone skin,” Levine says. “Running an extra rinse cycle can help clear any lingering detergent from the fabric. Some people with psoriasis also use white vinegar as a rinse — it leaves no smell and softens clothes without the same risk of irritation as conventional fabric softeners.”

Dermatologist-recommended laundry detergents for people with psoriasis include Seventh Generation Free and Clear, All Free Clear, Tide Free and Gentle, and Arm and Hammer Sensitive Skin Free and Clear.

[3]

Those with psoriasis should avoid using fabric softener and dryer sheets, both of which can cause flare-ups.

Home Modifications for Myasthenia Gravis: Safety and Energy Tips

Between gathering your food prep tools, cutting vegetables, and cooking, preparing meals can take a lot out of you. But standing is one thing you don’t need to expend energy on.

“Place stools or chairs strategically throughout your home so you can sit while performing routine activities such as grooming, cooking, laundry, bathing, or meal preparation,” Plowman advises. The type of stool or chair differs depending on the location. In the kitchen, use a sturdy high stool or “perch” chair that’s at the correct height for your counter.

Counter height is also the level you’ll want to keep your most commonly used items — mixing bowls, cutting boards, pots and pans — and heavier appliances. This can help prevent the shoulder fatigue that comes from reaching up for things, since myasthenia gravis affects the proximal (closer to the body) muscles, says Xinli Du, MD, PhD, a neurologist with the Virginia Commonwealth University Health neurology department in Richmond.

Spare your smaller muscles like those in your hands and arms by using lightweight cookware and investing in assistive kitchen tools, such as electric can and jar openers and stand mixers. “Repetitive action can make MG muscles get weaker, so using electric cooking tools might save or preserve your energy,” Dr. Du says.

Another simple energy-preserving tip: Use prechopped frozen fruits and vegetables.

[1]

What’s the Role of Testosterone in Women’s Health?

In May 2026, the Endocrine Society and other international experts have officially renamed polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) to polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS). This change better reflects the condition’s nature as a systemic metabolic disorder. This article has been updated to reflect the new terminology. Although not in the same abundance as people assigned male at birth, those assigned female at birth also produce the androgen hormone testosterone in their ovaries and adrenal glands. Testosterone is known as a male sex hormone, but females also have levels of the hormone in their system, just as males have low levels of estrogen in theirs. Females need small amounts of testosterone as part of the mix of hormones that keep mood, energy levels, sex drive, and bodily functions running smoothly.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762967309614-e584-43cd-9227-94e4972ad6ab Without enough testosterone, females may experience low sex drive, depression, low energy, difficulties conceiving, and skin problems, among other issues.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629981b982e-f20a-49f5-bc6a-be7cae8f7335 And too much testosterone can lead to acne, excess body hair, irregular periods, and male pattern baldness. Too much testosterone may be a sign that you have polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS), a condition that can lead to long-term health issues. This article explains the relationship between testosterone and women’s health, including the role it plays, what happens when levels change, and when to manage levels with your doctor.
When It’s Low What Happens When a Woman’s Testosterone Levels Are Low? Testosterone levels decrease somewhat in females between ages 20 and 40. However, unlike estrogen, there does not appear to be an abrupt and profound reduction around menopause — levels have generally plateaued by the time a female reaches menopause.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629d52390d2-2d08-46ab-b624-80b03e1bf3ef However, once they reach menopause, testosterone levels may have dropped to around half of their previous levels.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762925970b9a-b19a-424c-94da-09c31c434697 Still, some females experience lower testosterone levels after menopause that can cause a decrease in sex drive. Other symptoms may include: Low energy and fatigue Reduced muscle tone and strength Vaginal dryness Depression Anxiety
When It’s High What Happens When a Woman’s Testosterone Levels Are Too High? Most often, high levels of a type of androgen known as free testosterone are linked to PMOS, a condition that interferes with monthly periods and the body’s ability to ovulate.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629789fbbc4-c333-4870-950d-ad5f12965f2d According to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Office on Women’s Health, 5 to 10 percent of women of childbearing age are affected with this health problem.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ebd3613c-2a93-4b49-9b89-dd451d8e7c12 However, high testosterone levels can occur for other reasons, including rare genetic conditions like Cushing’s disease and congenital adrenal hyperplasia, tumors that secrete androgens, and the adverse effects of certain medications.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629789fbbc4-c333-4870-950d-ad5f12965f2d PMOS can cause the following symptoms:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ebd3613c-2a93-4b49-9b89-dd451d8e7c12 Missed Periods or an Irregular Menstrual Cycle A high level of androgens can make periods infrequent, irregular, or nonexistent. Infertility Since females with PMOS may not ovulate, they have difficulties becoming pregnant. Excess Hair Growth The hormonal imbalances associated with PMOS can lead to hair growth on the back, chest, abdomen, and face. Ovarian Cysts Since the ovaries may not release eggs from the ovarian follicles, the immature follicles can fuse together to form large ovarian cysts . Skin and Hair Problems Females with PMOS may experience oily skin, acne, dark patches of skin, hair loss on the scalp, and male-pattern baldness Miscarriage If they do get pregnant, women with PMOS have an increased risk for miscarrying .e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ed9796ac-2b95-4d92-85d6-852e402f38dc High levels of testosterone in women, whether caused by PMOS or another condition, can be associated with serious health conditions, such as being overweight or having obesity, type 2 diabetes, high cholesterol, high blood pressure, and heart disease.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762920d0d77e-db69-4023-86a5-3fe7e936b14b
When to Treat Testosterone Therapy: When Should Women Consider It? In its most recent guidance from 2019, the Endocrine Society recommends against the general use of testosterone therapy in healthy women for the treatment of the following conditions:e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ec05f384-8e6f-471e-9176-f7e304b767f2 Infertility Sexual dysfunction other than hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD) , a common disorder during midlife, for which testosterone supplementation has shown some benefits for sexual desire and emotional well-being in postmenopausal women (there’s no recommendation for premenopausal women) Cognitive function Cardiovascular health Metabolic syndromes Bone health General well-being Is Testosterone Safe to Treat HSDD? Some scientific evidence supports the short-term effectiveness and safety of testosterone therapy for postmenopausal women with sexual dysfunction due to HSDD. Experts suggest trying nonoral preparations, such as transdermal gels, for up to six months at around one-tenth of the dose that’s appropriate for males.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c837177f-a1f9-4802-b81e-c3998c6d51b8 If your doctor prescribes ongoing therapy, practitioners should initially test testosterone levels after three to six weeks and then at six months to monitor for signs of androgen excess. If a woman hasn’t responded to treatment after the first six months of therapy, the treatment should be discontinued. Side effects might include: Acne Increased sweating An unpleasant body odor More body or facial hair Some people might have consistently excessive testosterone levels resulting from testosterone therapy, which may lead to a deepening voice, thinning hair on the scalp, and an enlarged clitoris. Prescription testosterone products for males have been approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration only for individuals who have low testosterone levels caused by certain medical conditions.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976294ef48dda-e8b3-4e49-8286-1c32d2d89185 Some compounding pharmacies, which make products according to a doctor’s specifications, as well as over-the-counter products, have sidestepped this restriction for women by providing personalized testosterone therapy.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629edb45260-2292-482e-a9b2-40bfeef6867b While this has led to varying safety, quality, and dosing standards for certain products, female-appropriate dosing, careful consideration of which females are appropriate candidates, and regular testing can mean that nonoral testosterone supplements show moderate therapeutic benefit for managing HSDD. However, long-term safety hasn’t been established.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976296c83f9d2-dc2e-4951-9f00-a4e2aed48b3b
What It Does in Females What Impact Does Testosterone Have on Women’s Bodies? Normal levels of testosterone have multiple functions on the overall health of women. It Keeps Bones Healthy Having optimal testosterone levels supports healthy bone growth and strength, according to research.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629925bef2c-155d-4ec6-a0db-a80cf756b5e8 Even though other papers have concluded that estrogen plays a more significant role in bone formation, testosterone still has an indirect role to play, mainly because the body converts it to estradiol, a type of estrogen.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e4886668-d72c-4d22-9f7e-6189227fd3ec One study compared spine bone density in postmenopausal women who had higher testosterone levels with those who had lower levels. The authors found higher bone density in the spines of the women with higher testosterone levels, which may support a bone-strengthening role for testosterone.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762904959697-49c9-4708-b246-8b9f3882e67d It Might Support Cognitive Health Mixed research has explored the link between testosterone and cognitive function in females. One study found that lower testosterone levels were linked to worse performance on tests of global cognition, processing speed, and verbal memory.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629392a8f65-7abc-4799-9880-c67b47e0aabf However, more recent research found no link between a drop in testosterone levels and cognitive decline.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976293704c7ff-db7e-48b9-88b2-451d06d6874f For now, the Endocrine Society’s guidelines state that not enough evidence supports the link to recommend testosterone supplementation to manage cognitive decline.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762930e1fd87-24a0-419f-aec4-eb6ed9dc062e It Maintains Sex Drive Testosterone plays a role in driving desire, fantasy, and thoughts about sex, known as libido, and even helps provide the energy for sex in women, says Aaron Spitz, MD , a urologist based in Laguna Hills, California. However, low libido can occur due to a complex combination of physical, mental, and emotional factors.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976298f04f6d1-4d22-4e5e-9862-51b0a4da9ee5 While low libido can be a symptom of low testosterone in women, it doesn’t immediately point to low testosterone.

Do You Have Exocrine Pancreatic Insufficiency or Something Else?

Conditions That Cause EPI-Like Symptoms

EPI’s symptoms mirror those of many other digestive health problems.

Irritable Bowel Syndrome

Irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is marked by abdominal pain, bloating, bouts of diarrhea or constipation, and flatulence. While fatty stools, or steatorrhea, are a telltale sign of EPI, people with IBS are less likely to see this. As with EPI, IBS symptoms tend to occur after eating, but IBS symptoms may also be triggered by stress, infection, certain foods, and other factors.

[2]

[3]

Crohn’s Disease

A type of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), Crohn’s is marked by chronic inflammation of the GI tract, such as the end of the small intestine. As with EPI, people who have Crohn’s often experience abdominal pain, diarrhea, steatorrhea, and weight loss. But Crohn’s also typically causes bloody stools, fever, and anemia, a decrease in red blood cells that can cause fatigue.

[4]

Ulcerative Colitis

People with either EPI or ulcerative colitis can experience abdominal pain, diarrhea, and weight loss, but ulcerative colitis doesn’t typically cause bloating, flatulence, and steatorrhea. It can, however, trigger mucus in stools, like IBS. Ulcerative colitis is more similar to Crohn’s in that it’s an IBD, but with colitis, inflammation is located in the large intestine. The two conditions also share symptoms such as anemia, loss of appetite, and bloody stools, as well as some that affect the skin, eyes, and joints.

[5]

Celiac Disease

Celiac disease, an autoimmune disorder triggered by gluten, and EPI have many symptoms in common. Like people with EPI, those with celiac disease often experience bloating, diarrhea, and weight loss. People with celiac disease may also have anemia, and some will feel constipated. While you may primarily notice symptoms of EPI after eating foods that contain fat, people with celiac disease may experience symptoms when eating bread, pasta, cereal, and other foods that contain gluten.

[6]

Infections

In some instances, bowel problems may be a sign of excess bacteria in your small intestine. Small intestinal bacterial overgrowth, a condition in which the bacteria in the small intestine grow out of control, shares many of the symptoms of EPI. These symptoms may include bloating, nausea, and diarrhea.

[7]

How to Sleep Better With Graves’ Disease: Expert Tips

Take Your Thyroid Medications as Prescribed

Graves’ hyperthyroidism is treated with an antithyroid drug, which slows down the production of thyroid hormone, says Nguyen.

“To improve symptoms, including those interfering with sleep, treating the Graves’ disease itself is the priority, [because] that’s the underlying trigger,” she says.

Antithyroid medication is not the same as thyroid hormone replacement, which is used for an underactive thyroid. “With Graves’ disease, the body is making too much thyroid hormone, so the goal is to bring those levels down,” Nguyen says.

In a study of people with Graves’ disease who had sleep issues, normalizing thyroid levels with treatment improved sleep scores.

[1]

But that doesn’t happen right away: Antithyroid medication may take several months to work.

[2]

“Someone with very active hyperthyroidism may need more time to get thyroid levels into a normal range than someone with a milder case,” Nguyen says.

There are other ways to improve sleep during that period, says Nguyen.

“When patients are very hyperthyroid and have symptoms like racing heart, palpitations, tremors, anxiety, and heat intolerance, we often consider giving a beta-blocker,” she says.

Beta-blockers don’t address the root cause of Graves’, but they can slow down the heart rate. “If you don’t have that sensation of the racing heart, that can improve the quality of sleep,” says Nguyen.

Bright Daytime Light Could Help Prevent Dementia, Study Finds

More time in the sun may help lower dementia risk, according to a large new study. The reason may have to do with daytime light’s effects on circadian rhythms, the body’s internal 24-hour clock that helps regulate sleep, wakefulness, hormones, and other brain and body functions.

[1]

“Outdoor light is very bright and can help strengthen circadian rhythms, which we think is a good thing,” says Erik S. Musiek, MD, PhD, a researcher, professor of neurology, and a codirector of the Center on Biological Rhythms and Sleep at Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis. Dr. Musiek was not involved in the research.

Although the study shows a link between daytime light exposure and a lower risk of dementia, it doesn’t prove that daylight prevents dementia — it only suggests a link. But it adds to a growing body of research that suggests daily light exposure, sleep-wake patterns, and brain health are intertwined.

How the Research Was Done

The study included close to 88,000 adults in the UK Biobank who did not have dementia at the start. Participants were about 62 years old on average; about 57 percent were women.

Each person wore a wrist device for seven days while going about normal life. The device, called an accelerometer, had a built-in light sensor so it could measure both movement and light exposure during the day and night.

The study measured light in lux, a standard unit of brightness. For reference:

[1]

  • Typical indoor lighting is between 300 and 500 lux.
  • Average daytime light (moderately bright light level equivalent to an overcast day outdoors) is around 1,000 lux.
  • Bright daytime light can be up to 5,000 lux.

Researchers then followed study participants for a median of 8 years. Over that time more than 700 people developed dementia.

The Link Between Daytime Light and Dementia Risk

The study data revealed that people who got more daytime light had a lower risk of developing dementia later.

Key findings included:

  • People exposed to average daytime light above 1,000 lux had a 16 percent lower dementia risk than people with lower daytime light exposure.
  • People who got at least 5,000 lux for about 40 minutes a day had a 17 percent lower dementia risk.
  • People who got at least 3,000 lux for about 84 minutes a day had an 18 percent lower dementia risk.

The authors also noted that getting less than about 40 minutes of bright daytime light was a stronger dementia predictor than six established dementia risk factors in their model, including alcohol use, obesity, air pollution, and traumatic brain injury.

The link appeared strongest in people who may already be at higher dementia risk, including people carrying the gene variant APOE ε4, “night owls” (individuals whose natural body clock tends to run later), and people with higher nighttime light exposure.

Somewhat surprisingly, nighttime light exposure was not significantly linked with dementia risk in this study. “Nighttime light is typically a concern because it can suppress melatonin and disrupt circadian rhythms,” says Musiek.

Could People Who Go Outside More Just Be Healthier?

The design of the study leaves uncertainty about the exact relationship between sunlight exposure and dementia.

“It’s still unclear whether lower daytime light itself raises dementia risk, or whether people in the earliest stages of cognitive decline are already spending less time outdoors,” says Musiek.

People who get more daylight may also be healthier overall, more physically active, more socially engaged, or more likely to have routines that take them outside, he says.

Researchers tried to account for some of these factors by adjusting for many dementia risk factors and lifestyle habits, including physical activity, social isolation, smoking, alcohol use, diet, obesity, diabetes, high blood pressure, hearing loss, traumatic brain injury, and the season when the device was worn.

Daytime Light Helps Set a Person’s Circadian Rhythms — Does That Help Brain Health?

Light is one of the main signals that helps set the body’s circadian clock. In this study, the authors found clues that rest-activity rhythms and some brain-structure measures may partly explain the link between daytime light and dementia risk, though those findings were exploratory and need more study, they wrote.

“There are other studies linking physical activity, exercise, circadian rhythms, and sleep to decreased dementia risk, but this study provides direct information on light exposure,” says Musiek.

The theory is that light exposure improves circadian function and ultimately sleep — but the many reasons for why people get more sunlight make it difficult to tease that out, says Musiek.

Earlier research using heart monitor data linked less distinct day-night activity patterns — such as being less active during the day, more restless at night, or having peak activity later in the day — with higher dementia risk in older adults.

[2]

Strengths and Limitations of the Study

The study had several strengths, including its large size and its use of a wearable-device measurement rather than a reliance on subjects to remember how much light they got.

But the wrist device is not a perfect measure of light exposure. It can be covered by shirt sleeves, and it measures light at the wrist, not the light that reaches the eyes, which is what most directly affects circadian rhythms, says Musiek.

Other limitations are that each subject’s light exposure was measured for only seven days, so may not reflect their long-term habits. Plus, participants from the UK Biobank tend to be healthier and less socioeconomically deprived than the general population, which may limit how well the findings apply to everyone.

The follow-up time was relatively short for a dementia study, says Musiek. “Many neurodegenerative diseases may begin developing 10 to 20 years before diagnosis,” he says.

How to Use Sunlight to Support Your Circadian Rhythms

Getting as much outdoor light exposure as possible during the day is probably a good step to protect circadian rhythms and brain health, says Musiek. “This does not mean sunbathing, as we don’t want skin cancer,” he adds. (A good sunscreen or hat can help prevent that.)

Musiek’s recommendations for adding sun to your daily life:

  • Get outside during the day when you can. Outdoor light is much brighter than indoor light and may strengthen circadian rhythms, even on cloudy days.
  • Try a morning walk. It’s an easy way to get light exposure early in the day.
  • Take lunch outside. Or you could sit by a large window if getting outdoors isn’t realistic.

Musiek also recommends keeping evening light dim. He notes that even though this study didn’t find a link between nighttime light and dementia risk, other research suggests avoiding bright light at night — such as a TV on in the bedroom or bright overhead LED lights after 9 p.m. — may help improve sleep.

Deal With Your Fibromyalgia Triggers

Everyone’s fibromyalgia experience is unique, and what affects one person may not affect another. But there are common factors that tend to influence symptoms, says Mary Ann Fitzcharles, MD, an associate professor of medicine in the division of rheumatology at McGill University in Montreal, who treats people with fibromyalgia.

“We refer to what is the initiating factor. [They] tend to be present when symptoms are … aggravated or heightened,” Dr. Fitzcharles says.

Research suggests that fibromyalgia symptoms can be triggered or worsened by factors such as weather, stress and trauma, dietary habits, infections, and environmental exposures, noting that individual responses vary widely.

[3]

1. Weather Changes

Many people with fibromyalgia report worsening pain and stiffness during changes in temperature or barometric (atmospheric) pressure. “Patients will say, ‘I can forecast the weather much better than the weatherman,'” Fitzcharles says.

Research backs this up: One small observational study of people in a randomized controlled trial found that weather changes — especially a drop in barometric pressure and increases in humidity — may worsen fibromyalgia pain.

[4]

2. Cold Temperatures

Some research suggests people with chronic pain conditions are particularly sensitive to cold weather.

[5]

 Cold temperatures have been tied to symptoms like muscle stiffness and joint pain in people with fibromyalgia. Reduced daylight hours in the fall and winter can lead to increased fatigue, low energy levels, and disrupted sleep, all of which can exacerbate symptoms.

[6]

Seasonal transitions, such as the transitions into spring and fall, can also be challenging because temperatures fluctuate more frequently between warm and cool, Fitzcharles says.

3. Strong Scents, Bright Lights, and Loud Noises

Research suggests people with fibromyalgia report a greater sensitivity to everyday sensory experiences — including sound, light, smell, taste, and touch — than people without fibromyalgia, suggesting a heightened sensory processing may be a hallmark feature of the condition.

[7]

It’s what clinicians call hypervigilance, meaning their nervous system becomes more reactive to sensory input that other people may barely notice, Fitzcharles says.

[8]

 Triggers include flashing or bright lights, strong food odors, or loud background noise.

[9]

“This hypervigilance manifests by people saying, ‘I just don’t like it when I’m in a room with lots of noise. Or when the children are making a lot of noise or when the TV is too loud, it disturbs me,’” she says.

4. Poor Sleep

Sleep problems are both a key symptom and a potential amplifier of symptoms in people with fibromyalgia, says Fitzcharles. Polysomnography research (studies conducted in a sleep lab) suggests that the relationship between fibromyalgia and sleep disturbances is likely a two-way street.

[10]

5. Physical Overexertion

Regular low-impact exercise like walking, swimming or yoga is an important part of fibromyalgia management.

[1]

 But doing too much at once can backfire, so the key is striking the right balance, says Michael Lenz, MD, a family medicine and lifestyle medicine physician who specializes in fibromyalgia and chronic pain conditions at Froedtert & The Medical College of Wisconsin Westbrook Health Center in Waukesha. He authored Conquering Your Fibromyalgia and writes a blog on the topic.“Pacing is so important [with exercise], because if somebody overdoes it, sometimes it could be a trigger,” he says. In one study, physical overexertion was one of the most common triggers, affecting 37 percent of 124 survey respondents.

[11]

6. Diet

Research on diet and fibromyalgia is emerging and mixed, and there’s no science-backed “fibromyalgia diet” proven to work for everyone, Fitzcharles says. Instead, some people might notice certain foods seem to worsen their symptoms, she says.

A randomized controlled trial of 46 people with fibromyalgia found that following an anti-inflammatory diet that eliminated ultra-processed foods, gluten, dairy, and added sugar for three months and a low-FODMAP phase in the first month led to improvements across pain, fatigue, sleep, and quality of life.

[12]

A review published in 2024 found that fiber from fruit, whole grains, vegetables and other plant-based foods, as well as probiotics, might also improve fibromyalgia symptoms by supporting the gut microbiome and reducing inflammation. But the authors of the review noted that the evidence was limited and not yet strong enough for clinical recommendations.

[13]

7. Hormonal Fluctuations

Fibromyalgia affects women more often than men.

[14]

 Some women notice worsening symptoms around their menstrual cycle, during perimenopause, or after menopause. “This may be a bit more personal, depending on the woman and her cycle,” Fitzcharles says. Research suggests fibromyalgia symptoms are amplified with the onset of menopause, and symptoms of both conditions may overlap.

[15]

8. Illness and Infection

An injury or illness, such as Epstein-Barr virus or Lyme disease, or surgeries or complications from surgeries, can trigger the development of fibromyalgia, and place additional demands on and temporarily worsen symptoms of those who have it.

[16]

9. Stress

Emotional stress is one of the most frequently reported symptom aggravators, according to Dr. Lenz. Stress can interfere with sleep, increase muscle tension, and add to a cycle of worsening symptoms, he says. Ongoing and intense stress are among the top factors for symptoms flaring, according to research.

[11]

 It can stem from relationship challenges, caregiving responsibilities, financial worries, or work-related pressures, Lenz says.

Obesity Experts Answer Reddit Questions

Many Reddit users share weight loss milestones, progress photos, and personal stories about their success with GLP-1 medications. While some posts highlight dramatic changes, others emphasize slow, steady progress. Together, these discussions often leave people wondering what realistic weight loss results look like and whether their own experience is typical.

KM: Realistic weight loss is different from person to person. Losing around one to two pounds each week is ideal, but sometimes you’ll see more and sometimes, none at all. The main goal is to make healthy, sustainable changes that will help maintain weight loss.

SS: Balancing personal expectations with healthy goals can prove challenging for many people. Discussing both scale and nonscale goals while developing a treatment plan helps with goal setting. For example, a scale goal would be to lose four to eight pounds each month, or 7 to 10 percent of your overall weight in six months. A nonscale goal would be to be able to climb stairs without being out of breath.

MN: Just like any other medication, GLP-1s may not work the same way for everyone. Results depend on individual factors like underlying health conditions, other medications you might be taking, and whether you’re making lifestyle changes with improved nutrition, physical activity, sleep, and stress management. So, for instance, in people without diabetes who are taking tirzepatide, along with making lifestyle changes, studies show about a 22 percent loss of body weight over a year, while those taking semaglutide typically lose around 14 to 15 percent.

RC: These medications are not just about the number on the scale. Even modest weight loss of 5 to 10 percent can lead to meaningful improvements in blood sugar, blood pressure, metabolic liver disease, sleep apnea, joint pain, cardiovascular risk, and overall health. Ultimately, the goal is not rapid or extreme weight loss but, rather, safe, sustainable, and medically meaningful improvements in health and quality of life.

How to Make Sure You’re Drinking Enough Water

GLP-1s raise dehydration risk for a few possible reasons. One is the very mechanism that makes these medications effective in the first place.

People may feel too full to drink fluids. People taking GLP-1s shed pounds because these drugs suppress appetite and increase feelings of fullness, in part by slowing the rate at which food moves through the digestive system.

[2]

“Some individuals on GLP-1s may reduce fluid intake because these medications delay gastric emptying, and patients may feel too full to drink more,” says Marie Hiett, RD, a registered dietitian at Tufts Medicine Weight + Wellness—Stoneham in Massachusetts.

Cravings for water as well as for food diminish. Research suggests that GLP-1 medications target areas of the brain involved with sensations of thirst as well as hunger, thus muting thirst cues.

[3]

[4]

These drugs tamp down the release of dopamine, a neurotransmitter made in the brain that’s known as the “feel good” hormone because it imparts a sense of pleasure. Patients may still find eating and drinking pleasurable, but to a lesser degree.

[5]

[6]

Less food often means less hydration. The Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics estimates that we get about 20 percent of the water we need from the foods we eat.

[7]

If the food you do eat is lacking in nutrients, it may also be low in water content, says Amy Rothberg, MD, professor of medicine in the division of metabolism, endocrinology, and diabetes at the University of Michigan in Ann Arbor and director of Rewind, a virtual weight management and diabetes treatment program.

“If you’re eating more foods like Doritos as opposed to fruits and vegetables, you may not be getting a lot of water from that type of diet,” she says.

Digestive issues can deplete the body of fluids. Nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea from GLP-1 use compound the risk of dehydration.

[8]

A 5-Minute Walking Break Every Hour Can Help You Survive Prolonged Sitting

A growing body of research suggests that sitting for long periods of time is bad for your physical and mental health. But it can be hard to know how many movement breaks you need to counteract all that time in your chair. Now new research identifies the precise amount — a recommendation that’s both effective and doable.

The study, published in the British Journal of Sports Medicine, concluded that for prolonged sitting, a five-minute movement break every hour is the “sweet spot” for most people.

[1]

“The current physical activity guidelines for adults simply recommend people should ‘sit less, move more’ to reduce the harms of sitting,” says Keith Diaz, PhD, the lead study author and a professor of behavioral medicine at Columbia University Medical Center in New York City. “While a good place to start, they don’t really give people a target to aim for. Our findings provide a realistic target to offset some of the harms.”

The Study Carefully Tracked Movements of More Than 11,000 Workers

For the study, researchers analyzed data from more than 11,000 adults who participated in National Public Radio’s interactive “Body Electric Challenge,” which encouraged listeners to add movement to their days.

For 14 days straight, participants were asked to take five-minute walking breaks at a frequency of their choosing: every 30, 60, or 120 minutes.

Most participants received an email survey at 8 p.m. each day that asked them about changes in their mood, fatigue, and work performance. A random sample of 1,200 of the participants who worked full-time received five daily surveys over text at 9 a.m., 12 p.m., 3 p.m., 6 p.m., and 9 p.m., to see the immediate impact of these movement breaks.

The researchers also analyzed the different movement break schedules to see how easy they were to stick with.

After analyzing the data, the researchers found that participants reported less fatigue and low mood than they did before starting their 14 days of short movement breaks. Their good mood increased, no matter how often they took the breaks. The more breaks a person took, the more these markers improved.

But the researchers found that the 60-minute movement breaks offered the best balance between feasibility and effectiveness.

The 120-minute breaks were the easiest to stick with but were the least effective; the 30-minute breaks led to the strongest improvements in fatigue and mood, but were the hardest to commit to.

Research Has Repeatedly Flagged the Harms of Sitting

“For years, scientists have documented the harms of sitting,” Dr. Diaz says. “Worse, this is true even if you exercise. Research has shown that sitting for long periods of time increases risk of diabetes, heart disease, dementia, cancer, and early death, he points out.

Research published in the Journal of the American College of Cardiology in 2025 analyzed a week of activity-tracker data collected from nearly 90,000 people in the UK. The researchers found that people who were sedentary had a higher risk of developing a range of cardiovascular health complications, including heart attacks and heart failure.

Those who sat for more than 10.6 hours a day, excluding sleep, had up to a 60 percent higher risk of developing heart failure or dying from a cardiovascular condition — and meeting exercise guidelines only partly offset the risk.

[2]

Another study published in the Journal of the American Heart Association found that older women who spent more than 11.5 hours a day sitting were more likely to die prematurely or experience a fatal heart attack than those who sat for less than nine hours a day.

[3]

While previous data largely focused on the physical impacts of prolonged sitting, Diaz’s study centered on the mental health effects. “The mental health impact is where the hidden costs of prolonged sitting truly are,” he says.

“When we leave work feeling drained after sitting all day, we don’t really want to engage in healthier behaviors like going to the gym, preparing a meal from scratch, or being social. Instead we end up on the couch, vegging out. Day in and day out, it creates this negative feedback cycle that can be hard to break out of.”

The Latest Findings Offer an Approachable Solution

“We still don’t have great solutions to offset the harms of sitting in a world that does so much of it,” Diaz says.

Still, the new research findings help to identify a simple, realistic behavior that most people can incorporate into their day, says Thea Gallagher, PsyD, a clinical associate professor of psychology at NYU Langone Health in New York City. “We often assume improving our health requires a major commitment — an hour-long workout, a complete lifestyle overhaul, or a perfect routine,” Dr. Gallagher notes.

As for why these breaks may be helpful, it’s likely due to how they impact the brain, says Hillary Ammon, PsyD, a clinical psychologist at the Center for Anxiety and Women’s Emotional Wellness. “Movement boosts the release of ‘feel good’ neurotransmitters, like endorphins, serotonin, and dopamine,” she says. “The production of these neurotransmitters can aid in combatting low mood and feeling more energized.”

Blood flow also decreases to the brain when you don’t move for long stretches of time, Diaz says. “This means we are delivering less oxygen to our brains, which makes us feel drained and tired, even though we may have hardly moved throughout the day,” he explains. “When we take regular movement breaks throughout the day, this helps keep blood flowing to the brain more optimally and may prevent or reduce those feelings of fatigue.”

The muscles communicate directly with the brain by releasing chemical messengers called myokines, Diaz says. “It is thought that when we regularly contract our muscles, these messengers can trigger biological responses that positively impact our mood and mental health,” he says.

Overall, the message from the study is “empowering” to people who spend a lot of their day at a desk and want to improve their health, Gallagher says.

The Study Has Strengths and Limitations

The study relied on the participants filling out surveys about how they felt, which opened the data to recall bias. The participants also volunteered to be a part of the study and there was no control — as a result, there was no comparison data on the mood of people who sat for extended periods of time but didn’t take breaks.

The study was only two weeks long, making it difficult to determine the long-term impact of these sitting breaks. But the study population was large and recruited a wide range of participants across age, occupation, and work settings.

How to Incorporate Movement Breaks Into Your Day

It’s important to make these walking breaks a habit rather than relying on motivation, Gallagher says. She offers the following tips for building movement into your day.

  • Set an hourly reminder on your phone.
  • Stand up whenever you finish a task.
  • Take a quick lap around the office.
  • Walk while on a phone call.

Diaz suggests making it a habit to go for a five-minute walk after you finish a work task before diving into the next one.

Overall, Diaz says it’s important to remember that incorporating these small movements into your day can have a big impact. “The happiest, healthiest, and most productive versions of ourselves move — and they move regularly,” he says.

Being Diagnosed With Colon Cancer at a Young Age

While Hensel was heartened to learn that his cancer was potentially curable with an aggressive treatment protocol, he was also angry that his complaints had not been taken seriously, and he regretted not being more assertive with his doctor.

He decided to become his own health advocate, to learn as much as he could about the disease, and to refuse to blindly accept whatever he was told. Hensel’s doctors prescribed a course of radiation, followed by surgery and chemotherapy. They also advised against removing a cancerous lymph node that was not located close to the tumor. Instead, they recommended treating it with radiation and chemotherapy.

“So, you’re pretty sure this lymph node is cancerous and you’re just going to leave it there? That didn’t sit right with me,” Hensel says. He got a second opinion from MD Anderson Cancer Center in Houston, and felt more comfortable with their recommendation: a longer, more complicated surgery to remove the lymph node even though it would result in a permanent colostomy.

Following radiation and chemotherapy, Hensel traveled to Houston and underwent a 12-hour surgery in August 2018. He spent six nights in the hospital and stayed with family nearby for a month before returning to Tucson. His recovery was slow, and plagued by pain and insomnia. It was difficult for him to sit for more than 10 minutes.

A year later, Hensel was able to resume a normal work and exercise schedule, and his life is pretty much the way it was before his diagnosis, albeit with a lot more gratitude for each day. “I feel lucky, but I’m still scared of the recurrence and will be monitored closely for life.”

Hensel tries to prevent what happened to him from happening to others by serving on the Never Too Young advisory board for the Colorectal Cancer Alliance. He also helps with their Buddy Program, a peer-to-peer mentoring program for patients, survivors, and caregivers.

He plans to delay having his children tested for Lynch syndrome until they are old enough to understand the implications and follow the recommended preventive protocol if they do have the genetic mutation.

“That’s an ongoing worry for me, but I don’t want to lie to them and I don’t want to scare them either. I’m making sure they have a good diet and doing whatever I can to give them the best chance not to get it.”

Colorectal Cancer Risk Factors

Gen X and Millennials

Although the average age at diagnosis is 66, early-onset colorectal cancer (cases that develop in people younger than 50) is becoming increasingly common.

[6]

Diagnoses in people under age 55 doubled from 1 in 10 in 1995 to 1 in 5 in 2019.

[2]

Anyone who was born in the 1960s or later (Gen X and millennial) is more likely to be diagnosed with colorectal cancer than someone who was born before 1960.

[7]

Why is the risk rising among younger people? “We don’t have the answers quite yet. We think it’s a combination of factors,” says Shaukat.

One factor is the rising rates of metabolic syndrome.

[8]

An unhealthy diet and a lack of exercise contribute. “We know that in the younger adult population, the rates of diabetes and obesity are increasing,” says Dr. Lee.Additionally, eating a typical meat and processed food–heavy Western diet changes the composition of our microbiome — the trillions of bacteria and other microorganisms living in our gut.

[5]

It decreases the population of beneficial bacteria while increasing the population of harmful bacteria. This imbalance, which scientists call dysbiosis, leads to inflammation and DNA damage that can cause healthy colon cells to turn into cancer.

“The third hypothesis is that this younger generation received a lot more antibiotics when they were growing up,” Shaukat says. Antibiotics also alter the balance of bacteria in the gut in ways that can make cells in the colon turn cancerous, she says.

Colorectal cancer is often missed in younger people because doctors may not immediately suspect it in this age group. “Myself and many of my colleagues see far too many cases of young individuals with very advanced cancers who tell us they were having rectal bleeding and ongoing symptoms, sometimes for a year or longer, yet their physician dismissed them as hemorrhoids or nothing to worry about,” says Shaukat.

Survey results from 2017 showed that an estimated 82 percent of people who developed colon cancer before age 50 were misdiagnosed.

[9]

This continues to be an issue — a more recent survey of more than 1,000 colorectal cancer patients and survivors found that 75 percent of them saw at least two doctors before diagnosis, and 20 percent saw four or more doctors before receiving a correct diagnosis.

[10]

Avoid Afib in Hot Weather: 8 Tips

If you’re one of the estimated 5.3 million Americans living with atrial fibrillation (afib) — a heart arrhythmia or irregular heartbeat — you may have noticed that the change in seasons affects your condition.

[1]

Hot weather requires your heart to work harder because of the stress on the body caused by heat, potentially triggering an episode of atrial fibrillation. In addition, extreme heat can raise your risk for stroke and heart failure, two potentially fatal cardiovascular events that can be triggered by an afib attack.

Fortunately, you can adopt a few key habits to keep your heart safe from the heat in warmer months.

1. Protect Your Skin From the Sun

Avoid the outdoors during the afternoon, when the sun’s UV rays are at their strongest, and instead opt to get fresh air only after the sun goes down or temperatures cool. If you need to be outside during the heat of the day, be sure to wear sunscreen, since sunburn hinders your body’s ability to cool off.

[2]

When you’re indoors, try to spend time in air-conditioned spaces, take cold showers, and use ice packs to stay cool.

2. Hydrate to Keep Your Heart Rate Regular

Staying hydrated helps the heart more easily pump blood to the muscles, according to the American Heart Association.

[3]

On the other hand, your body loses fluids and blood salts through sweat, the primary way that the body cools itself. As a result, being in the heat can make you dangerously dehydrated.

Loss of fluid and blood salts can trigger an arrhythmia, says Smit Vasaiwala, MD, an associate professor of cardiology at Loyola Medicine in Maywood, Illinois. The main risk factor for atrial fibrillation in high heat is dehydration, Dr. Vasaiwala says. Because of fluid loss through sweat, dehydration can happen in summer heat and humidity, even when you’re drinking your usual amount of water.

To stay hydrated in the heat, try to drink 6 to 12 ounces of water — about half to a little less than a full pint glass — every 10 to 15 minutes that you are outside being active.

[4]

“To avoid arrhythmias in the heat, it is important to keep drinking, even if you don’t feel thirsty,” Vasaiwala says. “And keep water with you when you go outside.”

3. Stay Indoors in Extreme Heat and Rest Your Heart

Even if you drink plenty of water while spending time outside on summer days, your heart will still need to work harder in hot weather, which can be dangerous, especially if you have an underlying heart condition.

“Increasing the workload of your heart can both trigger atrial fibrillation and increase your risk for congestive heart failure,” Vasaiwala says. In addition to stroke, congestive heart failure is a common complication of atrial fibrillation.

[5]

 Congestive heart failure is a gradual weakening of your heart that may cause fluid to collect in your lungs and legs. So to be on the safe side, stay inside on extremely hot days to avoid the heat as much as possible, says Vasaiwala.

4. Avoid Exercising Outside so You Don’t Trigger Afib

For some people, intense exercise is the main trigger for heart arrhythmia on its own — although getting regular exercise is a key factor in keeping your heart healthy. Exercising in the heat adds another potentially stressful component.

The strain put on your heart increases with exercise, especially in hot weather. Your body works to maintain a constant temperature, and as outdoor temperatures rise, your cardiovascular system has to work even harder to keep cool. For every 1 degree F that your body temperature rises, your heart pumps an additional 10 beats per minute.

[6]

 Vasaiwala says that it’s best to fight the urge to spend time outside and to avoid exercising outside on hot days if you have a heart condition.

5. Wear Light Clothing to Keep Body Temps Steady

Wearing thick clothing that doesn’t let out heat can cause your body temperature to rise even more than it otherwise would.

If you have a heart condition like atrial fibrillation, you’re at a higher risk. According to research, during a heat wave, deaths from cardiovascular issues increase by 11.7 percent. People with preexisting heart conditions are especially at risk.

[8]

 “If you have to be out in hot weather, wear light clothing and avoid the hottest time of the day,” says Vasaiwala, who says that lightweight, breathable clothing is less likely to trap heat against your body.

6. Avoid Dehydrating Alcohol

Alcohol is a diuretic, meaning it causes a person to urinate more frequently, which further increases the risk for dehydration, even if you’re drinking water. For this reason, alcohol, especially in hot weather, can create a heart health risk. Alcohol can also affect your body’s ability to regulate your temperature, according to Mayo Clinic.

[9]

 Drink water when you can and try swapping that beer for a cooling mocktail.

7. Buddy Up for Safety in Case Heat Causes Symptoms

According to Vasaiwala, you should use the buddy system if you have a heart condition like atrial fibrillation and plan to be outside in extreme heat. Make sure that the people you are with know the signs of both heat exhaustion and atrial fibrillation, and the proper response. Many heart conditions share the same warning signs, but fluttering (a kind of abnormal heart rhythm) and palpitations are hallmarks of afib.

[10]

If you start to notice palpitations or the signs of heat exhaustion, get out of the heat, remove your clothing if possible, and cool off with a cool, damp towel and air-conditioning.

Vasaiwala says to seek immediate medical treatment if you experience vomiting, chest pain, or shortness of breath.

8. Always Check the Heat Index

The heat index takes both temperature and humidity into account, calculating what the temperature feels like, which may be hotter than the temperature reading alone, according to the National Weather Service.

[11]

The body naturally releases sweat as its temperature rises.

[12]

 Normally, sweat evaporates off the skin, creating a cooling effect. But in humid weather, sweat can’t evaporate as efficiently — or sometimes at all — meaning your body isn’t able to cool itself.You should be cautious when the heat index is above 80 degrees F.

[11]

 You can find the heat index for your area and current extreme heat advisories at Heat.gov.

6 Arthritis-Friendly Foods (and 1 Drink) for Barbecue Season

Salmon With Blackberries “Some research suggests processed meat and high-fat red meat could be pro-inflammatory,” says Lona Sandon, PhD, RD , an associate professor of clinical nutrition at the University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas, who was diagnosed with rheumatoid arthritis more than 20 years ago. Skip the burgers and hot dogs and grill salmon instead. Salmon is rich in omega-3 fatty acids , which are healthy fats that don’t promote inflammation, and may help reduce symptoms of RA .e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c04c7965-f3d5-4560-8b3e-25bf077f0b4d Baste the salmon with extra-virgin olive oil, which is less processed and refined than other oils and is full of heart-healthy antioxidants. Once it’s grilled, top the salmon with sliced blackberries or sliced strawberries for extra inflammation-fighting power. Three or four ounces of salmon or other fatty fish twice a week is ideal, according to the Arthritis Foundation .e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762966f1200c-f0c2-4b1f-9168-2239cf57afdc Other fatty fish oil sources include herring, mackerel, sardines, and trout, all high in omega-3 fatty acids.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629c04c7965-f3d5-4560-8b3e-25bf077f0b4d Consider eating fatty fish like salmon twice a week or supplementing with omega-3 — but consult your health provider before taking any supplement. Clinical studies have found that omega-3 supplementation at doses of 3 or more grams (g) a day may lead to a reduction in the number of swollen joints, an improvement in disease activity, and a decrease in inflammatory markers in people with RA.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f4b0bd30-0844-491f-a301-87f24ae13ae6
Fruit Kebabs “Everybody loves food on a stick,” Sandon says. Pick fruits in season, especially colorful ones like blueberries , blackberries, and strawberries, and watermelon, and thread them on kebab sticks — no cooking necessary. Many are high in fiber and a wide range of phytonutrients, which may protect against inflammation. “You get the anti-inflammatory properties of the fruits , plus vitamins A and C,” says Sandon. Watermelon is also a good source of the carotenoid lycopene, which may have anti-inflammatory properties.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629bee5b9d4-f0dd-42c3-8bc0-dbe732b418cae60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976291de9f5b3-515e-494c-97b3-7d9d9612b510 Consider adding cherries, too. “Fresh cherries make a great dessert,” says Zashin. “Cherries have natural anti-inflammatory and antioxidant properties.” Cherries contain polyphenols called anthocyanins, which have been shown to reduce inflammation.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629f3a35062-f652-450c-89d5-d0fdd43e70a8 Many fruits are also delicious when grilled, especially peaches, watermelon, and pineapple.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629daa0fd22-5d3b-4795-be3a-038f48331cb5
Whether you’re the chef or a grateful guest, you probably look forward to summer cookouts. But if you have rheumatoid arthritis (RA) , typical cookout menus — such as charred meat, processed fatty foods, and sugary or alcoholic drinks — may trigger joint pain and other symptoms. Although there’s no diet proven to cure arthritis or treat symptoms, an anti-inflammatory diet — one that emphasizes fresh fruits and vegetables and lean protein sources — could be helpful for other reasons.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a170a91a-bba7-4a78-839b-ac3cd90e8307 “We know that people who have chronic inflammation have a higher cardiovascular risk,” says Scott Zashin, MD , an internist and rheumatologist in Dallas. So eating foods that don’t promote inflammation may reduce that heart disease risk . Dr. Zashin adds, “if it also helps your arthritis symptoms, even better.” With that in mind, we asked the experts to suggest six arthritis-friendly foods and one beverage to consider when you’re planning your next barbecue menu. default
Grilled Broccoli, Squash, and Cauliflower Skewers Try grilling broccoli and squashes, says Diekman. Cut the vegetables into chunks and thread them on skewers. Baste them with olive or flaxseed oil, which both contain inflammation-fighting omega-3 fatty acids. Use cauliflower florets in place of, or in addition to broccoli. Grill with a bit of olive oil and sprinkle with oregano.
Healthier Beef and Chicken Research has shown that saturated fat, found in high amounts in red and processed meats and in chicken skin can be pro-inflammatory.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629e0f00508-563b-4e38-acb7-921afad93911 Stick to leaner cuts or opt for a protein like skinless chicken. “Grass-fed beef can potentially provide a higher amount of anti-inflammatory fats, but all beef should be leaner cuts and appropriate portions,” says Connie Diekman, RD, a food and nutrition counselor and the author of The Everything Mediterranean Diet Book . For basting or a topping? Try a sauce containing turmeric . Curcumin, the active compound in turmeric, has antioxidant and anti-inflammatory properties .e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629ca18e04c-59cd-43c6-bde4-8c5e181b0b8d
Fresh Bean Salad and Raw Nuts Skip the usual potato salad, which is loaded with mayonnaise, and lean into beans instead. For a fresh bean salad , combine green, kidney, and garbanzo beans, and mix it all up with olive oil and vitamin C–rich lime juice.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629521e2ca4-a1b6-4fa6-a52f-ae0bdae29e34 “To boost the anti-inflammatory power, serve it on a spinach leaf,” says Diekman. Both greens have vitamin K, which is thought to be an inflammation fighter.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629a589612e-86b4-4d56-a85b-d9dcc5751cb6e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629679e8ea1-e99b-4ca7-aa8b-4d2e87a5cf9a Another nice meat-free protein to add to the offerings? Nuts. Instead of chips and dip, serve smaller bowls of healthy nuts at your cookout. Opt for walnuts , cashews, pistachios, or almonds , and keep your own serving to about 1 ounce, or a small handful. These nuts have inflammation-fighting monounsaturated fats. Bonus: They also have protein and fiber, so you’ll feel full longer.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629056622ba-455d-406f-876b-3ce2cc0a9fdd
Anti-Inflammatory Drinks Avoid sugary sodas and punches, and limit alcohol. Research has found that sugar-sweetened soft drinks are associated with increased RA disease progression and that excessive use of alcohol has the potential to interfere with RA medications such as methotrexate and sulfasalazine.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762929f95085-989e-440f-9cd5-4bac53bead43 Instead quench your thirst with anti-inflammatory and antioxidant drinks such as iced green tea or iced versions of other teas (with no sugar added) that are known for easing RA pain and other symptoms. Cranberry juice — 100 percent cranberry juice with no added sugar — has a therapeutic effect, according to research, so how about a nonalcoholic sea breeze or Cape Cod?e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762929f95085-989e-440f-9cd5-4bac53bead43
Crudités Instead of using chips for that dip, use veggies, which are low in calories and packed with nutrients. Consider a platter of the following: celery, which contains fiber and vitamin K; bell peppers, which have antioxidants like vitamin E, vitamin C, and carotenoids; green beans, which contain vitamins K and C and are high in fiber; and try cherry tomatoes for a dose of vitamin C, lycopene, and beta-carotene.e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e597629262a5579-8865-4b4a-8e7d-bd1ca0b45a4ae60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e59762980b4375a-3044-4c71-88b2-08d3fc3dd722e60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976297a0fbb56-7b31-4a96-8447-39b54b2c1a2ee60dc2a1-f33c-4a05-9b50-8e3e8e5976293dac8967-0354-4f79-b870-c28980f993b5 Skip the onion dip and dunk into some baba ghanoush (an eggplant-based dip), hummus (chickpea based), tabouli (bulgur, parsley, and mint), or parsley pesto for a healthy snack.

How to Find a Kidney Donor for IgA Nephropathy

Before someone can volunteer to donate a kidney, they need to know you need one.

[5]

Here are some ways to get the word out.

1. Get Comfortable Talking About Your Needs

The fear of being turned down, burdening someone you love, or putting another person’s health at risk can make it feel nearly impossible to even talk about your need for a living kidney donor, says Atul Agnihotri, a kidney transplant recipient and the CEO of Kidneys for Communities, a nonprofit focused on increasing access to living donor kidney transplants.

Try reframing the way you think about it. Think that you’re not asking someone to donate a kidney, Jefferson says; rather, you’re talking about your needs and giving others the opportunity to help if they feel called to do so.

Talking about your need for a donor may never feel easy, but it often becomes less intimidating with practice.

[3]

 And it can open the door to conversations that might not have happened otherwise.

2. Start the Conversation Close to Home

A natural place to begin is with the people closest to you, not only because family members may be potential donors, but because they — and your close friends — can become part of your support system.

[5]

Even if a loved one isn’t a match or can’t donate, they can be a valuable part of the search.

[5]

They can help spread the word and connect your story with people you might never reach on your own, says Agnihotri.Starting close to home may also mean helping the people around you understand what IgAN is, what dialysis involves, or how a transplant could improve your quality of life, Jefferson says. Transplant centers often have educational materials that can help answer questions and guide those conversations. The more people understand what you’re experiencing, the more inclined they may be to support you and share your story with others.

[3]

You might even ask a trusted friend or family member to serve as a point person during your donor search. They can help share updates and keep the conversation going when you don’t have the energy to do more outreach yourself.

[17]

3. Spread the Word

The best chance of finding a living donor is to share your story as broadly as possible, Agnihotri says.

People may be motivated to help because they feel a connection to your background, your profession, or your life experience, he explains. A first responder may feel called to help a fellow first responder, a teacher may be inspired to donate to another educator, or someone from your faith community may step forward simply because your values align. You never know who your story will reach or who it will move.

[17]

Here are a few ways to help those connections happen, according to Agnihotri.

  • Use social media and video. Consider creating short, personal videos explaining your situation to share on platforms like Facebook or Instagram. Seeing your face and hearing your voice humanizes your journey and helps people connect with it.
  • Reach out to your local and professional networks. The people who know you through work, church, volunteer activities, or community groups may be able to help spread your story.
  • Consider printed materials. They may sound old school, but printed flyers or business cards can be another way to get your story in front of people who aren’t active on social media and might not otherwise hear it. Post them in high-traffic spaces like coffee shops or community center bulletin boards.
  • Pitch your story to local media. As intimidating as it may sound, contacting a newspaper or TV station news editor can put your story in front of an entire community. And remember that local coverage can often reach a national audience.

Feel free to inject your personality, humor, and creativity into how you share your journey. But as you share your story publicly, stay cautious. Be wary of anyone who contacts you claiming to be a potential donor but quickly asks for money, banking details, or other personal information.

[17]

If something feels off, trust your instincts and loop in your transplant team before engaging further.

Take Care of Yourself While You Wait

Searching for a living kidney donor comes with a lot of unknowns, including not knowing how long the process will take or whether your efforts will lead to a match.

“Support systems, patient communities, and access to accurate information are so important,” Jefferson says. While on the list awaiting her second kidney transplant, connecting with other people living with kidney disease gave her a source of support and encouragement. Take care of your mental health, talk to a counselor, transplant social worker, or join a support group.

[18]

 You can tap into a variety of IgAN resources that offer educational materials, peer mentoring, and community forums.At the same time, stay closely connected with your healthcare team, go to your regular medical appointments, and follow your treatment plan, Agnihotri says. Try to stay as healthy as possible while you search as your health status can affect your eligibility for transplantation.

[19]

Jefferson encourages staying engaged in your care and continuing to advocate for yourself. While the donor search can take up a lot of mental space, remember that you are more than your diagnosis. Hope, she says, can be a powerful part of the transplant journey.

Early-Onset Colorectal Cancer

Causes and Risk Factors of Early-Onset Colorectal Cancer

  • Genetic Conditions Inherited physical problems, such as Lynch syndrome and familial adenomatous polyposis (which can produce hundreds of polyps in the colon), increase the chances of developing colorectal cancer, especially at a young age. The Global Colon Cancer Association estimates that 16 to 25 percent of early-onset cases are related to a genetic syndrome, whereas only up to 10 percent of regular colorectal cases are related to genetics.

    [5]

  • Racial and Ethnic Background American Indian and Alaska Native people have the highest rates of colorectal cancer in the United States, followed by Black men and women. Jews of Eastern European descent (Ashkenazi Jews) also have a high risk compared with other ethnic groups; about 6 percent carry a specific gene mutation that increases their risk of developing colorectal cancer by two times.

    [6]

  • Other Health-Related Issues Certain health-related conditions may contribute to colorectal cancer risk, including a family history of the disease, a personal history of radiation to the abdomen or pelvis area, a personal history of inflammatory bowel disease (Crohn’s or ulcerative colitis), and having had the gallbladder removed (cholecystectomy).
  • Toxins in the Environment Researchers are studying whether exposure to chemicals may play a role in colorectal cancer. Chemical exposures (from air and water pollution, chemicals in soil and food, and pesticide use) may damage the DNA of intestinal cells and lead to cancer-causing mutations.

    [5]

Modifiable Risk Factors

According to two research studies, one-third to one-half of all early-onset colorectal cancer cases are attributable to modifiable risk factors, including:

[7]

Obesity Early-onset colorectal cancer is linked to having obesity, although the exact mechanism is not yet fully understood.

[8]

Excess fat has been linked to inflammation, which may raise the likelihood of developing cancer. Obesity is also connected to insulin resistance and diabetes, increased production of the hormone leptin, and gut hormone imbalance — all factors tied to greater cancer risk.

[9]

Unhealthy Diet Colorectal cancer has been linked to the consumption of red meats (such as beef, pork, lamb, or liver) and processed meats (like hot dogs and some lunch meats). Research has also found that sugar-sweetened drinks may be a culprit.

[3]

[10]

Lack of Exercise Research has shown that physical inactivity and sedentary behavior are well-established risk factors for colorectal cancer. Insufficient exercise may contribute to weight gain, insulin resistance, and inflammation.

[3]

[9]

Smoking A study involving more than 700 adults younger than 55 with colorectal cancer found that former smokers had a 139-percent higher risk of developing colorectal cancer than nonsmokers in the same age group. For current smokers, that risk was 150 percent greater.

[11]

Alcohol Use Moderate to heavy alcohol consumption is a known risk factor for colorectal cancer. Alcohol consumption can damage the intestinal lining, allowing bacteria and toxins to enter other tissue in the body. A scientific investigation looking at more than 8,000 colorectal cancer patients between ages 20 and 49 found that the risk increased in relation to how much a person drank. Compared with nondrinkers, those who had one to two drinks weekly had a 7-percent higher risk. For those having three to four drinks per week, the risk was 14 percent higher, while five drinks or more equaled a 27-percent greater risk.

[3]

[12]

[13]

FDA Approves New Antibiotic for Complicated Urinary Tract Infections

For most people with urinary tract infections (UTIs), a short course of antibiotics is the go-to treatment. But for complicated urinary tract infections — severe bacterial illnesses that are resistant to different forms of antibiotics — this may not be adequate.

Now people with difficult-to-treat UTIs have a new medication option: The FDA has approved an antibiotic pill called Utebzi (tebipenem pivoxil).

[1]

Developed by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in collaboration with Spero Therapeutics, Utebzi is an oral form of an antibiotic class called carbapenems, a standard treatment for complicated UTIs. Before Utebzi, people with complicated UTIs could only get carbapenems intravenously.

[2]

“While the oral form of this antibiotic is not more efficacious or safe than the intravenous alternative, it is more convenient and can avoid the need for hospitalization or home intravenous administration,” says Craig Comiter, MD, the clinic chief of urologic specialties at Stanford University in Palo Alto, California. “This makes a valuable treatment option for complicated UTIs slightly easier to prescribe.”

Dr. Comiter expects that once Utebzi becomes available (by the end of this year, according to GSK), it will also lead to cost savings because it may reduce the time needed for hospitalization or missed work.

What Are Complicated UTIs?

The vast majority of urinary tract infections are not complicated and cause minor symptoms, such as burning during urination. These infections may affect the kidneys, bladder, ureters (tubes that carry urine from the kidneys to the bladder), and urethra (the tube that delivers urine out of the body from the bladder), but most clear the body after a short course of oral antibiotics.

[3]

[4]

Complicated UTIs are different. They are much more serious and harder to treat. The symptoms can extend throughout the body, and may include:

  • Fever
  • Chills
  • Nausea
  • Vomiting
  • Dehydration
  • Fatigue
  • Lower back pain

These more severe infections often require hospitalization. They may affect pregnant women, individuals with catheters, people with weakened immune systems, and those who have recently had surgery. They can result in bloodstream infection, kidney failure, and pregnancy complications.

[5]

Every year, U.S. healthcare practitioners diagnose more than three million complicated UTI cases, including kidney infections (pyelonephritis). These infections are often drug-resistant and treatments fail in more than a third of patients by some estimates.

[6]

[7]

An Oral Alternative to IV Medication

Amanda Peppercorn, MD, vice president of clinical development at GSK, calls carbapenems “a backbone for the treatment of severe infections in the hospital.”

These antibiotics work by interfering with the bacterial cell wall, killing the germ and clearing the infection.

[8]

“These medications are exclusively for very serious infections caused by bacteria with a lot of resistance,” says Dr. Peppercorn. “This drug brings the first oral carbapenem to market, so it allows patients — once they’ve stabilized from a very severe infection — to be able to be treated with an oral carbapenem, so that they can go home earlier or possibly avoid hospitalization.”

Patient Trials Show Significant Effectiveness

The FDA based its approval of Utebzi on results from a study involving nearly 1,700 adults hospitalized with complicated urinary tract infections. Over the course of 7 to 10 days, patients were randomly assigned to receive 600 milligrams (mg) of Utebzi orally every six hours or 500 mg of an intravenous form of carbapenem every six hours.

Those taking the pill had an overall success rate of almost 60 percent — about the same success rate as those receiving the IV administration.

About 90 percent of patients in both groups “felt better and had no clinical symptoms,” according to Peppercorn.

The chances of side effects were also similar in each group, with 3 percent or fewer reporting mild, moderate, and nonserious events such as diarrhea and headache.

[2]

While Utebzi is expected to be available to consumers by the end of 2026, Peppercorn notes that details regarding its pricing and insurance coverage are yet to be worked out.

‘Pinky Time’ Is Trending as a Way to Boost Brain Health — Does It Work?

If you’re looking to boost your brain health you may strive to get more exercise, eat healthier, socialize, and do puzzles and other mentally stimulating activities. But have you tried “pinky time”?

A slew of TikTok creators say pinky time — a series of finger movements done in a certain sequence — can slow cognitive decline. One video by @visage.dore4 suggests pinky time can “protect against Alzheimer’s and improve brain plasticity.” Another video by @glucose.speaks says the movement offers “powerful brain stimulation.”

Does this brain hack really work? And how do you do it?

What Is Pinky Time?

Pinky time is a daily hand exercise. This TikTok video by @thebalanced.brunette shows how to do it:

  • Press the tips of your ring finger and thumb together.
  • Cross your middle finger over your pointer.
  • Move your pinky up and down slowly, while your other fingers stay in position.
  • Focus on steady movements, rather than speed.
  • Perform the exercise on both hands for about 5 to 10 seconds every day.

What Experts Say About Pinky Time

TikTok creators claim pinky time can activate the brain’s motor cortex, increase blood flow to the brain, engage neural pathways, and help maintain fine motor skills.

But while the exercises can be fun and are mostly safe, “There’s no strong scientific evidence that pinky exercises alone prevent cognitive decline,” says Enrique Diaz, MD, a psychiatrist at the Miami Neuroscience Institute, part of Baptist Health South Florida. “As a psychiatrist, I tell patients that there is no single brain hack.”

Here’s what experts say about the alleged benefits of pinky time.

Brain Stimulation

Learning new tasks provides cognitive stimulation, so in that sense, pinky time could help brain health “a little bit,” says Helen Valsamis, MD, chief of neurology service at NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County in Brooklyn.

“Both mental and physical activity stimulate the neurons to develop more synapses or connections,” Dr. Valsamis says. Research shows that mental and physical activity can slow cognitive decline.

[1]

[2]

Doctors recommend a combo of mental and physical activity, Valsamis says. “Pinky time is a mental and coordination task. However, it does not have the exercise benefits of walking, for example.”

Cognitive Decline Prevention

Pinky time involves hand coordination and could be cognitively challenging, Valsamis says. However, she adds, it likely wouldn’t be different from learning to play the piano, for example, which also involves hand coordination and cognitive challenges.

A systematic review and meta-analysis published in 2023 found that finger exercises significantly improved brain function for people with mild cognitive impairment, with less pronounced effects in people with dementia or Alzheimer’s disease. But the researchers noted that further investigation is needed to identify the optimal finger positions, exercise routines, and frequency.

[3]

“Keeping the brain active through challenging tasks may support cognitive health, but there is no evidence that the pinky itself has a unique protective effect,” Dr. Diaz says.

Improvement of Fine Motor Skills

Pinky time may be a way to refine fine motor skills, which are the small movements that you make with your hands, fingers, feet, and toes. This involves the coordination of muscles, joints, and nerves.

[4]

“Fine motor activities engage multiple brain regions involved in movement, attention, and coordination,” Diaz says.

While there is a dearth of research specifically on pinky time, scientists have found that certain hand actions can improve fine motor skills in people with cognitive impairment. One small study of 10 older people with dementia showed that the finger-tapping associated with playing cognitive games on a touch-screen tablet improved their fine motor movements.

[5]

Who Should and Shouldn’t Try Pinky Time?

For most people, pinky time is safe, especially if you only do it for a few minutes a day, Valsamis says. It’s possible to get overuse or repetitive stress injuries if you do the exercise excessively, she adds.

However, if you have arthritis, hand injuries, nerve disorders, or tremors, the repetitive pinky movements could worsen symptoms, Diaz says.

If you struggle to do pinky exercises, Diaz says, it’s likely due to physical limitations like these, rather than cognitive problems.

But, he notes, you should see a healthcare professional if a decline in hand dexterity is accompanied by memory, language, or movement changes.

There Are Other, More Evidence-Backed Methods For Promoting Brain Health

Pinky time alone is unproven to boost cognitive health. However, Valsamis says evidence suggests several other brain-health-boosting strategies could, including:

  • Addressing medical issues, like high blood pressure and diabetes
  • Stopping smoking
  • Engaging in cognitively stimulating activities that you enjoy, like gardening, puzzles, playing an instrument, or learning something new
  • Getting plenty of sleep
  • Socializing with family and friends, as well as casual interactions with people at the grocery store or dry cleaners
  • Eating a diet rich in leafy greens, fatty fish, walnuts, and berries, including the Mediterranean or DASH diets, which lower inflammation and improve vascular health
  • Exercising, including walking, running, swimming, or cycling

Essential Grocery List and Meal Planning

Be Aware of Food Restrictions

The most important rule in phase 1 is to avoid carbs. This includes grains, starchy vegetables, fruits, beans, legumes, and sugary drinks. You also shouldn’t drink alcohol. Instead, focus on eating nonstarchy vegetables that are high in fiber and low in carbs. Choose low- or non-fat dairy products.

[3]

“When limiting to less than 50 grams of total carbohydrate, certain foods, such as whole grains, fruits, and many dairy products, simply have to be excluded because their basic structures are mainly carbohydrate,” says Stefanski. “Eating too many carbohydrates at once can end the ketosis process, so it’s best to spread carbohydrate intake equally across the day, rather than saving carbs up for a single meal.”

If you buy prepackaged South Beach Diet meals, you can add up to three servings of protein a day if you’re a woman, or four servings if you’re a man.

[4]

Nuts are high in calories, so limit those to one serving a day. You can have three extras (condiments, spices, seasonings, etc.) a day, and they should be 35 calories or fewer with no more than 3 grams of carbs.

[5]

You can add free foods to anything at any time. These contain 10 calories or fewer and have up to 1 g of carbohydrates. Examples include:

  • Meat or vegetable broth
  • Herbs
  • Lemon juice
  • Plain mustard
  • Low-sodium soy sauce
  • Spices
  • Vinegar

You’ll want to drink 64 ounces of water a day, and you can also enjoy coffee, unsweetened tea, and seltzer water.

[6]

How to Plan a Safe Trip

When and Where to Go

Given that heat can exacerbate fatigue in people with MG, it’s important to consider the weather at your destination and make sure that cool environments are available should you need them. Benjamin Becker, MD, a neuromuscular neurologist at University of Michigan Health in Ann Arbor, says that during winter and spring some of his patients with MG travel south to places like Florida specifically to be in warmer environments. “You just have to be mindful of where you’re going,” he says.

Whether you want a relaxing resort vacation, adventure in a new city, or a tour of historical landmarks, keep in mind the possibility of crowds and the risk of communicable diseases. Try to avoid traveling during peak tourist season if your destination has one.

“My one main concern is going on a cruise — an enclosed place with many people breathing the same air,” Dr. Du says. Wearing masks indoors can help decrease your risk of respiratory infections.

Wherever you go, research the medical facilities in the area or speak with your provider about it, especially if you’re planning a lengthy trip. Make sure that help will be available and that you can receive treatments, such as pyridostigmine infusions, if you need them. Avoid traveling to remote destinations that don’t have Western-style medical facilities.

[3]

Always keep your vaccinations up-to-date and know that you may need additional vaccines depending on your destination. But if you’re on immunosuppressant drugs, you cannot get live attenuated vaccines, only nonlive or inactivated ones, Du says.

6 Common Questions About the Safety and Effectiveness of Postpartum Depression Treatments, Answered

After receiving a postpartum depression (PPD) diagnosis, your doctor will work with you to establish a treatment plan. While the specific elements of a postpartum depression treatment plan will depend on your specific needs, it usually includes a combination of medication, such as antidepressants; psychotherapy; lifestyle measures; and support from family, friends, and peer groups.

[1]

As you work with your doctor to create or modify the best postpartum depression treatment plan for you, you may have questions, particularly about the safety and effectiveness of the treatment.

1. Can My Prescribed Medication Harm My Baby if I’m Breastfeeding?

It goes without saying that mothers who have been prescribed medication for postpartum depression may worry about any potential health implications for their baby. But here’s the good news: “The vast majority of medications used to treat PPD are safe to use for breastfeeding and lactating women,” says Alison Hermann, MD, a psychiatrist at Weill Cornell/NewYork-Presbyterian in New York City who practices general adult psychiatry and reproductive psychiatry.

The selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) sertraline (Zoloft) is a common first-line treatment for postpartum women because of its minimal transfer to breast milk.

[2]

 That said, Dr. Hermann notes that not all postpartum depression medications have the same minimal risks to your baby, so it’s important to discuss any potential effects with your doctor.

2. Will PPD Go Away on Its Own Without Any Treatment?

Generally, no. But that doesn’t mean you necessarily need to take medication or have formal psychotherapy to find relief from symptoms, says Hermann. “Some women get significant relief from interventions such as improving sleep and increasing social support.”

3. Can I Manage PPD With Lifestyle Measures Alone?

It’s possible to manage depression with tweaks to your day-to-day, but that doesn’t work for everyone. “It depends on the severity and individual needs of the woman affected by PPD. Some women need medication to get better, and some do not,” says Hermann. The most important lifestyle change is focusing on sleep, she says. “Getting four-hour stretches of uninterrupted sleep at least once in a 24-hour period can make a massive difference.”

Other strategies — like eating healthy, getting regular exercise (once cleared by your obstetrician), spending some time outside in the fresh air, and getting help with cleaning and other household chores — may help symptoms, too, whether or not you take medication.

4. Are There Any Effective Complementary and Alternative Treatments That Can Help PPD?

“Access to therapy can be difficult, but when possible, medication plus psychotherapy is known to be the most effective treatment,” says Naomi Torres-Mackie, PhD, a clinical psychologist specializing in women’s mental health and reproductive mental health at Northwell Health’s Lenox Hill Hospital in New York City. But there are things that can be helpful add-ons.

Acupuncture can be a useful complementary therapy for some women with postpartum depression, says Hermann. There’s also been a moderate amount of evidence showing that noninvasive neurological treatment called repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation, which uses magnetic pulses to stimulate underactive areas of the brain, may be helpful in treating postpartum depression.

[3]

And while some research has suggested other complementary therapies, such as bright light therapy and omega-3 fatty acid or vitamin D3 supplements, may help postpartum depression, one review found little evidence to support those measures.

[3]

5. How Will I Know if the PPD Treatment Plan Is Working?

It’s important to discuss with your doctor how they’ll be monitoring the condition, but typically they’ll look for improvements in both the severity of symptoms and how you’re functioning in daily activities, relationships, and responsibilities. “The symptoms come in three major buckets: problems with mood, such as dysphoria, irritability, or anxiety; problems with thinking, such as distractibility, memory problems, or rumination [dwelling on negative thoughts and emotions]; and problems with the physical body, such as sleeping, eating, or energy levels,” says Hermann.

To track your progress, she says, your doctor or therapist might use a self-reported scale, such as the Edinburgh Depression Scale, every couple of weeks to see how treatment is working.

6. If I Start Treatment, Will I Have to Continue It Long Term?

How long postpartum depression treatment will be necessary depends on the individual and factors such as how early you received a diagnosis and the severity of the symptoms. That said, “For most women, we recommend treatment for PPD to be relatively short term,” says Hermann.

If you take part in cognitive behavioral therapy or another form of psychotherapy, the treatment will probably be about 12 weeks, and antidepressant medications are intended to be used for about six months, she says. It could be significantly shorter, depending on the prescription. A drug called zuranolone (Zurzuvae), the first oral treatment approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration specifically for addressing postpartum depression, is meant to be taken for only two weeks. Dr. Torres-Mackie notes that not all clinics have access to it, though, so more traditional meds with longer prescriptions may be necessary.

After that initial treatment wraps up, you should reassess your needs with your doctor. “At that point, some women choose to continue with their treatments for a longer period, and some choose to taper off,” says Hermann.

Just remember that it’s important not to cut yourself off from treatment suddenly and to work with your doctor’s supervision to avoid withdrawal symptoms or relapse, she adds. The last thing you want after addressing postpartum depression is to have the symptoms come right back.

How to Be There for Someone Newly Diagnosed With Dementia

In general terms, dementia can be described in three phases: early, middle, and late.

[2]

Each phase is unique. What’s more, a person’s character, life experiences, and medical conditions can shape their journey with the condition. These differences, in turn, can impact the experience of their care partners.

Early-Stage Dementia: Processing the Diagnosis

In the early stages of Alzheimer’s disease, the most common form of dementia, a person may feel as if they’re having memory lapses, such as forgetting familiar words or the location of everyday objects.

[2]

Someone diagnosed at this stage may grieve the loss of good health and their future as they imagined it, and experience symptoms of depression and anxiety. A dementia diagnosis is difficult to process, and it can stir up complex, negative feelings for both the person diagnosed and care partners.

[3]

“The weight that comes with hearing that someone has an irreversible brain disease can be devastating,” says Cotenna Clark, NP, of Emory University’s Integrated Memory Care Clinic in Atlanta, who specializes in caring for older adults.The person newly diagnosed will likely need time to process this diagnosis, which can feel emotionally overwhelming. They may need time alone, want to process with family and friends, or a combination of both.

[3]

“They’re suddenly having to cope with a disease that could [eventually] end their life, and take away their memory and their ability to be who they once were,” says Clark.The care partner will also need time to process their feelings, which may look similar to how the person newly diagnosed responds, or very different.

[1]

Also, processing the emotions that come with a dementia diagnosis isn’t just a one-time thing. It’s normal to need time and space to process and reflect every time the disease progresses or changes, especially in the earlier stages.

But as far as day-to-day life goes, in the early phase of dementia, care partners may be able to “be there” without making major changes. Ways to offer support at this time include providing minimal reminders and suggestions for everyday tasks, and initiating care planning for the later stages of the condition.

[2]

Middle-Stage Dementia: Managing Behaviors

In the middle stage of dementia, people may experience increased forgetfulness and memory concerns.

[2]

They may also experience aggression, agitation, and psychosis.

[4]

Deciding how to manage these behaviors can add additional stress to an already overwhelming situation.If these symptoms and behaviors become distressing to the person living with dementia or the person supporting them, clinicians may recommend medications to minimize these behaviors.

[4]

Care partners may need more resources during this phase, which may come from family, community, or the patient’s healthcare team.

[1]

Late-Stage Dementia: Looking Into Long-Term Care

During late-stage dementia, the person may have significant changes in their personality and abilities. They’re often unable to do much of anything for themselves, requiring total care.

[2]

In this phase, care partners will face new challenges and decisions about how to meet the care recipient’s basic needs, such as feeding, bathing, and toileting.

Care partners may also need to evaluate whether it’s too difficult to care for the person at home, and potentially explore other strategies for how to be there for them in a new care setting, such as assisted living or a long-term care facility.

[2]

Actor Bellamy Young Shares Lessons From Her Experience as a Family Caregiver

Young regrets not recognizing her dad’s HE sooner, and feels guilty for how she behaved when he was sick.

As a teen, she blamed her dad for his condition. “Looking back now, I can separate the man from the disease, but at the time I was really young, and you’re at your jerkiest when you’re a teenager,” she says.

She was a reluctant caregiver, she says, who was angry that she couldn’t do “normal” teen things. “I wanted to go on a date and have friends over, that sort of thing, but my dad was in a hospital bed in our living room,” she recalls.

She understands now, from discussing this experience in therapy, that her behavior was a reaction to the fear of losing her dad.

She also notes that the stigma her family felt around her dad’s liver disease played a role in how they handled his diagnosis and care.

“We had a lot of shame around my dad’s illness because it came from his drinking,” she says. That shame caused them to isolate themselves rather than reach out for support, which may have helped them identify the HE earlier and alleviated some of the burden of caregiving.

Young’s father passed away in 1985 due to complications from HE.

Now, as a caregiver advocate, Young works to raise awareness of HE and let others know they’re not alone. As part of that mission, she’s partnered with Salix Pharmaceuticals, which manufactures the HE drug rifaximin (Xifaxan) to have honest, open conversations with patients and caregivers about living with HE.

“We’re trying to expand everyone’s knowledge,” she says. “It’s enough to go through the disease. There’s no point in adding hardship to it by feeling ashamed or by feeling alone.”

Prevention and Early Detection Tips

1. Myth: Only Older People Get Colon Cancer

It’s easy to see where at least part of this myth came from. The risk of getting a colon cancer diagnosis does increase as you get older (the average age at diagnosis is 66),

[5]

but rates have been rising among millennials and Gen Zers.

[6]

“We’ve seen a growing, concerning trend of what we call early-onset colorectal cancer, meaning colorectal cancer being diagnosed in patients under the age of 50,” says Jun Gong, MD, an associate professor of medicine and medical director of the Colorectal Cancer Program at Cedars-Sinai in Los Angeles.

Today, about 1 in 10 people diagnosed with this cancer is younger than 50, and that number is rising each year.

[7]

 Only 10 to 20 percent of people with young-onset colon cancer also have an inherited condition like Lynch syndrome that increases colon cancer risk — most early-onset colorectal cancers are not due to genetics.

[8]

[9]

This shift in age is concerning, considering that early-onset colon cancers are often diagnosed at a more advanced stage than later-onset cancers.

[7]

2. Myth: You Can’t Prevent Colon Cancer

While no magic pill can guarantee a colon cancer-free future, timely screening goes a long way toward lowering the risk. Colon cancer is prevented when a colonoscopy finds precancerous polyps that are removed before they can turn into cancer.

[3]

Experts estimate that up to 60 percent of deaths from colon cancer could be prevented if people followed screening recommendations.

[10]

Lifestyle changes are also protective. “There is growing evidence that exercise and diet can help prevent colon cancer, too,” says Dr. Gong. Cutting back on red and processed meats, avoiding alcohol and tobacco, getting regular aerobic exercise, and staying at a healthy weight are all effective preventive strategies.

[11]

3. Myth: If I Have a Healthy Lifestyle, I Won’t Get Colon Cancer

It’s worth checking in with your parents, siblings, and children if you’re not already familiar with their cancer history. People whose close relatives have colon cancer are at a significantly higher risk of developing it themselves, especially if the relative was younger than 50 when diagnosed or if multiple first-degree relatives have received diagnoses.

[12]

Shared gene mutations, inherited syndromes, and common environmental exposures are some of the possible reasons why this cancer tends to run in families.

[13]

Whether you have one close relative with colon cancer or several, early screening is important when it’s in your family tree. Your doctor might suggest starting colonoscopy screening even earlier than current guidelines recommend.

[14]

4. Myth: If I Had Colon Cancer, I Would Have Symptoms

Colon cancer may not cause any symptoms until it has spread. In a study of colorectal cancers detected through screening, up to 70 percent of people had no symptoms, even in people with advanced disease.

[15]

The often silent nature of this cancer makes early screening important. Testing can detect colon cancer before symptoms appear.

[16]

5. Myth: Screening Starts at Age 50

This was once true. Guidelines used to recommend colorectal cancer screening for adults starting at age 50, but the advice has changed.

[17]

Most organizations, including the American Cancer Society, the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF), and the American College of Gastroenterology (ACG), now suggest starting screening at age 45 for people who are at average risk for colon cancer.

[18]

[19]

[20]

Screening at a younger age increases the chance that colon cancer will be found at an early stage, and reduces the risk of dying from this cancer.

[20]

6. Myth: Colonoscopy Is the Only Colon Cancer Screening Method

Colonoscopy is considered the “gold standard” screening test. That’s because it’s the most effective diagnostic method, identifying about 95 percent of colon cancers.

[21]

During this test, which is recommended every 10 years for people at average risk, the doctor uses a long, flexible tube to see inside the colon and remove any polyps before they turn into cancer.

[22]

There are other options, though, including different types of visual exams (virtual colonoscopy and sigmoidoscopy, which are rarely used) and stool- or blood-based tests. Screening frequency and effectiveness vary from test to test.

[18]

[23]

[24]

 If one of these other screening tests produces a positive result, people “will inevitably need a colonoscopy because that’s the only definitive test,” says Gong.The fecal immunochemical test and guaiac-based fecal occult blood test find hidden blood in the stool. They are both noninvasive and require a stool sample, but they’re less accurate than a colonoscopy and can’t remove any polyps that are in the colon.

[24]

Multitargeted stool DNA and RNA tests such as Cologuard and Colosense test your stool for changes in DNA or RNA that might indicate cancerous or precancerous cells. They also look for hidden blood in the stool.

[24]

There is a blood test available as well, the Shield Test, but it’s not a preferred method, as it’s less accurate than the other screening tests.

[24]

 But no matter which test you choose, the most important thing is to get screened.

7. Myth: Polyps Are Always Cancer

Not true. “If you remove them, you essentially prevent the chance of the polyps becoming colon cancer,” says Gong. However, if you don’t remove polyps, they can eventually develop into cancer, he says.

8. Myth: Colon Cancer Isn’t Curable

“If you are diagnosed with stage 1, 2, or 3 colon cancer, it is considered curable with surgery,” says Gong. About 90 percent of people whose colon cancer is caught at an early stage will still be alive five years later. Even once the cancer has spread outside the colon to nearby lymph nodes or other tissues, the five-year relative survival rate is more than 70 percent. Metastatic colon cancer that has spread to distant areas of the body isn’t curable, but it is often manageable with treatments.

[25]

3 reasons this clinic is the creme de la creme of aesthetic treatments

If you’re in the market for aesthetic treatments that will enhance your beauty and confidence, look no further than Whyte Aesthetics

At Healthista we are privy to the occasional TLC pamper treatments, because who doesn’t love to look and feel like their best self? So after hearing about this new clinic, we had to go check it out for ourselves.  

Located right in the heart of Oxford Circus on well-known Harley Street, Whyte Aesthetics clinic caters to those who are looking for treatment backed by experience and evidence, proving that the results are worth the money.

Roxanna stresses the importance of what makes her clinic stand out from others

Through non-surgical techniques, Whyte Aeshtethics offers everything from your classic laser hair treatment to skin-firming treatments like Morpheus8. 

Even though Whyte Aesthetics has only just hit their one year since opening, founder and lead aesthetic practitioner Roxanna Whyte opened this clinic to give her clients an effective and personalised, yet safe and comfortable experience that other clinics in the area might not offer.  

With over 17 years of professional experience, Roxanna stresses the importance of what makes her clinic stand out from others. 

 #1 Natural Results

‘We always strive for results that are natural but still keep the little quirks and charms that make you, you,’ says Roxanna.

‘With the rise of social media and reality TV shows, we see more and more people that get aesthetics treatment and either go way too far or lose the uniqueness and originality they once had. Some procedures can often take away our charm or even make us look older.’ 

The practice does this through ensuring that client concerns are met with a personalised treatment plan that is safe, ethical, and will provide clients with long-lasting results.  

READ MORE: My post-menopause glow up made me look 10 years younger and gave me my confidence back

 #2 Honesty is key

Along with that, the clinic prides themselves in their honesty with clients about what products their using, or if they would recommend particular treatments on a client or not as they are not afraid to turn away clients or advise against a treatment if we feel you will not benefit from it.  

As someone who has been going to Roxanna as a client for two years prior, it’s clear that they implement these practices in every treatment they provide in her clinic.  

 #3 Finding and offering up to date and effective treatments 

The clinic manager, Reon Marie, says he always has his eyes on effective treatments that Whyte Aestheitics can bring into the clinic.

A unique aspect to the clinic is how they have implemented South Korean next-generation anti-ageing treatments, such as an injectable line called REJURAN, which significantly improves the skin’s appearance and health naturally by delivering highly biocompatible polynucleotides (Salmon DNA) directly into the skin.  

always has his eyes on effective treatments

‘Many ask, why Salmon DNA?’, says Reon.

‘Well this goes back to collagen and how we lose more of it as we age. Collagen is responsible for our plump skin and as we lose collagen our skin begins to appear more dull, dehydrated and more gaunt.

‘Fish collagen is absorbed up to 1.5 times more efficiently into the body which means it has superior bioavailability over bovine or porcine types. This is due to its smaller particle size compared to other types of collagen.

‘So by using Salmon DNA, we are increasing the bioavailability of absorption and by injecting it directly into the skin, further increasing the effectiveness opposed to something we would take orally that will be broken down and the amount actually absorbed being minimal.’ 

READ MORE: I had nose fillers and this is what happened

Here are a list of treatments currently offered at Whyte Aesthetics: 

  • Bespoke Skin peels (to treat acne/acne scarring, pigmentation, fine lines, skin texture and rosacea) 
  • Microneedling (to treat acne scarring, pigmentation, skin texture and fine lines/ wrinkles) 
  • Morpheus8 (to treat skin that needs tightening/ firming, skin scarring, stretch marks, cellulite, acne and global anti ageing) 
  • SMARTDiode Laser ( can be used on all skin types and tones for laser hair removal, acne treatment, Tattoo Removal and Skin resurfacing) 
  • Injectables (Dermal fillers, Anti Wrinkle Injections, Skin Boosters, Polynucleotides, REJURAN, PROFHILO, SCULPTRA, Filler Dissolving and Many more) 
  • Wellness Shots (B12 injection, Hayfever Shot) 

If you are interested in booking an appointment, you can contact the clinic by going to their website https://whyteaesthetics.com/ or Instagram @whyteaesthetics 

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

Are you hungry all the time? This could be why

 Do feel hungry all the time, even after eating?  Here are some possible causes why your hunger may be out of control and what you can do about it    

Hunger is a natural signal from your body telling you that you need nutrients and energy. However, constant hunger or HATT (hungry all the time) can be a frustrating issue for many women, but there may be other reasons at play.

‘Persistent hunger in women may be due to several different factors,’ says Rob Hobson, Registered Nutritionist and at vitamin and supplement brand Healthspan. 

‘Hormonal imbalances during the menstrual cycle and during perimenopause and menopause often lead to disrupted sleep, food cravings and ongoing tiredness.

‘Additionally, stress, anxiety, and depression significantly contribute to tiredness, worsening exhaustion, poor sleep quality and influencing the desire to eat.

‘Understanding these factors is crucial for overcoming HATT and maintaining a healthy relationship with food.’  

Reason #1 Your blood sugar levels are all over the place

A recent study (Nature Metabolism, 2021) shows that people who experience big dips in blood sugar during the day feel hungrier and eat more.

‘Diet obviously plays a key role in how frequently you feel hungry,’ says Rob.

‘Diets high in quickly digested carbohydrates low in fibre and high in sugar can cause more pronounced spikes and drops in blood sugar levels, leading to increased hunger soon after eating.’

What can you do? 

Eat complex carbohydrates such as whole grains, legumes, and vegetables, which digest slowly and provide steady energy.  

Combine complex carbohydrates with lean proteins like chicken, fish, tofu, or beans to further stabilise blood sugar and enhance satiety,’ says Rob. 

‘Protein is vital for satiety as it helps regulate the hormones that control hunger. Peptide YY is a hormone released by the gut in response to eating, and it helps to reduce appetite.’

Studies have shown that higher protein intake increases the release of PYY, which helps promote feelings of fullness and reduce subsequent food intake.  

Protein is vital for satiety as it helps regulate the hormones that control hunger

Eat a balanced meal every 3-4 hours to avoid significant drops that can lead to overeating. If you are active and require more energy, then incorporate healthy snacks between meals to sustain energy levels and prevent hunger.  

‘Chromium supplements help to manage sugar cravings by enhancing insulin sensitivity, stabilising blood sugar levels, and potentially reducing hunger and cravings,’ says Rob.

‘A study (published in  Diabetes Technology & Therapeutics, 2006) found that chromium picolinate supplementation improved glycaemic control in people with type 2 diabetes, potentially reducing cravings for high-sugar foods.’

Try: Healthspan Chromium, £17.99 for 360 tablets.

READ MORE: 5 nutritionist approved ways to manage your blood sugar levels

Reason #2 You’re not getting enough protein

‘Protein is vital for satiety as it helps regulate the hormones that control hunger,’ says Rob.

‘Peptide YY is a hormone released by the gut in response to eating, and it helps to reduce appetite.’

Studies have shown that higher protein intake increases the release of PYY, which helps promote feelings of fullness and reduce subsequent food intake.   

What can you do? 

Include some protein with every meal – e.g.: chickpeas, quinoa, lentils, tofu, organic lean meat and fish, eggs, nuts. 

Add a scoop of protein shake to your morning smoothie. 

Snack on protein rich foods – e.g.: nuts and seeds, slices of apples with nut butter, small tin of tuna, a boiled egg, to keep hunger at bay. 

Reason #3 Your diet lacks fibre

Fibre also slows the breakdown of food helping you stay fuller for longer and reducing the likelihood of overeating.

‘Fibre plays a key role in gut regulation and feelings of satiety,’ says Aimee Benbow, Nutrition Director at Viridian.

Fibre slows down digestion and absorption

‘In the UK adults are advised to consume 30g of fibre a day, but current figures suggest we are only getting around 60% (18g) of this. Fibre slows down digestion and absorption and improves insulin response to food.

‘In one study (Acta Medica, 2012) overweight individuals who consumed additional fibre (on a calorie-controlled diet) lost more weight than those who didn’t.’   

What can you do

Include more fibrous foods in your diet – e.g.: vegetables, fruit, nuts, seeds, pulses, beans, wholegrains.

Try. Viridian’s Organic Prebio Fibre Powder, 150g, £24.45.

This is FODMAP prebiotic fibre, which helps support friendly bacteria and also increases akkermansia levels. 100% active ingredients formulated by expert nutritionists. 

Try The Naked Pharmacy Metabolic Gold, £41 for 60 capsules. 

This contains bergamot fruit extract and artichoke, which are high in polyphenols, and baobab fruit (a natural prebiotic).

‘Metabolic Gold can help control fluctuations in appetite which helps to change the way your body processes fats and sugars,’ says Dimple Varu, Pharmacist and Formulator at The Naked Pharmacy.

‘This will have a direct impact on your metabolism, which in turn will boost energy levels, reduce food cravings, and support weight management.’

READ MORE: Menopause symptoms making you miserable? These natural fixes will help

Reason #4 Hormonal fluctuations

Hormonal fluctuations can significantly influence women’s hunger levels. 

‘For example, during different life stages such as menstruation, pregnancy, and menopause, hormones like oestrogen and progesterone fluctuate, impacting appetite,’ says Aimee.

‘During the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle, increased progesterone levels can stimulate appetite, making women feel hungrier.

‘Menopause also brings hormonal imbalances that can disrupt the regulation of normal appetite. The change in sex hormones during menopause can play a significant role in appetite regulation.

‘In a five-year observational study (European Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 2013) on menopausal women, it was found the desire to eat, hunger and food consumption increases during menopause.’

What can you do? 

Track your menstrual cycle to anticipate periods of heightened cravings.  

Focus on balanced meals with complex carbohydrates, lean proteins, and healthy fats to stabilise blood sugar levels and improve satiety between meals.  

Plan and prep healthy meals and snacks in advance

Protein-rich snacks can help as can focusing on key nutrients like magnesium and calcium that may help reduce PMS symptoms including food cravings. 

Plan and prep healthy meals and snacks in advance, especially before the luteal phase (second half of your cycle, after ovulation), can help you stay on track and avoid impulsive eating.

Reason #5 Lifestyle factors

A lack of sleep can disrupt the balance of hunger hormones.

A study published in the Annals of Internal Medicine demonstrated that restricted sleep increased ghrelin levels and decreased leptin levels, which was associated with increased hunger and appetite, particularly for calorie-dense foods.  Stress also plays a role in hunger levels.

‘When stressed, the body releases cortisol, a hormone that can increase appetite and lead to emotional eating,’ says Rob.

‘This type of eating is often less about physical hunger and more about seeking comfort from food. Managing sleep and stress is crucial for preventing emotional eating and overeating, which are often driven by disruptions in hunger hormones like ghrelin and leptin.’   

What can you do? 

Aim for 7-9 hours of quality sleep per night to regulate ghrelin, the hunger hormone, and leptin, the satiety hormone, to reduce cravings. Maintain a consistent sleep schedule, create a restful environment, avoid caffeine, and heavy meals before bedtime, and adopt a relaxing pre-sleep routine, such as reading or taking a warm bath. 

‘Effective stress management can help manage cortisol levels and may help to reduce emotional eating,’ says Rob.

 ‘Try incorporating mindfulness meditation, yoga, or deep breathing exercises into your daily routine to manage stress. Regular physical activity can also help reduce stress and improve mood through the release of endorphins.

READ MORE: A psychologist’s guide to coping with stress

Reason #6 You’re an emotional eater 

Emotional well-being significantly impacts hunger and eating patterns. Stress, low mood, and hormonal changes can also impact your appetite and trigger those hunger cravings which may cause you to reach for the junk food.

‘If you’re experiencing anxiety, depression, or other emotional distress, this means you’re more likely to turn to food for comfort, leading to increased hunger and overeating,’ says Rob.

‘Emotional eating can become a coping mechanism for dealing with stress, sadness, or boredom, further complicating hunger management.’  

What can you do? 

Find ways to manage your emotions better. You overeat as a way of coping with negative emotions such as sadness, anger, frustration, or depression. 

Start by identifying triggers, such as stress, boredom, or sadness, that lead to emotional eating. Keep a food diary to track what you eat and how you feel at the time, which can help pinpoint patterns.  

Implement stress management techniques like mindfulness meditation, deep breathing exercises, or yoga to reduce stress and emotional triggers.

it was found that taking saffron supplements for eight weeks resulted in less snacking

Establishing healthier coping mechanisms is also important so instead of reaching for food, engage in activities that you enjoy and that distract you from emotional triggers. For example, instead of eating – go for a walk, talk to a friend, listen to music, take a yoga class etc. 

Seek professional help – e.g.: counselling, hypnotherapy, psychotherapy, or cognitive behavioural therapy. 

Take a saffron supplement.

‘Saffron, a valuable spice from the middle east, has been studied as a potential treatment for stress and emotional related overeating,’ says Aimee.

‘In one study (Nutrition Research, 2010) on overweight women, it was found that taking saffron supplements for eight weeks resulted in less snacking and significantly decreased body weight, compared to the placebo group.

‘The researchers concluded that saffron produces a reduction in snacking and creates a satiating effect that may contribute to weight loss.’

Try: Healthspan Saffron, £17.49 for 60 (30mg) capsules. 

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

Discover the Secrets of Longevity in Sardinia: A Blue Zone Paradise 

Sardinia – from the food, to the lifestyle of locals, here’s why it’s one of the healthiest places in the world. Anna Sheehy reports on her trip to the Blue Zone Paradise 

Nestled in the heart of the Mediterranean, Sardinia is more than just a picturesque island with stunning beaches and vibrant culture.  

This enchanting island is one of the world’s five Blue Zones, which are regions where people live significantly longer and healthier lives.  

this beautiful Italian island is only a two hour flight from London

With its breathtaking landscapes, rich cultural heritage, and an emphasis on wellness, Sardinia offers an idyllic escape for those seeking to rejuvenate their mind, body, and soul.  

Believe it or not, this beautiful Italian island is only a two hour flight from London.  

Central to this experience are the luxurious Delphina Hotels & Resorts, which offer an unparalleled blend of relaxation, thalassotherapy spas, and the exquisite flavours of the Mediterranean diet. 

READ MORE: Nature Beckons – a memorable stay at Killeavy Castle Estate Hotel and Spa

The Blue Zone Phenomenon 

Sardinia is renowned for its extraordinary number of centenarians. As seen on the Netflix series Live to 100: Secrets of the Blue Zones, researchers have identified several factors contributing to this remarkable longevity, including a healthy diet, active lifestyle, strong family ties, and a supportive community.

Sardinia is renowned for its extraordinary number of centenarians

The Mediterranean diet, in particular, plays a pivotal role, emphasising fresh, local ingredients and balanced nutrition – something I had the pleasure of indulging in every step of the way. 

Delphina Hotels: A Gateway to Wellness 

Delphina Hotels & Resorts boast a collection of luxury accommodations in northern Sardinia called Gallura, which provides the perfect setting for immersing oneself in the island’s Blue Zone lifestyle.  

Known for their commitment to eco-sustainability and authentic Sardinian hospitality, Delphina offer guests an unparalleled blend of comfort, culture, and wellness.  

The hotels were like anything I’ve ever experienced – with rooms to accommodate singles, couples, families, or even the girls trip that finally made it out of the group chat.  

Thalassotherapy Spas: Healing by the Sea 

One of the highlights of staying at a Delphina hotel is experiencing their world-class thalassotherapy spas. Thalassotherapy, derived from the Greek word ‘thalassa’ meaning sea, utilises  the actual seawater and marine products for its therapeutic benefits.  

The thalassotherapy spas at Delphina harness the healing properties of the Mediterranean Sea, offering treatments designed to detoxify, rejuvenate, and revitalise the body.  

As I climbed into the pool for my treatment, I was hesitant at what this treatment may actually provide, as it’s nothing like your typical ‘lay on the bed for an hour’ massage. However, I was pleasantly surprised at how relaxing the treatment was.  

The thalassotherapy spas at Delphina harness the healing properties of the Mediterranean Sea

Just be warned – you may fall asleep due to extreme and utter zen. The serene ambiance, coupled with the skilled hands of professional a therapist, ensured a holistic wellness experience that left me feeling renewed and invigorated. 

Guests can indulge in a variety of treatments other than Thalassotherapy, including seawater hydrotherapy, algae wraps, and marine mud baths. These therapies are known to improve circulation, reduce stress, and alleviate various ailments such as arthritis and skin conditions. 

READ MORE: Sunscreen, redness & vitamin D – 12 surprising facts about the sun and your skin

The Mediterranean Diet: A Blueprint for Health 

The Mediterranean diet is celebrated worldwide for its health benefits and is a cornerstone of the Sardinian way of life. This diet emphasises fresh, seasonal produce, whole grains, lean proteins, and healthy fats, primarily from olive oil.  

It also includes moderate consumption of wine, particularly red wine, which is rich in antioxidants. So of course I had to try it! 

Why the Mediterranean Diet is Healthy: 

Rich in Nutrients: The Mediterranean diet is abundant in fruits, vegetables, legumes, nuts, and seeds, providing essential vitamins, minerals, and fiber. These nutrients are crucial for maintaining overall health and preventing chronic diseases.

Healthy Fats: Olive oil, a staple in the Mediterranean diet, is a source of monounsaturated fats that help reduce bad cholesterol levels and lower the risk of heart disease. The diet also includes fatty fish, rich in omega-3 fatty acids, which support heart health and reduce inflammation.

Antioxidant Properties: The diet’s emphasis on plant-based foods ensures a high intake of antioxidants, which protect the body from oxidative stress and reduce the risk of chronic diseases such as cancer and Alzheimer’s.

Balanced and Sustainable: The Mediterranean diet is not only healthy but also sustainable, focusing on locally sourced, seasonal ingredients. This approach supports local agriculture and reduces the environmental impact associated with food production.

READ MORE: 8 easy ways to get the Mediterranean diet into your life

A Taste of Sardinia: Capichera Winery 

No healthy lifestyle is well-rounded without balance, just as no visit to Sardinia is complete without experiencing its exquisite wines. Located near the Delphina hotels, Capichera Winery is a testament to the island’s rich winemaking tradition.  

This family-owned winery is renowned for producing some of Sardinia’s finest wines, particularly its exceptional Vermentino and Carignano varieties. 

The winery’s commitment to quality and tradition is evident in every bottle – which I gladly purchased one to take home with to prove to my friends and family. I would highly recommend adding this to your itinerary to fully immerse yourself in the Sardinian way.  

Embrace the Sardinian Way of Life 

Sardinia’s status as a Blue Zone offers valuable insights into the secrets of longevity and wellness.

Sardinia and Delphina Hotels offer a unique blend of luxury and well-being

By embracing the principles of the Mediterranean diet, indulging in the therapeutic benefits of thalassotherapy, and savouring the island’s exceptional wines, visitors can experience a taste of the Sardinian way of life. 

Whether you’re seeking relaxation, adventure, or a deeper connection with nature, Sardinia and Delphina Hotels offer a unique blend of luxury and well-being. 

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

The new 50’s – Healthista

The New 50’s

Turning 50 certainly feels like a milestone, but somehow less dauting that it might have felt to the generation before, as we have more access to pioneering ways that we can move better, balance our hormones, get glowy skin and calm our minds. As our life becomes more challenging in our 50’s, we are pulled in different directions, as we balance looking after teenagers and elderly parents, our needs can easily get left behind.

 

My little black book of the best things that can take us through this decade, with more ease and have my stamp of approval:

 

+ Movement

Longer and leaner limbs during our 50s take a little more work and consistency. Louisa Drake, celebrity trainer has created her clever Invisible Reformer offering, which democratises reformer Pilates allowing us all to reap the benefits. The Invisible Reformer Workout wraps around her signature Invisible Reformer kit, which includes gliders, a mini stability ball, and various resistance bands to replicate the effects of a traditional Reformer workout. This makes it ideal for those who are busy and want to fit it into a busy life. The programme includes the best Pilates moves adapted for the mat, providing a safe, comprehensive, low-impact workout that builds strength, stability, and flexibility. Despite seeming like a much simpler workout, Louisa guarantees it’s just as challenging.

Check out – www.louisadrake.com

 

Read

Making simple changes to our nutrition during my 50’s, is a focus for me. Dr Federica Amati Head nutritionist at ZOE, and author of Recipes for a better menopause give us delicious, science backed dishes, created by award winning chef, Jane Baxter. Together they give us Mediterranean-style recipes, which are packed with nutrients, protein and essential vitamins to allow us to thrive when we need them most, so we can ensure that our 50’s are our strongest, healthiest decade.

 

Buy Now > www.waterstones.com

 

+ Hair health

I’ve been a long-term fan of CALECIM® Professional, for many of us loosing hair during our midlife, this technology works wonders. Leading doctors, Dr Munir and Dr Tapan use this in clinic; however, the at-home treatment gives exceptional results as it breathes life back into the hair follicles in just six weeks, but continued maintenance is required. CALECIM® Professional works by harnessing the power of stem cell extracts to send cellular messages direct to hair follicle cells, leading to a healthy scalp and an ideal environment for thick, healthy hair. Simply use the Advanced Hair System and derma stamp tool combined make an easy and effective hair loss treatment and feel your hair density and quality improve.

 

+ Mind

After practicing yoga for many years, I have now added self-hypnosis to my wellness habits, using it specifically to help me drift off to sleep. Before bed, I turn to trusted self- hypnosis app reveri, which has been created and curated by Stanford’s head of Psychiatry, Dr David Spiegel. His trailblazing, science approved, self-hypnosis app, offers a series of interactive and guided hypnosis sessions to suit your needs. This ground-breaking app, is designed to strengthen the connection between mind and body, allowing us to re-wire the way the brain thinks and responds, promoting positive sustainable changes, enabling us to overcome insomnia, anxiety, stress, worries, fears, and trauma. Dr Spiegel’s calming voice, combined with his knowledge around Self-hypnosis (which he has been using in clinic since the 1960s) has resulted in a stand-out offering that is set to help people live to their optimum, with zero side effects. This can change our neurological pathways in ways that meditation cannot.

 

 

Download Now > www.reveri.com

 

+ Skin

 

Dr Surbhi

For a grownup glow-up, I turn to the meticulous Dr Surbhi on Wimpole Street (expect Chanel muses to be exiting as you enter) she gives you gorgeous, expensive skin as she layers the best treatments for your skins needs. For many years now, I have been a fan of regenerative methods to get our skin looking its best. It makes sense, that by signalling our cells to behave youthfully, we gain a natural ethereal glow that is unsurpassable. Her new toy, the Rexonage3, ticks all of the boxes. By targeting the base layer of the dermis, where adult stem cells reside, it prompts the reorganisation of collagen and elastin, crucial proteins for tissue rejuvenation.

 

This is the only device on the market that can improve collagen and elastin, without the use of heat but instead harnesses the power of ‘Quantum Molecular Resonance’ – this is where we are able to manipulate energy in the form of frequency, so that it can interact with our biological tissue. Unlike other devices, it targets ‘molecular resonant’ energy of the cell, triggering impressive cell regeneration, without thermal damage.  In a nutshell – this clever Italian technology is able to access the cells metabolism through its synergistic action. QMR is a one of its kind technologies, that delivers packets of energy to the human cells, stimulating their regenerative process.

 

As we age (from around 25 years old), the structural proteins in the dermis, mainly collagen and elastin, begin to slow down. These proteins act as a ‘scaffold’ supporting the structures of the skin. Their abundance in young skin determines its tone, structure, and elasticity.  With ageing, the protein content tends to decline, and this is due to the all-important ‘cell metabolism’, particularly fibroblasts. The Rexonage3 accelerates the cell metabolism, supercharging it to trick more mature skin, into believing it’s younger. Your pores will vanish, skin will tighten, and collagen will be boosted.

 

Shop now > www.cosderm.co.uk

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

Calorie Deficit – how to gradually reduce calories for weight loss

Looking to lose weight? You need to be in a Calorie Deficit. Instagram fitness sensation Courtney Black  (@courtneydblack) shares her tips on how to gradually reduce calories for weight loss 

A calorie deficit simply means consuming LESS calories (via food) than you burn in exercise and general daily movement. This process (when done safely and correctly) is how your body can reduce weight over a period of time.

Your daily calorie intake is personal to you and is based on your height, weight, goal and activity level. Cutting too many calories from our diet too quickly, can work against us and cause our progress to decline and plateau.

You can work out your maintenance calories using an online tool

This is due to our bodies using physiological defences to intervene and slow down the weight loss process to prevent famine and starvation. This is why it is so important, before you create a calorie deficit, to know and understand your maintenance calories.  This is quite simply the amount of calories to support energy expenditure (i.e. so your weight remains the same).

You can work out your maintenance calories using an online tool or The Courtney Black Fitness App does this (along with your required deficit amount) for you.

READ MORE: Gut Health & The Microbiome: The Nutritionist’s Guide – Part ONE

When it comes to making a calorie deficit easier, there are a few easy tips you can follow…

Calorie Deficit Tip #1 Your deficit can be anywhere between 100 to 500 calories per day

Again this is very personal to you and your maintenance. The easiest thing to do when calculating your deficit is to add up your weekly calories rather than a specific day.

if your deficit is 500 calories a day, this would equal to 3500 a week

For example if your deficit is 500 calories a day, this would equal to 3500 a week. This allows you to be flexible with your target even on weekends and the days you may feel hungrier than others.

Calorie Deficit Tip #2 Focus on HIGH VOLUME foods

Fill your plate with foods that will leave you feeling fuller for longer, i.e. chicken, prawns, oats, berries, spinach, broccoli are all good examples.

Rather than a specific daily calorie target, give yourself a range based on your weekly goal. For example if your goal is to eat 2000 calories a day,  set yourself a daily range between 1900 – 2100, this will allow for days where you feel more or less hungry and allow a little more flexibility.

READ MORE: HIIT or Quit? Why the well-known HIIT workout is falling out of favour

Calorie Deficit Tip #3 Find easy ways to increase your activity gradually

Walking is an amazing place to start. Walking 10,000 steps a day can burn up to 500 calories. 500 x 7 = 3500 calories per week. This is an easy way to create a calorie deficit without even changing your diet.

There are 3500 calories in one pound of body fat, therefore burning 3500 calories per week will result in a 1lb weight loss and that is just from the extra steps!

burning 3500 calories per week will result in a 1lb weight loss

Calorie Deficit Tip #4 Remember, a calorie deficit is not easy

It takes time, patience and consistency. Be kind to yourself and go at your own pace, drastic measures will only lead to a plateau and disappointment.

Find foods and recipes that you enjoy and do not beat yourself up if you slip up from time to time. You can always get back on track and continue to smash your goals!

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

5 tips this happiness guru wants you to know about

Find yourself in a slump or bombarded with negative thoughts? Founder of The Happy News, Emily Coxhead reveals five tips on how to be happier

Firstly, there is no simple way ‘to be happier’, happiness doesn’t come from one particular place or person or thing (although, cups of tea and lying on a beach would definitely be top of the list for me).

We need to try and steer away from this idea that after our next holiday, pay-rise, new purchase we will be happier because if there is an underlying problem, niggling thought or feeling or generally just a reason to be unhappy then that will still be there no matter how much stuff gets in the way.

we can’t wake up one morning worry and stress-free, that is not how the world works

Of course, it’s not as easy as finding total peace and happiness in yourself, we can’t wake up one morning worry and stress-free, that is not how the world works.

What we can do is try to understand the underlying issues and try to build our own strength and resilience so we can firstly recognise our thoughts and feelings, but then also try to understand and work through them whether that’s writing them down or talking to somebody you trust.

It can be incredibly important and helpful if you’re able to share the load and just take away a bit of the weight you’re carrying around.

Here are five very basic tips which may help you find a little happiness now or later down the line…

How to be happier tip #1 Be mindful about what you’re consuming

Especially now more than ever we are constantly bombarded with terrifying headlines and statistics not to mention scrolling through social media looking for glimpses of positivity and often being met with a whole heap of negativity, comparing and not feeling good enough.

Know that it’s okay to turn off news notifications if you’re feeling overwhelmed, it’s also absolutely okay to unfollow or ‘mute’ people on social media who aren’t making you feel good.

In the same way that you have (or should have) control over who you have around you in real life you also must apply this to the ‘virtual world’ too.

How to be happier tip #2 You cannot please all of the people all of the time

I get it, it’s not as simple as just shrugging off your boss’s comments or not taking to heart something a friend has said, these are all very normal situations which we can often find difficult to process.

However, as you go through life there will be many people who come and go and the truth is that you just cannot and will not please all of the people all of the time, this is something people say to me a lot, it’s one of my Dad’s favourite sayings but it’s still something I have to remind myself of constantly.

you just cannot and will not please all of the people all of the time

I think once you can realise and admit that there are certain things or ways or traits that some people simply just won’t like or understand about you then it makes it slightly easier to process if you do lose contact with somebody whether that’s gradually or suddenly.

Talking to people is so important and a huge way we figure things out and move through sticky situations even if it’s really difficult to do so.

However, sometimes it just doesn’t work out and that may not be anything specifically to do with either person and is likely to be totally out of your control.

How to be happier tip #3 Find stuff or people that make you happy

We can quickly and often unknowingly get trapped in these ideas of what should make us happy or what makes our friend or partner happy and it’s really important to sometimes step back and think about what makes you happy, when was the last time you did something just for you?

Whether it’s swimming or baking or running or painting, whatever brings you a little happiness, do more of that.

READ MORE: Mental health fixes – 13 women share what makes them happy

How to be happier tip #4 Embrace what makes you… well, you!

We live in a world which unfortunately isn’t always designed to make us happy, it’s far quicker to point out our flaws – that we should have less wrinkly skin, fewer stretch marks or shinier hair.

Every little bit of us is what makes us who we are and tells our story and makes us different to the next person, it’s not always easy but we should be SO proud of that.

Change doesn’t need to be ground-breaking or news-worthy, often the smallest of things have a positive difference

Our body is the most incredible thing and looks after us in ways we can’t comprehend at times, we shouldn’t be constantly berating it or considering how it could be or look better.

We would never do that with our mum or our friends so why do we do it to ourselves?

How to be happier tip #5 Be the change

I know we hear this a lot; ‘be the change you wish to see’ but it’s such a simple message which I think every single one of us could get on board with.

be the change you wish to see

What would make the world a better place? I can think for one, if we were all a tiny bit kinder to ourselves and others it would make a huge difference.

There are so many very small things we could do which would make a big impact if more of us did them; from picking up pieces of litter, writing to our grandparents or friends we haven’t seen for ages or buying a colleague their favourite chocolate bar.

Change doesn’t need to be ground-breaking or news-worthy, often the smallest of things have a positive difference far greater than you will realise, it makes you feel good, it makes the other person feel good and it has a ripple effect even further than that.

You Are Incredible Just As You Are: How To Embrace Your Perfectly Imperfect Self by Emily Coxhead is available to buy on Amazon in the US and in the UK. 

Subscribe to The Happy News, for every 2 newspapers we send to subscribers we will send one to a school in the UK so children can hear about the good things going on in the world.

 

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

Boost Your Fitness Goals with Tri Active Protein

Boost Your Fitness Goals with Tri Active Protein from Holland & Barrett

When it comes to fitness and achieving your workout goals, nutrition plays a vital role. Whether you’re looking to build muscle, recover faster, or simply maintain a balanced lifestyle, incorporating the right protein supplements into your routine can make a world of difference. One product range that stands out is Tri Active Protein from Holland & Barrett.

What Makes Tri Active Protein Unique

Tri Active Protein is more than just your average protein powder or bar. Designed to deliver high-quality nutrition, it features a blend of three key protein sources—whey, casein, and plant-based proteins—ensuring a sustained release of amino acids throughout the day. This makes it perfect for:

  • Post-workout recovery: Speed up muscle repair after intense sessions.
  • Meal supplementation: Support your daily protein intake with ease.
  • On-the-go energy: Convenient protein bars for busy lifestyles.

Why Choose Tri Active Protein

  • High Protein Content: Each serving of the protein powder contains around 20-25g of protein, depending on the flavour, making it ideal for muscle recovery and growth.
  • Low Sugar Options: Many products in the range are low in sugar, so you can focus on fuelling your body without unnecessary calories.
  • Great Taste: Available in flavours like chocolate, vanilla, and strawberry, you don’t have to compromise on taste.
  • Convenient Bars: The Tri Active Protein Bars are perfect for keeping in your gym bag or as a quick snack during the day.

Recommended Products

Here are some must-try options from the range:

  • Tri Active Protein Powder: Mix it with water, milk, or add it to your smoothie for a delicious protein boost.
  • Tri Active Protein Bars: Perfect for when you’re on the move, these bars are packed with protein to keep you energised and satisfied.
  • Tri Active Bundle Packs: For those committed to their fitness goals, Holland & Barrett often offers bundle deals on the range—keep an eye out for special offers.

How to Incorporate Tri Active Protein

  1. Post-Workout Recovery: Mix a scoop of Tri Active Protein Powder with water or milk within 30 minutes of your workout.
  2. Midday Snack: Grab a Tri Active Protein Bar to stay energised and avoid afternoon slumps.
  3. Breakfast Boost: Blend a scoop of protein powder into your morning smoothie for a satisfying, nutritious start to your day.

Where to Buy

You can find the full Tri Active Protein range at Holland & Barrett stores or online. Their website often features exclusive discounts and multi-buy offers, so stocking up on your favourites has never been easier.

Final Thoughts

If you’re serious about your fitness journey and want a reliable protein source that fits seamlessly into your lifestyle, Tri Active Protein from Holland & Barrett is a fantastic choice. With its superior blend of proteins, great taste, and convenience, it’s a win-win for anyone looking to level up their nutrition game.

Make your workouts count—try Tri Active Protein today and feel the difference!

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

Eczema Elimination Diet: Should You Try It?

Eczema Elimination Diet: What Research Shows

About one-third to two-thirds of children with moderate to severe eczema also have a food allergy, suggesting a link between food and eczema. But food and food allergies are rarely the root cause of eczema.

[5]

[6]

Still, many people who wonder whether their diet affects their skin turn to elimination diets to see whether a particular food is to blame. Research has examined whether it’s an effective strategy for reducing symptoms or flares.

[6]

One research review that included data from nearly 600 people who participated in randomized controlled trials found that dietary elimination led to slight improvements in eczema severity for people with mild to moderate eczema, but the certainty of the evidence was low. Fifty percent of those who eliminated foods saw improvement, compared with 41 percent of those who ate their usual diet.

[4]

Those findings seem to promote elimination diets as beneficial for those with eczema, but they should be taken with a grain of salt.

“The study found that while elimination diets may help some patients, the risks of elimination diets may outweigh the potential benefit,” says Alice Hoyt, MD, a food allergist with Hoyt Institute of Food Allergy in Metairie, Louisiana, who was not involved with the study.

[4]

An article from the American Academy of Allergy, Asthma & Immunology and the American College of Allergy, Asthma and Immunology Joint Task Force argued that this review’s data analysis showed that most people who try an elimination diet would see little to no benefit. They also noted that avoiding the potential harms related to the diet, like the development of a new food allergy, were something that most people with eczema would want to prioritize.

[7]

It’s also possible that you may be incorrectly attributing eczema symptoms to food. The authors of another research review wrote that elimination diets frequently cause inaccurate identifications of food allergies, which in turn lead to unnecessary testing, referrals to new doctors, and changes to diet, while neglecting the basics of eczema treatment. Researchers argued that instead, certain foods or dietary supplements might be added to the diet to help manage atopic dermatitis.

[8]

Parisian Osteopath and Founder of Four Mama’s Olivia de Maigret shares why Pelvic health is instrumental to good health…

Parisian Osteopath and Founder of Four Mama’s Olivia de Maigret shares why Pelvic health is instrumental to good health…

 

Lets talk about pelvic health which according to Olivia de Maigret, Paris-trained osteopath and Co-Founder of Four Mamas, is key to our wellbeing. 

 

In fact, Olivia says your pelvis is almost your body’s foundation- and when it’s not happy, nothing works quite right, including bladder issues, pain, pressure, even problems in your sexual wellness. In fact, up to 1 in 4 women deal with some kind of pelvic floor disorder.

 

So, what is the pelvic floor?

 

Imagine a little muscular hammock stretching across the bottom of your pelvis, made up of 26 muscles that connect from your pubic bone to your tailbone, that’s your pelvic floor. It keeps your organs in place, helps control your bladder and bowels, and plays a huge role if you ever give birth. These muscles can be strong, weak, too tight, too loose and any imbalance can cause all sorts of issues.

 

And guess what? Women are especially prone to pelvic health challenges as the female body has a narrower pelvis and life events such as pregnancy, childbirth, and hormonal shifts can really shake things up.

 

Olivia tells me that the pelvis for a woman is what a healthy microbiome is for glowing skin. It’s the base, the center, the quiet powerhouse behind everything from fertility to digestion.

 

Modern life isn’t helping as we tend to sit all day- at your desk before moving sitting on the tube and then we flop onto the sofa – our pelvis does not like this as sitting stiffens up your pelvis and reduces mobility, which is bad for your posture, digestion and fertility.

 

There are  lots of things that you can do to turn things around. 

 

Olivia has shared her go-to tips for a healthier pelvis:

  1. Move Your Hips
    Dancing, walking, stretching all help get your pelvis more flexible as well as keeping blood flowing to those tissues. Dancing is especially positive for the pelvis as it relaxes the entire system- it’s fun, free, and keeps the pelvic area supple. It’s  also a great mood booster.

 

  1. Don’t Ignore your mind 

Pelvic health isn’t just physical. Emotional stress and conditions like endometriosis or fibroids can create imbalances that show up physically. Olivia believes prepping for fertility or pregnancy is as much about mental strength as it is about physical.

 

  1. Know Your Floor


A strong pelvic floor doesn’t mean tight. It’s about flexibility and control. A lot of women unknowingly push down instead of contracting properly which can lead to pain or leakage. Learning how to actually use those muscles is a game changer. 

  1. Stop Holding It In


Forget the myth that holding your pee strengthens your pelvic floor. It doesn’t. In fact, it can cause tension and other problems. Your pelvic floor should contract and relax naturally- not stay clenched like a fist all day.

Your pelvis is not just some behind-the-scenes body part. It’s your foundation, your core, and holds so much of your health together. From better posture and digestion to pain relief and even improved intimacy, taking care of your pelvic floor can change the way you feel every single day. With a little awareness and a few simple habits- like moving your hips, checking in with your mental health, and learning how to really use those deep core muscles, you can reconnect with your body in a powerful way. As Olivia reminds us, when your pelvis is happy, everything else falls into place.

Website: Four Mamas
Instagram: f_ourmamas

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

How to Make the Healthiest Dense Bean Salad, According to Dietitians

TikTok food fads come and go, but dense bean salads prove that with the right ingredients, even a recipe concept with a hashtag (#densebeansalads) and a catchy nickname (DBS) can keep trending.

What sets dense bean salads apart is that they have all the elements of a balanced meal without requiring a lot of effort. “They’re incredibly easy to make because they don’t require any cooking. All you need to do is pop open a few cans of beans, rinse them, chop a few veggies, combine them in a bowl, and add dressing,” says Frances Largeman-Roth, RDN, author of the book Everyday Snack Tray.

[1]

The dense bean salad trend went viral a few years back thanks to TikTok creator Violet Witchel, but since then home cooks have made this endlessly adaptable concept their own. The beauty of a DBS is that you can customize it to your liking.

[2]

What Exactly Is a Dense Bean Salad?

Dense bean salads obviously feature beans or other legumes, plus other components chopped to a bean-like size if necessary.

Unlike a leafy green salad, dense bean salads hold up well in the refrigerator and get better as they sit and the ingredients soak up the dressing.

Dense bean salads usually contain:

  • Beans, such as black, garbanzo, cannellini, and pinto
  • Crunchy, hearty vegetables, including bell peppers, cucumbers, corn, or cherry tomatoes
  • Fresh herbs like parsley, basil, dill, cilantro, or mint
  • Olives, nuts, or seeds
  • Whole grains, such as brown rice, farro, or quinoa
  • Alliums, like garlic, red onion, or shallots
  • Homemade dressing, often made with olive oil, vinegar, and seasonings
  • Cheese, like grated Parmesan or crumbled feta (optional)
  • Meat, like rotisserie chicken or diced deli meat (optional)

Benefits of Dense Bean Salads

There are many reasons for the ongoing popularity of DBS, including healthfulness, convenience, and affordability.

They’re Loaded With Protein and Fiber

“Beans are one of the most underrated foods in the store for so many reasons. With so much buzz around protein, and hopefully fiber (thanks to fibermaxxing), beans have it all,” says Bonnie Taub-Dix, RDN, author of Read It Before You Eat It — Taking You From Label to Table

Because only about 5 percent of Americans meet the daily recommendation of 25 grams (g) of fiber, dense bean salads can help fill that gap. For example, a serving (100 g) of chickpeas provides 7 g of protein and nearly 6 g of fiber.

[3]

[4]

They’re Filled With Antioxidant-Rich Vegetables and Herbs

No matter the time of year, DBS gives you the opportunity to fill your bowl with a variety of seasonal produce. In the spring, you can load your DBS with peas and asparagus; summer brings corn and bell peppers; in the fall and winter, you can roast heartier greens like Brussels sprouts and squash like butternut, acorn, and delicata for a baked DBS.

[6]

They Can Be Prepped in Advance

Most salads can’t be prepared ahead of time because the delicate greens wilt and can turn brown, but DBS can generally last about four days in the fridge, Largeman-Roth says.

This make-ahead quality means you can have a dense bean salad ready to go as a side dish for busy nights. Or you can turn it into a main course by adding tuna, chicken, or tofu, Largeman-Roth suggests.

They’re Economical

Canned beans are one of the most budget-friendly protein sources. Plus, because dense bean salads are so adaptable you can throw in whatever produce you have in your crisper; you won’t necessarily need to buy a specific ingredient. Not only will this save you money, you’ll also reduce food waste, Taub-Dix says.

How to Make a Healthy Dense Bean Salad at Home

The recipe below for a black bean and corn salad shows how one great DBS comes together. But you can also improvise your own nutritious DBS by following the tips here.

  • Make your own salad dressing. Instead of opting for store-bought versions that can contain sweeteners, preservatives, and saturated fats, try combining extra-virgin olive oil with some apple cider vinegar or fresh citrus juice, and (if you like) a touch of honey. If you prefer a creamy dressing, make your own using low-fat Greek yogurt and spices and herbs.
  • Add crunchy toppings, like roasted chickpeas or edamame. Avoid croutons, tortilla strips, or bacon bits, which are high in sodium and saturated fat, Taub-Dix says.
  • Use high-calorie ingredients with restraint. A sprinkling of sliced almonds or chopped pecans can add great texture and healthy fats to a DBS, but you want to be mindful about the amount to avoid excess calories, Taub-Dix says.

How food based supplements are improving my gut health + giving my brain a boost

How food based supplements are improving my gut health + giving my brain a boost

As I move towards food based supplements I have seen a significant improvement in my gut health and radical cognitive improvement. 

My two favourites include Indi supplements and newly launched prebiotic NEWROAD 30 which has been meticulously formulated by husband and wife team Catherine Hurley Arbibe and Alain Arbibe and could just be the most aesthetically pleasing supplement on my shelf. With sustainable and organic status I know I am in good hands. Food state supplements will become the norm but right now they are rarer to find but worth investing in.

 

NEWROAD 30 provides a delicious way to elevate your gut health. Giving you your 30 plants a week (science is pointing to this being the magic number to achieve good gut health) this delicious purple powder contains 30 organic fruits, vegetables, and pulses, designed to support gut health and overall wellness. Each ingredient has been selected for its high fibre, prebiotic, and polyphenol content- key elements for a flourishing gut microbiome. NEWROAD 30 is easy to add into your daily routine- just scoop it into smoothies, stir it into your breakfast, or mix it with water (hot or cold) for a quick, nutritious boost. I tend to take it at 4pm as it curbs my sugar and carb cravings.

 

Available from: £59.00 for a one off box or £48 as a monthly subscription
Website: www.newroad.life
Instagram: newroad_30

 

INDI MIND is something I take for a brain boost. 

Indi have been a favourite for mine for a few years now,  I especially like Indi Mind.   It’s chocolatey and smooth and contains a potent blend of natural nootropics, known as ‘smart drugs’. These include Guarana, Bacopa Monnieri, L-tyrosine and Rhodiola Root. As i went into mid life i had to ditch the coffee and Indi Mind helps me feel more alert and energised throughout the day without disrupting my sleep. 

 

Indi Mind offers an alternative, long lasting and natural daily stimulant. Guarana gets to work to provide slow-release caffeine for sustained concentration; proven to work within 15 minutes and lasting for up to 4 hours. Knowing how much caffeine is in your coffee can also fluctuate dramatically, with an average cup containing 95 mg of caffeine but with some drinks reaching over 500 mg. This plant-based supplement will boost cognitive function and is designed to tackle fatigue, focus the mind and banish brain fog. It’s hard-working ingredients also have long-term benefits proven to combat neurodegenerative decline particularly with regards to memory and reducing the risk of developing dementia and Alzheimer’s. A big tick from me.

 

Available from: £45

Website: indisupplements.com

Instagram: indisupplements

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

What It Is, Function, Anatomy, and Diseases

With the right hormone balance, our bodies thrive. But sometimes our endocrine system creates too much or not enough of one of several hormones.

There are many reasons why this might happen. Endocrine gland dysfunction, family history of endocrine disease, stress, autoimmune conditions, and tumors can all disrupt hormone production and regulation, Zilbermint says.

There are hundreds of conditions tied to the endocrine system. Here are some of the more common ones.

[3]

 

Diabetes

Diabetes occurs when your blood sugar is too high. It happens when your pancreas doesn’t make enough (or any) insulin or doesn’t respond to the effects of insulin the way it should. As a result, your body doesn’t get enough insulin, and sugar builds up in your bloodstream instead of traveling to your cells to be used for energy.

[36]

There are three common types of diabetes.

[36]

Related: Get 388win app, and claim daily bonus now!

  • Type 1 Diabetes If you have type 1 diabetes, your body is unable to make the insulin it needs to move glucose into your cells. This occurs because the immune system mistakenly destroys the cells in the pancreas that make insulin. Type 1 diabetes is an autoimmune condition and must be treated with insulin daily.
  • Type 2 Diabetes In type 2 diabetes, your body is unable to properly use the insulin your pancreas makes. It’s the most common type of diabetes and can appear at any age. Type 2 diabetes tends to occur in people with overweight or obesity and a family history of the disease. It can sometimes be managed with medications and lifestyle changes like a healthy diet and regular exercise. Sometimes it requires treatment with insulin.
  • Gestational Diabetes This type of diabetes develops only during pregnancy. It occurs when your body is unable to meet your increased demands for insulin. Gestational diabetes can often be treated with medications and lifestyle changes, but sometimes requires insulin.

Thyroid Disease

Thyroid disease is an umbrella term for medical conditions that develop when the thyroid makes too much or too few hormones.

[37]

 

There are two main types of thyroid disease. They are:

  • Hyperthyroidism Hyperthyroidism, also called overactive thyroid, happens when the thyroid releases too much thyroid hormone, causing your metabolism to speed up. This leads to symptoms such as increased sweating, shakiness, anxiety, unexplained weight loss, rapid heart rate, diarrhea, and difficulty sleeping (insomnia). The condition can be treated with medications, and, occasionally, surgery.

    [38]

     

  • Hypothyroidism Hypothyroidism, also called underactive thyroid, occurs when the thyroid doesn’t release enough thyroid hormone. This causes your metabolism to slow down, leading to unexplained weight gain, fatigue, brain fog, depression, anxiety, muscle weakness, and cold intolerance. The condition is usually treated with medication to replace your natural thyroid hormones.

    [39]

     

Cushing Syndrome

Cushing syndrome (hypercortisolism) occurs when the body has too much of the stress hormone cortisol. While rare, Cushing syndrome most commonly affects children, teenagers, and adults between ages 25 and 50. It can be caused by glucocorticoid medications (which are used to treat autoimmune diseases) or tumors in the endocrine glands.

[40]

 

Addison’s Disease 

Addison’s disease, also called adrenal insufficiency, is a rare disease that happens when the adrenal glands become damaged, often due to an autoimmune disease. This damage impacts the adrenal glands’ ability to make cortisol and aldosterone, causing symptoms such as fatigue, weight loss, low blood pressure, low blood sugar, muscle and joint pain, nausea, and irritability.

[41]

 

Polyendocrine Metabolic Ovarian Syndrome

Polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome (PMOS) — formerly known as polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) — occurs when the ovaries produce high amounts of androgens, which include male sex hormones like testosterone. This causes the female reproductive hormones to become imbalanced, leading to irregular menstrual cycles, missed periods, and even infertility. PMOS is also associated with insulin resistance (when the body doesn’t respond to insulin the way it should) and obesity.

[42]

 

[Note: Following a May 2026 global consensus process, polycystic ovary syndrome is now officially called polyendocrine metabolic ovarian syndrome to highlight the metabolic roots of the condition.]

A good eye cream really help you avoid eyelid surgery? New science points to yes

For many of us, the delicate skin around the eyes is the first place to show signs of ageing – fine lines, crepey texture and sagging that can eventually lead to consideration of eyelid surgery (blepharoplasty). But what if the right eye cream could actually help prevent that loose, droopy skin from developing in the first place?

Why the eye area is so vulnerable

The skin around the eyes is thinner than the rest of the face – up to 10 times thinner, in fact – making it more susceptible to ageing and environmental damage. Over time, this leads to a loss of elasticity and firmness, resulting in hooded lids or under-eye bags that some choose to correct surgically.

Traditionally, once the skin starts to sag, options have been limited to injectables or going under the knife. But skincare science is evolving, and now experts believe that targeted topical treatments can support the skin’s structure early on to help delay or even reduce the need for surgery later.

The wound healing connection

It might sound surprising, but the process of skin ageing shares a lot in common with wound healing.

“As we age, our skin’s natural repair mechanisms slow down and become less efficient,” explains Professor Phan Toan Thang, an expert in epithelial stem cell science at the National University of Singapore. “Skin essentially becomes ‘wounded’ by daily factors like UV rays, pollution and poor nutrition.”

Stem cells, known for their powerful regenerative abilities, release growth factors that accelerate healing by signalling skin cells to produce collagen, elastin and hyaluronic acid – key proteins that maintain skin’s thickness, strength and elasticity.

Enter PTT-6®: a game changer in stem cell skincare

One of the breakthrough ingredients gaining attention is PTT-6®, a patented complex derived from umbilical cord lining stem cells. This unique blend of proteins and growth factors has been shown in studies to stimulate skin cell turnover and boost collagen and elastin production, key to maintaining a firm, resilient eye area.

This ingredient is exclusive to CALECIM® products, which have been developed through cutting-edge regenerative medicine research.

Prevention isn’t the only benefit

It’s important to acknowledge that for many people, the early signs of ageing around the eyes have already set in – so true prevention might no longer be possible. However, that doesn’t mean topical skincare can’t help.

By strengthening the skin’s matrix, reducing inflammation and improving hydration, these advanced formulations can still make a visible difference in skin thickness and elasticity, improving the overall appearance and delaying further deterioration.

A landscape of options

While PTT-6® and CALECIM® have led the way in stem cell signalling skincare, other brands are exploring similar technologies – including exosomes, synthetic peptides and bio-retinoids – all designed to engage with the skin’s own repair systems.

The trend is clear: skincare is moving beyond surface-level fixes to biologically active products that work with your skin at the cellular level.

The expert’s choice

For those looking to support their eye area, many beauty professionals recommend layering an eye contour lifting cream with a serum that contains potent growth factors for maximum effect.

CALECIM® Eye Contour Lifting Cream has emerged as a go-to option for this approach, often used alongside CALECIM® Professional Serum to enhance elasticity and skin strength around the eyes.

Is surgery still the gold standard?

Absolutely. In cases of significant eyelid laxity or functional issues, blepharoplasty remains the definitive treatment.

But for early or moderate signs of ageing, these advances in skincare offer a promising alternative that many people are keen to explore before committing to invasive procedures.

In short: The right eye cream, packed with scientifically backed ingredients like PTT-6®, could help train your skin to stay stronger, thicker and more resilient, potentially keeping eyelid surgery on the horizon for longer – or even off the table entirely.

Like this article? Sign up to our newsletter to get more articles like this delivered straight to your inbox.

How to Spot the Early Warning Signs of Dementia

If you feel like someone you care about may be exhibiting early signs of dementia, a good first step is to talk to them about it.

[7]

 This may look different depending on each family’s dynamics, but here are a few tips that can help steer the conversation in a positive direction:Be clear but not combative. When describing what you’ve noticed, hold back any impulse to shame or belittle your loved one. It can be helpful to maintain a calm voice and steady body language, rather than escalating the conversation.

Related: Download 345win app, and claim daily bonus now!

[8]

If you approach your loved one with a confrontational tone, they’re more likely to shut down or become defensive.Ask if they’ve noticed anything. Clark says that it’s helpful to ask the person you’re caring for how they’ve been feeling and what they’ve been noticing, especially if you have a close relationship.

[7]

 For example, you might say, “Mom, I’m a little concerned. I’ve noticed some things over the past couple of months. You’re going into a room two or three times and forgetting what you went there for. I’m not saying that you have dementia, but I know this can be a warning sign. What are your thoughts about that?”Talk to other family members or friends. If the person you’re trying to help is more resistant or closed off, it may be useful to first talk with other family members or close friends about what they think.

[7]

If everyone gets on the same page, you can come up with a plan to have a conversation as a group. If the person you’re concerned about is a sibling or spouse, it may be helpful to suggest you both explore doing screening tests together.Encourage them to see a clinician. If the person you’re concerned about agrees to seek care, the best first step is to speak with a trusted clinician like a primary care provider (PCP) or a nurse practitioner.

[9]

 This clinician may not be able to make a diagnosis on their own, but it’s important to at least get the concern documented before seeing other specialists.If the person you care about insists they’re not experiencing brain changes or refuses to see a clinician, it may be helpful to encourage them to seek medical guidance without alluding to dementia.

[7]

For example, you might say, “I know you’ve been feeling a little out of it lately, and I think talking to someone can help you learn more and get support. Can I help you make an appointment?” You can also offer to go with them to the appointment.Be kind and supportive during the conversation, and remind them that memory issues don’t always point toward dementia. You may consider keeping a diary of events to help track your worries over time.

[10]